Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit M17-0078 - SOUND MENTAL HEALTH - RTUSOUND MENTAL HEALTH 6400 SOUTHCENTER BLVD MI 7-0078 Parcel No: Address: Project Name: City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: htto://www.TukwilaWA.gov MECHANICAL PERMIT 0003200003 Permit Number: 6400 SOUTHCENTER BLVD SOUND MENTAL HEALTH Issue Date: Permit Expires On: M 17-0078 7/5/2017 1/1/2018 Owner: Name: Address: Contact Person: Name: Address: Contractor: Name: • Address: License No: Lender: Name: Address: SOUND MENTAL HEALTH 1600 E OLIVE ST, SEATTLE, WA, 98122 JOYCE COPLEY 7717 DETROIT AVE SW , SEATTLE, WA, 98106 MACDONALD/MILLER FAC SOL INC PO BOX 47983 , SEATTLE, WA, 98146- 7983 MACDOFS980RU Phone: (206) 407-2614 Phone: (206) 768-4180 Expiration Date: 1/4/2019 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: REPLACE (1) EXISTING 30 -TON PACAKGED RTU WITH NEW. REPLACE (1) EXISTING 60 -TON PACKAGED RTU WITH NEW Valuation of Work: $135,000.00 Type of Work: REPLACEMENT Fuel type: ELECT Fees Collected: $1,837.66 Electrical Service Provided by: PUGEST SOUND ENERGY Water District: TUKWILA Sewer District: TUKWILA Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: International Fuel Gas Code: 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 National Electrical Code: WA Cities Electrical Code: WAC 296-46B: WA State Energy Code: 2014 2014 2014 2015 Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: s"' I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true ar►d correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the co 'tions attached to this permit. Signature: Print Name: AW/QA) 1JLA.M,,q Date: 7- J' This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: The attached set of mechanical plans have been reviewed by The Tukwila Fire Marshals Office and are acceptable with the following concerns: 2: H.V.A.C. units rated at greater than 2,000 cfm require auto -shutdown devices. These devices shall be separately zoned in the alarm panel and local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2437) 3: H.V.A.C. systems supplying air in excess of 2,000 cubic feet per minute to enclosed spaces within buildings shall be equipped with an automatic shutoff. Automatic shutoff shall be accomplished by interrupting the power source of the air -moving equipment upon detection of smoke in the main return -air duct served by such equipment. Smoke detectors shall be labeled by an approved agency for air -duct installation and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. (IMC 606.1, 606.2.1) 4: Remote indicator lights are required on all above ceiling smoke detectors. (City Ordinance #2437) 5: Duct smoke detectors shall be capable of being reset from a single point near the alarm panel. (City Ordinance #2437) 6: Duct detectors shall send a supervisory signal only upon activation. (City Ordinance:#2437) 7: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2437) (IFC 901.2) 8: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 9: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 10: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 11: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. 12: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 13: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 14: Readily accessible access to roof mounted equipment is required. 15: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 16: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 17: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 18: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 19: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 20: ***MECHANICAL PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 21: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under Permit Center (206/431-3670). 22: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1400 FIRE FINAL 0703 MECH EQUIP EFF 1800 MECHANICAL FINAL 0609 PIPE/DUCT INSULATION 0705 REFRIGERATION EQUIP 0701 ROUGH -IN MECHANICAL 0702 SMOKE DETECTOR TEST a separate permit the job site at the issued by the City of Tukwila time of inspection. CITY OF TUKWL. Community Development Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.Tukwi1aWA.gov chanical Permit No. Mn--Nt0076 Project No. Date Application Accepted: -e-17 Date Application Expires: (For office use only) MECHANICAL PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **please print** SITE LOCATION Site Address: Tenant Name: King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 0003200003 6400 Southcenter Blvd, Tukwila, WA 98188 SOUND MENTAL HEALTH PROPERTY OWNER Name: Joyce Copley Name: SOUND MENTAL HEALTH City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98106 Address: 6400 Southcenter Blvd Email: joyce.copley@macmiller.com City: TUKWILA State: WA Zip: 98188 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: Joyce Copley Address: 7717 Detroit Ave SW City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98106 Phone: (206) 407-2614 Fax: (206) 905-3749 Email: joyce.copley@macmiller.com Suite Number: Floor: 1 New Tenant: ❑ Yes ® .. No MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR' INFORMATION Company Name: MacDonald Miller Address: 7717 Detroit Ave SW City: Seattle State: NA Zip: 98106 Phone: (206) 905-3748 Fax: (206) 905-3749 Contr Reg No.: MACDOFS980RU Exp Date: 04/01/2019 Tukwila Business License No.: BUS -0994318 Valuation of project (contractor's bid price): $ Describe the scope of work in detail: Replace (1) existing 30 -ton packaged RTU with new, Replace (1) existing 60 -ton packaged RTU with new. 135,000 Use: Residential: New ❑ Replacement........ Commercial: New ❑ Replacement ... ❑ Fuel Type: Electric Gas ❑ ()bier: H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line \2016 Applications \Mechanical Permit Application Revised I-4-16.docx Revised: January 2016 bh Page 1 of 2 • Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Unit Type Qty Furnace <100k btu Residential, Nighttime Furnace >100k btu 2 Floor furnace 55 dB(A) Suspended/wall/floor mounted heater 57 dB(A) Appliance vent Commercial Repair or addition to heat/refrig/cooling system 47 dB(A) Air handling unit 65 dB(A) <10 000 cfm 60 dB(A) Unit Type Qty Air handling unit Residential, Nighttime >10,000 cfm 2 Evaporator cooler 55 dB(A) Ventilation fan connected to single duct 57 dB(A) Ventilation system Commercial Hood and duct 47 dB(A) Incinerator — domestic 65 dB(A) Incinerator — comm/industrial 60 dB(A) Unit Type Qty Fire damper Residential, Nighttime Diffuser Industrial Thermostat 55 dB(A) Wood/gas stove 57 dB(A) Emergency generator Commercial Other mechanical equipment 47 dB(A) 60 dB(A) 65 dB(A) Boiler/Compressor Qty 0-3 hp/100,000 btu 3-15 hp/500,000 btu 15-30 hp/1,000,000 btu 30-50 hp/1,750,000 btu 50+ hp/1,750,000 btu Noise: Mechanical units need to be in compliance with the Tukwila Noise Code. Maximum permissible sound levels are based on from where the sound is created and where the sound is heard. Additionally, if sound can be heard from within a house at night in a residential zone it may not be allowed. For more details, see TMC 8.22 District of Sound Producing Source District of Receiving Property Residential, Daytime* Residential, Nighttime Commercial Industrial Residential 55 dB(A) 45 dB(A) 57 dB(A) 60 dB(A) Commercial 57 dB(A) 47 dB(A) 60 dB(A) 65 dB(A) Industrial 60 dB(A) 50 dB(A) 65 dB(A) 70 dB(A) *Daytime means 7AM-1 OPM, Monday through Friday and 8AM-10PM, Saturday, Sunday and State -recognized holidays. A few sounds are exempt from the noise code, including: • Warning devices; • Construction and property maintenance during the daytime hours (lam-lOpm); • Testing of backup generators during the day. PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES - Value of construction — in all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the permit center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of plan review — applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may grant one extension of time for additional periods not to exceed 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT 1 HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND 1 AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT: Signature:_ Print Name: Joyce M. Copley Mailing Address: 7717 DETROIT AVE SW H:\Applicat ions\Fonns-Applications On Line \2016 Applications\Mechanical Permit Application Revised 1-4-16.docx Revised: January 2016 bh Date: 06/07/2017 Day Telephone: (206) 407-2614 SEATTLE WA 98106 City State Zip Page 2 of 2 DESCRIPTIONS 1 ACCOUNT QUANTITYPAID $1,837.66 PermitTRAK M17-0078 Address: 9725 E MARGINAL WAY S BLDG 9-050 Apn: 0003400018 $1,837.66 MECHANICAL $1,766.98 PERMIT ISSUANCE BASE FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $33.15 PERMIT FEE R000,322.100.00.00 0.00 $1,380.43 PLAN CHECK FEE R000,322,102.00.00 0.00 $353.40 TECHNOLOGY FEE $70.68 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R11661$1,837.66 R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $70.68 Date Paid: Thursday, June 08, 2017 Paid By: MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLU Pay Method: CHECK 4666 Printed: Thursday, June 08, 2017 8:05 AM 1 of 1 CIRrtfSYSTEMS INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit ttl/778 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: vizi f Type of Inspection: 4'41f' rnt/IC4-L O/YAL Address: Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: l�-/L3 a.m p.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 51{ - eau A-c/1i„- 1I t -r✓ Inspector: Date: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection: MINIM pc, eal Er1GInEERS Seattle v Portland Spokane San Diego Austin cip Irvine -8- San Francisco Anchorage Los Angeles Denver 3L Structural Calculations Sound Mental Health Mechanical Unit 6400 Southcenter Blvd, Tukwila, WA DCI Job Number 17011 May 23, 2017 1 Prepared for: Tully & Associates 811 First Ave; Suite 404 Seattle, WA 98104 818 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE 169 APPROVED JUN 27 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CORRE TON LTR# RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 2 3 2017 PERMIT CENTER ll Seattle, Washington, 98Th Phone (20 Service Innovation • --DC! Er1GIrlEERS Project No. 1700 - Sheet No. f Project Subject NL2,3 t,,+ 1-2-4 Date By 4- 10- (24( Is (la L4,-ik-v-4-e. Ace4 (0 e-- ; oic zl-e9 /- L1l , ( - • )t,,, -7 et Q. 2, - 0 ()pt)/ t 1 00.) Uo. yC\1-1 & e Cov-i-<, • I L1 -7 DCI E f G L f EER S Project No. Sheet No. Project Date Subject By , N14 LfKI L ' 4 xtto . -k-oz f� (� J1tive- 0(n(;)s Q6 �t�5 y�— L{1Stio3I- LI71. a W •K I -merle to L - Fb i 1j Ib . leTt- t • M Gt (..o C. w, Ck L-- , CI Lr. vs,- LD- = LL _ Lr 1.0 r 150 AS P =DCI EflGIflEERS Project No. Sheet No. 9 - Project Date Subject By `Y 1'v L�LM Lt C� Cu,, -� Lt - C t - . cts..0 10 6 -?(4( �- �� r4.- (0O4 DomV. QC" d 2c-SCs li=t A?0•—• C:; -z7-0 c5 14.(4'(16 4kkv`er Sso� l� �r a� N , U e�_ _� - 6 Cjl Woo L X I t,c) \ 1P\� rr 11 rrT f urr;r SK -3 May 23, 2017 at 11:57 AM End Beam - 4x16.r3d r � So, S 4- 6 LA 4 'l s \): 5 Lr 1,,1-ii,,:,++T SK -2 May 23, 2017 at 11:56 AM, End Beam - 4x16.r3d L f X1(17 eJ,d SK -1 May 23, 2017 at 11:56 AM End Beam - 4x16.r3d MEMBER REPORT Lev , TyplcatJolst PASSED �� 1 piece(s) 4 x 12 Dou - arch No. 1 0 Overall Length: 20' 7" 0 All locations are measured from the outside face of left support (or left cantilever end),AII dimensions are horizontal. El 0 Design Results ..Actual @Location :' Allowed Result ? 'LDF Load: Combination'(Pattem) Member Reaction (lbs) 1297 @ 3 1/2" 3281 (1.50") Passed (40%) -- 1.0 D + 1.0 L (All Spans) Shear (lbs) 1213 @ 1' 2 3/4" 4725 Passed (26%) 1.00 1.0 D + 1.0 L (All Spans) Moment (Ft -lbs) 6267 @ 11' 3 5/16" 6768 Passed (93%) 1.00 1.0 D + 1.0 L (All Spans) Live Load Defl. (In) 0.255 @ 10' 3 1/2" 0.500 Passed (L/941) -- 1.0 0 + 1.0 L (All Spans) Total Load Defl. (In) 0.632 @ 10'3 9/16" 1.000 Passed (L/380) -- 1.0 D + 1.0 L(AII Spans) • Deflection criteria: LL (L/4B0) and TI. (1/240). • Bracing (Lu): All compression edges (top and bottom) must be braced at 20' o/c unless detailed otherwise. Proper attachment and positioning of lateral bracing is required to achieve member stability. • Applicable calculations are based on NDS. SupportsTotal 8earfng;Length Loads to Supports (lbs) Aecessodes Seat Length Available Required Dead FlocToLai 1 - Top Mount Hanger 1 - Hanger on 11 1/4" OF beam 3.50" Hanger' 1.50" 806 515 1321 See note 1 2 - Hanger on 11 1/4" OF beam 3.50" Hanger,. 1.50" 635 515 1150 See note 1 • At hanger supports, the Total Bearing dimension is equal to the width of the material that is supporting the hanger • 1 See Connector grid below for additional information and/or requirements. System : Floor Member Type : Flush Beam Building Use : Residential Bullding Code : IBC 2015 Design Methodology : ASD Connector: Simpson Stron ..Tie.Connectors Support `:; Model::; Seat Length Top Nails Face Nails Member Nails ; Accessories 1 - Top Mount Hanger THA1422 2.25" 4-10d common 2-10d common 2-10d x 1-1/2 2 - Top Mount Hanger THAI422 2.25" 4-10d common 2-10d common 2.10d x 1-1/2 Loads Location (Side) Tributary Width• Dead (0.90) Floor Live Comments:: 0 - Self Weight (PLF) 3 1/2" to 20' 3 1/2" N/A 10.0 1 - Uniform (PSF) 0 to 20' 7" (Front) 2' 15.0 25.0 Roof 2 - Point (Ib) 3' (Front) N/A 309 Mech Point 10 3 - Point (Ib) 12' (Front) N/A 315 Mech Point 9 Weyerhaeuser: Notes " " Weyerhaeuser warrants that the sizing of its products will be In accordance with Weyerhaeuser product design criteria and published design values. Weyerhaeuser expressly disclaims any other warranties related to the software. Refer to current Weyerhaeuser literature for installation details. (www.woodbywy.com) Accessories (Rim Board, Blocking Panels and Squash Blocks) are not designed by this software. Use of this software is not intended to circumvent the need for a design professional as determined by the authority having jurisdiction. The designer of record, builder or framer is responsible to assure that this calculation is compatible with the overall project- Products manufactured at Weyerhaeuser facilities are third -party certified to sustainable forestry standards. Weyerhaeuser Engineered Lumber Products have been evaluated by ICC ES under technical reports ESR -1153 and ESR -1387 and/or tested In accordance with applicable ASTM standards. For current code evaluation reports refer to http://www.woodbywy.com/services/s_CodeReports.aspx. The product application, input design loads, dimensions and support information have been provided by Forte Software Operator Forte Software Operator Job Notes Patrick Lindblom DCI Engineers (206) 787-8961 piindblom 8dcrengineers corn SUSTAINABLE FORESTRY INITIATIVE 5/23/2017 11:52:52 AM Forte v5-1. Design Engine: V6.5.1.1 RJOPZC-9.4TE Page 1 of 1 .�.1%t•FORTE MEMBER REPORT Leel, End Beam 1 £_ Lido 5t'' 1 piece(s) 4 x 12 Douglas Fir -Larch No. 1 0 Overall Length: 20' 1" 1 0 19' 6" All locations are measured from the outside face of left support (or left cantilever end).AII dimensions are horizontal. • II 0 Design Results Actual @ Location Allowed Result LDF Load: Combination (Pattern) Member Reaction (lbs) 963 @ 3 1/2" 3281 (1.50") Passed (29%) -- 1.0 D + 1.0 L (All Spans) Shear (lbs) 916 @ 1' 2 3/4" 4725 Passed (19%) 1.00 1.0 D + 1.0 L (All Spans) Moment (Ft -lbs) 4729 @ 9' 6768 Passed (70%) 1.00 1.0 D + 1.0 L (All Spans) Live Load Defl. (in) 0.115 @ 10' 1/2" 0.488 Passed (L/999+) -- 1.0 D + 1.0 L (All Spans) Total Load Defl. (In) 0.437 @ 9' 9 9/16" 0.975 Passed (L/535) -- 1.0 D + 1.0 L (All Spans) • Deflection criteria: LL (L/480) and TL (1/240). • Bracing (Lu): All compression edges (top and bottom) must be braced at 19' 6" o/c unless detailed otherwise. Proper attachment and positioning of lateral bracing is required to achieve member stability. • Applicable calculations are based on NDS. Supports Bearing Length Loads to Supports (lbs) Accessories Total Available Required Dead Floor Live Total 1 - Hanger on 11 1/4" DF beam 3.50" Hangers 1.50" 724 251 975 See note s 2 - Hanger on 11 1/4" DF beam 3.50" Hangers 1.50" 486 251 737 See note s • At hanger supports, the Total Bearing dimension is equal to the width of the material that is supporting the hanger • s See Connector grld below for additional information and/or requirements. PASSED System : Floor Member Type : Flush Beam Building Use : Residential Building Code : IBC 2015 Design Methodology : ASD Connector: Simpson Strong -Tie Connectors Support Model Seat Length Top Nails Face Nails Member Nails Accessories 1 - Face Mount Hanger MGU3.63 (111=9.25) 4.50" N/A 24 -SDS self -drilling wood screw 0.242 dia. x 2 1/2" 16 -SDS self -drilling wood screw 0.242 dia. x 2 1/2" 15.0 2 - Face Mount Hanger MGU3.63 (H1=9.25) 4.50" N/A 24 -SDS self -drilling wood screw 0.242 dia. x 2 1/2" 16 -SDS self -drilling wood screw 0.242 dia. x 2 1/2" Loads Location (Side) Tributary Width Dead (0.90) Floor Live (1.00) Comments 0- Self Weight (PLF) 3 1/2" to 19' 9 1/2" N/A 10.0 1 - Uniform (PSF) 0 to 20' 1" (Front) 1' 15.0 25.0 Roof 2 - Uniform (PLF) 3' to 12' (Front) N/A 42.0 Mech Unit 3 • Point (Ib) 3' (Front) N/A 168 - - 4 - Point (Ib) 9' (Front) N/A 168 - Weyerhaeuser Notes Weyerhaeuser warrants that the sizing of Its products will be in accordance with Weyerhaeuser product design criteria and published design values. Weyerhaeuser expressly disclaims any other warranties related to the software. Refer to current Weyerhaeuser literature for installation details. (www.woodbywy.com) Accessories (Rim Board, Blocking Panels and Squash Blocks) are not designed by this software. Use of this software is not intended to circumvent the need for a design professional as determined by the authority having jurisdiction. The designer of record, builder or framer is responsible to assure that this calculation is compatible with the overall project. Products manufactured at Weyerhaeuser facilities are third -party certified to sustainable forestry standards. Weyerhaeuser Engineered Lumber Products have been evaluated by ICC ES under technical reports ESR -1153 and ESR -1387 and/or tested in accordance with applicable ASTM standards. For current code evaluation reports refer to http://www.woodbywy.com/services/s_CodeReports.aspx. The product application, input design loads, dimensions and support information have been provided by Forte Software Operator Forte Software Operator Job Notes Patrick Lindblom DCI Engineers (206) 787-8961 plindblom'8 dca-engmeers.com SUSTAINABLE FORESTRY INITIATIVE - 5/23/2017 8:06:39 AM Forte v5.1, Design Engine: V6.5.1.1 Roof Framing.41e Page 1 of 1 ra F O R T E €. SOLUTIONS REPORT Lev �1 Current Solution: : 1 0 Existing Glulam i(S) ( Giwker - 4" x 21" 24F -V4 DF Glulam Overall Length: 27' 7" 26' 9' a All locations are measured from the outside face of left support (or left cantilever end).AII dimensions are horizontal.; Drawing is Conceptual ,Design Results Adua6@ Locati in• Allowed ResultMF Wood Volume Member Reaction (lbs) 14096 @ 3 1/2" 16453 (3.75") Passed (86%) -- Shear (lbs) 11818 @ 2' 2" 25043 Passed (47%) 1.00 Pos Moment (Ft -lbs) 87328 @ 12 9 1/8" 89011 Passed (98%) 1.00 Live Load Defl. (in) 0.638 @ 13' 9 1/2" 0.675 Passed (L/508) -- Total Load Defl. (in) 1.220 @ 13' 7 11/16" 1.350 Passed (1/266) -- PASSED 0 System : Floor Member Type : Flush Beam Building Use : Residential Building Code : IBC 2015 Design Methodology : ASO •All Product Solutions Depth SeriesPlies Wood Volume 21" 6 3/4" 24F -V4 DF Glulam 1 255.15 The purpose of this report is for product comparison only. Load and support information necessary for professional design review is not displayed here. Please print an individual Member Report for submittal purposes. Forte Software Operator Job Notes Patrick Lindblom DCI Engineers (206)787.8961 plindblom @dci-engineers.com 5/23/2017 8:13:36 AM Forte v5.1. Design Engine: V6.5.1.1 Roof Framing.4te Page 1 of 1 Sound Mental Health VAV - MM Weight, Clearance & Rigging Diagram - Commercial Rooftop Air Conditioning Units (Midrange) Item: Al Qty: 1 Tag(s): RTU -1 96' 194 5116° 291 April 06, 2017 Y X PL 2, X1 PL 1, X1 X PL 4, X2 PL 3, X2 Center of Gravity X: 16.74 ft Point load X location 1: 4.000 in Center of Gravity Y: 4.78 ft Point load X location 2: 101.000 in Point load X location 3: 187.000 in Point Load 1: 927.1 Ib Point load X location 4: 274.000 in Point Load 2: 902.5 Ib Point load X location 5: 370.000 in Point Load 3: 1014.8 Ib Point load X location 6: N/A Point Load 4: 990.2 Ib Point load X location 7: N/A Point Load 5: 1092.5 ib Point load X location 8: N/A Point Load 6: 1067.9 Ib Point load X location 9: N/A Point Load 7: 1171 Point load X location 10: N/A Point Load 8: • ..6 ib Point load Y location 1: 4.000 in Point Load 9: 1258.0 Ib Point Toad Y location 2: 112.000 in Point Load 10: 1233.4 Ib Total Weight: Added Weight 1. Double wall (3) 10803,9 Ib NIA Notes: 1. The actual weight is stamped on the unit nameplate. 2. The weight shown represents the typical unit operating weight for the configuration selected. Estimated at +1- 10% of the nameplate weight... 3. Add weight to the total unit weight. 4. Design Special weights are not displayed. Any weight added through COD (Custom Order Design) will not be accounted In the +/- 10% estimate 5. When 2 or more units are to be placed side by side, the distance between the units should be Increased to 150% of the recommended single unit clearance. The units should also be staggered to reduce span deflection & assure proper diffusion of exhaust air, PL 6, X3 PL 5, X3 PL 8, X4 PL 10, X5 i PL 7, X4 CENTER OF GRAVITY AND INSTALL WEIGHT X -Y POINTS AIR COOLED DRAWING 3 3 PL 9, X5 FLD = Fumished by Trane U.S. Inc. dba Trane I Equipment Submittal Page 18 of 27 Installed by Others Sound Mental Health VAV - MM Weight, Clearance & Rigging Diagram - Commercial Rooftop Air Conditioning Units (Midrange) Item: A2 Qty: 1 Tag(s): RTU -3 PL 2, X1 PL4,X2 u 15 1/2" April 06, 2017 Center of Gravity X: 12.65 ft Point load X location 1: 4.000 in Center of Gravity Y: 3.81 ft Point load X location 2: 124.000 in Point load X location 3: 226.000 In Point Load 1: 774.7 Ib Point load X location 4: 265.000 in Point Load 2: 780.2 Ib Point load X location 5: NIA Paint Load 3: 749.0 Ib Point load X location 6: N/A Paint Load 4: 754.5 Ib Point load X location 7: NIA Point Load 5: 727,2 Ib Point load X location 8: N/A Point Load 6: .732.7 Ib Point load Y location 1: 4.000 in Point Load 7: 718.8 Ib Point load Y location 2: 87.000 In Point Load 8: 724.4 Ib Total Weight Added Weight (3) 1. Double wall : Notes: 1. The actual weight Is stamped on the unit nameplate. 2. The weight shown represents the typical unit operating weight for the configuration selected. Estimated at +/- 10% of the nameplate weight.. 3. Add weight to the total unit weight. 4. Design Special weights are not displayed. Any weight added through COD (Custom Order Design) will not be accounted In the +1- 10% estimate 5. When 2 or more units are to be placed side by side, the distance between the units should be increased to 150% of the recommended single unit clearance. The units should also be staggered to reduce span deflection & assure proper diffusion of exhaust air. -kl (naA . PL6,X3 PL8,X4 Y PL1,X1 X PL3,X2 CENTER OF GRAVITY AND INSTALL WEIGHT X -Y POINTS PL5,X3 AIR COOLED DRAWING PL 7, X4 FLD = Furnished by Trane U.S. Inc. dba Trane / Equipment Submittal Page 19 of 27 Installed by Others 441) S 0 0 0 * Cr) m o m CD—c o a- 3 3 3 = o in co 0 (D 3 . 0. C-6)-- OO cn x 0 O 3 3 °' a a -S 0 co p co C1 cor m m D o m m 0 0 o a O (0 urz)7, 0 m aagwnu ssauJealo Ja;ulM cmc 3 3 3 33 3 n O. 0. 0 (D N. N ac� CE). 03 v, g 0. cpC 3 c io;oe; Adley;ua p v m (D (D N v N N C) 0 o m v 0 a 0 ainssaid ou;awae8 m h o 0 o m m cfl E v o. o cm ( 5 7 aD (D uoisaan OOL ®33VHI C 0 A O O O O N O1 0o A A -1. O O N W CO — A 0 O1 r° O N N t0 CO A 01 W A 00 O N O CD 001 N V a1 w 0 0= 0 0 u1 U1 0 0 0 CO co co A V 0 O 2 co C). co zo COOA CAO 0 <D r I> n Z Dc. -0 mn � m W CO CO a S m m E 3 _ c = ca ca 11 a 0 cm z 3 0 0 = m w ci C 0 70 F m<m Zo a 73® �sm cn -r O D' ° IT 0 0%v. z m no RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 2 3 2017 PERMIT CENTER MW awq uol;elnoleO L60Z/b03,0 u0 WV b£:06 ea o`o0 00-oWo v 3 3 cc a v N (% c O 3 (D= co fD 3 n 3: 3 G) 01 to p C tQ = y = 4:,z su G) a f° D a 7,1 s co 14 3 s ° _. 3 - 3 Li ° m 0 xi c 0. n3 m r* = C) cn y r= O_ —IO _ 0 t'n 3 m w V 0 0 1 0 00 a N o C014R CTION SNOIl pn18 Ja;uamy;noS 00P9 6uiplln8 xcuax System Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS AC -1 INTERIOR Parallel Fan Powered VAV, Htg Coil on Mixing Box Outlet COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 7 / 14 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 85 / 67 / 73 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12,739 22,050 38,506 73,295 Net Percent Total Of Total' Btu/h (%). O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 3,185 15,924 O 22,050 O 38,506 3,185 76,479 794 -794 0 O 0 9,973 O 0 0 O 0 -617 -617 6,668 1,334 1,334 O 0 0 O 0 74,089 0( 0 0': Oi 0 0, 0 0' 0 17, 23 41`. 82 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 15 OADB: 86 Space Percent Sensible Of Total Btu/h (%) Envelope Loads O 0 Skylite Solar O 0 . Skylite Cond O 0 Roof Cond O 0 O 0 0 0' O 0iii O 0 O 0 • 0 o` 12,739 12,250 38,506 63,495 Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads 20 Lights 19 ! People 60. Misc 99 ! Sub Total ==> 0 , 794 1 ! Ceiling Load 11 0 0 Ventilation Load O 0 0 Adj Air Trans Heat O Ov/Undr Sizing 0 : 0 0 Exhaust Heat -1 : OA Preheat Diff. 7 : RA Preheat Diff. 1 , Additional Reheat 0 0 0 3,107 93,836 100.00 Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 64,289 100.00 Grand Total ==> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Space Sens Btu/h 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Coil Peak Percent Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h (%) 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 O 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 -37,717 100.00 O 0 1 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 -37,716 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 7.8 93.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.8 93.8 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/Ib 82.6 4,501 77.4 64.2 70.4 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/lb 60.7 57.5 66.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH BLOCK.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft' (%) Floor 5,184 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFIr 0 Roof 0 Wall 0 Ext Door 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict 62.0 75.5 75.8 77.4 0.1 0.3 0.9 70.0 70.0 70.0 46.0 0.0 0.1 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 4,501 4,501 4,501 0 746 746 0 1,428 4,501 746 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 2,856 2,856 1,428 1,428 746 746 0 1,428 1,428 746 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating 16.6 17.4 0.87 0.55 575.54 662.94 18.10 -8.63 49 % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton ft'/ton Btu/heft' No. People HEATING COIL Capacity MBh Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -14.7 0.0 -30.1 -14.7 0.0 0.0 -44.7 SELECTION Coil Airflow Ent Lvg cfm °F °F 2,856 65.3 70.0 0 0.0 0.0 746 1,428 0 0 24.0 60.7 0.0 0.0 60.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 01:36 PM on 04/07/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 1 of 4 System Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS AC -1 PERIMETER Parallel Fan Powered VAV, Htg Coil on Mixing Box Outlet COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 7 / 16 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 85 / 66 / 67 Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h Envelope Loads Skylite Solar 0 Skylite Cond 0 Roof Cond 0 Glass Solar 213,316 Glass/Door Cond 25,815 Wall Cond 362 Partition/Door 0 Floor 0 Adjacent Floor 0 Infiltration 6,862 Sub Total =_> 246,355 Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 17 OADB: 84 Net Percent j Space Total Of Total Sensible Btu/h (%)' Btu/h O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 O 213,316 43 221,405 O 25,815 5 23,954 8,084 8,446 2 399 0 0' 0 0 0, 0 O 0 0' 0 6,862 1 3,606 8,084 254,439 51 249,364 23,940 5,985 29,925 6 23,940 57,150 0 57,150 12 31,750 93,124 0 93,124 19 93,124 174,214 5,985 180,199 36 148,814 1,779 -1,779 0 0' 1,878 0 0 30,134 6 . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0' 0 0 0 0 -1,809 -1,809 0 27,973 6 5,702 5,702 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 422,348 16,182 496,638 100.00 Percent Of Total (%) Envelope Loads 0 ; Skylite Solar 0 Skylite Cond 0 Roof Cond 55 Glass Solar 6 Glass/Door Cond 0 Wall Cond 0 Partition/Door 0 Floor 0 , Adjacent Floor 1 Infiltration 62 ; Sub Total =_> • Internal Loads 6 ',. Lights 8 People 23 Misc 37 Sub Total ==> 0 Ceiling Load 0 Ventilation Load 0 Adj Air Trans Heat Ov/Undr Sizing 0 Exhaust Heat OA Preheat Diff. RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 400,055 100.00 Grand Total =_> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Space Sens Btu/h 0 0 0 0 -141,431 -701 0 -17,157 0 -18,249 -177,538 0 0 -21,238 -21,238 -3,092 0 0 0 -201,868 Coil Peak Percent Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h (%) 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 O 0.00 -141,431 47.87 -19,376 6.56 0 0.00 -17,157 5.81 0 0 -18,249 6.18 -196,213 66.41 O 0.00 O 0.00 -21,238 7.19 -21,238 7.19 O 0.00 -80,134 27.12 O 0 O 0.00 2,143 -0.73 O 0.00 O 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 O 0.00 -295,442 100.00 Total Capacity ton MBh Main Clg 41.4 496.6 Aux Clg 0.0 0.0 Opt Vent 0.0 0.0 Total 41.4 496.6 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DBIWB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/Ib 456.5 18,882 76.7 61.1 56.6 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/Ib 54.7 51.7 53.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH BLOCK.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft' (%) Floor 9,742 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFlr 746 Roof 0 Wall 9,433 Ext Door 38 0 0 5,847 62 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating 56.0 83.3 75.6 69.0 75.9 69.0 76.7 58.7 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.1 0.9 0.2 SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict AIRFLOWS Cooling 19,162 19,162 19,162 0 1,585 1,585 361 6,897 19,523 1,946 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 13,795 13,795 6,897 6,897 1,585 1,585 361 6,897 7,258 1,946 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating 8.3 7.7 1.97 1.42 463.00 235.39 50.98 -38.92 127 % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton ft'Iton Btu/hr•ft' No. People HEATING COIL Capacity MBh Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -325.8 0.0 -53.4 -116.3 0.0 0.0 -379.2 SELECTION Coil Airflow Ent Lvg cfm °F °F 13,795 61.8 83.3 0 0.0 0.0 1,585 6,897 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 01:36 PM on 04/07/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 2 of 4 System Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS AC -3 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 7 / 14 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 85 / 67 / 73 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total =_> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h Net Percent Total Of Total Btu/h (%) O 0 0 O 0 0 O 14,105 14,105 83,712 0 83,712 8,520 0 8,520 O 1,423 1,423 O 0 O 0 O 0 0 2,429 2,429 94,661 15,528 110,189 18,997 4,749 23,746 44,055 0 44,055 64,639 0 64,639 127,690 4,749 132,439 3,462 -3,462 0 O 0 23,630 O 0 0 O 0 -2,346 -2,346 17,318 2,805 2,805 O 0 0 O 0 0 5 29 3, 1' 0 0 0' 1 39 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 11 OADB: 79 Space Percent; Sensible Of Total Btu/h 0 0 0 97,982 1,780 0 0 0 0 429 100,190 (%) Envelope Loads 0 ! Skylite Solar O Skylite Cond O Roof Cond 46 1! 0 0; 0 0! 0 47 Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads 8 , 18,997 9 Lights 16 25,204 12 People 23 64,639 30. Misc 47 108,839 51 Sub Total =_> O 3,163 1 Ceiling Load 8 : 0 0 ; Ventilation Load O 0 0 ; Adj Air Trans Heat O ; Ov/Undr Sizing O 0 0 ; Exhaust Heat -1 OA Preheat Diff. 6 1 0 0 0 225,813 17,274 284,035 100.00 RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 212,192 100.00 Grand Total =_> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Space Sens Btu/h 0 0 0 0 -52,297 0 0 0 0 -5,346 -57,643 0 0 -6,610 -6,610 -6,568 0 0 0 -70,821 Coil Peak Tot Sens Btu/h 0 0 -40,748 0 -52,297 -3,112 0 0 0 -5,346 -101,503 0 0 -6,610 -6,610 0 -52,007 0 0 3,813 0 -33,125 0 Percent Of Total (%) 0.00 0.00 21.51 0.00 27.61 1.64 0.00 0.00 0 2.82 53.58 0.00 0.00 3.49 3.49 0.00 27.45 0 0.00 -2.01 0.00 17.49 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 -189,431 100.00 Total Capacity ton MBh Main Clg 23.4 280.6 Aux Clg 0.0 0.0 Opt Vent 0.0 0.0 Total 23.4 280.6 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/lb 248.6 9,362 77.8 61.7 57.8 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/lb 53.7 51.1 52.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH BLOCK.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft' (%) Floor 6,778 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFIr 0 Roof 6,778 Wall 2,667 Ext Door 0 O 0 2,179 82 O 0 Series Fan -Powered VAV TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating 55.0 75.9 76.6 66.9 76.9 66.9 77.8 53.5 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.1 0.9 0.2 SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict AIRFLOWS Cooling 10,991 10,991 9,655 10,991 1,029 1,029 106 3,297 9,761 1,135 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 10,991 10,991 3,297 10,991 1,029 1,029 106 3,297 3,403 1,135 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS % OA cfmlfe cfm/ton ft'/ton Btu/heft' No. People Cooling 10.7 1.42 412.94 289.88 41.40 101 Heating 31.2 1.62 -27.95 HEATING COIL Capacity MBh Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -155.9 0.0 -33.5 -59.2 0.0 0.0 -189.4 SELECTION Coil Airflow Ent Lvg cfm °F °F 10,991 63.0 75.9 0 0.0 0.0 1,029 3,297 0 0 24.0 53.7 0.0 0.0 53.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE@ 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 01:36 PM on 04/07/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 4 of 4 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-1 01 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Outside Air: Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Mo/Hr: 7 / 11 OADB/WB/HR: 76 / 63 / 67 Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h Net Total Btu/h O 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 14,348 0 14,348 -200 0 -200 O 188 188 O 0 O 0 O 0 0 133 133 14,281 188 14,470 1,030 257 1,287 2,700 0 2,700 3,275 0 3,275 7,004 257 7,262 58 -58 0 O 0 413 O 0 0 O 0 -57 -57 1,421 289 289 0 0 0 0 0 21,343 621 Percent Of Total (%) 0' 0• 0 60 -1 1 0 0 0 1 61 5 11 14 31 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 11 OADB: 76 Space Percent. Sensible Of Total Btu/h 0 0 0 14,348 -200 0 0 0 0 14 14,161 1,030 1,500 3,275 5,804 (%) Envelope Loads 0 Skylite Solar O Skylite Cond O Roof Cond 72 -1 i 0! 0. 0 0 0i 71 Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads 5 Lights 7 People 16 Misc 29 Sub Total =_> 0 58 0 Ceiling Load 2 0 0 Ventilation Load O 0 0 Adj Air Trans Heat 0 Ov/Undr Sizing O 0 0 Exhaust Heat 0 OA Preheat Diff. 6 RA Preheat Diff. 1 Additional Reheat O System Plenum Heat 0 Underflr Sup Ht Pkup O Supply Air Leakage 23,798 100.00 20,024 100.00 Grand Total ==> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Coil Peak Space Sens Tot Sens Btu/h Btu/h O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 -6,943 -6,943 0 -1,290 0 0 -1,122 -1,122 O 0 -900 -900 -8,966 -10,255 0 0 0 0 -1,048 -1,048 -1,048 -1,048 -164 0 0 0 -10,178 0 -2,787 0 0 99 0 0 0 319 0 0 Percent Of Total (%) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 50.78 9.43 0.00 8.21 0.00 6.58 75.01 0.00 0.00 7.66 7.66 0.00 20.39 0 0.00 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.33 0.00 0.00 -13,672 100.00 COOLING COIL SELECTION Total Capacity Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR ton MBh MBh cfm °F °F gr/Ib Main Clg 2.0 23.8 Aux Clg 0.0 0.0 Opt Vent 0.0 0.0 Total 2.0 23.8 22.1 959 75.7 60.9 57.4 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/Ib 54.7 52.1 54.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC • AREAS Gross Total Glass ft2 (%) Floor 419 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFlr 49 Roof 0 Wall 659 Ext Door 0 0 0 419 64 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating 56.0 86.1 75.4 68.8 75.7 68.8 75.7 60.2 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.1 0.9 0.2 SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict AIRFLOWS Cooling 959 959 959 0 55 55 18 288 977 73 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 575 575 288 288 55 55 18 288 306 73 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton ft'/ton Btu/heft' No. People Cooling 5.7 2.29 483.62 211.28 56.80 6 Heating 6.4 1.37 -41.24 HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil Airflow Ent MBh cfm °F Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -15.4 0.0 -1.9 -4.9 0.0 0.0 -17.3 575 61.7 0 0.0 55 288 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 Lvg °F 86.1 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 1 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-102 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Outside Air: Mo/Hr: 7 / 11 OADB/WB/HR: 76 / 63 / 67 Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h Envelope Loads Skylite Solar 0 Skylite Cond 0 Roof Cond 0 Glass Solar 12,832 Glass/Door Cond -125 Wall Cond 0 Partition/Door 0 Floor 0 Adjacent Floor 0 Infiltration 111 Sub Total ==> 12,818 Internal Loads Lights 858 People 1,800 Misc 1,619 Sub Total =_> 4,277 Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> 48 0 0 17,143 0 0 0 0 0 196 0 196 214 0 0 214 -48 0 -43 235 0 0 554 Net Total Btu/h 0 0 0 12,832 -125 196 0 0 0 111 13,014 1,072 1,800 1,619 4,491 0 306 0 0 0 -43 1,153 235 0 0 0 Percent: Of Total (%) 0' 0 0 67 -1' 1 0 0 0 1', 68 6: 9 8 23 0 2 0 0 0 0 6' 1 0 0 0 19,157 100.00 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 10 OADB: 73 HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Percent Space Peak Sensible Of Total Space Sens Btu/h (%) Btu/h ' Envelope Loads O 0 Skylite Solar O 0 Skylite Cond 0 0 Roof Cond 13,231 81 Glass Solar -356 -2 I Glass/Door Cond O 0 Wall Cond O 0 Partition/Door O 0 ' Floor 0 0 Adjacent Floor -41 0 Infiltration 12,834 78 ; Sub Total ==> Internal Loads 858 5 Lights 1,000 6 People 1,619 10 Misc 3,477 21 Sub Total ==> 45 0 ! Ceiling Load O 0 Ventilation Load O 0 Adj Air Trans Heat Ov/Undr Sizing 0 0 Exhaust Heat OA Preheat Diff. RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat System Plenum Heat Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 16,356 100.00 Grand Total =_> 0 0 0 0 -4,268 0 0 -690 0 -750 -5,708 0 0 -873 -873 -137 0 0 0 -6,717 Coil Peak Tot Sens Btu/h Percent Of Total (%) 0 0.00 O 0.00 0 0.00 O 0.00 -4,268 45.52 -793 8.46 O 0.00 -690 7.36 O 0.00 -750 8.00 -6,501 69.33 O 0.00 O 0.00 -873 9.31 -873 9.31 0 0.00 -2,069 22.07 0 0 O 0.00 76 -0.81 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 -10 0.10 0 0.00 O 0.00 -9,377 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 1.6 19.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.6 19.2 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/lb 18.0 778 75.7, 60.9 57.3 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/Ib 54.7 52.2 55.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft' (%) Floor 349 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFlr 30 Roof 0 Wall 405 Ext Door 0 0 0 257 64 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating 56.0 82.9 75.4 68.8 75.7 68.8 75.7 61.0 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.1 0.9 0.2 SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict AIRFLOWS Cooling 783 783 783 0 41 41 15 237 798 56 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 475 475 237 237 41 41 15 237 252 56 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton ft'/ton Btu/hr•ft' No. People Cooling 5.2 2.24 490.73 218.62 54.89 4 Heating 5.7 1.36 -35.59 HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil Airflow Ent MBh cfm °F Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -11.0 0.0 -1.4 -4.0 0.0 0.0 -12.4 475 61.7 0 0.0 41 237 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 Lvg °F 82.9 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 2 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-1 03 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Outside Air: Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Gond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Mo/Hr: 7 / 11 OADB/WB/HR: 76 / 63 / 67 Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h 0 0 0 12,861 -125 0 0 0 0 118 12,854 914 1,800 1,659 4,373 51 0 0 0 17,279 0 0 0 0 0 196 0 196 229 0 0 229 -51 0 -45 237 0 0 565 Net Percent Total Of Total Btu/h (%) 0 0 0 12,861 -125 196 0 0 0 118 13,051 1,143 1,800 1,659 4,601 0 317 0 0 0 -45 1,162 237 0 0 0 0' 0'' 0' 67 -1 1 0 0' 0: 1' 68 9' 9, 24 0'. 2 0 0' 0 0, 6 1'' 0 0' 0 19,323 100.00 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 10 OADB: 73 Space Percent Sensible Of Total Btu/h (%) Envelope Loads O 0 ' Skylite Solar O 0 Skylite Cond O 0 Roof Cond 13,270 80 Glass Solar -356 -2 Glass/Door Cond 0 0 I Wall Cond O 0 „ Partition/Door O 0 Floor O 0 Adjacent Floor -43 0: Infiltration 12,870 78 Sub Total =_> 914 1,000 1,659 3,573 Internal Loads 6 , Lights 6 People 10 : Misc 22 Sub Total =_> 48 0 Ceiling Load O 0 Ventilation Load O 0 Adj Air Trans Heat Ov/Undr Sizing O 0 Exhaust Heat OA Preheat Diff. RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat System Plenum Heat Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 16,491 100.00 Grand Total =_> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Coil Peak Percent Space Sens Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h Btu/h (%) 0 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 -4,268 -4,268 44.62 O -793 8.29 O 0 0.00 -690 -690 7.21 0 0 0.00 -799 -799 8.35 -5,758 -6,550 68.48 O 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 -930 -930 9.72 -930 -930 9.72 -146 0 0.00 0 -2,139 22.36 0 0 0 O 0 0.00 79 -0.83 O 0.00 O 0.00 0 0.00 -25 0.26 0 0.00 O 0.00 -6,833 -9,566 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 1.6 19.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.6 19.3 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/Ib 18.1 784 75.7 60.9 57.4 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/Ib 54.7 52.2 55.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass Floor 372 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFIr 30 Roof 0 Wall 405 Ext Door 0 ft2 (%) 0 0 257 64 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict 56.0 75.4 75.7 75.7 0.1 0.3 0.9 83.0 68.8 68.8 60.8 0.0 0.1 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 790 790 790 0 42 42 16 239 806 58 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 478 478 239 239 42 42 16 239 255 58 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating 5.4 5.9 2.12 1.29 490.54 231.02 51.94 -33.92 4 % OA cfm/tt cfm/ton fe/ton Btu/hrfe No. People HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil Airflow Ent MBh cfm °F Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -11.2 0.0 -1.4 -4.0 0.0 0.0 -12.6 Lvg °F 478 61.7 83.0 0 0.0 0.0 42 239 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 3 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-1 04 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 8 / 13 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 79 / 65 / 72 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h 0 0 0 15,347 299 0 0 0 0 232 15,878 894 1,800 1,133 3,828 59 0 0 0 19,764 0 0 0 0 0 385 0 385 224 0 0 224 -59 0 -49 271 0 0 772 Net Percent Total Of Total; Btu/h (%) 0 0 0 15,347 299 385 0 0 0 232 16,263 1,118 1,800 1,133 4,051 0 627 0 0 0 -49 1,334 271 0 0 0 0 68; 1 2 0 0 0 1' 72 8 5 18 3i 0 0 0 0. 6 1' 0 0 0 22,498 100.00 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 8 / 12 OADB: 77 Space Percent Sensible Of Total Btu/h (%), Envelope Loads 0 0 Skylite Solar 0 0 Skylite Cond O 0 Roof Cond 15,844 41 0 0 0 0 40 15,925 83 0 0 0: 0' 0 0' 84 Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads 894 5 Lights 1,000 5 People 1,133 6 Misc 3,028 16 Sub Total ==> 52 0 Ceiling Load O 0 ; Ventilation Load O 0 Adj Air Trans Heat Ov/Undr Sizing O 0 ! Exhaust Heat OA Preheat Diff. RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat System Plenum Heat Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 19,005 100.00 Grand Total ==> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Space Sens Btu/h 0 0 0 0 -6,943 0 0 -1,122 0 -782 -8,848 0 0 -910 -910 -143 0 0 0 -9,900 Coil Peak Tot Sens Btu/h 0 0 0 0 -6,943 -1,290 0 -1,122 0 -782 -10,137 0 0 -910 -910 0 -2,115 0 0 78 0 0 0 383 0 0 Percent Of Total (%) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 54.67 10.15 0.00 8.84 0.00 6.16 79.81 0.00 0.00 7.16 7.16 0.00 16.65 0 0.00 -0.61 0.00 0.00 0.00 -3.02 0.00 0.00 -12,701 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 1.9 22.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.9 22.5 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/Ib 21.1 901 75.9 61.0 57.5 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/Ib 54.7 52.2 55.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft2 (%) Floor 364 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFlr 49 Roof 0 0 0 Wall 659 419 64 Ext Door 0 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating 56.0 86.5 75.5 68.8 75.8 68.8 75.9 61.9 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.1 0.9 0.2 SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict AIRFLOWS Cooling 910 910 910 0 42 42 15 273 926 57 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 546 546 273 273 42 42 15 273 289 57 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating 4.6 5.1 2.50 1.50 485.54 194.15 61.81 -44.74 4 % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton ft'/ton Btu/hr•ft' No. People HEATING COIL Capacity MBh Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -14.9 0.0 -1.4 -4.6 0.0 0.0 -16.3 SELECTION Coil Airflow Ent Lvg cfm °F °F 546 61.7 86.5 0 0.0 0.0 42 273 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 4 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-1 05 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 9 / 13 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 77 / 63 / 66 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h 0 0 0 12,713 -54 23 0 0 0 280 12,962 2,059 2,700 2,454 7,213 0 0 0 0 0 128 0 128 515 0 0 515 Net Percent Total Of Total Btu/h (%) 0 0 0 12,713 -54 151 0 0 0 280 13,090 2,574 2,700 2,454 7,728 0' 0'. 0'. 55! 0. 1'. 0i. 0' 0 1' 57 11 12 11 34 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 9 / 13 OADB: 77 Space Percent Sensible Of Total Btu/h (%) Envelope Loads O 0 Skylite Solar O 0 Skylite Cond 0 0 Roof Cond 12,713 67 Glass Solar -54 0 Glass/Door Cond 23 0 Wall Cond 0 0 Partition/Door O 0 Floor O 0 Adjacent Floor 61 0 Infiltration 12,743 68 Sub Total ==> 2,059 1,500 2,454 6,013 11 8 13 Internal Loads Lights People Misc 32 Sub Total ==> 106 -106 0 0 106 1 Ceiling Load O 0 632 3 0 0 Ventilation Load O 0 0 0 0 Adj Air Trans Heat 0 0 : Ov/Undr Sizing O 0 0 0 0 Exhaust Heat -85 -85 0 OA Preheat Diff. 1,339 6 : RA Preheat Diff. 278 278 1 Additional Reheat O 0 0 System Plenum Heat 0 0 Underflr Sup Ht Pkup O 0 0 Supply Air Leakage 20,281 730 22,981 100.00 18,863 100.00 Grand Total =_> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Coil Peak Percent Space Sens Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h Btu/h (%) O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 -3,500 -3,500 26.05 -299 -1,130 8.41 0 0 0.00 -715 -715 5.32 0 0 0.00 -1,800 -1,800 13.40 -6,315 -7,145 53.17 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 -2,095 -2,095 15.59 -2,095 -2,095 15.59 -329 0 0.00 O -4,058 30.20 O 0 0 O 0 0.00 158 -1.17 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 -297 2.21 O 0.00 O 0.00 -8,739 -13,437 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 1.9 23.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.9 23.0 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/Ib 21.1 903 75.8 61.0 57.6 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/Ib 54.7 52.0 54.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft2 (%) Floor 838 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFIr 31 Roof 0 0 0 Wall 420 211 50 Ext Door 0 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating 56.0 84.4 75.4 68.8 75.7 68.8 75.8 55.7 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.1 0.9 0.2 SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict AIRFLOWS Cooling 903 903 903 0 80 80 36 276 939 116 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 552 552 276 276 80 80 36 276 311 116 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating 8.9 9.7 1.08 0.66 471.77 437.57 27.42 -19.65 6 % OA cfmlfV cfm/ton ft'/ton Btu/hr•ftW No. People HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil Airflow Ent MBh cfm °F Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -13.8 0.0 -2.7 -4.7 0.0 0.0 -16.5 552 61.7 0 0.0 80 276 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 Lvg °F 84.4 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 5 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-106 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 8 / 12 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 77 / 65 / 72 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 8 / 12 OADB: 77 Net Percent Space Total Of Total Sensible Btu/h (%)', Btu/h O o 0 0 0 O 0 0 0: 0 O 0 0 0 0 9,338 0 9,338 71 9,338 31 0 31 0i 31 26 187 213 2''. 26 O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 96 96 1 19 9,491 187 9,678 74 9,414 430 108 538 4 430 900 0 900 7 500 811 0 811 6 811 2,141 108 2,248 17 1,741 25 -25 0 0 25 O 0 265 2 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 -22 -22 0 793 6 161 161 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Percent Of Total (%) Envelope Loads 0 Skylite Solar 0 Skylite Cond 0 Roof Cond 84 0: 0; 0 0 0 0 84 Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads 4 Lights 4 People 7 ' Misc 16 j Sub Total =_> 0 ' Ceiling Load 0 Ventilation Load 0 Adj Air Trans Heat Ov/Undr Sizing 0 Exhaust Heat OA Preheat Diff. RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat System Plenum Heat Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 11,657 408 13,124 100.00 11,180 100.00 Grand Total =_> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Coil Peak Percent Space Sens Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h Btu/h (%) 0 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 -4,731 -4,731 59.67 -118 -997 12.57 0 0 0.00 -752 -752 9.49 0 0 0.00 -376 -376 4.74 -5,977 -6,855 86.46 O 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 -438 -438 5.52 -438 -438 5.52 -69 0 0.00 0 -1,036 13.07 0 0 0 O 0 0.00 38 -0.48 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 363 -4.57 0 0.00 0 0.00 -6,483 -7,928 100.00 Main CIg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 1.1 13.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.1 13.1 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/Ib 12.4 536 75.8 60.9 57.4 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/Ib 54.7 52.3 55.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft' (%) Floor 175 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFlr 33 Roof 0 Wall 403 Ext Door 38 0 0 218 54 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating SADB 56.0 88.4 Ra Plenum 75.5 68.8 Return 75.7 68.8 Ret/OA 75.8 63.1 Fn MtrTD 0.1 0.0 Fn BIdTD 0.3 0.1 Fn Frict 0.9 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 536 536 536 0 21 21 7 161 543 28 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 321 321 161 161 21 21 7 161 168 28 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton ft'/ton Btu/hi-ft' No. People Cooling 3.8 3.06 489.64 160.01 74.99 2 Heating 4.3 1.84 -57.72 HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil Airflow MBh cfm Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -9.4 0.0 -0.7 -2.7 0.0 0.0 -10.1 Ent Lvg °F °F 321 61.7 88.4 0 0.0 0.0 21 161 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6 Alternative - 1 .3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 System Checksums Report Page 6 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-107 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Outside Air: Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total =_> Mo/Hr: 9 / 14 OADB/WB/HR: 78 / 63 / 65 Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 9 / 14 OADB: 78 Net Percent Space Total Of Total Sensible Btu/h (%) Btu/h O 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 15,630 0 15,630 60' 15,630 65 0 65 0: 65 O 300 300 1 0 O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0: 0 204 204 1 73 15,898 300 16,199 63 15,768 1,347 337 1,683 6 1,347 2,700 0 2,700 10 1,500 2,983 0 2,983 12 2,983 7,030 337 7,366 28 5,830 80 -80 0 0 80 O 0 550 2 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 -69 -69 0 1,538 6 315 315 1 O 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Percent Space Peak Of Total Space Sens (%) Btu/h Envelope Loads 0 Skylite Solar 0 O Skylite Cond 0 O Roof Cond 0 72 ' Glass Solar 0 0 Glass/Door Cond -4,567 O Wall Cond 0 O Partition/Door 0 O Floor -738 O Adjacent Floor 0 0 Infiltration -1,177 73 Sub Total =_> -6,483 Internal Loads 6 Lights 7 People 14 . Misc 27 Sub Total =_> 0 Ceiling Load 0 Ventilation Load 0 Adj Air Trans Heat Ov/Undr Sizing O Exhaust Heat OA Preheat Diff. RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat System Plenum Heat Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 23,008 802 25,899 100.00 21,677 100.00 Grand Total ==> 0 0 -1,370 -1,370 -215 0 0 0 -8,068 Coil Peak Tot Sens Btu/h Percent Of Total (%) O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 -4,567 37.85 -848 7.03 O 0.00 -738 6.12 O 0.00 -1,177 9.76 -7,331 60.76 0 0.00 O 0.00 -1,370 11.35 -1,370 11.35 0 0.00 -3,178 26.34 0 0 O 0.00 117 -0.97 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 -304 2.52 0 0.00 O 0.00 -12,066 100.00 Total Capacity ton MBh Main Clg 2.2 Aux Clg 0.0 Opt Vent COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/Ib 25.9 24.2 1,038 75.9 60.9 57.3 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/lb 54.7 52.1 54.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total 2.2 25.9 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft' (%) Floor 548 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFIr 32 Roof 0 Wall 433 Ext Door 0 O 0 275 64 O 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating 56.0 81.0 75.5 68.8 75.7 68.8 75.9 60.3 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.1 0.9 0.2 SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict AIRFLOWS Cooling 1,038 1,038 1,038 0 63 63 23 333 1,062 86 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 666 666 333 333 63 63 23 333 356 86 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating 6.1 6.3 1.89 1.22 481.09 253.91 47.26 -29.66 6 % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton fe/ton Btulhrft' No. People HEATING COIL Capacity MBh Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -14.1 0.0 -2.1 -5.6 0.0 0.0 -16.3 SELECTION Coil Airflow Ent Lvg cfm °F °F 666 61.7 81.0 0 0.0 0.0 63 333 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 7 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-1 08 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 9 / 14 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 78 / 63 / 65 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total =_> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 9 / 13 OADB: 77 Net Percent ' Space Total Of Total Sensible Btu/h (%) Btu/h o o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0' 0 O 0 0 0 0 16,567 0 16,567 64, 16,861 81 0 81 0 -91 O 370 370 1 ; 0 O 0 0, 0 O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0' 0 188 188 1 37 16,836 370 17,206 67 16,807 1,241 310 1,551 6 1,241 1,800 0 1,800 7 1,000 2,910 0 2,910 11 2,910 5,951 310 6,261 24 5,151 74 -74 0 0 64 O 0 440 2, 0 O 0 0' 0 0 0 O 0 0': 0 -58 -58 0 1,557 6' 318 318 1 0 0 0, 0 0 0 0 0 Percent Of Total (%) Envelope Loads O Skylite Solar 0 Skylite Cond 0 Roof Cond 77 0 0! 0 0 0' 0 76 Internal Loads Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> 6 Lights 5 People 13 Misc 23 Sub Total =_> O Ceiling Load 0 ' Ventilation Load O Adj Air Trans Heat Ov/Undr Sizing O Exhaust Heat OA Preheat Diff. RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat System Plenum Heat Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 22,860 866 25,724 100.00 22,021 100.00 Grand Total ==> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Coil Peak Percent Space Sens Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h Btu/h (%) 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 -5,869 -5,869 46.22 0 -1,090 8.59 0 0 0.00 -949 -949 7.47 O 0 0.00 -1,085 -1,085 8.54 -7,903 -8,993 70.82 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 -1,263 -1,263 9.94 -1,263 -1,263 9.94 -198 0 0.00 O -2,542 20.02 O 0 0 O 0 0.00 98 -0.77 0 0.00 0 0.00 O 0.00 2 -0.02 O 0.00 0 0.00 -9,363 -12,698 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 2.1 25.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.1 25.7 COOLING COIL SELECTION Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR cfm °F °F gr/Ib Sens Cap. MBh Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/lb 24.5 1,051 75.8 60.9 57.2 54.7 52.3 55.4 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass fF (%) Floor 505 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFIr 41 Roof 0 Wall 557 Ext Door 0 0 0 354 64 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating SADB 56.0 83.5 Ra Plenum 75.5 68.8 Return 75.7 68.8 Ret/OA 75.8 61.7 Fn MtrTD 0.1 0.0 Fn BIdTD 0.3 0.1 Fn Frict 0.9 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 1,055 1,055 1,055 0 50 50 21 316 1,076 72 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 633 633 316 316 50 50 21 316 338 72 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton ft'/ton Btulhr•ft' No. People Cooling 4.8 2.09 492.05 235.58 50.94 4 Heating 5.3 1.25 -33.32 HEATING COIL Capacity MBh Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -15.1 0.0 -1.7 -5.3 0.0 0.0 -16.8 SELECTION Coil Airflow Ent Lvg cfm °F °F 633 61.7 83.5 0 0.0 0.0 50 316 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 8 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-109 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 9 / 13 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 77 / 63 / 66 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h 0 0 0 9,139 -39 0 0 0 0 136 9,237 1,003 900 749 2,652 0 0 0 0 0 133 0 133 251 0 0 251 Net Percent'. Total Of Total', Btu/h (%) 0 0 0 9,139 -39 133 0 0 0 136 9,370 1,253 900 749 2,902 0�. 0 68 0 1' 0 0 0' 1 69: 7 6 22 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 9 / 13 OADB: 77 Space Percent: Sensible Of Total Btu/h (%) Envelope Loads O 0 Skylite Solar O 0 Skylite Cond O 0 Roof Cond 9,139 80 Glass Solar -39 0 Glass/Door Cond O 0 ` Wall Cond O 0 Partition/Door 0 0 Floor 0 0 Adjacent Floor 30 0 ' Infiltration 9,131 80 Sub Total =_> 1,003 500 749 2,252 Internal Loads 9 Lights 4 People 7 Misc 20 Sub Total =_> 52 -52 0 0 52 0 Ceiling Load O 0 271 2 0 0 Ventilation Load O 0 0 0 0 Adj Air Trans Heat 0 0 Ov/Undr Sizing O 0 0 0 0 Exhaust Heat -38 -38 0 OA Preheat Diff. 811 6 RA Preheat Diff. 167 167 1 Additional Reheat 0 0 0 System Plenum Heat 0 0 Underflr Sup Ht Pkup 0 0 0 Supply Air Leakage 11,941 461 13,484 100.00 11,434 100.00 Grand Total =_> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Coil Peak Percent Space Sens Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h Btu/h (%) O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 -2,504 -2,504 35.20 O -465 6.54 O 0 0.00 -405 -405 5.69 O 0 0.00 -876 -876 12.32 -3,785 -4,251 59.75 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 -1,020 -1,020 14.34 -1,020 -1,020 14.34 -160 0 0.00 O -1,743 24.50 O 0 0 O 0 0.00 70 -0.99 0 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 -171 2.40 0 0.00 O 0.00 -4,965 -7,114 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 1.1 13.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.1 13.5 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/Ib 12.8 548 75.7 60.9 57.4 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/Ib 54.7 52.2 55.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft2 (%) Floor 408 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFlr 18 Roof 0 Wall 238 Ext Door 0 0 0 151 64 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling SADB 56.0 Ra Plenum 75.4 Return 75.7 Ret/OA 75.7 Fn MtrTD 0.1 Fn BIdTD 0.3 Fn Frict 0.9 Heating 83.6 68.8 68.8 59.5 0.0 0.1 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 548 548 548 0 34 34 17 166 565 52 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 333 333 166 166 34 34 17 166 184 52 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating 6.3 6.9 1.34 0.82 487.39 363.09 33.05 -22.45 2 % OA cfmlft' cfm/ton ft'/ton Btu/hrft' No. People HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil Airflow Ent MBh cfm °F Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total - 8.0 0.0 - 1.2 -2.8 0.0 0.0 -9.2 Lvg °F 333 61.7 83.6 0 0.0 0.0 34 24.0 54.7 166 54.7 70.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 9 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-110 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 8 / 12 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 77 / 65 / 72 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total =_> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 8 / 12 OADB: 77 Net Percent Space Total Of Total Sensible Btu/h (%) Btu/h O o 0 01 0 O 0 0 01 0 O 0 0 0' 0 9,736 0 9,736 71. 9,736 27 0 27 0 27 65 203 268 2 65 O 0 0: 0 O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 99 99 1 ' 20 9,928 203 10,130 74 9,849 442 111 553 4 442 900 0 900 7' 500 819 0 819 6 819 2,161 111 2,272 17 1,761 26 -26 0 0 26 O 0 269 2 0 O 0 0' 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 -23 -23 0 826 6 167 167 1 O 0 0 0 0' O 0 0 Percent Of Total (%) Envelope Loads 0 Skylite Solar 0 Skylite Cond 0 ; Roof Cond 84 Glass Solar 0 ; Glass/Door Cond 1 I Wall Cond 0 j Partition/Door O Floor 0 Adjacent Floor 0 ! Infiltration Sub Total ==> 85, `. Internal Loads 4 Lights 4 People 7 ! Misc 15 Sub Total ==> 0 Ceiling Load O Ventilation Load 0 Adj Air Trans Heat Ov/Undr Sizing 0 ' Exhaust Heat OA Preheat Diff. RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat System Plenum Heat Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 12,115 432 13,642 100.00 11,636 100.00 Grand Total ==> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Coil Peak Percent Space Sens Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h Btu/h (%) 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 -3,827 -3,827 52.72 -284 -1,175 16.19 O 0 0.00 -764 -764 10.52 O 0 0.00 -387 -387 5.33 -5,261 -6,153 84.76 O 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 -450 -450 6.20 -450 -450 6.20 -71 0 0.00 O -1,051 14.48 0 0 0 O 0 0.00 39 -0.53 O 0.00 0 0.00 O 0.00 356 -4.90 O 0.00 O 0.00 -5,782 -7,260 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 1.1 13.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.1 13.6 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/Ib 13.0 557 75.8 60.9 57.4 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/lb 54.7 52.3 55.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft' (%) Floor 180 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFIr 33 Roof 0 Wall 448 Ext Door 0 0 0 231 51 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating SADB 56.0 85.7 Ra Plenum 75.5 68.8 Return 75.7 68.8 Ret/OA 75.8 63.2 Fn MtrTD 0.1 0.0 Fn BIdTD 0.3 0.1 Fn Frict 0.9 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 557 557 557 0 21 21 8 167 565 28 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 334 334 167 167 21 21 8 167 175 28 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton ft'/ton Btu/hr•ft' No. People Cooling 3.7 3.10 490.25 158.34 75.79 2 Heating 4.1 1.86 -52.94 HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil Airflow Ent MBh cfm °F Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -8.8 0.0 -0.7 -2.8 0.0 0.0 -9.5 Lvg °F 334 61.7 85.7 0 0.0 0.0 21 167 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 10 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-111 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 9 / 14 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 78 / 63 / 65 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 9 / 15 OADB: 78 Net Percent Space Total Of Total Sensible Btu/h (%) Btu/h o o 0 0 0 o o 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 11,684 0 11,684 66 11,659 46 0 46 0: 96 o 183 183 1' 0 o 0 0! 0 o 0 0, 0 o 0 0 0, 0 109 109 1, 45 11,838 183 12,022 67 11,799 718 179 897 5 718 1,800 0 1,800 101 1,000 1,522 0 1,522 9 1,522 4,040 179 4,219 24. 3,240 43 -43 0 0 48 O 0 328 2 0 0 0 0' 0 0 0, O 0 0' 0 -40 -40 0 1,068 6 217 217 1 0 0 0. 0 0 0 0 0 Percent Of Total (%) Envelope Loads 0 Skylite Solar 0 Skylite Cond 0 Roof Cond 77 Glass Solar 1 Glass/Door Cond 0 : Wall Cond 0 Partition/Door 0 Floor 0 ; Adjacent Floor 0 Infiltration Sub Total ==> 78 Internal Loads 5 Lights 7 People 10 Misc 21 Sub Total ==> 0 Ceiling Load 0 j Ventilation Load 0 ! Adj Air Trans Heat Ov/Undr Sizing 0 Exhaust Heat OA Preheat Diff. RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat System Plenum Heat Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 15,921 497 17,814 100.00 15,087 100.00 Grand Total =_> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Coil Peak Percent Space Sens Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h Btu/h (%) O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 -3,287 -3,287 42.43 0 -610 7.88 O 0 0.00 -531 -531 6.86 0 0 0.00 -627 -627 8.10 -4,445 -5,056 65.26 0 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 -730 -730 9.42 -730 -730 9.42 -115 0 0.00 O -1,896 24.48 O 0 0 O 0 0.00 68 -0.88 O 0.00 O 0.00 0 0.00 -133 1.71 0 0.00 0 0.00 -5,290 -7,747 100.00 Main Gig Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 1.5 17.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.5 17.8 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/lb 16.7 721 75.8 60.9 57.3 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/lb 54.7 52.2 55.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft' (%) Floor 292 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFlr 23 Roof 0 0 0 Wall 312 198 64 Ext Door 0 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating 56.0 80.7 75.5 68.8 75.7 68.8 75.8 61.3 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.1 0.9 0.2 SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict AIRFLOWS Cooling 723 723 723 0 38 38 12 225 735 50 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 450 450 225 225 38 38 12 225 237 50 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating 5.2 5.6 2.47 1.54 486.79 196.70 61.01 -36.48 4 % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton ft'/ton Btu/heft' No. People HEATING COIL Capacity MBh Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -9.4 0.0 -1.3 -3.8 0.0 0.0 -10.7 SELECTION Coil Airflow Ent Lvg cfm °F °F 450 61.7 80.7 0 0.0 0.0 38 225 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 11 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-112 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 7 / 18 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 79 / 62 / 57 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h 0 0 0 15,993 425 0 0 0 0 69 16,487 818 900 1,080 2,799 0 0 0 0 0 455 0 455 205 0 0 205 Net Percent Total Of Total Btu/h (%) 0 0 0 15,993 425 455 0 0 0 69 16,942 1,023 900 1,080 3,003 0 0'. 0 74 2 2 0 0, 0: 0' 78 4 5: 14 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 18 OADB: 79 Space Sensible Btu/h 0 0 0 15,993 425 0 0 0 0 64 16,482 818 500 1,080 2,399 Percent Of Total (%) Envelope Loads 0 Skylite Solar O Skylite Cond O Roof Cond 84 2 0 0. 0'. 0. 0` 87 Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads 4 Lights 3 People 6 Misc 13 Sub Total =_> 81 -81 0 0 : 81 0 Ceiling Load O 0 146 1 0 0 Ventilation Load O 0 0 0 0 Adj Air Trans Heat 0 0 Ov/Undr Sizing O 0 0 0 0 Exhaust Heat -50 -50 0 OA Preheat Diff. 1,345 6 RA Preheat Diff. 273 273 1 : Additional Reheat O 0 0 I System Plenum Heat 0 0 Underflr Sup Ht Pkup O 0 0 Supply Air Leakage 19,367 802 21,661 100.00 18,961 100.00 Grand Total =_> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Space Sens Btu/h 0 0 0 0 -5,293 0 0 -1,534 0 -715 -7,542 0 0 -833 -833 -131 0 0 0 -8,505 Coil Peak Tot Sens Btu/h 0 0 0 0 -5,293 -983 0 -1,534 0 -715 -8,525 0 0 -833 -833 Percent Of Total (%) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 49.32 9.16 0.00 14.30 0.00 6.67 79.44 0.00 0.00 7.76 7.76 O 0.00 -1,515 14.12 0 0 O 0.00 60 -0.56 O 0.00 O 0.00 0 0.00 82 -0.76 O 0.00 O 0.00 -10,732 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 1.8 21.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.8 - 21.7 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/lb 21.2 908 76.1 60.9 56.9 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/Ib 54.7 52.5 56.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass W (%) Floor 333 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFIr 67 Roof 0 Wall 502 Ext Door 0 O 0 319 64 O 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating SADB 56.0 84.0 Ra Plenum 75.8 68.8 Return 76.0 68.8 Ret/OA 76.1 63.9 Fn MtrTD 0.1 0.0 Fn BIdTD 0.3 0.1 Fn Frict 0.9 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 908 908 908 0 30 30 14 276 922 44 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Intl! MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 553 553 276 276 30 30 14 276 291 44 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CICS Cooling Heating 3.3 3.6 2.73 1.66 503.15 184.48 65.05 -43.70 2 % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton ft'/ton Btu/hrft' No. People HEATING COIL Capacity MBh Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -13.5 0.0 -1.0 -4.7 0.0 0.0 -14.6 SELECTION Coil Airflow Ent Lvg cfm °F °F 553 61.7 84.0 0 0.0 0.0 30 276 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 12 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-113 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 7 / 18 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 79 / 62 / 57 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Net Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Total Btu/h Btu/h Btu/h O 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 16,872 0 16,872 409 0 409 O 409 409 O 0 O 0 O 0 0 86 86 17,368 409 17,777 2,514 628 3,142 13,500 0 13,500 5,506 0 5,506 21,519 628 22,148 248 -248 0 O 0 1,032 0 0 0 O 0 -260 -260 2,349 475 475 0 0 0 0 0 Percent Of Total (%) '•.. 0' OI 0' 39 1: 1'. 0 0 0 0' 41:. 7 31, 13 51 0 2 0 0 0 -1 5'. 1 0' 0 0 39,135 1,004 43,521 100.00 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 18 OADB: 79 Space Sensible Btu/h 0 0 0 16,872 409 0 0 0 0 79 17,361 2,514 7,500 5,506 15,519 Percent Of Total (%) Envelope Loads O Skylite Solar O Skylite Cond 0 Roof Cond 51 Glass Solar 1 0 0 0' 0 0' 52 Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads 8 Lights 23 People 17 Misc 47 Sub Total ==> 248 1 Ceiling Load O 0 . Ventilation Load O 0 ' Adj Air Trans Heat Ov/Undr Sizing O 0 Exhaust Heat OA Preheat Diff. RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat System Plenum Heat Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 33,128 100.00, Grand Total =_> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Space Sens Btu/h 0 0 0 0 -4,937 0 0 -798 0 -894 -6,629 0 0 -1,040 -1,040 -401 0 0 0 -8,070 Coil Peak Tot Sens Btu/h Percent Of Total (%) O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 -4,937 24.98 -917 4.64 O 0.00 -798 4.04 O 0.00 -894 4.52 -7,546 38.18 0 0 -1,040 -1,040 0.00 0.00 5.26 5.26 O 0.00 54.06 O 0 O 0.00 311 -1.58 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 -806 4.08 O 0.00 O 0.00 -10,684 -19,765 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total COOLING COIL SELECTION Total Capacity Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR ton MBh MBh cfm °F °F gr/lb 3.6 43.5 37.4 1,586 76.4 61.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 3.6 43.5 56.9 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/Ib 54.7 51.3 51.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft' (%) Floor 1,023 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFIr 35 Roof 0 Wall 468 Ext Door 0 0 0 298 64 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict 56.0 75.8 76.0 76.4 0.1 0.3 0.9 77.7 68.8 68.8 48.9 0.0 0.1 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 1,587 1,587 1,587 0 211 211 18 477 1,604 229 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 955 955 477 477 211 211 18 477 495 229 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling % OA 13.3 cfm/ft' 1.55 cfm/ton 437.52 ft'/ton 282.07 Btu/hr•ft' 42.54 No. People 30 Heating 14.8 0.93 -23.35 HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil Airflow Ent MBh cfm °F Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -16.8 0.0 -7.1 -8.1 0.0 0.0 -23.9 955 61.7 0 0.0 211 477 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 Lvg °F 77.7 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 13 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-114 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Outside Air: Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Mo/Hr: 7 / 18 OADB/WB/HR: 79 / 62 / 57 Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h 0 0 0 12,224 291 0 0 0 0 56 12,571 0 0 0 0 0 261 0 261 Net Total Btu/h 0 0 0 12,224 291 261 0 0 0 56 12,831 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7118 OADB: 79 Percent Space Percent Of Total i Sensible Of Total (%) Btu/h (%) Envelope Loads O 0 0 ' Skylite Solar 0 , 0 0 Skylite Cond O 0 0 E Roof Cond 39', 12,224 51 Glass Solar 1 291 1 Glass/Door Cond 1 0 0 Wall Cond O 0 0 i Partition/Door 0' 0 0 ' Floor 0 0 0 li Adjacent Floor 0 52 0 Infiltration 41 12,566 52 Sub Total =_> Internal Loads 1,629 407 2,037 6 1,629 7 Lights 9,900 0 9,900 31 5,500 23 People 4,209 0 4,209 13 4,209 17 Misc 15,738 407 16,145 51 ' 11,338 47 ! Sub Total =_> 161 -161 0 0 161 1 Ceiling Load O 0 731 2 0 0, Ventilation Load O 0 0. 0 0 Adj Air Trans Heat 0 0 " I Ov/Undr Sizing O 0 0 0 0 Exhaust Heat -183 -183 -1 OA Preheat Diff. 1,706 5 RA Preheat Diff. 345 345 1 Additional Reheat 0 0 0 , System Plenum Heat 0 0 Underflr Sup Ht Pkup 0 0 0 Supply Air Leakage 28,469 669 31,576 100.00 24,064 100.00 Grand Total =_> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Space Sens Btu/h 0 0 0 0 -3,514 0 0 -568 0 -580 -4,662 0 0 -675 -675 -260 0 0 0 -5,597 Coil Peak Tot Sens Btu/h Percent Of Total (%) 0 0.00 O 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 -3,514 25.27 -653 4.69 O 0.00 -568 4.08 O 0.00 -580 4.17 -5,315 38.22 O 0.00 O 0.00 -675 4.85 -675 4.85 0 0.00 -7,571 54.44 0 0 O 0.00 219 -1.58 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 -565 4.07 O 0.00 O 0.00 -13,907 100.00 Main CIg Aux CIg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/lb 2.6 31.6 27.1 1,152 76.4 61.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 2.6 31.6 56.9 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/Ib 54.7 51.3 51.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft2 (%) Floor 663 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFlr 25 Roof 0 Wall 333 Ext Door 0 0 0 212 64 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling SADB 56.0 Ra Plenum 75.8 Return 76.0 Ret/OA 76.4 Fn MtrTD 0.1 Fn BIdTD 0.3 Fn Frict 0.9 Heating 77.4 68.8 68.8 49.4 0.0 0.1 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 1,153 1,153 1,153 0 150 150 11 347 1,164 161 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 693 693 347 347 150 150 11 347 358 161 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton fe/ton Btu/hrft2 No. People Cooling 13.0 1.74 438.05 251.96 47.63 22 Heating 14.4 1.05 -25.58 HEATING COIL Capacity MBh Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -11.9 0.0 -5.0 -5.9 0.0 0.0 -17.0 SELECTION Coil Airflow Ent Lvg cfm °F °F 693 61.7 77.4 0 0.0 0.0 150 347 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 14 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-115 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Outside Air: Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Mo/Hr: 7 / 18 OADB/WB/HR: 79 / 62 / 57 Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h O 0 O 0 0 0 15,291 0 427 0 O 379 0 0 0 0 72 15,790 379 1,460 365 3,150 0 4,597 0 9,207 365 144 -144 O 0 0 0 -97 341 0 0 25,141 844 Net Total Btu/h 0 0 0 15,291 427 379 0 0 0 72 16,169 1,825 3,150 4,597 9,572 Percent Of Total (%) 0 0 0 55 2: 1. 01 0 0. 0' 58; 34 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 18 OADB: 79 Space Percent Sensible Of Total Btu/h (%) Envelope Loads O 0 ' Skylite Solar O 0 Skylite Cond O 0 Roof Cond 15,291 64 Glass Solar 427 2 Glass/Door Cond O 0 Wall Cond 0 0 Partition/Door O 0 Floor O 0 Adjacent Floor 66 0 Infiltration 15,784 67 Sub Total ==> 1,460 1,750 4,597 Internal Loads 6 Lights 7 People 19 Misc 7,807 33 Sub Total ==> 0 0' 144 1 Ceiling Load 345 1 0 0 Ventilation Load 0 0 0 0 Adj Air Trans Heat 0 0 Ov/Undr Sizing 0 0 0 0 Exhaust Heat -97 0 OA Preheat Diff. 1,684 6 RA Preheat Diff. 341 1 Additional Reheat 0 0 System Plenum Heat 0 0 Underflr Sup Ht Pkup 0 0 Supply Air Leakage 28,013 100.00 23,735 100.00 Grand Total =_> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Coil Peak Percent Space Sens Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h Btu/h (%) O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 -5,307 -5,307 41.60 O -986 7.73 O 0 0.00 -1,201 -1,201 9.41 O 0 0.00 -745 -745 5.84 -7,253 -8,239 64.58 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 -868 -868 6.80 -868 -868 6.80 -233 0 0.00 O -3,571 27.99 0 0 0 O 0 0.00 116 -0.91 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 -196 1.54 O 0.00 O 0.00 -8,354 -12,757 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent COOLING COIL SELECTION Total Capacity Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR ton MBh MBh 2.3 28.0 26.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total 2.3 28.0 cfm °F °F gr/Ib Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/Ib 1,136 76.2 61.0 56.9 54.7 52.3 55.4 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft' (%) Floor 594 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFlr 52 Roof 0 Wall 504 Ext Door 0 0 0 320 64 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling SADB 56.0 Ra Plenum 75.8 Return 76.0 Ret/OA 76.2 Fn MtrTD 0.1 Fn BIdTD 0.3 Fn Frict 0.9 Heating 81.1 68.8 68.8 59.5 0.0 0.1 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 1,137 1,137 1,137 0 71 71 15 342 1,152 85 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 683 683 342 342 71 71 15 342 356 85 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating 6.2 6.9 1.91 1.15 487.00 254.45 47.16 -28.55 7 % cfm/W cfm/ton W/ton Btu/hr•ft' No. People HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil Airflow Ent MBh cfm °F Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -14.6 0.0 -2.4 -5.8 0.0 0.0 -17.0 Lvg °F 683 61.7 81.1 0 0.0 0.0 71 342 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 15 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-116 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 7 / 15 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 83 / 66 / 69 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h 0 0 0 2,311 422 0 0 0 0 169 2,903 560 1,350 1,413 3,323 46 0 0 0 6,272 0 0 0 0 0 131 0 131 140 0 0 140 -46 0 -38 82 0 0 269 Net Percent', Total Of Total Btu/h (%). 0 0 0 2,311 422 131 0 0 0 169 3,033 700 1,350 1,413 3,463 0 501 0 0 0 -38 397 82 0 0 0 0 0 0 31'. 6 2 0. 0 0: 2 41 9 18 19 47 7 0. 0 -1 5 1 0' 0. 0 7,438 100.00 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 15 OADB: 83 Space Sensible Btu/h 0 0 0 2,311 422 0 0 0 0 85 2,819 560 750 1,413 2,723 Percent Of Total (%) Envelope Loads 0 ' Skylite Solar O Skylite Cond O Roof Cond 41 ' Glass Solar 8 Glass/Door Cond O Wali Cond O Partition/Door 0 Floor 0 Adjacent Floor 2 Infiltration Sub Total ==> 50 Internal Loads 10 Lights 13 People 25 Misc 49 Sub Total ==> 46 1 Ceiling Load O 0 Ventilation Load O 0 Adj Air Trans Heat Ov/Undr Sizing O 0 Exhaust Heat OA Preheat Diff. RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat System Plenum Heat Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 5,588 100.00 Grand Total ==> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Coil Peak Percent Space Sens Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h Btu/h - (%) O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 -3,472 -3,472 50.97 0 -645 9.47 0 0 0.00 -561 -561 8.24 0 0 0.00 -490 -490 7.19 -4,523 -5,167 75.87 0 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 -570 -570 8.37 -570 -570 8.37 -89 0 0.00 O -1,450 21.28 O 0 0 0 0 0.00 52 -0.77 0 0.00 O 0.00 0 0.00 324 -4.76 0 0.00 O 0.00 -5,182 -6,811 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 0.6 7.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.6 7.4 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/Ib 6.5 268 76.7 61.4 58.2 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/lb 54.7 51.6 52.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft' (%) Floor 228 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFlr 24 Roof 0 0 0 Wall 329 209 64 Ext Door 0 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict 56.0 75.6 75.9 76.7 0.1 0.3 0.9 99.4 68.8 68.8 52.8 0.0 0.1 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 268 268 268 0 29 29 10 80 277 38 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 161 161 80 80 29 29 10 80 90 38 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton ft'/ton Btu/hr•ftz No. People Cooling 10.7 1.17 431.77 367.83 32.62 3 Heating 11.9 0.70 -33.38 HEATING COIL Capacity MBh Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -6.7 0.0 -1.0 -1.4 0.0 0.0 -7.6 SELECTION Coil Airflow Ent Lvg cfm °F °F 161 61.7 99.4 0 0.0 0.0 29 80 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 16 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-117 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 7 / 18 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 79 / 62 / 57 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h 0 0 0 13,279 446 0 0 0 0 82 13,807 971 900 782 2,652 96 0 0 0 16,555 0 0 0 0 0 381 0 381 243 0 0 243 -96 0 -57 234 0 0 705 Net Percent Total Of Total Btu/h (%) 0 0'. 0 0'. 0 0', 72 2 2 13,279 446 381 0 0 0 82 14,188 1,213 900 782 2,895 0 165 0 0 0 -57 1,146 234 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 76 5 4! 16 0. 1'. 0 0 0 0 6: 1 0' 0' 18,570 100.00 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 18 OADB: 79 Space Sensible Btu/h 0 0 0 13,279 446 0 0 0 0 75 13,800 971 500 782 2,252 Percent Of Total (%) 0 0 0 82 3 0 0 0 0 0 85 6 3 5 14 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> 96 1 Ceiling Load O 0 Ventilation Load O 0 Adj Air Trans Heat Ov/Undr Sizing O 0 Exhaust Heat OA Preheat Diff. RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat System Plenum Heat Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 16,148 100.00 Grand Total =_> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Coil Peak Percent Space Sens Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h Btu/h (%) O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 -5,506 -5,506 51.54 O -1,023 9.57 O 0 0.00 -890 -890 8.33 O 0 0.00 -849 -849 7.94 -7,245 -8,268 77.39 0 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 -988 -988 9.24 -988 -988 9.24 -155 0 0.00 0 -1,703 15.94 0 0 0 O 0 0.00 69 -0.64 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 206 -1.93 0 0.00 0 0.00 -8,387 -10,683 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 1.6 18.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.6 18.6 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/Ib 18.2 773 76.2 60.9 56.9 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/Ib 54.7 52.5 56.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft' (%) Floor 395 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFIr 39 Roof 0 Wall 522 Ext Door 0 0 0 332 64 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating SADB 56.0 86.3 Ra Plenum 75.8 68.8 Return 76.0 68.8 Ret/OA 76.2 62.3 Fn MtrTD 0.1 0.0 Fn BIdTD 0.3 0.1 Fn Frict 0.9 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 773 773 773 0 34 34 17 235 790 50 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 470 470 235 235 34 34 17 235 252 50 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton ft'/ton Btu/hr•ft' No. People Cooling 4.4 1.96 499.81 255.25 47.01 2 Heating 4.8 1.19 -34.94 HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil Airflow Ent MBh cfm °F Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -12.7 0.0 -1.1 -4.0 0.0 0.0 -13.8 Lvg °F 470 61.7 86.3 0 0.0 0.0 34 235 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 17 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-11 8 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 7 / 18 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 79 / 62 / 57 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 18 OADB: 79 Net Percent Space Total Of Total Sensible Btu/h (%) Btu/h O 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0, 0 5,065 0 5,065 42 5,065 378 0 378 3' 378 0 222 222 2 0 O 0 0': 0 O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 122 122 1 113 5,565 222 5,788 48 5,556 1,450 362 1,812 15 1,450 1,800 0 1,800 15 1,000 1,570 0 1,570 13 1,570 4,820 362 5,182 43 4,020 143 -143 0 0 143 O 0 271 2 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 -91 -91 -1 690 6 145 145 1. O 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 Percent Of Total (%)i Envelope Loads O Skylite Solar 0 Skylite Cond 0 Roof Cond 52 Glass Solar 4 Glass/Door Cond O Wall Cond O Partition/Door O Floor O Adjacent Floor 1 i Infiltration Sub Total ==> 57 Internal Loads 15 , Lights 10 People 16 Misc 41 Sub Total =_> 1 Ceiling Load 0 : Ventilation Load 0 Adj Air Trans Heat Ov/Undr Sizing 0 Exhaust Heat OA Preheat Diff. RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat System Plenum Heat Underflr Sup Ht Pkup • Supply Air Leakage 10,528 496 11,984 100.00 9,718 100.00 Grand Total ==> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Coil Peak Percent Space Sens Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h Btu/h (%) 0 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 -4,524 -4,524 39.86 0 -840 7.40 0 0 0.00 -731 -731 6.44 O 0 0.00 -1,267 -1,267 11.17 -6,523 -7,364 64.88 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 -1,475 -1,475 13.00 -1,475 -1,475 13.00 -231 0 0.00 O -2,800 24.67 O 0 0 O 0 0.00 109 -0.96 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 180 -1.59 O 0.00 O 0.00 -8,230 -11,350 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total COOLING COIL SELECTION Total Capacity Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR Leave DB/WB/HR ton MBh MBh cfm °F °F gr/lb °F °F gr/lb 1.0 12.0 11.2 465 76.4 61.0 56.9 54.7 51.9 54.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 12.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass W (%) Floor 590 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFlr 32 Roof 0 Wall 429 Ext Door 0 0 0 273 64 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict 56.0 75.8 76.0 76.4 0.1 0.3 0.9 95.8 68.8 68.8 51.7 0.0 0.1 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 465 465 465 0 55 55 25 145 491 80 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Intl! MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 290 290 145 145 55 55 25 145 170 80 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton ft'/ton Btu/heft' No. People Cooling 11.9 0.79 466.12 590.79 20.31 4 Heating 12.7 0.49 -21.60 HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil Airflow MBh cfm Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -10.9 0.0 -1.9 -2.5 0.0 0.0 -12.7 Ent Lvg °F °F 290 61.7 95.8 0 0.0 0.0 55 145 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 18 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV 119 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 7 / 18 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 79 / 62 / 57 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h Net Percent Total Of Total Btu/h (%) 0 0 0 62 2 21 0 0' 0 0' 66 O 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 0 19,964 0 19,964 738 0 738 O 530 530 O 0 O 0 O 0 0 129 129 20,831 530 21,362 1,526 382 1,908 2,700 0 2,700 3,619 0 3,619 7,846 382 8,227 150 -150 0 O 0 328 O 0 0 0 0 -106 -106 1,960 400 400 O 0 0 O 0 8 11 26' CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 18 OADB: 79 Space Sensible Btu/h 0 0 0 19,964 738 0 0 0 0 119 20,821 1,526 1,500 3,619 6,646 Percent • Of Total: (%) Envelope Loads 0 Skylite Solar 0 Skylite Gond 0 E Roof Cond 72 Glass Solar 3 : Glass/Door Cond 0 Wall Cond 0I Partition/Door 0 Floor 0 Adjacent Floor 0 Infiltration 75 Sub Total ==> Internal Loads 6 Lights 5 People 13 Misc 24 Sub Total =_> O 150 1 Ceiling Load 1 0 0 Ventilation Load O 0 0 Adj Air Trans Heat O Ov/Undr Sizing 0 . 0 0 Exhaust Heat O OA Preheat Diff. 6 RA Preheat Diff. 1 Additional Reheat 0 System Plenum Heat 0 Underflr Sup Ht Pkup 0 ' Supply Air Leakage 28,827 1,055 32,170 100.00 27,617 100.00 Grand Total ==> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Space Sens Btu/h 0 0 0 0 -9,049 0 0 -1,463 0 -1,334 -11,846 0 0 -1,553 -1,553 -244 0 0 0 -13,642 Coil Peak Tot Sens Btu/h Percent Of Total (%) O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 -9,049 50.19 -1,681 9.32 O 0.00 -1,463 8.11 0 0.00 -1,334 7.40 -13,527 75.03 0 0 -1,553 -1,553 0.00 0.00 8.61 8.61 O 0.00 -3,400 18.86 0 0 O 0.00 127 -0.71 O 0.00 O 0.00 0 0.00 322 -1.79 0 0.00 O 0.00 -18,029 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/Ib 2.7 32.2 30.9 1,323 76.2 61.0 56.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.7 32.2 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/lb 54.7 52.4 55.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ftz (%) Floor Part Int Door ExFlr Roof Wall Ext Door 621 0 0 64 0 859 0 0 546 64 0 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict 56.0 75.8 76.0 76.2 0.1 0.3 0.9 85.6 68.8 68.8 61.2 0.0 0.1 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 1,323 1,323 1,323 0 67 67 26 397 1,349 94 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 794 794 397 397 67 67 26 397 423 94 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating % OA 5.1 5.6 cfm/ft' 2.13 1.28 cfm/ton 493.43 fe/ton 231.64 Btu/hrft' 51.80 -37.26 No. People 6 HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil Airflow MBh cfm Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -20.9 0.0 - 2.3 - 6.7 0.0 0.0 -23.1 Ent Lvg °F °F 794 61.7 85.6 0 0.0 0.0 67 397 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 19 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-1 20 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 7 / 18 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 79 / 62 / 57 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 18 OADB: 79 Net Percent Space Total Of Total Sensible Btu/h (%) Btu/h O 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0. 0 O 0 0 0 0 9,070 0 9,070 41 9,070 482 0 482 2 482 O 294 294 1 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0. 0 175 175 1 161 9,728 294 10,022 45 9,714 2,076 519 2,596 12 2,076 3,150 0 3,150 14 1,750 4,514 0 4,514 20 4,514 9,740 519 10,259 46 8,340 205 -205 0 0 205 O 0 418 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 -138 -138 -1 1,296 6 270 270 1 O 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 Percent Of Total (%) Envelope Loads 0 Skylite Solar 0 ` Skylite Cond 0 Roof Cond 50 Glass Solar 3 Glass/Door Cond 0 Wall Cond O Partition/Door O Floor O Adjacent Floor 1 Infiltration Sub Total ==> 53 , Internal Loads 11 Lights 10 People 25 Misc 46 Sub Total =_> 1 Ceiling Load O Ventilation Load O Adj Air Trans Heat Ov/Undr Sizing O Exhaust Heat OA Preheat Diff. RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat System Plenum Heat Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 19,673 740 22,127 100.00 18,259 100.00 Grand Total =_> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Space Sens Btu/h 0 0 0 0 -5,762 0 0 -932 0 -1,815 -8,509 0 0 -2,113 -2,113 -331 0 0 0 -10,953 Coil Peak Tot Sens Btu/h Percent Of Total (%) O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 -5,762 36.27 -1,070 6.74 0 0.00 -932 5.86 O 0.00 -1,815 11.43 -9,579 60.29 0 0 -2,113 -2,113 0 -4,332 0 0 165 0 0 0 -30 0 0 0.00 0.00 13.30 13.30 0.00 27.26 0 0.00 -1.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.19 0.00 0.00 -15,888 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 1.8 22.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.8 22.1 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/lb 20.7 875 76.3 61.0 56.9 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/lb 54.7 52.1 54.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft' (%) Floor Part Int Door ExFIr Roof Wall Ext Door 845 0 0 41 0 0 0 547 347 64 0 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating 56.0 88.8 75.8 68.8 76.0 68.8 76.3 54.3 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.1 0.9 0.2 SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict AIRFLOWS Cooling 875 875 875 0 86 86 36 265 910 122 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 530 530 265 265 86 86 36 265 301 122 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating 9.8 10.8 1.03 0.63 474.30 458.26 26.19 -22.09 7 % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton W/ton Btu/hr•ft' No. People HEATING COIL Capacity MBh Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -15.8 0.0 -2.9 -4.5 0.0 0.0 -18.7 SELECTION Coil Airflow Ent Lvg cfm °F °F 530 61.7 0 0.0 86 265 0 0 24.0 54.7 0.0 0.0 88.8 0.0 54.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 20 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-1 21 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 7 / 14 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 82 / 66 / 72 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3,231 4,950 6,541 14,722 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 808 0 0 808 Net Percent Total Of Total Btu/h (%) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4,039 4,950 6,541 15,530 0 0 0' 0 0 0'. 0' 0 0 Oi 22 27 36': 85 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 15 OADB: 83 Space Sensible Btu/h 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3,231 2,750 6,541 12,522 Percent Of Total (%) Envelope Loads 0 Skylite Solar 0 Skylite Cond 0 ' Roof Cond o: 0: 0' 0 0 0: 0' 0 Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads 25 Lights 22 People 51 Misc 98 Sub Total =_> 241 -241 0 0 l 241 2 Ceiling Load O 0 1,280 7 0 0 Ventilation Load O 0 0 0 0 Adj Air Trans Heat 0 0 Ov/Undr Sizing O 0 0 0 0 Exhaust Heat -136 -136 -1 OA Preheat Diff. 1,324 7 RA Preheat Diff. 265 265 1 Additional Reheat 0 0 0 System Plenum Heat 0 0 Underflr Sup Ht Pkup 0 0 0 ; Supply Air Leakage 14,963 696 18,263 100.00 12,763 100.00 Grand Total ==> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Coil Peak Percent Space Sens Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h Btu/h (%) O 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O -7,396 100.00 O 0 0 O 0 0.00 0 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 O 0.00 O -7,396 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 1.5 18.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.5 18.3 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/lb 16.0 893 76.9 64.4 71.7 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/lb 60.7 57.8 68.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft' (%) Floor 1,315 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFlr 0 Roof 0 Wall 0 Ext Door 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating SADB 62.0 70.0 Ra Plenum 75.6 70.0 Return 75.9 70.0 Ret/OA 76.9 46.2 Fn MtrTD 0.1 0.0 Fn BIdTD 0.3 0.1 Fn Frict 0.9 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 893 893 893 0 146 146 0 283 893 146 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 565 565 283 283 146 146 0 283 283 146 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating 16.4 17.3 0.68 0.43 587.08 864.05 13.89 -6.69 11 % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton W/ton Btu/h1.4' No. People HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil Airflow Ent MBh cfm °F Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -2.9 0.0 -5.9 -2.9 0.0 0.0 -8.8 565 65.3 0 0.0 146 283 0 0 24.0 60.7 0.0 0.0 Lvg °F 70.0 0.0 60.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 21 of 50 • Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-122 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Outside Air: Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Mo/Hr: 7 / 14 OADB/WB/HR: 82 / 66 / 72 Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 695 3,600 2,366 6,661 52 0 0 0 6,713 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 174 0 0 174 -52 0 -53 106 0 0 175 Net Percent Total Of Total Btu/h (%) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 869 3,600 2,366 6,835 0 499 0 0 0 -53 530 106 0 0 0 0: 0 0! 0. 01 0: 0 0 0: 0, 11 45 30 86 0 6 0 0 0 -1 7 1 0 0 0 7,917 100.00 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 15 OADB: 83 Space Percent Sensible Of Total Btu/h (%) Envelope Loads O 0 ' Skylite Solar O 0 . Skylite Cond O 0 Roof Cond O 0 . Glass Solar O 0 : Glass/Door Cond O 0 .. Wall Cond O 0 Partition/Door O 0 Floor 0 0 Adjacent Floor 0 0 Infiltration O 0 Sub Total =_> Internal Loads 695 14 Lights 2,000 39 People 2,366 46 Misc 5,061 99 Sub Total =_> 52 1 Ceiling Load O 0 Ventilation Load O 0 Adj Air Trans Heat Ov/Undr Sizing O 0 Exhaust Heat OA Preheat Diff. RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat System Plenum Heat Underfr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 5,113 100.00 Grand Total =_> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Coil Peak Percent Space Sens Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h Btu/h (%) O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O -2,880 100.00 O 0 0 O 0 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 0 0.00 O 0.00 0 0.00 O -2,880 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total COOLING COIL SELECTION Total Capacity Sens Cap. Coil Airflow ton MBh MBh cfm Enter DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/Ib 0.7 7.9 6.3 358 76.9 64.3 71.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.7 7.9 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/Ib 60.7 57.2 65.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft' (%) Floor 283 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFIr 0 Roof 0 Wall 0 Ext Door 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict 62.0 75.6 75.9 76.9 0.1 0.3 0.9 70.0 70.0 70.0 45.6 0.0 0.1 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 358 358 358 0 57 57 0 107 358 57 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 215 215 107 107 57 57 0 107 107 57 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating "/ OA 15.9 17.7 cfm/ft' 1.26 0.76 cfm/ton 542.53 W/ton 428.97 Btu/hr•ft' 27.97 -12.01 No. People 8 HEATING COIL Capacity MBh Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -1.1 0.0 -2.3 -1.1 0.0 0.0 -3.4 SELECTION Coil Airflow Ent Lvg cfm °F °F 215 65.3 0 0.0 57 107 0 0 24.0 60.7 0.0 0.0 70.0 0.0 60.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 22 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-123 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 7 / 14 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 82 / 66 / 72 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total =_> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5,421 8,100 9,382 22,903 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1,355 0 0 1,355 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 15 OADB: 83 Net Percent i Space Total Of Total Sensible Btu/h (%)', Btu/h 0 0' 0 0 0, 0 0 0' 0 O (` 0 O 0. 0 0 0, 0 O 0; 0 0 0 0 0 0; 0 0 OI 0 0 0!, 0 6,776 8,100 9,382 24,259 24 28 33 85' 5,421 4,500 9,382 19,303 Percent Of Total (%)'', Envelope Loads 0 Skylite Solar 0 Skylite Cond 0 Roof Cond o! 0. 0!. 0 0 0. 0 0. 28 23 I 48 98 Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> 404 -404 0 0 404 2 Ceiling Load 0 0 1,946 7 0 0 Ventilation Load 0 0 0 0 0 Adj Air Trans Heat 0 0 Ov/Undr.Sizing 0 0 0 0 0 Exhaust Heat -207 -207 -1 OA Preheat Diff. 2,044 7 RA Preheat Diff. 409 409 1 Additional Reheat O 0 0 ° System Plenum Heat 0 0 Underflr Sup Ht Pkup O 0 0 Supply Air Leakage 23,307 1,153 28,450 100.00 19,707 100.00 Grand Total ==> HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Peak Coil Peak Percent Space Sens Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h Btu/h (%) O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O 0 0.00 O -11,239 100.00 O 0 0 1 1 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 1 -11,239 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 2.4 28.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.4 28.5 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/Ib 24.7 1,380 76.9 64.3 71.7 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WBIHR °F °F gr/Ib 60.7 57.7 67.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass Floor 2,206 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFIr 0 Roof 0 Wall 0 Ext Door 0 ft2 (%) 0 0 0 0 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling SADB 62.0 Ra Plenum 75.6 Return 75.9 Ret/OA 76.9 Fn MtrTD 0.1 Fn BIdTD 0.3 Fn Frict 0.9 Heating 70.0 70.0 70.0 45.5 0.0 0.1 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 1,380 1,380 1,380 0 222 222 0 418 1,380 222 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 836 836 418 418 222 222 0 418 418 222 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating 16.1 17.7 0.63 0.38 581.91 930.48 12.90 -6.01 18 % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton ft'/ton Btu/heft' No. People HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil Airflow Ent MBh cfm °F Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total -4.3 0.0 -9.0 -4.3 0.0 0.0 -13.3 836 65.3 0 0.0 222 418 0 0 24.0 60.7 0.0 0.0 Lvg °F 70.0 0.0 60.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 23 of 50 Zone Checksums By MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY SOLUTIONS VAV-1 24 COOLING COIL PEAK Peaked at Time: Mo/Hr: 7 / 14 Outside Air: OADB/WB/HR: 82 / 66 / 72 Envelope Loads Skylite Solar Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass/Door Cond Wall Cond Partition/Door Floor Adjacent Floor Infiltration Sub Total ==> Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Dehumid. Ov Sizing Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage Grand Total ==> Space Plenum Sens. + Lat. Sens. + Lat Btu/h Btu/h 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Net Total Btu/h 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Percent Of Total (%) 0' 0'. 0 0. 0 0 0 0' 0: 0' CLG SPACE PEAK Mo/Hr: 7 / 15 OADB: 83 HEATING COIL PEAK Mo/Hr: Heating Design OADB: 24 Space Percent Space Peak Sensible Of Total : Space Sens Btu/h (%) Btu/h Envelope Loads O 0 Skylite Solar O 0 Skylite Cond O 0 Roof Cond O 0 Glass Solar O 0 Glass/Door Cond O 0 Wall Cond O 0 Partition/Door O 0 Floor O 0 Adjacent Floor O 0 Infiltration O 0 ! Sub Total =_> 3,391 848 4,239 23 ; 3,391 27 5,400 0 5,400 29 3,000 24 6,108 0 6,108 33 ; 6,108 48 14,899 848 15,746 85 12,499 98 253 -253 0 0 253 2 O 0 1,433 8 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 -152 -152 -1 1,322 7 264 264 1 O 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 15,151 707 18,614 100.00 Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total ==> Ceiling Load Ventilation Load Adj Air Trans Heat Ov/Undr Sizing Exhaust Heat OA Preheat Diff. RA Preheat Diff. Additional Reheat System Plenum Heat Underflr Sup Ht Pkup Supply Air Leakage 12,751 100.00 Grand Total =_> 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Coil Peak Percent Tot Sens Of Total Btu/h (%) O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 0 0.00 O 0.00 0 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 -8,276 100.00 0 0 0 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 O 0.00 -8,276 100.00 Main Gig Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 1.6 18.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.6 18.6 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Airflow Enter DB/WB/HR MBh cfm °F °F gr/lb 16.1 893 77.1 64.4 71.7 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Leave DB/WB/HR °F °F gr/lb 60.7 57.7 67.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: Dataset Name: Xerox Building SMH.TRC AREAS Gross Total Glass ft' (%) Floor 1,380 Part 0 Int Door 0 ExFIr 0 Roof 0 Wall 0 Ext Door 0 O 0 O 0 0 0 TEMPERATURES Cooling Heating SADB Ra Plenum Return Ret/OA Fn MtrTD Fn BIdTD Fn Frict 62.0 75.6 75.9 77.1 0.1 0.3 0.9 70.0 70.0 70.0 44.2 0.0 0.1 0.2 AIRFLOWS Cooling 893 893 893 0 164 164 0 292 893 164 0 0 0 0 Diffuser Terminal Main Fan Sec Fan Nom Vent AHU Vent Infil MinStop/Rh Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxiliary Leakage Dwn Leakage Ups Heating 584 584 292 292 164 164 0 292 292 164 0 0 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating 18.3 18.7 0.65 0.42 575.48 889.67 13.49 -6.95 12 % OA cfm/ft' cfm/ton ft'/ton Btu/hr•ft' No. People HEATING COIL Capacity MBh Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total - 3.0 0.0 - 6.6 -3.0 0.0 0.0 -9.6 SELECTION Coil Airflow Ent Lvg cfm °F °F 584 65.3 0 0.0 164 292 0 0 24.0 60.7 0.0 0.0 70.0 0.0 60.7 70.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE® 700 v6.3.3 calculated at 10:34 AM on 04/04/2017 Alternative - 1 System Checksums Report Page 24 of 50 TRANS° Installation, Operation, and Maintenance InteIIiPak"" 1 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 27 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Commercial Rooftop Air Conditioners with CV, VAV, or SZVAV Controls RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA "A" and later design sequence SAHL *20, *25, *30, *40, *50, *55, *60, *70, *75 JUN 2 3 2017 SEHL, SFHL, SLHL, SSHL, SXHL *20, *25, *30, *40, *50, *55, *60, *70, *75 SXHK, SEHK, SFHK, SLHK, SSHK *90, *11, *12, *13 PERMIT CENTER CORRECTION LTR# A SAFETY WARNING Only qualified personnel should install and service the equipment. The installation, starting up, and servicing of heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment can be hazardous and requires specific knowledge and training. Improperly installed, adjusted or altered equipment by an unqualified person could result in death or serious injury. When working on the equipment, observe all precautions in the literature and on the tags, stickers, and labels that are attached to the equipment. April 2017 RT -S 36Q -E N IT Ingersoll Rand. Introduction Read this manual thoroughly before operating or servicing this unit. Warnings, Cautions, and Notices Safety advisories appear throughout this manual as required. Your personal safety and the proper operation of this machine depend upon the strict observance of these precautions. The three types of advisories are defined as follows: AWARNING ACAUTI O N NOT/CE Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. It could also be used to alert against unsafe practices. Indicates a situation that could result in equipment or property -damage only accidents. Important Environmental Concerns Scientific research has shown that certain man-made chemicals can affect the earth's naturally occurring stratospheric ozone layer when released to the atmosphere. In particular, several of the identified chemicals that may affect the ozone layer are refrigerants that contain Chlorine, Fluorine and Carbon (CFCs) and those containing Hydrogen, Chlorine, Fluorine and Carbon (HCFCs). Not all refrigerants containing these compounds have the same potential impact to the environment. Trane advocates the responsible handling of all refrigerants -including industry replacements for CFCs and HCFCs such as saturated or unsaturated HFCs and HCFCs. Important Responsible Refrigerant Practices Trane believes that responsible refrigerant practices are important to the environment, our customers, and the air conditioning industry. All technicians who handle refrigerants must be certified according to local rules. For the USA, the Federal Clean Air Act (Section 608) sets forth the requirements for handling, reclaiming, recovering and recycling of certain refrigerants and the equipment that is used in these service procedures. In addition, some states or municipalities may have additional requirements that must also be adhered to for responsible management of refrigerants. Know the applicable laws and follow them. ©2017 Ingersoll gin All rights reserved ;. A WARNING Proper Field Wiring and Grounding Required! Failure to follow code could result in death or serious injury. All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements for field wiring installation and grounding as described in NEC and your local/ state/national electrical codes. A WARNING Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Required! Failure to wear proper PPE for the job being undertaken could result in death or serious injury. Technicians, in order to protect themselves from potential electrical, mechanical, and chemical hazards, MUST follow precautions in this manual and on the tags, stickers, and labels, as well as the instructions below: • Before installing/servicing this unit, technicians MUST put on all PPE required for the work being undertaken (Examples; cut resistant gloves/sleeves, butyl gloves, safety glasses, hard hat/bump cap, fall protection, electrical PPE and arc flash clothing). ALWAYS refer to appropriate Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)/Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and OSHA guidelines for proper PPE. • When working with or around hazardous chemicals, ALWAYS refer to the appropriate MSDS/SDS and OSHA/GHS (Global Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals) guidelines for information on allowable personal exposure levels, proper respiratory protection and handling instructions. • If there is a risk of energized electrical contact, arc, or flash, technicians MUST put on all PPE in accordance with OSHA, NFPA 70E, or other country -specific requirements for arc flash protection, PRIOR to servicing the unit. NEVER PERFORM ANY SWITCHING, DISCONNECTING, OR VOLTAGE TESTING WITHOUT PROPER ELECTRICAL PPE AND ARC FLASH CLOTHING. ENSURE ELECTRICAL METERS AND EQUIPMENT ARE PROPERLY RATED FOR INTENDED VOLTAGE. RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANE Introduction AWARNING Follow EHS Policies! Failure to follow instructions below could result in death or serious injury. • All Ingersoll Rand personnel must follow Ingersoll Rand Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) policies when performing work such as hot work, electrical, fall protection, lockout/tagout, refrigerant handling, etc. All policies can be found on the BOS site. Where local regulations are more stringent than these policies, those regulations supersede these policies. • Non -Ingersoll Rand personnel should always follow local regulations. Overview of Manual Note: This document is customer property and must be retained by the unit owner for use by maintenance personnel. These units are equipped with electronic Unit Control Modules (UCM). Refer to the "Start -Up" and "Test Mode" procedures within this Installation, Operation, and Maintenance manual and the latest edition of the appropriate programming manual for Constant Volume (CV), Variable Air Volume (VAV), or Single Zone Variable Air Volume (SZVAV) applications before attempting to operate or service this equipment. Important: The procedures discussed in this manual should only be performed by qualified and experienced HVAC technicians. This booklet describes proper installation, start-up, operation, and maintenance procedures for 20 through 130 ton rooftop air conditioners designed for Constant Volume (CV), Single Zone VAV (SZVAV), and Variable Air Volume (VAV) applications. By carefully reviewing the information within this manual and following the instructions, the risk of improper operation and/or component damage will be minimized. Note: One copy of the appropriate service literature ships inside the control panel of each unit. It is important that periodic maintenance be performed to help assure trouble-free operation. Should equipment failure occur, contact a qualified service organization with qualified, experienced HVAC technicians to properly diagnose and repair this equipment. Important: DO NOT release refrigerant to the atmosphere! If adding or removing refrigerant is required, the service technician must comply with all federal, state, and local laws. Copyright This document and the information in it are the property of Trane, and may not be used or reproduced in whole or in part without written permission. Trane reserves the right to revise this publication at any time, and to make changes to its content without obligation to notify any person of such revision or change. Trademarks All trademarks referenced in this document are the trademarks of their respective owners. Revision History • Liquid line valve edits included in this version. • Updated Fan Speed values for High Fire on 500 and 850 MBh heater sizes. See Table 24, p. 59. • Updated Supply/Exhaust/Return Fan Motor (4 pole) values for 7.5 HP on 230 and 460 FLA. See Table 28, p. 72. • Updated compressor staging for 50, 55, 60 and 70 eFlexTM Variable Speed Compressors. See Table 71, p. 163. RT-SVX36Q-EN 3 TRANE Table of Contents Model Number Description 9 S*HL — 20 - 75 Ton, Air Cooled 9 S*HL — 24 - 89 Ton, Evaporative Condensing 12 S*HK - 90 -130 Ton, Air Cooled 15 General Information 17 Unit Nameplate 17 Compressor Nameplate 17 Unit Description 17 Rooftop Module 17 Compressor Module 17 Human Interface Module 18 Heat Module 18 Modulating Hot Gas Reheat Module 18 Ventilation Override Module 18 Variable Speed Module 18 Variable Speed Module 18 Interprocessor Communications Board 19 Lontalk®/BACnet® Communication Interface Module 19 Exhaust/Comparative Enthalpy Module 19 Ventilation Control Module 19 Generic Building Automation System Module 20 Phase Monitor 20 Multi Purpose Module 20 Input Devices and System Functions 20 Constant Volume (CV), Single Zone Variable Air Volume (SZVAV) and Variable Air Volume (VAV) Units 20 Supply Air Temperature Sensor (3RT9) 20 Return Air Temperature Sensor (3RT6) 20 Leaving Evaporator Temperature Sensor (3RT14 and 3RT15) 20 Entering Evaporator Temperature Sensors (3RT28 and 3RT29) 21 Filter Switch (3S21 and 3S58) 21 Supply and Exhaust Airflow Proving Switches (3S68 and 3S69) 21 Lead -Lag 21 Manual Motor Protectors (380V -575V Only) 21 Return Plenum Pressure High Limit 21 SupplyExhaust/Return Fan Circuit Breakers (with 1CB1 and 1CB2) 21 Low Pressure Control (LPC) 21 Saturated Condenser Temperature Sensors (2RT1 and 2RT2) 22 Head Pressure Control (HPC) 22 High Pressure Limit Controls 22 High Compressor Pressure Differential Protection 22 Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor (3U63) 23 Return Air Humidity Sensor (3U64) 23 Space Humidity Sensor (5U108) 23 Low Ambient Option 0° Fahrenheit (2U84, 2U85) 23 Status/Annunciator Output 23 Low Ambient Compressor Lockout 23 Space Pressure Transducer (3U62) 23 Morning Warm-Up—Zone Heat (CV and VAV) 23 Compressor Motor Winding Thermostats 23 VZH Variable Speed Compressors 24 High Duct Temp Thermostats (Optional 3S16, 3S17) 24 Freeze Avoidance 24 Supply Air Temperature Low Limit 24 Freezestat 24 Compressor Circuit Breakers (1CB8, 1CB9, 1CB10, 1CB11) 24 Constant Volume (CV) Units 24 Zone Temperature — Cooling 24 4 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Table of Contents Zone Temperature — Heating 24 Supply Air Tempering 24 Single Zone Variable Air Volume (SZVAV) Only 25 VFD Control 25 Ventilation Control 25 Space Pressure Control 25 Occupied Cooling Operation 25 Default Economizer Operation 25 Unoccupied Mode 25 Occupied Heating Operation 25 Compressor (DX) Cooling 26 Cooling Sequence 26 Variable Air Volume (VAV) Units 26 Occupied Heating — Supply Air Temperature 26 Occupied Cooling — Supply Air Temperature 26 Daytime Warm-up 26 Unoccupied Heating — Zone Temperature 26 Supply Air Tempering 26 Supply Duct Static Pressure Control (Occupied) 26 Space Temperature Averaging 27 Unit Control Modules 27 eFlexTM Variable Speed Compressor Staging 27 Pre -Installation 29 Unit Inspection 29 Exterior Inspection 29 Inspection for Concealed Damage 29 Repair 29 Storage 29 Unit Clearances 29 Unit Dimensions and Weight Information 30 Factory Warranty Information 30 All Unit Installations 30 Additional Requirements for Units Requiring Disassembly 30 Installation Checklist 31 General Checklist (Applies to all units) 31 Main Electrical Power Requirements 31 Field Installed Control Wiring 31 Requirements for Electric Heat Units 31 Requirements for Gas Heat Units 31 Requirements for Hot Water Heat (SLH_) 31 Requirements for Steam Heat (SSH_ 32 O/A Pressure Sensor and Tubing Installation (All units with Statitrac or Return Fans) 32 Requirements for Modulating Reheat 32 Evaporative Condenser 32 Dimensional Data 33 Center of Gravity 39 Water Connection Locations 40 Electrical Entry Details 41 Minimum Required Clearance 43 Weights 44 Installation 45 Roof Curb and Ductwork 45 Pitch Pocket Location 45 Unit Rigging and Placement 46 General Unit Requirements 47 Rigging the Unit 47 Main Electrical Power 48 Field Installed Control Wiring 48 Electric Heat Units 48 Gas Heat (SFH_) 48 Hot Water Heat (SLH_) 48 Steam Heat (SSH_) 48 O/A Pressure Sensor and Tubing Installation 48 Modulating Reheat (S_HL) 48 Condensate Drain Connections 49 Units with Gas Furnace 49 RT-SVX36Q-EN 5 TRANS' Table of Contents Removing Supply and Exhaust/Return Fan Shipping Channels (motors >5 Hp) 49 Rubber Isolators 49 Spring Isolators 50 Optional DDP Supply Fan Shipping Channel Removal and Isolator Spring Adjustment 50 Shipping Tie Down and Isolator Spring Adjustment 50 O/A Sensor and Tubing Installation 54 Units with Statitrac 54 Remove Evaporative Condenser Fan Shipping Brackets 56 Evaporative -Cooled Condenser Make-up Water and Drain Line Installation 56 Water Supply Source 56 Water Quality 56 Local Site Discharge 56 Sewer Discharge 56 Make Up Water Solenoid Valve 56 Drain Valve 57 Gas Heat Units (SFH_) 57 Connecting the Gas Supply Line to the Furnace Gas Train 58 Flue Assembly Installation 61 General Coil Piping and Connection Recommendations 61 Hot Water Heat Units (SLH_) 62 Steam Heat Units 62 Disconnect Switch with External Handle 65 Electric Heat Units (SEH_) 66 Main Unit Power Wiring 66 Electrical Service Sizing 68 Set 1: Cooling Only Rooftop Units and Cooling with Gas Heat Rooftop Units 69 Set 2: Rooftop units with Electric Heat 69 Disconnect Switch Sizing (DSS) 74 Field Installed Control Wiring 74 Controls using 24 VAC Controls using DC Analog Input/ Outputs 75 Constant Volume System Controls 75 Remote Panel w/o NSB (BAYSENS110*) 75 Constant Volume Zone Panel (BAYSENS108*) 75 Constant Volume or Variable Air Volume System Controls 75 Remote Human Interface Module 75 Remote Panel w/ NSB (BAYSENS119*) 75 Remote Panel without NSB (BAYSENS021 *) 76 Discharge Temperature Control Changeover Contacts 76 Remote Zone Sensor (BAYSENS073*) 76 Remote Zone Sensor (BAYSENS074*) 76 Remote Zone Sensor (BAYSENS016*) 76 Remote Zone Sensor (BAYSENS077*) 76 Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer (BAYSTAT023*) 76 External Auto/Stop Switch (5S67) 76 Ventilation Override Module (VOM) Contacts 76 Emergency Override Definitions 77 Temperature vs. Resistance Coefficient 78 Emergency Stop Switch 78 Occupied/Unoccupied Contacts 78 Demand Limit Relay 79 Outside Air Sensor (BAYSENS016*) 79 Unit Replacement 87 Electrical Connection 87 Main Electrical Power 88 SEHF Units with 200V or 230V Electric Heat 88 88 Requirements for Gas Heat 88 74 Field -installed Control Wiring 6 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Table of Contents Requirements for Hot Water Heat (SLH*) 88 Requirements for Steam Heat (SSH*) 88 Space Pressure Sensor and Tubing Installation 88 Condensate Drain Connections 89 Supply and Return Duct Connections 89 Lifting Procedures 89 Unit Rigging and Placement 89 Installation of S*HL or K units 90 Unit Startup 94 Sequence of Operation 94 Cooling Sequence of Operation 94 Units with Evaporative Condenser Sequence of Operation 95 Low Charge Protection 99 FrostatTM Control 99 Lead/Lag Operation 99 Units equipped with 100% modulating exhaust 100 Modulating Hot Gas Reheat Sequence of Operation 100 Gas Heating Sequence of Operation Standard 101 Modulating Gas Sequence of Operation 102 Electric Heat Sequence of Operation 103 Hydronic Heat Sequence of Operation 103 Startup the Unit 103 Performance Data 118 Supply Fan Performance 118 Pressure Drop Tables 137 Component Static Pressure Drops 140 Fan Drive Selections 143 Pressure Curves 149 Economizer and Exhaust Air Damper Adjustment 157 Exhaust Air Dampers 157 Outside Air & Return Air Damper Operation 157 To Adjust the Outside Air Damper Travel 157 Compressor Startup (All Systems) 159 Refrigerant Charging 160 Compressor Crankcase Heaters 161 Compressor Operational Sounds 161 Compressor — Blink Codes 161 Evaporative Condenser Startup 165 Thermostatic Expansion Valves 166 Measuring Superheat 166 Charging by Subcooling 167 Low Ambient Dampers 167 Electric, Steam and Hot Water Start - Up 168 Gas Furnace Start -Up 169 Final Unit Checkout 175 Trane Startup Checklist 178 Critical Control Parameters and Dry Bulb Changeover Map 182 Service and Maintenance 184 Fan Belt Adjustment 193 Scroll Compressor Replacement 194 Refrigeration System 195 CSHD Compressors 196 CSHN Compressors 197 VZH Variable Speed Compressors 197 Electrical Phasing 198 75 Ton eFlexTM Variable Speed Tandem 198 Precision Suction Restrictor 198 VFD Programming Parameters (Supply/Exhaust) 199 eFlexTM Compressor VFD Programming Parameters 202 Monthly Maintenance 203 Filters 203 Cooling Season 203 Heating Season 204 Coil Cleaning 205 RT-SVX36Q-EN 7 TRANS' Table of Contents Refrigerant Coils 205 Fall Restraint 207 Steam or Hot Water Coils 205 Final Process 207 Evaporative Condenser Coil Cleaning — Sump Water Management 206 Water Supply 206 Water Drain 206 Traditional Bleed Method 206 Operation and Care 206 Microchannel Condenser Coil Repair and Replacement 207 Unit Wiring Diagram Numbers 209 Warranty and Liability Clause 214 COMMERCIAL EQUIPMENT - 20 TONS AND LARGER AND RELATED ACCESSORIES 214 8 RT-SVX36Q-EN 0 TRANS' Model Number Description S*HL — 20 - 75 Ton, Air Cooled Digit 1 — Unit Type S = Self -Contained (Packaged Rooftop) Digit 2 — Unit Function A = DX Cooling, No Heat E = DX Cooling, Electric Heat F = DX Cooling, Natural Gas Heat L = DX Cooling, Hot Water Heat S = DX Cooling, Steam Heat X = DX Cooling, No Heat, Extended Casing Digit 3 — System Type H = Single Zone Digit 4 — Development Sequence L = Sixth Digit 5, 6, 7 — Nominal Capacity *20 = 20 Ton Air Cooled *25 = 25 Ton Air Cooled *30 = 30 Ton Air Cooled *40 = 40 Ton Air Cooled *50 = 50 Ton Air Cooled *55 = 55 Ton Air Cooled *60 = 60 Ton Air Cooled *70 = 70 Ton Air Cooled *75 = 75 Ton Air Cooled Digit 8 — Voltage Selection 4 = 460/60/3 XL 5 = 575/60/3 XL E = 200/60/3 XL F = 230/60/3 XL Note: SEHL units (units with electric heat) utilizing 208V or 230V require dual power source. RT-SVX36Q-EN Digit 9 — Heating Capacity Note: When the second digit is "F" (Gas Heat), the following applies: (M and T are available ONLY on 50 ton and above). H = High Heat — 2 -Stage K = Low Heat — Ultra Modulation L = Low Heat — 2 -Stage M = Low Heat — 4 to 1 Modulation 0 = No Heat P = High Heat — 4 to 1 Modulation T = High Heat — Ultra Modulation Note: When the second digit is "E" (Electric Heat), the following applies: D = 30 kW H= 50 kW L = 70 kW N = 90 kW Q = 110 kW R = 130 kW U = 150 kW V = 170 kW W = 190 kW Note: When the second digit is "L"(Hot Water) or "S" (Steam) Heat, one of the following valve size values must be in Digit 9: High Heat Coil 1=.50" 2=.75" 3=1" 4 = 1.25" 5 = 1.5" 6=2" Low Heat Coil A=.50" B=.75" C = 1" D = 1.25" E = 1.5" F=2" Digit 10 — Design Sequence A = First (Factory Assigned) Note: Sequence may be any letterA thru Z, or any digit 1 thru 9. Digit 11— Exhaust/Return Option 0 = None 1 = Barometric 3 = 100% Exhaust 3 HP w/Statitrac 4 = 100% Exhaust 5 HP w/Statitrac 5 = 100% Exhaust 7.5 HP w/Statitrac 6 = 100% Exhaust 10 HP w/Statitrac 7 = 100% Exhaust 15 HP w/Statitrac 8 = 100% Exhaust 20 HP w/Statitrac B = 50% Exhaust 3 HP C = 50% Exhaust 5 HP D = 50% Exhaust 7.5 HP F = 100% Exhaust 3 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) G = 100% Exhaust 5 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) H = 100% Exhaust 7.5 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) 3 = 100% Exhaust 10 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) K = 100% Exhaust 15 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) L = 100% Exhaust 20 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) 9 = 100% Return 3 HP w/Statitrac M = 100% Return 5 HP w/Statitrac N = 100% Return 7.5 HP w/Statitrac P = 100% Return 10 HP w/Statitrac R = 100% Return 15 HP w/Statitrac T = 100% Return 20 HP w/Statitrac U = 100% Return 3 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) V = 100% Return 5 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) W = 100% Return 7.5 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) X = 100% Return 10 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) Y = 100% Return 15 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) Z = 100% Return 20 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) Digit 12— Exhaust/Return Air Fan Drive (Exhaust/Return Fan) 0 = None 4 = 400 RPM 5 = 500 RPM 6 = 600 RPM 7 = 700 RPM 8 = 800 RPM 9 = 900 RPM A = 1000 RPM B = 1100 RPM 9 •TRANE. Model Number Description Digit 12— Exhaust/Return Option (continued) (Return Fan Only) C = 1200 RPM D = 1300 RPM E = 1400 RPM F = 1500 RPM G = 1600 RPM H = 1700 RPM 3 = 1800 RPM K = 1900 RPM Digit 13 — Filter (Pre DX/Final) A = Throwaway B = Cleanable Wire Mesh C = High Efficiency Throwaway D = Bag with Prefilter E = Cartridge with Prefilter F = Throwaway Filter Rack (Filter not included) G = Bag Filter Rack (Filter Not Included) H = StandardThrowaway Filter/Cartridge Final Filters = High Efficiency Throwaway Filter/ Cartridge Final Filters K = Bag Filters with 2'Throwaway Prefilters/ Cartridge Final Filters L = Cartridge Filters with 2"Throwaway Prefilters /Cartridge Final Filters M = Standard Throwaway Filter/Cartridge Final Filters with 2"Throwaway Prefilters N = High Efficiency Throwaway Filters/ Cartridge Final Filters with 2"Throwaway Prefilters P = Bag Filters with Prefilters/Cartridge Final Filters with 2"Throwaway Prefilters Q = Cartridge Filters with Prefilters/Cartridge Final Filters with 2"Throwaway Prefilters R = High Efficiency Throwaway/Final filter rack (no filters) T = 2" and 1" Vertical Filter Rack (no filters) /Final Filter Rack (no filters) Digit 14 — Supply Air Fan HP 1 = 3 HP FC 2 = 5 HP FC 3= 7.5 HP FC 4= 10 HP FC 5= 15 HP FC 6= 20 HP FC 7= 25 HP FC 8= 30 HP FC 9= 40 HP FC A = 50 HP FC B=3HPDDP 80W C = 3 HP DDP 120W D = 5 HP DDP 80W E = 5 HP DDP 120W 50, 55Tonly Digit 14 — Supply Air Fan HP (continued) F = 7.5 HP DDP 80W G = 7.5 HP DDP 120W H = 10 HP DDP 80W (60-89T = 2 x 5 HP) 3 = 10 HP DDP 80W (60-89T = 2 x 5 HP) K = 15 HP DDP 80W (60-89T = 2 x 7.5 HP) L = 15 HP DDP 120W (60-89T = 2 x 7.5 HP) M = 20 HP DDP 80W (60-89T = 2 x 10 HP) N = 20 HP DDP 120W (60-89T = 2 x 10 HP) P = 25 HP DDP 80W R = 25 HP DDP 120W T = 30 HP DDP 80W (60-89T = 2 x 15 HP) U = 30 HP DDP 120W (60-89T = 2 x 15 HP) V = 40 HP DDP 80W(60 -89T = 2 x 20 HP) W = 40 HP DDP 120W (60-89T = 2 x 20 HP) X = 50 HP DDP 80W (70 &75-89T = 2 x 25 HP) Y = 50 HP DDP 120W (70 & 75-89T = 2 x 25 HP) Z = 30 HP DDP 100W' Digit 15 — Supply Air Fan RPM 4 = 400 RPM 5 = 500 RPM 6 = 600 RPM 7 = 700 RPM 8 = 800 RPM 9 = 900 RPM A = 1000 RPM B = 1100 RPM C = 1200 RPM D = 1300 RPM E = 1400 RPM F = 1500 RPM G = 1600 RPM H = 1700 RPM 3 = 1800 RPM K = 1900 RPM L = 2000 RPM M = 2100 RPM N = 2200 RPM P = 2300 RPM R = 2400 RPM Digit 16 — Outside Air A = No Fresh Air B = 0-25% Manual D = 0-100% Economizer E = 0-100% Economizerw/Traq/DCV F = 0-100% Economizer w/DCV (Design Special) Note: Must install CO2 sensor(s) for DCV to function properly. Digit 17 — System Control 1 = CV - Zone Temp Control 2 = CV - Discharge Temp Control 4 = CV - Zone Temp Control Space Pressure Control w/ Exhaust/Return VFD w/o Bypass 5 = CV - Zone Temp Control Space Pressure Control w/ Exhaust/Return VFD and Bypass 6 = VAV Discharge Temp Control w/ VFD w/o Bypass 7 = VAV Discharge Temp Control w/ VFD and Bypass 8 = VAV Discharge Temp Control Supply and Exhaust/Return Fan w/ VFD w/o Bypass 9 = VAV DischargeTemp Control Supply and Exhaust/Return Fan with VFD and Bypass A = VAV - Single Zone VAV - w/VFD w/o Bypass B = VAV - Single Zone VAV - w/VFD and Bypass C = VAV - Single Zone VAV - Supply and Exhaust/Return Fan w/ VFD w/o Bypass D = VAV - Single Zone VAV - Supply and Exhaust/Return Fan w/ VFD w/ Bypass Digit 18 — Zone Sensor 0 = None A = Dual Setpoint Manual or Auto Changeover (BAYSENS108*) B = Dual Setpoint Manual or Auto Changeover w/ System Function Lights (BAYSENS110*) C = Room Sensor w/ Override/Cancel Buttons (BAYSENS073*) D = Room Sensor w/ Temp Adjustment/ Override/Cancel Buttons (BAYSENS074*) L = Programmable Zone Sensor w/ System Function Lights for CV/SZVAV/VAV (BAYSENS119*) Note: *Asterisk indicates current model number digit. These sensors can be ordered to ship with the unit. Digit 19 — Ambient Control 0 = Standard 1 = 0° Fahrenheit Digit 20 — Agency Approval 0 = None (cULus Gas Heater, see note) 1 = cULus Note: Includes cULus classified gas heating section only when second digit is a "F." Digit 21 — Miscellaneous Options 0 = Unit Mounted Terminal Block A = Unit Disconnect Switch B = Circuit Breaker w/ high fault SCCR 10 RT-SVX36Q-EN Model Number Description Digit 22 — Refrigeration Options B = Hot Gas Bypass C = Hot Gas Reheat w/out Hot Gas Bypass D = Hot Gas Reheat and Hot Gas Bypass Digit 23 — Economizer Control Options O = Without Economizer C = Economizer Control w/ Comparative Enthalpy W = Economizer Control w/ Dry Bulb Z = Economizer Control w/ Reference Enthalpy Digit 24 — Damper Options E = Low Leak Economizer Dampers U = Ultra Low Leak Economizer Dampers and Ultra Low Leak motorized exhaust dampers when exhaust/return option includes motorized dampers Digit 25 — Miscellaneous Options F = High Duct Temp Thermostat Digit 26 — Capacity/Efficiency Options D = Digital Scroll (20-30 Ton, Design Special) G = High Capacity Unit H = High Efficiency Unit V = eFlexr"^ Variable Speed Compressor (40- 75 Ton) Digit 27 — Condenser Options A = Evap Condenser 8 = Evap Condenser w/ Sump Heater C = Evap Condenser w/ Dolphin WaterCare System D = Evap Condenser w/ Sump Heater and Dolphin WaterCare System E = Evap Condenser w/ Conductivity Controller F = Evap Condenser w/ Conductivity Controller and Sump Heater O = Air Cooled Aluminum Condenser Coil 3 = Corrosion Protected Condenser Coil Digit 28 — Control Options B = GBAS 0-10V K = GBAS 0-5V R = Rapid Restart Digit 29 — Miscellaneous Options A = Motors w/ Internal Shaft Grounding Digit 30 — Miscellaneous Options M = Remote Human Interface RT-SVX36Q-EN Digit 31 — Miscellaneous Options N = Ventilation Override Module Digit 32 — Service Options 0 = None R = Extended Grease Lines 1 = Differential Pressure Gauge 2 = Extended Grease Lines and Differential Pressure Gauge 3 = Stainless Steel Sloped Drain Pan 4 = Stainless Steel Sloped Drain Pan with Grease Lines 5 = Stainless Steel Sloped Drain Pan with Filter Gauge 6 = Stainless Steel Sloped Drain Pan with Grease Lines and Filter Gauge Digit 33 — Cabinet Options 0 = Standard Panels T = Access Doors U = IRU - w/ Std Panels W = IRU - w/ Access Doors Y = IRU w/SST- w/ Std Panels Z = IRU w/SST- w/ Access Doors Digit 34 — Miscellaneous Options V = Inter -Processor Communication Bridge Digit 35 — BAS/Communication Options M = BACnet® Communication Interface (BCI) Module Y = Trane® Communication Interface (TCI) Module 7 = Trane® LonTalk® Communication Interface (LCI) Module Digit 36 — Miscellaneous Options 8 = Spring Isolators Digit 37 — Miscellaneous Options 6 = Factory -Powered 15A GFI Convenience Outlet/Disconnect Switch Digit 38 — Miscellaneous Options A = Supply Fan Piezometer Notes: Example Model numbers: SAH - L *5040A68A6BD800100WOOGO- 8000R000800 describes a unit with the following characteristics: • DX Cooling Only unit w/ no extended casing • 50 ton nominal cooling capacity • 460/60/3 power supply • 100% exhaust with Statitrac • 10 HP exhaust fan motor with drive selection No. 8 (800 RPM) • throwaway filters • 20 HP supply fan motor with drive selection No. B (1100 RPM) 0-100% economizer w/ dry bulb control • supply and exhaust VFD w/o bypass • no remote panel • standard ambient control • cULus agency approval • extended grease lines • spring isolators The service digit for each model number contains 38 digits. All 38 digits must be referenced. 11 •7ThNE. Model Number Description S*HL — 24 - 89 Ton, Evaporative Condensing Digit 1 — Unit Type S = Self -Contained (Packaged Rooftop) Digit 2 — Unit Function A = DX Cooling, No Heat E = DX Cooling, Electric Heat F = DX Cooling, Natural Gas Heat L = DX Cooling, Hot Water Heat S = DX Cooling, Steam Heat X = DX Cooling, No Heat, Extended Casing Digit 3 — System Type H = Single Zone Digit 4 — Development Sequence L = Sixth Digit 5, 6, 7 — Nominal Capacity *24 = 24 Ton Evap Condenser *29 = 29 Ton Evap Condenser *36 = 36 Ton Evap Condenser *48 = 48 Ton Evap Condenser *59 = 59 Ton Evap Condenser *73 = 73 Ton Evap Condenser *80 = 80 Ton Evap Condenser *89 = 89 Ton Evap Condenser Digit 8 — Voltage Selection 4 = 460/60/3 XL 5 = 575/60/3 XL E = 200/60/3 XL F = 230/60/3 XL Note: SEHL units (units with electric heat) utilizing 208V or 230V require dual power source. 12 Digit 9 — Heating Capacity Note: When the second digit is "F" (Gas Heat), the following applies: (M is available ONLY on 50 ton and above). H = High Heat — 2 -Stage K = Low Heat — Ultra Modulation L = Low Heat — 2 -Stage M = Low Heat — 4 to 1 Modulation 0 = No Heat P = High Heat — 4 to 1 Modulation T = High Heat — Ultra Modulation Note: When the second digit is "E" (Electric Heat), the following applies: D = 30 kW H = 50 kW L = 70 kW N = 90 kW Q = 110 kW R = 130 kW U = 150 kW V = 170 kW W = 190 kW Note: When the second digit is "L"(Hot Water) or "S"(Steam) Heat, one of the following valve size values must be in Digit 9: High Heat Coil 1=.50" 2=.75" 3 = 1" 4 = 1.25" 5 = 1.5" 6=2" Low Heat Coil A = .50" B=.75" C= 1" D = 1.25" E = 1.5" F = 2" Digit 10 — Design Sequence A = First (Factory Assigned) Note: Sequence may be any letterA thru Z, or any digit 1 thru 9. Digit 11— Exhaust/Return Option 0 = None 1 = Barometric 3 = 100% Exhaust 3 HP w/Statitrac 4 = 100% Exhaust 5 HP w/Statitrac 5 = 100% Exhaust 7.5 HP w/Statitrac 6 = 100% Exhaust 10 HP w/Statitrac 7 = 100% Exhaust 15 HP w/Statitrac 8 = 100% Exhaust 20 HP w/Statitrac B = 50% Exhaust 3 HP C = 50% Exhaust 5 HP D = 50% Exhaust 7.5 HP F = 100% Exhaust 3 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) G = 100% Exhaust 5 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) H = 100% Exhaust 7.5 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) ] = 100% Exhaust 10 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) K = 100% Exhaust 15 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) L = 100% Exhaust 20 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) 9 = 100% Return 3 HP w/Statitrac M = 100% Return 5 HP w/Statitrac N = 100% Return 7.5 HP w/Statitrac P = 100% Return 10 HP w/Statitrac R = 100% Return 15 HP w/Statitrac T = 100% Return 20 HP w/Statitrac U = 100% Return 3 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) V = 100% Return 5 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) W = 100% Return 7.5 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) X = 100% Return 10 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) Y = 100% Return 15 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) Z = 100% Return 20 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) Digit 12— Exhaust/Return Air Fan Drive (Exhaust/Return Fan) 0 = None 4 = 400 RPM 5 = 500 RPM 6 = 600 RPM 7 = 700 RPM 8 = 800 RPM 9 = 900 RPM A = 1000 RPM B = 1100 RPM RT-SVX36Q-EN 9TRANF Model Number Description Digit 12— Exhaust/Return Option (continued) (Return Fan Only) C = 1200 RPM D = 1300 RPM E = 1400 RPM F = 1500 RPM G = 1600 RPM H = 1700 RPM ] = 1800 RPM K = 1900 RPM Digit 13 — Filter (Pre DX/Final) A = Throwaway B = Cleanable Wire Mesh C = High Efficiency Throwaway D = Bag with Prefilter E = Cartridge with Prefilter F = Throwaway Filter Rack (Filter not included) R = High Efficiency Throwaway/Final filter rack (no filters) T = 2" and 1" Vertical Filter Rack (no filters) /Final Filter Rack (no filters) Digit 14 — Supply Air Fan HP 1=3HPFC 2 = 5 HP FC 3= 7.5 HP FC 4= 10 HP FC 5= 15 HP FC 6= 20 HP FC 7= 25 HP FC 8= 30 HP FC 9= 40 HP FC A = 50 HP FC Digit 15 — Supply Air Fan RPM 4 = 400 RPM 5 = 500 RPM 6 = 600 RPM 7 = 700 RPM 8 = 800 RPM 9 = 900 RPM A = 1000 RPM B = 1100 RPM C = 1200 RPM D = 1300 RPM E = 1400 RPM Digit 16 — Outside Air A = No Fresh Air B = 0-25% Manual D = 0-100% Economizer E = 0-100% Economizer w/ Traq/DCV F = 0-100% Economizer w/DCV (Design Special) Note: Must install CO2 sensor(s) for DCV to function properly. Digit 17 — System Control 1 = CV - ZoneTemp Control 2 = CV - DischargeTemp Control 4 = CV - ZoneTemp Control Space Pressure Control w/ Exhaust/Return VFD w/o Bypass 5 = CV - ZoneTemp Control Space Pressure Control w/ Exhaust/Return VFD and Bypass 6 = VAV DischargeTemp Control w/ VFD w/o Bypass 7 = VAV DischargeTemp Control w/ VFD and Bypass 8 = VAV DischargeTemp Control Supply and Exhaust/Return Fan w/ VFD w/o Bypass 9 = VAV DischargeTemp Control Supply and Exhaust/Return Fan with VFD and Bypass A = VAV - Single Zone VAV - w/VFD w/o Bypass B = VAV - Single Zone VAV - w/VFD and Bypass C = VAV - Single Zone VAV - Supply and Exhaust/Return Fan w/ VFD w/o Bypass D = VAV - Single Zone VAV - Supply and Exhaust/Return Fan w/ VFD w/ Bypass Digit 18 — Zone Sensor 0 = None A = Dual Setpoint Manual or Auto Changeover (BAYSENS108*) B = Dual Setpoint Manual or Auto Changeover w/ System Function Lights (BAYSENS110*) C = Room Sensor w/ Override/Cancel Buttons (BAYSENS073*) D = Room Sensor w/ Temp Adjustment/ Override/Cancel Buttons (BAYSENS074*) L = Programmable Zone Sensor w/ System Function Lights for CV/SZVAV/VAV (BAYSENS119*) Note: *Asterisk indicates current model number digit. These sensors can be ordered to ship with the unit. Digit 19 — Ambient Control 0 = Standard 1 = 0° Fahrenheit Digit 20 — Agency Approval 0 = None (cULus Gas Heater, see note) 1 = cULus Note: Includes cULus classified gas heating section only when second digit is a "F." Digit 21 — Miscellaneous Options 0 = Unit Mounted Terminal Block A = Unit Disconnect Switch B = Circuit Breaker w/ high fault SCCR Digit 22 — Refrigeration Options B = Hot Gas Bypass Digit 23 — Economizer Control Options O = Without Economizer C = Economizer Control w/ Comparative Enthalpy W = Economizer Control w/ Dry Bulb Z = Economizer Control w/ Reference Enthalpy Digit 24 — Damper Options E = Low Leak Economizer Dampers Digit 25 — Miscellaneous Options F = High Duct Temp Thermostat Digit 25 — Miscellaneous Options F = High Duct Temp Thermostat Digit 26 — Capacity/Efficiency Options G = High Capacity Unit Digit 27 — Condenser Options A = Evap Condenser B = Evap Condenser w/ Sump Heater C = Evap Condenser w/ Dolphin WaterCare System D = Evap Condenser w/ Sump Heater and Dolphin WaterCare System E = Evap Condenser w/ Conductivity Controller F = Evap Condenser w/ Conductivity Controller and Sump Heater Digit 28 — Control Options B = GBAS 0-10V K = GBAS 0-5V R = Rapid Restart Digit 29 — Miscellaneous Options A = Motors w/ Internal Shaft Grounding Digit 30 — Miscellaneous Options M = Remote Human Interface Digit 31 — Miscellaneous Options N = Ventilation Override Module RT-SVX36Q-EN 13 •TRAIIE Model Number Description Digit 32 — Service Options 0 = None R = Extended Grease Lines 1 = Differential Pressure Gauge 2 = Extended Grease Lines and Differential Pressure Gauge 3 = Stainless Steel Sloped Drain Pan 4 = Stainless Steel Sloped Drain Pan with Grease Lines 5 = Stainless Steel Sloped Drain Pan with Filter Gauge 6 = Stainless Steel Sloped Drain Pan with Grease Lines and Filter Gauge Digit 33 — Cabinet Options 0 = Standard Panels T = Access Doors U = IRU - w/ Std Panels W = IRU - w/ Access Doors Y = IRU w/SST- w/ Std Panels Z = IRU w/SST- w/ Access Doors Digit 34 — Miscellaneous Options V = Inter -Processor Communication Bridge Digit 35 — BAS/Communication Options M = BACnet® Communication Interface (BCI) Module Y = Trane® Communication Interface (TCI) Module 7 = Trane® LonTalk® Communication Interface (LCI) Module Digit 36 — Miscellaneous Options 8 = Spring Isolators Digit 37 — Miscellaneous Options 6 = Factory -Powered 15A GFI Convenience Outlet/Disconnect Switch Digit 38 — Miscellaneous Options 3 = Temperature Sensor Notes: Example Model numbers: SAH- L*5040A68A6BD800100W00G0- 8000R000800 describes a unit with the following characteristics: • DX Cooling Only unit w/ no extended casing • 59 ton nominal cooling capacity • 460/60/3 power supply • 100% exhaust with Statitrac • 10 HP exhaust fan motor with drive selection No. 8 (800 RPM) • throwaway filters • 20 HP supply fan motor with drive selection No. 8 (1100 RPM) • 0-100% economizer w/ dry bulb control • supply and exhaust VFD w/o bypass • no remote panel • standard ambient control • cULus agency approval • extended grease lines • spring isolators The service digit for each model number contains 38 digits. All 38 digits must be referenced. 14 RT-SVX36Q-EN 9 TRAIN" Model Number Description S*HK - 90 -130 Ton, Air Cooled Digit 1 — Unit Type S = Self -Contained (Packaged Rooftop) Digit 2 — Unit Function E = DX Cooling, Electric Heat F = DX Cooling, Natural Gas Heat L = DX Cooling, Hot Water Heat S = DX Cooling, Steam Heat X = DX Cooling, No Heat, Extended Casing Digit 3 — System Type H = Single Zone Digit 4 — Development Sequence K = R -410A Development Sequence Digit 5, 6, 7 — Nominal Capacity *90 = 90 Ton Air Cooled *11 = 105 Ton Air Cooled *12 = 115 Ton Air Cooled *13 = 130 Ton Air Cooled Digit 8 — Power Supply 4 = 460/60/3 XL 5 = 575/60/3 XL Digit 9 — Heating Capacity H = High heat - 2 -stage 0 = No Heat P = High heat — 4 to 1 modulation T = High heat—ultra modulation Note: When the second digit calls for "E" (electric heat), the following values apply in Digit 9: W = 190kW Note: When the second digit calls for "L"(hot water) or "S"(steam) heat one of the following valve size values must be in Digit 9: High Heat Coil: 3 = 1", 4 = 1.25", 5 = 1.5", 6=2",7=2.5" Low Heat Coil: C = 1", D = 1.25", E = 1.5", F = 2", G = 2.5". Digit 10 — Design Sequence A = First (Factory Assigned) Note: Sequence may be any letterA thru Z, or any digit 1 thru 9. Digit 11 — Exhaust Option 0 = None 7 = 100% Exhaust 15 HP w/Statitrac 8 = 100% Exhaust 20 HP w/Statitrac 9 = 100% Exhaust 25 HP w/Statitrac F = 50% Exhaust 15 HP H = 100% Exhaust 30 HP w/ Statitrac 3 = 100% Exhaust 40 HP w/ Statitrac K = 100% Exhaust 15 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) L = 100% Exhaust 20 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) M = 100% Exhaust 25 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) N = 100% Exhaust 30 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) P = 100% Exhaust 40 HP w/o Statitrac (CV Only) Digit 12 — Exhaust Air Fan Drive (Exhaust Fan) 0 = None 5 = 500 RPM 6 = 600 RPM 7 = 700 RPM 8 = 800 RPM Digit 13 — Filter (Pre DX/Final) A = Throwaway C = High Efficiency Throwaway D = Bag with Prefilter E = Cartridge with Prefilter F = Throwaway Filter Rack (filter not included) G = Bag Filter Rack (Filter Not Included) H = StandardThrowaway Filter/Cartridge Final Filters 3 = High Efficiency Throwaway Filter/ Cartridge Final Filters K = Bag Filters with 2"Throwaway Prefilters/ Cartridge Final Filters L = Cartridge Filters with 2"Throwaway Prefilters/Cartridge Final Filters M = StandardThrowaway Filter/Cartridge Final Filters with 2"Throwaway Prefilters N = High EfficiencyThrowaway Filters/ Cartridge Final Filters with 2" Throwaway Prefilters P = Bag Filters with Prefilters Cartridge Final Filters with 2"Throwaway Prefilters Q = Cartridge Filters with Prefilters/Cartridge Final Filters with 2" Throwaway Prefilters Digit 14 — Supply Air Fan HP C = 30 HP (2-15 HP) D = 40 HP (2-20 HP) E = 50 HP (2-25 HP) F = 60 HP (2-30 HP) G = 80 HP (2-40 HP) Digit 15 — Supply Air Fan Drive A = 1000 RPM B = 1100 RPM C = 1200 RPM D = 1300 RPM E = 1400 RPM F = 1500 RPM G = 1600 RPM Digit 16 — Outside Air D = 0-100% Economizer (Std.) E = 0-100% Economizer w/Traq w/ DCV F = 0-100% Economizer w/DCV (Design Special) Note: Must install CO2 sensor(s) for DCV to function properly. Digit 17 — System Control 1 = CV - Zone Temperature Control 2 = CV - Discharge Temperature Control 4 = CV - Zone Temperature Control Space Pressure Control w/Exhaust VFD w/o Bypass 5 = CV - Zone Temperature Control Space Pressure Control w/Exhaust VFD and Bypass 6 = VAV DischargeTemperature Control w/ VFD w/o Bypass 7 = VAV DischargeTemperature Control w/ VFD and Bypass 8 = VAV DischargeTemperature Control Supply and Exhaust Fan w/VFD w/o Bypass 9 = VAV Discharge Temperature Control Supply and Exhaust Fan w/VFD and Bypass A = VAV - Single Zone VAV - w/VFD w/o Bypass B = VAV - Single Zone VAV - w/VFD w/ Bypass C = VAV - Single Zone VAV - Supply and Exhaust/Return Fan w/VFD w/o Bypass D = VAV - Single Zone VAV - Supply and Exhaust/Return Fan w/VFD w/ Bypass Digit 18 — Zone Sensor 0 = None A = Dual Setpoint Manual or Auto Changeover (BAYSENS108*) B = Dual Setpoint Manual or Auto Changeover w/ System Function Lights (BAYSENS110*) C = Room Sensor w/ Override and Cancel Buttons (BAYSENS073*) D = Room Sensor w/ Temperature Adjustment and Override and Cancel Buttons (BAYSENS074*) L = Programmable Zone Sensor w/ System Function Lights for both CV and VAV (BAYSENS119*) Note: *Asterisk indicates current model number digit A, B, C, etc. These sensors can be ordered to ship with the unit. RT-SVX36Q-EN 15 •TRANE. Model Number Description Digit 19 — Ambient Control 0 = Standard Digit 20 — Agency Approval 0 = None (cULus Gas Heater, see note) 1 = cULus Note: Includes cULus classified gas heating section only when second digit of Model No. is a "F.' Digit 21 — Miscellaneous 0 = Unit Mounted Terminal Block A = Unit Disconnect Switch B = Circuit Breaker w/high fault SCCR Digit 22 — Refrigeration Options B = Hot Gas Bypass Digit 23 — Economizer Control Options C = Economizer Control w/ Comparative Enthalpy Z = Economizer Control w/ Reference Enthalpy W = Economizer Control w/Dry Bulb Digit 24 — Damper Options E = Low Leak Economizer Dampers U = Ultra Low Leak Economizer Dampers and Ultra Low Leak motorized exhaust dampers when exhaust/return option includes motorized dampers Digit 25 — Miscellaneous F = High Duct TemperatureThermostat Digit 26 — Capacity/Efficiency Options G = High Capacity Evap. Coil (105 Ton) H = High Cap. Evap. Coil and High Eff. Cond. Coil (90 Ton) Digit 27 — Condenser Coil Options 0 = Air Cooled Aluminum Condenser Coil ] = Corrosion -Protected Condenser Coil Digit 28 — Control Options K = Generic B.A.S Module R = Rapid Restart Digit 29 — Miscellaneous A = Motors w/ Internal Shaft Grounding Digit 30 — Miscellaneous M = Remote Human Interface Digit 31— Miscellaneous N = Ventilation Override Module Digit 32 — Service Options 0 = None R = Extended Grease Lines 1 = Differential Pressure Gauge 2 = Extended Grease Lines and Differential Pressure Gauge 3 = Stainless Steel Sloped Drain Pan 4 = Stainless Steel Sloped Drain Pan with Grease Lines 5 = Stainless Steel Sloped Drain Pan with Filter Gauge 6 = Stainless Steel Sloped Drain Pan with Grease Lines and Filter Gauge Digit 33 — Cabinet Options 0 = Standard Panels T = Access Doors U = IRU - w/ Std Panels W = IRU - w/ Access Doors Y = IRU w/SST- w/ Std Panels Digit 34 — Miscellaneous V = Inter -Processor Communication Bridge Digit 35 — BAS/Communication Options Y = Trane Communication Interface (TCI) Module M = BACnet Communication Interface (BCI) Module 7 = Trane LonTalk Communication Interface (LCI) Module Digit 36 — Miscellaneous 8 = Spring Isolators Digit 37 — Miscellaneous 6 = Factory -Powered 15A GFI Convenience Outlet Notes: Example Model numbers: SXHK*1140AH8CECD8001 **Z describes a unit with the following characteristics: • DX cooling with extended casing • no heat • 105 ton nominal cooling capacity • 460/60/3 power supply 100 percent exhaust with Statitrac • 30 HP exhaust fan motor with drive selection No. 8 - (800 RPM) high -efficiency throwaway filters . • ' 50 hp supply fan motor with 1200 RPM • economizer w/ reference enthalpy control • Supply and Exhaust with VFD but no bypass • cULus agency approval The service digit for each model number contains 37 digits; all 37 digits must be referenced. 16 RT-SVX36Q-EN General Information Unit Nameplate One Mylar unit nameplate is located on the outside upper left corner of the control panel door. It includes the unit model number, serial number, electrical characteristics, weight, refrigerant charge, as well as other pertinent unit data. A small metal nameplate with the Model Number, Serial Number, and Unit Weight is located just above the Mylar nameplate, and a third nameplate is located on the inside of the control panel door. Compressor Nameplate The Nameplate for the Scroll Compressor is located on the compressor lower housing. Max amps is listed on the nameplate and is the absolute highest amp load on the compressor at any operating condition (does not include locked rotor amps or inrush). This value should never be exceeded. Unit Description Each single -zone rooftop air conditioner ships fully assembled and charged with the proper refrigerant quantity from the factory. An optional roof curb, specifically designed for the S_HL units is available from Trane. The roof curb kit must be field assembled and installed according to the latest edition of the roof curb installation manual. Trane Commercial Rooftop Units are controlled by a microelectronic control system that consists of a network of modules and are referred to as Unit Control Modules (UCM). The acronym UCM is used extensively throughout this document when referring to the control system network. These modules through Proportional/ Integral control algorithms perform specific unit functions which provide the best possible comfort level for the customer. They are mounted in the control panel and are factory wired to their respective internal components. They receive and interpret information from other unit modules, sensors, remote panels, and customer binary contacts to satisfy the applicable request for economizing, mechanical cooling, heating, and ventilation. Refer to the following discussion for an explanation of each module function. Rooftop Module (RTM - 1U48 Standard on all units) The rooftop Module (RTM) responds to cooling, heating, and ventilation requests by energizing the proper unit components based on information received from other unit modules, sensors, remote panels, and customer supplied binary inputs. It initiates supply fan, exhaust fan, exhaust damper, return fan, return RT-SVX36Q-EN damper, variable frequency drive output, and economizer operation based on that information. Table 1. RTM resistance input vs. setpoint temperatures RTM cooling or heating setpoint input used as source for ZONE temp setpoint (° F) RTM cooling setpoint input used as source for SUPPLY AIR temp setpoint cooling (°F) Resistance (Ohms) Max. Tolerance 5% 40 40 1084 45 45 992 50 50 899 55 55 796 60 60 695 65 65 597 70 70 500 75 75 403 80 80 305 n/a 85 208 n/a 90 111 Table 2. RTM resistance value vs. system operating mode Resistance applied to RTM MODE input Terminals (Ohms) Max. Tolerance 50/0 Constant Volume/SZVAV Units Fan Mode System Mode 2320 Auto Off 4870 Auto Cool 7680 Auto Auto 10770 On Off 13320 On Cool 16130 On Auto 19480 Auto Heat 27930 On Heat Compressor Module (SCM & MCM -1 U49 Standard on all units) The Compressor module, upon receiving a request for mechanical cooling, energizes the appropriate compressors and condenser fans. It monitors the compressor operation through feedback information it receives from various protection devices. 17 TRANS' General Information Human Interface Module (HI - 1 U65 Standard on all units) The Human Interface module enables the operator to adjust the operating parameters for the unit using a 16 key keypad. The 2 line, 40 character LCD screen provides status information for the various unit functions as well as menus for the operator to set or modify the operating parameters. Heat Module (1 U50 Used on heating units) The Heat module, upon receiving a request for Heating, energizes the appropriate heating stages or strokes the Modulating Heating valve as required. Modulating Hot Gas Reheat Module (MDM - Optional 1 U107 - Used with Hot Gas Reheat Control) The MDM supports specific control inputs and outputs for Modulating Hot Gas Reheat control including modulating Reheat and Cooling valve control as well as the Reheat Pumpout Coil Relay output. The Modulating Hot Gas Reheat control algorithm provides control requests to the MDM to accomplish proper control. Ventilation Override Module (VOM - 1 U51 Optional) Important: The ventilation override system should not be used to signal the presence of smoke caused by a fire as it is not intended nor designed to do so. The Ventilation Override module initiates specified functions such as; space pressurization, exhaust, purge, purge with duct pressure control, and unit off when any one of the five (5) binary inputs to the module are activated. The compressors and condenser fans are disabled during the ventilation operation. If more than one ventilation sequence is activated, the one with the highest priority is initiated. Variable Speed Module (VSM - Optional 1U123) The Variable Speed module used in eFlexTM variable speed units provides a 0-10 VDC output analog speed signal to control the compressor VFD. "Table 4," p. 18 lists VSM output signal (VDC) and corresponding compressor speed (RPM) at 0%, 50% and 100% Intellipak command speeds (Spd %). Table 3. VSM output signal (VDC) Varia- ble speed unit Spd 0% Spd 500/0 Spd 100% VDC RPM VDC RPM VDC RPM 40T 0 1500 4.7 3632 9.5 5762 50T 0 1500 3.9 3271 7.9 5042 55T 0 1500 3.9 3271 7.9 5042 60T 0 1500 4.8 3660 9.6 5820 70T 0 1500 4.8 3660 9.6 5820 75T 0 1500 4.3 3450 8.7 5400 Note: Voltages and speed +/- 1% During Auto Run mode, the Intellipak command speed (Spd %) can be monitored at the HI. The 0-10VDC signal and compressor RPM is displayed on the TRV200 inverter keypad (1U128). Figure 1. Display—TRV200 inverter keypad (1U128) 0-10VDC signal The VSM output signal can also be checked in Service Test mode. Compressor relays should be commanded off as shown in "Figure 2," p. 18, and the Spd% command can be changed at the HI. Then check the VSM output signal against "Table 4," p. 18. VSM output signal voltage is measured between terminals 53 and 55 at the VFD (3U119) input. F'gure 2. VSM output signal Compressor Relays (MCM 1) K11: OFF Spd: 100 % K3: OFF K4: OFF Variable Speed Module (VSM - Optional - Used with Fault Detection and Diagnostics FDD) The VSM is also used with FDD. The VSM will accept a 0-10 VDC actuator feedback position signal which will then be used to determine the state of Outside Air Damper system. 18 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANE. General Information Interprocessor Communications Board (IPCB - Optional 1U55 used with the Optional Remote Human Interface) The Interprocessor Communication Board expands communications from the rooftop unit UCM network to a Remote Human Interface Panel. DIP switch settings on the IPCB module for this application should be; Switches 1 and 2 "Off", Switch 3 "On". Lontalk®/BACnet® Communication Interface Module (LCI/BCI - Optional 1U54/1U104 - used on units with Trane ICSTM or 3rd party Building Automation Systems) The LonTalk/BACnet Communication Interface modules expand communications from the unit UCM network to a Trane Tracer Summit'!" or a 3rd party building automation system and allow external setpoint and configuration adjustment and monitoring of status and diagnostics. Exhaust/Comparative Enthalpy Module (ECEM - Optional 1 U52 used on units with Statitrac and/or comparative enthalpy options) The Exhaust/Comparative Enthalpy module receives information from the return air humidity sensor, the outside air humidity sensor, and the return air temperature sensor to utilize the lowest possible humidity level when considering economizer operation. In addition, it receives space pressure information which is used to maintain the space pressure to within the setpoint control band. Refer to "Figure 3," p. 19 for the Humidity vs. Current input values. Figure 3. Humidity vs. current (ECEM return RH, RTM outdoor RH) 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 CURRENT IN mA HUMIDITY IN %RH RT-SVX36Q-EN Figure 4. Humidity vs. current (RTM space humidity) CURRENT IN mA 20 18 16 14 12 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 HUMIDITY IN %RH 100 Ventilation Control Module (VCM — Optional 3U218 used with TragTM Fresh Air Measurement and/ or CO2 Sensor) The Ventilation Control Module is located in the filter section of the unit and is linked to the unit's UCM network. Using a "velocity pressure" sensing ring located in the outside air section allows the VCM to monitor and control the quantity of outside air entering the unit to a minimum airflow setpoint. An optional temperature sensor can be connected to the VCM which enables it to control a field installed outside air preheater. An optional CO2 sensor can be connected to the VCM to control CO2 reset. CO2 reset permits the unit to reduce the amount of outside air entering the unit from the Design OA (Design OA damper%) to the DCV OA (DCV Minimum damper%) based on the space or return CO2 level. The following table lists the possible airflow range per unit size. Table 4. Outside air flow range with TragTM Sensor Unit(AC/EC) CFM 20 & 25, 24 & 29 ton 15-14000 30/36 ton 15-17000 40/48 ton 15-22000 50/59, 55 ton 15-28000 60-75,73-89 ton 15-33000 90-130 ton 15-46000 Table 5. Minimum outside air setpoint wIVCM and Traq"' sensing Unit Input Volts CFM 90-162 Tons 0.5 - 4.5 VDC 0 - 46000 The velocity pressure transducer/solenoid assembly is illustrated below. Refer to the "Units with TragTM Sensor," p. 99 for VCM operation. 19 •TRANE General Information Image Tag Expected within Figure Tag Figure 5. Velocity pressure transducer/solenoid assembly Ventilation Control Module Tube from Tee to low side of Transducer Tube from low side of Velocity Flow Ring Tube from high side of Velocity — Flow Ring Assembly is located inside the filter compartment Tube from Solenoid to high side of Transducer Generic Building Automation System Module (GBAS - Optional 1 U51 used with non -Trane building control systems) The Generic Building Automation System (GBAS) module allows a non -Trane building control system to communicate with the rooftop unit and accepts external setpoints in the form of analog inputs for cooling, heating, supply air pressure, and a binary Input for demand limit. Refer to the "Field Installed Control Wiring" section for the input wiring to the GBAS module and the various desired setpoints with the corresponding DC voltage inputs for VAV and CV applications. Phase Monitor (1 U3) Standard on 20-89 ton Continuously monitors line voltage to protect against phase loss, imbalance and reversal. If a fault is found with the supply voltage a LED on the phase monitor will indicate a fault and a unit External Auto Stop is activated through the controls. 75-130 ton units have a phase monitor on each compressor. Multi Purpose Module (MPM - Optional 1U105 - Used with Return Fanor with Evaporative Condensers) The Multipurpose Module (MPM) receives information from the Return Plenum Pressure sensor and provides for Return Fan control to maintain this pressure to the Active Return Plenum Pressure Setpoint and Deadband. The liquid line pressure sensor inputs for both refrigeration circuits are received through the MPM in support of head pressure control on Evaporative condenser units. Input Devices and System Functions The descriptions of the following basic Input Devices used within the UCM network are to acquaint the operator with their function as they interface with the various modules. Refer to the unit's electrical schematic for the specific module connections. Constant Volume (CV), Single Zone Variable Air Volume (SZVAV) and Variable Air Volume (VAV) Units Supply Air Temperature Sensor (3RT9) An analog input device monitors the supply air temperature for: • supply air temperature control (used with discharge temperature control) • supply air temperature reset (used with discharge temperature control) • supply air temperature low limiting (used with discharge temperature control) • supply air tempering It is mounted in the supply air discharge section of the unit and is connected to the RTM (1 U48). Return Air Temperature Sensor (3RT6) An analog input device used with a return humidity sensor when the comparative enthalpy option is ordered. It monitors the return air temperature and compares it to the outdoor temperature to establish which temperature is best suited to maintain the cooling requirements. It is mounted in the return air section and is connected to the ECEM (1 U52). Leaving Evaporator Temperature Sensor (3RT14 and 3RT15) An analog input device that monitors the refrigerant temperature inside the evaporator coil to prevent coil freezing. It is attached to the suction line near the evaporator coil and is connected to the MCM. It is factory set for 30°F and has an adjustable range of 25°F to 35°F. The compressors are staged "Off" as necessary to prevent icing. After the last compressor 20 RT-SVX36Q-EN 9 TRANS' General Information stage has been turned "Off", the compressors will be allowed to restart once the evaporator temperature rises 10°F above the "coil frost cutout temperature" and the minimum three minute "Off" time has elapsed. Entering Evaporator Temperature Sensors (3RT28 and 3RT29) Analog input devices used with CV and VAV applications. This device is used in conjunction with the Leaving Evaporator Temperature Sensor to prevent the unit from running compressors with insufficient charge. Filter Switch (3S21 and 3S58) A binary input device that measures the pressure differential across the unit filters. It is mounted in the filter section and is connected to the RTM (1 U48). A diagnostic SERVICE signal is sent to the remote panel if the pressure differential across the filters is at least 0.5" w.c. The contacts will automatically open when the pressure differential across the filters decrease to 0.4" w.c. The switch differential can be field adjusted between 0.17" w.c. to 5.0" w.c. ± 0.05" w.c. Supply and Exhaust Airflow Proving Switches (3S68 and 3S69) 3S68 is a binary input device used to signal the RTM when the supply fan is operating. It is located in the supply fan section of the unit and is connected to the RTM (1U48). During a request for fan operation, if the differential switch is detected to be open for 40 consecutive seconds, the following occurs: • compressor operation is turned "Off" • heat operation is turned "Off" • the request for supply fan operation is turned "Off" and locked out • exhaust dampers (if equipped) are "closed" • economizer dampers (if equipped) are "closed" • manual reset diagnostic is initiated 3S69 is a binary input device used on all rooftop units equipped with an exhaust fan. It is located in the exhaust/return fan section of the unit and is connected to the RTM (1U48). During a request for fan operation, if the differential switch is detected to be open for 40 consecutive seconds, the economizer is closed to the minimum position setpoint, the request for exhaust fan operation is turned "Off" and locked out, and a manual reset diagnostic is initiated. The fan failure lockout can be reset at the Human Interface located in the unit control panel, by Tracer', or by cycling the control power to the RTM (1 S70) Off/On. Lead -Lag Is a standard mode of operation on 20 thru 130 ton units.lt alternates the starting between the first compressor of each refrigeration circuit. On 40 to 89 ton units only the compressor banks will switch, not the order of the compressors within a bank, providing the first compressor in each circuit had been activated during the same request for cooling. Lead lag is not available with variable speed compressor. Manual Motor Protectors (380V -575V Only) Manual motor protectors will be used as branch circuit protection for compressors and supply fan motors. These devices are capable of providing both overload and short-circuit protection. Before operating, the manual motor protector must be switched with the rotary on/off switch to the ON position and the overload setpoint dial must be set to the appropriate rating of the motor. Important: In order to avoid nuisance trips, the overload setpoint dial must be adjusted to the following calculated value: Overload Setting = (Motor FLA) Overload Setting = (Compressor RLA) x 1.12 Return Plenum Pressure High Limit The Return Plenum Pressure High Limit Setpoint has a non-adjustable value of 3.5 iwc. When the return plenum pressure exceeds the Return Plenum Pressure High Limit for more than 1 second, a "Return Pressure shutdown" signal is sent, and an automatically resetting diagnostic is set. After the return fan is off, the Return Pressure Shutdown signal is cancelled. The unit will not be allowed to restart within 15 seconds of shutdown. Three consecutive occurrences of the Return Plenum Pressure exceeding the Return Plenum Pressure Limit will cause a manual reset diagnostic. The occurrence counter will be reset every time the unit goes through a reset, transitions from Stop to Auto, or transitions into and out of Occupied or Unoccupied control. SupplyExhaust/Return Fan Circuit Breakers (with 1CB1 and 1CB2) The supply fan and exhaust fan motors are protected by circuit breakers 1CB1 and 1CB2 respectively for 208 -230 V applications. They will trip and interrupt the power supply to the motors if the current exceeds the breaker's "must trip" value. For 460 -575 V applications, fan motors will be protected with manual motor protectors. The rooftop module (RTM) will shut all system functions "Off" when an open fan proving switch is detected. Low Pressure Control (LPC) Low Pressure Control is accomplished using a binary input device. LP cutouts are located on the suction lines near the scroll compressors. The LPC contacts are RT-SVX36Q-EN 21 9 TRANS' General Information designed to close when the suction pressure exceeds 41 ± 4 psig. If the LP control is open when a compressor is requested to start, none of the compressors on that circuit will be allowed to operate. They are locked out and a manual reset diagnostic is initiated. The LP cutouts are designed to open if the suction pressure approaches 25 ± 4 psig. If the LP cutout opens after a compressor has started, all compressors operating on that circuit will be turned off immediately and will remain off for a minimum of three minutes. If the LP cutout trips four consecutive times during the first three minutes of operation, the compressors on that circuit will be locked out and a manual reset diagnostic is initiated. Saturated Condenser Temperature Sensors (2RT1 and 2RT2) Analog input devices are mounted inside a temperature well located on a condenser tube bend. They monitor the saturated refrigerant temperature inside the condenser coil and are connected to the SCM/MCM (1 U49). As the saturated refrigerant temperature varies due to operating conditions, the condenser fans are cycled "On" or "Off" as required to maintain acceptable operating pressures. For evaporative condensers, this value is determined by the MPM which converts a pressure to a temperature value that is sent to the MCM to be used for head pressure control. Head Pressure Control (HPC) Accomplished using one saturated refrigerant temperature sensorper refrigeration circuit. During a request for compressor operation, when the condensing temperature rises above the "lower limit" of the controlband, the Compressor Module (SCM/ MCM) starts sequencing condenser fans "On". If the operating fans cannot bring the condensing temperature to within the controlband, more fans are turned on. As the saturated condensing temperature approaches the lower limit of the controlband, fans are sequenced "Off". The minimum "On/Off" time for condenser fan staging is 5.2 seconds. If the system is operating at a given fan stage below 100% for 30 minutes and the saturated condensing temperature is above the "efficiency check point" setting, a fan stage will be added. If the saturated condensing temperature falls below the "efficiency check point" setting, the fan control will remain at the present operating stage. If a fan stage cycles four times within a 10 minute period, the control switches from controlling to the "lower limit" to a temperature equal to the "lower limit" minus the "temporary low limit suppression" setting. It will utilize this new "low limit" temperature for one hour to reduce condenser fan short cycling. For evaporative condensing units, head pressure is monitored with pressure transducers attached to the saturated condensing line and converted to a temperature by the MPM. This temperature is used to control the variable speed fan and sump pump. When the temperature rises above the upper limit (120°F) the sump pump is energized. If the condensing temperature drops below the lower limit (70°F) the sump pump is de -energized. High Pressure Limit Controls High Pressure controls are located on the discharge lines near the scroll compressors. They are designed to open when the discharge pressure approaches 650 ± 10 psig. The controls reset automatically when the discharge pressure decreases to approximately 550 ± 10 psig. However, the compressors on that circuit are locked out and a manual reset diagnostic is initiated after the fourth occurrence of a high pressure condition. If the HPC opens after a compressor has started, all compressors on that circuit will be turned off immediately and will remain off for a minimum of 15 minutes. If the HPC trips four consecutive times during the first 3 minutes of operation, the compressors on that circuit will be locked out and a manual reset diagnostic is initiated. Variable speed compressor circuits use a different HPC switch with 24 VDC contacts input to the inverter. Otherwise, the variable speed HPC circuit is functionally the same as described above. High Compressor Pressure Differential Protection The 20-75 ton units provide High Compressor Pressure Differential protection for the equipment, also referred to as Low VI compressor protection. This protection is active on a per circuit basis and prevents scroll involute stresses from exceeding levels that could cause compressor damage. Two levels of control are implemented to support the High Compressor Pressure Differential protection: Limit and Diagnostic trips. During a Limit trip, the controller will determine when the pressure differential has exceeded predetermined limits and will then take action by either limiting the compressor capacity or by unloading/reducing the compressor capacity on that circuit. Once the pressure differential returns to an acceptable level, the circuit will become unlimited if still needed for temperature control. During a Diagnostic trip, the controller will determine when the pressure differential has exceeded acceptable levels for the equipment and will then de -energize the circuit completely. Once the pressure differential returns to an acceptable level, the circuit will be allowed to re-energize if still needed for temperature control. If four Diagnostic trips occur within the same request for compressor operation, the circuit will be locked out on a manual reset diagnostic. 22 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRAN&r General Information If actively limiting or controlling compressor outputs OFF due to a High Compressor Pressure Differential event, the Limit/Diagnostic event will be found under Status/ Compressor Status Submenu at the human interface . During a diagnostic trip a diagnostic will be indicated at the human interface . Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor (3U63) An analog input device used on applications with 100% economizer. It monitors the outdoor humidity levels for economizer operation. It is mounted in the outside air intake section and is connected to the RTM (1U48). Return Air Humidity Sensor (3U64) An analog input device used on applications with the comparative enthalpy option. It monitors the return air humidity level and compares it to the outdoor humidity level to establish which conditions are best suited to maintain the cooling requirements. It is mounted in the return air section and is connected to the ECEM (1U52). Space Humidity Sensor (5U108) Analog input device used on applications with modulating dehumidification option and/or humidification field installed option. It is used to monitor the humidity level in the space and for comparison with the dehumidification and humidification setpoints to maintain space humidity requirements. It is field mounted in the space and connected to the RTM (1TB16). Low Ambient Option 0° Fahrenheit (2U84, 2U85) Air cooled units ordered with Low Ambient 0° Fahrenheit will control the low ambient dampers (2U84, 2U85) to the programmable Low Ambient Control Point based on saturated condenser temperature during compressor operation. Status/Annunciator Output An internal function within the RTM (1U48) module that provides: • diagnostic and mode status signals to the remote panel (LEDs) and to the Human Interface • control of the binary Alarm output on the RTM • control of the binary outputs on the GBAS module to inform the customer of the operational status and/or diagnostic conditions Low Ambient Compressor Lockout Utilizes an analog input device. When the system is configured for low ambient compressor lockout, the compressors are not allowed to operate if the temperature of the outside air falls below the lockout setpoint. When the temperature rises 5°F above the lockout setpoint, the compressors are allowed to operate. The factory preset is 50°F. For units with the low ambient option, the minimum recommended lockout setpoint is 0°F. The setpoints are adjustable at the Human Interface inside the unit control panel. Space Pressure Transducer (3U62) This analog input device modulates the exhaust damper or exhaust VFD to keep the space pressure within the building to a customer -designated controlband. It is mounted in the filter section just above the exhaust damper actuatorand is connected to the ECEM(1 U52). Field -supplied pneumatic tubing must be connected between the space being controlled and the transducer assembly.. Morning Warm-Up—Zone Heat (CV and VAV) When a system changes from an unoccupied to an occupied mode, or switches from STOPPED to AUTO, or power is applied to a unit with the MWU option, the heater in the unit or external heat will be brought on if the space temperature is below the MWU setpoint. The heat will remain on until the temperature reaches the MWU setpoint. If the unit is VAV, then the VAV box/unocc relay will continue to stay in the unoccupied position and the VFD output will stay at 100% during the MWU mode. When the MWU setpoint is reached and the heat mode is terminated, then the VAV box/unocc relay will switch to the occupied mode and the VFD output will be controlled by the duct static pressure. During Full Capacity MWU the economizer damper is held closed for as long as it takes to reach setpoint: During Cycling Capacity MWU the economizer damper is allowed to go to minimum position after one hour of operation if setpoint has not been reached. Compressor Motor Winding Thermostats CSHD compressors (20-70 ton) Air -Cooled and (24-80 ton) Evaporative Condensers The compressors contains an internal line break overload which stops the compressors under a number of operating conditions that cause excessive motor temperature. These include rapid cycling, loss of charge, abnormally high suction temperatures, excessive amperage, phase Toss and low voltage CSHN Compressors (75 to 130 ton) Air - Cooled and (89 ton) Evaporative Condensers PTC sensors are embedded in the motor windings of each Scroll compressor. These sensors are wired to the protection module which protects the motor from over temperature that can occur under a number of abnormal operating conditions. These include rapid cycling, loss of charge, abnormally high suction RT-SVX36Q-EN 23 •TRANE ' General Information temperatures, low voltage and excessive amperage. During a request for compressor operation, if the Compressor Module (SCM) detects a problem outside of normal parameters, it turns any operating compressor(s) in that circuit OFF, locks out all compressor operation for that circuit, and initiates a manual reset diagnostic. VZH Variable Speed Compressors Over current and over torque protection for VZH compressors are provided by the TRV200 inverter. VZH over temperature protection is not required. High Duct Temp Thermostats (Optional 3S16, 3S17) These are binary input devices used with a Trane Communication Interface Module (TCI). They provide "high limit" shutdown of the unit and requires a manual reset. They are factory set to open if the supply air temperature reaches 240°F, or the return air temperature reaches 135°F. Once tripped, the thermostat can be reset by pressing the button located on the sensor once the air temperature has decreased approximately 25°F below the cutout point. Freeze Avoidance Freeze Avoidance is a feature which helps prevent freezing of hydronic heat coils and avoiding nuisance hydronic heat freezestat trips. This is accomplished by opening inactive hydronic heat valve(s) at low ambient temperatures. Typically, when the unit is in a mode where the supply fan is off, the OA temperature is monitored. If it falls below 45 1F (5 degrees above the freezestat), the hydronic heat valve(s) are opened to the Standby Freeze Avoidance Position. When the OA temperature rises above 47 'F, occupied mode is requested, or the supply fan is requested ON the hydronic heat valve(s) release to normal control. When the supply fan is commanded on, the OA dampers will remain closed for one minute to remove the heat from the hydronic heating coil. This prevents freezestat trips and falsely loading the supply air temperature causing premature compressor operation. This function is disabled if the Standby Freeze Avoidance Position is set to 0%. Supply Air Temperature Low Limit Uses the supply air temperature sensor input to modulate the economizer damper to minimum position in the event the supply air temperature falls below the occupied heating setpoint temperature. Freezestat A binary input device used on units with Hydronic Heat. It is mounted in the heat section and connected to the Heat Module (1U50). If the temperature of the air entering the heating coil falls to 40°F, the normally open contacts on the freezestat closes signalling the Heat Module and the Rooftop Module (RTM) to: • drive the Hydronic Heat Actuator to the full open position • turn the supply fan "Off" • close the outside air damper • turn "On" the SERVICE light at the Remote Panel • initiate a "Freezestat" diagnostic to the Human Interface Compressor Circuit Breakers (1CB8, 1CB9, 1CB10, 1CB11) The Scroll Compressors are protected by circuit breakers for 208 to 230 volt units which interrupt the power supply to the compressors if the current exceeds the breakers "must trip" value. For 460 -575 volt units the Scroll compressors will be protected with Manual Motor protectors. During a request for compressor operation, if the Compressor Module detects a problem outside normal parameters, it turns any operating compressor(s) on that circuit "Off", locks out all compressor operation for that circuit, and initiates a manual reset diagnostic. Constant Volume (CV) Units Zone Temperature — Cooling Relies on input from a sensor located directly in the space, while a system is in the occupied "Cooling" mode. It modulates the economizer (if equipped) and/ or stages the mechanical cooling "On and Off" as required to maintain the zone temperature to within the cooling setpoint deadband. Zone Temperature — Heating Relies on input from a sensor located directly in the space, while a system is in the occupied "Heating" mode or an unoccupied period, to stage the heat "on and off" or to modulate the heating valve (hydronic heat only) as required to maintain the zone temperature to within the heating setpoint deadband. The supply fan will be requested to operate any time there is a request for heat. On gas heat units, the fan will continue to run for 60 seconds (30 seconds on ultra modulating gas heat) after the furnace is turned off. Supply Air Tempering On CV Zone Temperature Control units, if the supply air temperature falls 10°F below the zone temperature setpoint up to half of the available heat capacity will be brought on until the supply air temperature reaches 10° F above zone temperature setpoint. 24 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRiWF General Information Single Zone Variable Air Volume (SZVAV) Only The IntelliPak controls platform will support Single Zone VAV as an optional unit control type in order to meet ASHRAE 90.1. The basic control will be a hybrid VAV/CV configured unit that provides discharge temperature control to a varying discharge air temperature target setpoint based on the space temperature and/or humidity conditions. Concurrently, the unit will control and optimize the supply fan speed to maintain the zone temperature to a zone temperature setpoint. VFD Control Single Zone VAV units will be equipped with a VFD- controlled supply fan which is controlled via a 0-10VDC signal from the Rooftop Module (RTM). The VFD will modulate the supply fan motor speed, accelerating or decelerating as required to maintain the zone temperature to the zone temperature setpoint. When subjected to high ambient return conditions the VFD will reduce its output frequency to maintain operation. Bypass control is offered to provide full nominal airflow in the event of drive failure. Ventilation Control Units configured for Single Zone VAV control will require special handling of the OA Damper Minimum Position control in order to compensate for the non - linearity of airflow associated with the variable supply fan speed and damper combinations. Units configured for TragTM with or without DCV use the same sequence of operation as VAV or CV units. Space Pressure Control For units configured with Space Pressure Control with or without Statitrac, the new schemes implemented for economizer minimum position handling require changes to the existing Space Pressure Control scheme in order to prevent over/under pressurization. The overall scheme will remain very similar to VAV units with Space Pressure Control with the exception of the dynamic Exhaust Enable Setpoint. For SZVAV an Exhaust Enable Setpoint must be selected during the 100% Fan Speed Command. Once selected, the difference between the Exhaust Enable Setpoint and Design OA Damper Minimum Position at 100% Fan Speed Command will be calculated. The difference calculated will be used as an offset and added to the Active Building Design OA Minimum Position Target in order to calculate the dynamic Exhaust Enable Target, which will be used throughout the Supply Fan Speed/OA Damper Position range. The Exhaust Enable Target could be above or below the Active Building Design OA Minimum Position Target Setpoint, based on the Active Exhaust Enable Setpoint being set above or below the Building Design Minimum Position at 100% Fan Speed Command. Note that an Exhaust Enable Setpoint of 0% will result in the same effect on Exhaust Fan control as on VAV applications with and without Statitrac. Occupied Cooling Operation For normal cooling operation, cooling capacity will be staged or modulated in order to meet the calculated discharge air target setpoint. If the current active cooling capacity is controlling the discharge air within the deadband, no additional cooling capacity change will be requested. As the Discharge Air Temperature rises above the deadband, the algorithm will request additional capacity as required (additional compressors or economizer). As the Discharge Air Temperature falls below the deadband, the algorithm will request a reduction in active capacity. Default Economizer Operation By default, the unit will be setup to optimize the minimum supply fan speed capability during Economizer Only operation. lithe economizer is able to meet the demand alone, due to desirable ambient conditions, the supply fan speed will be allowed to increase above the minimum prior to utilizing mechanical cooling if discharge air setpoint falls below the discharge air Lower Limit (Cooling) setpoint. Unoccupied Mode In Unoccupied mode the unit will utilize setback setpoints, 0% Minimum OA Damper position, and Auto Fan Mode operation as on normal CV units. The Supply Fan speed, and cooling and modulating types of heat, will be controlled to the discharge air target setpoint as is done during occupied periods. The Supply fan speed during staged heat control will be forced to 100% as on normal CV units. Occupied Heating Operation Occupied heating operation has two separate control sequences; staged and modulated. All staged heating types will drive the supply fan to maximum flow and stage heating to control to the Zone Heating Setpoint. For units with Hydronic and Gas heat, modulated SZVAV Heating. On an initial call for heating, the supply fan will drive to the minimum heating airflow. On an additional call for heating, the heat will control in order to meet the calculated discharge air target setpoint. As the load in the zone continues to request heat operation, the supply fan will ramp -up while the control maintains the heating discharge air temperature. Heating can be configured for either the energy saving SZVAV Heating solution as described above, or the traditional, less efficient CV Heating solution. RT-SVX36Q-EN 25 •TRIWE' General Information Compressor (DX) Cooling Compressor control and protection schemes will function identical to that of a traditional unit. Normal compressor proving and disable input monitoring will remain in effect as well as normal 3 -minute minimum on, off, and inter -stage timers. Also, all existing head pressure control schemes will be in effect. Cooling Sequence If the control determines that there is a need for active cooling capacity in order to meet the calculated discharge air target setpoint, once supply fan proving has been made, the unit will begin to stage compressors accordingly. Note that the compressor staging order will be based on unit configuration and compressor lead/lag status. Once the discharge air target setpoint calculation has reached the Minimum Setpoint and compressors are being utilized to meet the demand, as the discharge air target setpoint value continues to calculate lower the algorithm will begin to ramp the supply fan speed up toward 100%. Note that the supply fan speed will remain at the compressor stage's associated minimum value (as described below) until the discharge air target setpoint value is calculated below the discharge air temperature Minimum Setpoint (limited discharge air target setpoint). As the cooling load in the zone decreases the zone cooling algorithm will reduce the speed of the fan down to minimum per compressor stage and control the compressors accordingly. As the compressors begin to de -energize, the supply fan speed will fall back to the Cooling Stage's associated minimum fan speed, but not below. As the load in the zone continues to drop, cooling capacity will be reduced in order to maintain the discharge air within the ±1/2 discharge air target deadband. Variable Air Volume (VAV) Units Occupied Heating — Supply Air Temperature When a VAV unit is equipped with "Modulating Heat", and the system is in an occupied mode, and the field supplied changeover relay contacts (5K87) have closed or per a BAS command, the supply air temperature will be controlled to the customer specified supply air heating setpoint. It will remain in the heating status until the changeover relay contacts are opened or BAS has released the heat command. Occupied Cooling — Supply Air Temperature When a VAV unit is in the occupied mode, the supply air temperature will be controlled to the customer specified supply air cooling setpoint by modulating the economizer and/or staging the mechanical cooling "On and Off" as required. The changeover relay contacts must be open, or BAS command set to auto or cool, for the cooling to operate. Daytime Warm-up On VAV units equipped with heat, if the zone temperature falls below the daytime warm-up initiate temperature during the occupied mode, the system will switch to full airflow. During this mode, the VAV box/ unocc relay will be energized (this is to signal the VAV boxes to go to 100%). After the VAV box max stroke time has elapsed (factory set at 6 minutes), the VFD output will be set to 100%. The airflow will be at 100% and the heat will be turned on to control to the occupied heating setpoint. When the zone temperature reaches the daytime warm-up termination setpoint, the heat will be turned off, the relay will be de -energized, releasing the VAV boxes, the VFD output will go back to duct static pressure control and the unit will return to discharge air control. If the occ zone heating setpoint is less than the DWU terminate setpoint, the heat will turn off when the occ zone heat setpoint is reached, but it will stay in DWU mode and cycle the heat to maintain setpoint. Unoccupied Heating — Zone Temperature When a VAV unit is equipped with gas, electric, or hydronic heat and is in the unoccupied mode, the zone temperature will be controlled to within the customer specified setpoint deadband. During an unoccupied mode for a VAV unit, the VAV box/unocc relay will be in the unoccupied position and the VFD output will be at 100%. This means that if there is a call for heat (or cool) and the supply fan comes on, it will be at full airflow and the VAV boxes in the space will need to be 100% open as signaled by the VAV box/unocc relay. Supply Air Tempering On VAV units equipped with "Modulating Heat", if the supply air temperature falls 10°F below the supply air temperature setpoint, the heat will modulate to maintain the supply air temperature to within the low end of the setpoint deadband. Supply Duct Static Pressure Control (Occupied) The RTM relies on input from the duct pressure transducer when a unit is equipped with a Variable Frequency Drive to set the supply fan speed to maintain the supply duct static pressure to within the static pressure setpoint deadband. The transducer compares supply duct pressure to ambient pressure. Refer to , and . 26 RT-SVX36Q-EN TRANS' General Information Space Temperature Averaging Space temperature averaging for Constant Volume applications is accomplished by wiring a number of remote sensors in a series/parallel circuit. The fewest number of sensors required to accomplish space temperature averaging is four. The Space Temperature Averaging with Multiple Sensors figure illustrates a single sensor circuit (Single Zone), four sensors wired in a series/parallel circuit (Four Zone), nine sensors wired in a series/parallel circuit (Nine Zone). Any number squared, is the number of remote sensors required. Wiring termination will depend on the type of remote panel or control configuration for the system. Refer to the wiring diagrams that shipped with the unit. Figure 6. Space temperature averaging with multiple sensors Single Zone Averaging Circuit Remote Sensor #1 91VVVVP Four Zone Averaging Circuit Remote Sensor #1 9'VVVV P 9'VVVV To Terminals on the Zone Sensor Module or to 1TB4 Remote Sensor #2 9'VVVV Remote Sensor #4 — 9VVVV Nine Zone Averaging Circuit To Terminals on the Zone Sensor Module or to 1TB4 Remote Sensor #1 Remote Sensor #2 Remote Sensor #3 VVVV'P 9'VVVV`P 9'VVVV Remote Sensor #4 VVVVP Remote Sensor #5 9'VVVV`P 9'VVVV Remote Sensor #6 Remote Sensor #7 Remote Sensor #8 Remote Sensor #9 VVVVF 9'VVVVP 9'VVVV To Terminals on the Zone Sensor Module or to 1TB4 Unit Control Modules Unit control modules are microelectronic circuit boards designed to perform specific unit functions. The control modules, through proportional/integral control algorithms, provide the best possible comfort level for the customer. They are mounted in the control panel and are factory wired to their respective internal components. The control modules receive and interpret information from other unit modules, sensors, remote panels, and customer binary contacts to satisfy the applicable request for economizing, mechanical cooling, heating, and ventilation. illustrates the typical location of each designated module. eFlexT"' Variable Speed Compressor Staging Note: The eFlex TM variable speed compressor can be manually controlled only in service test mode through the Intellipak controller human interface. The TRV200 inverter keypad has been programmed purposely to provide stop, reset, and diagnostics functions only. This is to prevent bypass of compressor protection functions provided by the Intellipak control logic. Figure 7, p. 28 generally describes how the IntelliPak controller sequences the eFIexTM variable speed compressor as building load increases. It is assumed that the unit is equipped with an economizer. At low building loads, the economizer will often meet the building load and compressor cooling will not be required. Then as the building load increases and the economizer no longer can maintain setpoint, the IntelliPak controller sends a signal to the TRV200 inverter to start the variable speed compressor. The TRV200 inverter ramps the compressor up to 50Hz for 10 seconds to ensure compressor start-up lubrication. Control is released back to the IntelliPak controller and the compressor runs at minimum speed command (0 VDC from VSM board). Until the building load exceeds the variable speed compressor capacity at minimum speed, the IntelliPak compressor will cycle the variable speed compressor to meet setpoint (4 minute minimum on/off time). However, since variable speed unit minimum capacity is about 15%, this transition cycling will be less than a typical fixed speed compressor unit which may have 25% minimum capacity. As the building load increases and eventually equals the variable speed compressor capacity at minimum speed, the compressor will run continuously and no longer cycle. Then as the building load increases, the IntelliPak controller will increase compressor speed to meet the setpoint. When the variable speed compressor eventually reaches maximum speed and more capacity is required, a fixed speed compressor is started while the variable speed compressor speed is simultaneously ramped back down to minimum. Note that capacity overlap is typically provided between each stage of operation to provide continuous capacity modulation and minimize compressor cycling between stages. RT-SVX36Q-EN 27 9 TRANS' General Information Figure 7. eFlexTM variable speed compressor, IntelliPak controller sequences 100 90 80 70 17 60 n 50 y B i 40 OFF «28 *ON a 30 nN 20 OFF 111.2A 4ON 10 3A Cycling 0 0' 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Load (%) Note: The number of compressor stages varies from 3 to 7 depending on eFIexTM unit size. is an example of 3 stages used for 40-70 ton IntelliPak 1. 28 RT-SVX36Q-EN Pre -Installation Unit Inspection To protect against loss due to damage incurred in transit, perform inspection immediately upon receipt of the unit. Exterior Inspection If the job site inspection reveals damage or material shortages, file a claim with the carrier immediately. Specify the type and extent of the damage on the bill of lading before signing. Notify the appropriate sales representative. Important: Do not proceed with installation of a damaged unit without sales representative's approval. • Visually inspect the complete exterior for signs of shipping damages to unit or packing material. • Verify that the nameplate data matches the sales order and bill of lading. • Verify that the unit is properly equipped and there are no material shortages. • Verify that the power supply complies with the unit nameplate and electric heater specifications. Inspection for Concealed Damage Visually inspect the components for concealed damage as soon as possible after delivery and before it is stored. • Remove the protective coverings that shipped over the compressors. • Do NOT walk on the sheet metal base pans. Bridging between the unit's main supports may consist of multiple 2 by 12 boards or sheet metal grating. A WARNING No Step Surface! Failure to follow instruction below could result in death or serious injury. Do not walk on the sheet metal drain pan. Walking on the drain pan could cause the supporting metal to collapse and result in the operator/technician falling. If concealed damage is discovered: • Notify the carrier's terminal of the damage immediately by phone and by mail. • Concealed damage must be reported within 15 days. • Request an immediate, joint inspection of the damage with the carrier and consignee. • Stop unpacking the unit. • Do not remove damaged material from receiving location. • Take photos of the damage, if possible. • The owner must provide reasonable evidence that the damage did not occur after delivery. Repair Notify the appropriate sales representative before arranging unit installation or repair. Important: Do not repair unit until the damage has been inspected by the carrier's representative. Storage Take precautions to prevent condensate formation inside the unit electrical components and motors when: • The unit is stored before it is installed; or, • The unit is set on the roof curb and temporary auxiliary heat is provided in the building. Isolate all side panel service entrances and base pan openings (e.g., conduit holes, S/A and R/A openings, and flue openings) to minimize ambient air from entering the unit until it is ready for startup. Note: Do not use the unit heater as temporary heat without completing the startup procedures detailed under Startup information. The manufacturer will not assume responsibility for equipment damage resulting from accumulation of condensate on the unit electrical and/or mechanical components. Unit Clearances Figure 17, p. 43 illustrates the minimum operating and service clearances for either a single or multiple unit installation. These clearances are the minimum distances necessary for adequate service, cataloged unit capacity, and peak operating efficiency. Providing less than the recommended clearances may result in condenser coil starvation, "short -circulating" of exhaust and economizer airflows, or recirculation of hot condenser air. RT-SVX36Q-EN 29 •TRANE Pre-Installation Unit Dimensions and Weight Information Table 6. Unit dimensions & weight information Description Reference Air -Cooled Condenser Unit dimensions, 20-75 ton (SAHL) Figure 8, p. 33, Table 7, p. 33 Figure 9, p. 34, Table 8, p. 34 Figure 15, p. 41, Table 15, p. 41 Unit dimensions, 90-130 ton Figure 12, p. 38 Roof curb weights Table 17, p. 44 Center -of -gravity illustration and related dimensional data Table 13, p. 39 Evaporative Condenser Unit dimensions, 20-89 ton (SEH_, SFH_, SLI -1_, SSH_, and SXH_) Figure 10, p. 35, Table 9, p. 35, Table 10, p. 35, Table 11, p. 36 Figure 11, p. 36, Table 12, p. 37 Figure 16, p. 42, Table 15, p. 41 Roof curb weights Table 17, p. 44 Center -of -gravity illustration and related dimensional data Table 13, p. 39 Factory Warranty Information Compliance with the following is required to preserve the factory warranty: All Unit Installations Startup MUST be performed by Trane, or an authorized agent of Trane, to VALIDATE this WARRANTY. Contractor must provide a two-week startup notification to Trane (or an agent of Trane specifically authorized to perform startup). On all IntelliPakl units, a Trane factory REQUIRED startup (mandatory with Evaporative Condensing or optionally selected ON OTHER UNITS) provides "maximized unit reliability and overall unit performance," in addition to preserving the standard factory warranty. Additional Requirements for Units Requiring Disassembly When a new fully assembled IntelliPak is shipped and received from our Trane manufacturing location, and, for any reason, it requires disassembly or partial disassembly, which could include but is not limited to the evaporator, condenser, control panel, compressor/ motor, factory mounted starter, or any other components originally attached to the fully assembled 30 unit, compliance with the following is required to preserve the factory warranty: • Trane, or an agent of Trane specifically authorized to perform start-up and warranty of Trane® products, will perform or have direct on-site technical supervision of the disassembly and reassembly work. • The installing contractor must notify Trane, or an agent of Trane specifically authorized to perform start-up and warranty of Trane® products, two weeks in advance of the scheduled disassembly work to coordinate the disassembly and reassembly work. • Start-up must be performed by Trane or an agent of Trane specifically authorized to perform start-up and warranty of Trane® products. Trane, or an agent of Trane specifically authorized to perform startup and warranty of Trane® products, will provide qualified personnel and standard hand tools to perform the disassembly work at a location specified by the contractor. The contractor shall provide the rigging equipment, such as chain falls, gantries, cranes, forklifts, etc., necessary for the disassembly and reassembly work and the required qualified personnel to operate the necessary rigging equipment. See "Warranty and Liability Clause," p. 214 for additional details. RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANE Pre-Installation Installation Checklist General Checklist (Applies to all units) The checklist listed below is a summary of the steps required to successfully install a Commercial rooftop unit. This checklist is intended to acquaint the installing personnel with what is required in the installation process. It does not replace the detailed instructions called out in the applicable sections of this manual. Important: This checklist does not replace the detailed instructions called out in the applicable sections of this manual. ❑ Check the unit for shipping damage and material shortage; file a freight claim and notify Trane office. ❑ Verify that the installation location of the unit will provide the required clearance for proper operation. ❑ Assemble and install the roof curb per the current edition of the curb installation guide. ❑ Fabricate and install ductwork; secure ductwork to curb. ❑ Install pitch pocket for power supply through building roof. (If applicable) ❑ Rigging the unit. ❑ Set the unit onto the curb; check for levelness. ❑ Ensure unit -to -curb seal is tight and without buckles or cracks. ❑ Install and connect condensate drain lines to each evaporator drain connection. ❑ Remove the shipping hold-down bolts and shipping channels from the supply and exhaust/return fans ordered with rubber or spring isolators. ❑ Check all optional supply and exhaust/return fan spring isolators for proper adjustment. ❑ Verify all discharge line service valves (one per circuit) are back seated. Main Electrical Power Requirements ❑ Verify that the power supply to the unit complies with the unit nameplate specification. ❑ Properly ground the unit. ❑ Inspect all control panel components and tighten any loose connections. ❑ Connect properly sized and protected power supply wiring to a field supplied/installed disconnect and the unit (copper wiring only to the unit). ❑ Verify that phasing to the unit is correct (ABC). ❑ Turn the 1S2 toggle switch off to prevent accidental unit operation. ❑ Turn on power to the unit. ❑ Press the STOP button on the Human Interface (1U2). ❑ Verify that all compressor crankcase heaters are energized for at least 8 hours prior to unit start-up. Important: Note: All field -installed wiring must comply with NEC and applicable local codes. Field Installed Control Wiring ❑ Complete the field wiring connections for the constant volume controls as applicable. Refer to "Field -installed Control Wiring" for guidelines. ❑ Complete the field wiring connections for the variable air volume controls as applicable. Refer to "Field -installed Control Wiring" for guidelines. Important: Note: All field -installed wiring must comply with NEC and applicable local codes. Requirements for Electric Heat Units All SEHL and SEHK Units (380 minimum voltage) ❑ Verify that the power supply complies with the electric heater specifications on the unit and heater nameplate. ❑ Inspect the heater junction box and control panel; tighten any loose connections. ❑ Check electric heat circuits for continuity. SEHL Units w/200V or 230V Electric Heat: (Requires Separate Power Supply to Heater) ❑ Connect properly sized and protected power supply wiring for the electric heat from a dedicated, field- supplied/installed disconnect to terminal block 4TB2, or to an optional unit -mounted disconnect switch 4S15. Requirements for Gas Heat Units O Gas supply line properly sized and connected to the unit gas train. ❑ All gas piping joints properly sealed. ❑ Drip leg installed in the gas piping near the unit. 0 Gas piping leak checked with a soap solution. If piping connections to the unit are complete, do not pressurize piping in excess of 0.50 psig or 14" W.C. to prevent component failure. O Main supply gas pressure adequate. O Flue Tubes clear of any obstructions. O Factory -supplied flue assembly installed on the unit. O Connect the 3/4" CPVC furnace drain stub -out to a proper condensate drain. Requirements for Hot Water Heat (SLH_) O Route properly sized water piping through the base of the unit into the heating section. O Install the factory -supplied, 3 -way modulating valve. RT-SVX36Q-EN 31 •TRANE' Pre -Installation ❑ Complete the valve actuator wiring. Requirements for Steam Heat (SSH_) ❑ Install an automatic air vent at the top of the return water coil header. ❑ Route properly sized steam piping through the base of the unit into the heating section. ❑ Install the factory -supplied, 2 -way modulating valve. ❑ Complete the valve actuator wiring. ❑ Install 1/2", 15 -degree swing check vacuum breaker (s) at the top of each coil section. Vent breaker(s) to the atmosphere or merge with return main at discharge side of steam trap. ❑ Position the steam trap discharge at least 12" below the outlet connection on the coil. ❑ Use float and thermostatic traps in the system, as required by the application. O/A Pressure Sensor and Tubing Installation (All units with Statitrac or Return Fans) ❑ 0/A pressure sensor mounted to the roof bracket. ❑ Factory supplied pneumatic tubing installed between the 0/A pressure sensor and the connector on the vertical support. ❑ (Units with StatiTrac) Field supplied pneumatic tubing connected to the proper fitting on the space pressure transducer located in the filter section, and the other end routed to a suitable sensing location within the controlled space. Requirements for Modulating Reheat ❑ Install (5U108) humidity sensor in space or return duct. ❑ Complete field wiring of humidity sensor to ECEM (1TB16). Refer to "Field Installed Control wiring" for guidelines. Evaporative Condenser ❑ Remove fan bracket. ❑ Hookup inlet and drain piping. ❑ Install heat tape if needed. ❑ Setup drain hold or drain on power loss. ❑ Setup Mechanical Float. ❑ Setup drain time. ❑ Setup water quality management (3rd party or Trane factory -installed Dolphin Water CareTM System). ❑ Options setup. ❑ Calibrate Conductivity Controller. ❑ Setup blowdown setpoints on the conductivity sensor. 32 RT-SVX36Q-EN Dimensional Data Figure 8. Unit dimensions, SAHL cooling only units (20 to 75 ton) Note: Use Table 7, p. 33 100% Modulating Exhaust or 50% Exhaust Damper 100% Modulating Exhaust Damper Fresh Air Intake A 1" Condensate Drain Connection (both sides) H2** Note: Ultra Low Leak Power Exhaust Dampter extends 0.65" beyond lifting lugs. *Condensate drain at F2 not used on DDP fans. **Lifting lug at H2 not used on 20-36 T units. Control Panel Access Table 7. Unit dimensions, SAHL cooling only units (20 to 75 ton) C Compressor Access Nom. Tons A B C D E Fl F2 G Hi H2 20, 25 21'-9 3/4" 6'-9" 7'-6 1/2" 7'-3 1/4" 3'-9 5/16" 10'-7" 12'-6" 1" 7' N/A 1'-3 1/2" 30 21'-9 3/4" 6'-9" 7'-6 1/2" 7'-3 1/4" 4'-9 5/16" 10'-7" 12'-6" 1" 7' N/A 1'-3 1/2" 40 29'-8" 6'-9" 7'-6 1/2" 7'-3 1/4" 5'-9 5/16" 12'-1 1/4" 15'-4 5/16" 1" 8' 16'-2 5/16" 2'-5" 50, 55 29'-8" 6'-9" 7'-6 1/2" 7'-3 1/4" 6'-9 5/16" 12'-1 1/4" 15'-4 5/16" 1" 8' 16'-2 5/16" 2'-5" 60 29'-8" 6'-9" 9'-8" 7'-3 1/4" 5'-9 5/16" 12'-1 1/4" 15'-4 5/16" 1" 8' 16'-2 5/16" 2'-5" 70, 75 29'-8" 6'-9" 9'-8" 7'-3 1/4" 5'-9 5/16" 12'-1 1/4" 15'-4 5/16" 1" 8' 16'-2 5/16" 2'-5" RT-SVX36Q-EN 33 TRANS' Dimensional Data Figure 9. Unit base dimensions, SAHL cooling only units (20 to 75 ton) Note: Use Table 8, p. 34 Unit Base Table 8. Unit base dimens'ons, SAHL cooling only units (20 to 75 ton) Nom. Tons N B C \ E Fan Type Exhaust , Return 20-30 14'-30 1/4" 2'-32 1/2" 11 3/4" 5'-7" 3'-4 3/8" 2'-9 15/16" C 16'-3113/16" 2'-5" 11 3/4" 5'-7" 3'-4 3/8" 3'-1 1/2" 60 16'-31 13/16" 1 1 1'-4 9/16" 6'-10 7/8" 4'-5 3/8" 4'-2 1/2" 70-75 16'-31 13/16" 2'-5" D 6'-10 7/8" 4'-5 3/8" 4'-2 1/2" Nom. Tons F1 F2 G Fan Type E Exhaust Return Exhaust Return Exhaust ` Return 20-30 5 13/16" 8 1/4" ic.1 28 5/8" 6'-6 15/16" ' 3' 40-50 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 5 13/16" 32 15/16" 7'-8 3/16" 3'-4" 60 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 5 13/16" 26 7/16" 7'-8 3/16" 4'-5" rill.-MillINIMMI 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 5 13/16" 26 7/16" 7'-8 3/16" ...• F1 \\\ t-- F2Elec G Table 8. Unit base dimens'ons, SAHL cooling only units (20 to 75 ton) Nom. Tons A B C D E Fan Type Exhaust , Return 20-30 14'-30 1/4" 2'-32 1/2" 11 3/4" 5'-7" 3'-4 3/8" 2'-9 15/16" 40-50 16'-3113/16" 2'-5" 11 3/4" 5'-7" 3'-4 3/8" 3'-1 1/2" 60 16'-31 13/16" 2'-5" 1'-4 9/16" 6'-10 7/8" 4'-5 3/8" 4'-2 1/2" 70-75 16'-31 13/16" 2'-5" 1'-4 9/16" 6'-10 7/8" 4'-5 3/8" 4'-2 1/2" Nom. Tons F1 F2 G Fan Type Exhaust Return Exhaust Return Exhaust ` Return 20-30 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 5 13/16" 28 5/8" 6'-6 15/16" ' 3' 40-50 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 5 13/16" 32 15/16" 7'-8 3/16" 3'-4" 60 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 5 13/16" 26 7/16" 7'-8 3/16" 4'-5" 70-75 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 5 13/16" 26 7/16" 7'-8 3/16" 4'-5" 34 rical Entrance RT-SVX36Q-EN TRANF Dimensional Data Figure 10. Unit dimensions, SEHL, SFHL, SLHL, SSHL, SXHL units (20 to 89 ton) Note: Use Table 9, p. 35 and Table 10, p. 35. Use Table 11, p. 36for CPVC furnace drain dimensions. Fresh Air Intake 100% Modulating Exhaust Damper or 50% Exhaust Damper 100% Modulating Exhaust Damper 1" NPT Condensate Drain Connection (both sides) Flue Vent N (gas heat only) H2* Heater Acces Note: Ultra Low Leak Power Exhaust Damper extends 0.65" beyond lifting lugs. CPVC Fumace Drain (See CPVC Dimensional Table) *Condensate drain at F2 not used on DDP fans. **Lifting lug at H2 not used on 20-36 T units. 11/4" NPT Gas Pipe Entry with Grommet rain Hole Control Panel Access 3 Compressor Access Table 9. Unit dimensions, SEHL, SFHL, SLHL, SSHL, SXHL units (20 to 89 ton)—air cooled Nom. Tons A B C D D E Fi F2 G H1 H2 3 K L M N 0 20, 25 24'-1 3/8" 6'-9" 7'-6 1/2" 7'-3 1/4" 3'-9 5/16" 10'-7" 13'-3" 1" 7' N/A 1 2,1/ 16'-7" 16'-6" 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9" 30 24'-1 3/8" 6'-9" 7'-6 1/2" 7'-3 1/4" 4'-9 5/16" 10'-7" 13'-3" 1" 7' N/A 1 Z" 1/ 16'-7" 16'-6" 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9" 40 32'-10 1/2" 6'-9" 7'-6 1/2" 7'-3 1/4" 5'-9 5/16" 12'-1 1/8" 15'-4 5/ 16' 1„ 8' 16'-1 S/ 16" 2'-5" 19'-7" See Note 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9" 50, 55 32'-10 1/2" 6'-9" 7'-6 1/2" 7'-3 1/4" 6'-9 5/16" 12'-1 1/8" 15'-4 5/ 16 1„ 8' 16'-2 5/ 16" 2'-5" 19'-7" See Note 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9" 60 32'-10 1/2" 6'-9" 9'-8" 7'-3 1/4" 5'-9 5/16" 12'-1 1/8" 15'-4 5/ 16" 1" 8' 16'-1 S/ 16" 2'-5" 19'-7" See Note 81/8" 6 1/4" 9" 70, 75 32'-10 1/2" 6'-9" 9'-8" 7'-3 1/4" 5'-9 5/16" 12'-1 1/8" 15'-4 S/ 16" 1" 8 16'-2 S/ 16" 2'-5" 19'-7" See Note 8 1/8" 61/4" 9" Table 10. Unit dimensions, SEHL, SFHL, SLHL, SSHL, SXHL units (20 to 89 ton)—evaporative condensing Nom. Tons A B C D E Fi F2 G H1 H2 3 K L M N 0 24, 29 26'-5 1/2" 6'-9" 7'-6 1/2" 8'-4 3/4" 3'-9 5/16" 10'-7" 13'-3" 1" 7' N/A 1 2" 1/ 16'-7" 16'-6" 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9" 36 26'-5 1/2" 6'-9" 7'-6 1/2" 8'-4 3/4" 4'-9 5/16" 10'-7" 13'-3" 1" 7' N/A 1 2" 1/ 16'-7" 16'-6" 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9" 48 32'-10 1/2" 6'-9" 7'-6 1/2" 8'-4 3/4" 5'-9 5/16" 12'-1 1/8" 15'- ,, 5/ 1" 8' 1b -. , 5/ 16 2'-5" 19'-7" See Note 81/8" 6 1/4" 9" 59 32'-10 1/2" 6'-9" 7'-6 1/2" 8'-4 3/4" 6'-9 5/16" 12'-1 1/8" 15'-4 16 5/ 1" 8' 1!6'-1 S/ 16" 2'-5" 19'-7" See Note 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9" 73 32'-10 1/2" 6'-9" 9'-8" 8'-4 3/4" 5'-9 5/16" 12'-1 1/8" 15'-4 16" 5/ 1" 8' 16'-15/ 16" 2'-5" 19'-7" See Note 8 1/8" 6 1/4" 9" 80, 89 32'-10 1/2" 6'-9" 9'-8" 8'-4 3/4" 5'-9 5/16" 12'-1 1/8" 15'-4 16" 5/ 1„ 8' 16'-2 5/ 16" 2'-5" 19'-7" See Note 8 1/8" 61/4" 9" Note: 19'-6" for SFHL"High Heat" units or 20'-3" for SFHL"Low Heat" units. RT-SVX36Q-EN 35 •TR4NE' Dimensional Data Table 11. CVPC furnace drain dimensions Nom. Ton (AC/EC) Furnace Size/MBh Dimensions (Note) Length Height 20 & 25, 24 & 29 Low = 235 195-5/32" 9-5/32" High = 500 195-5/32" 9-5/32" 30,36 Low = 350 195-5/32" 9-5/32" High = 500 195-5/32" 9-5/32" 40,48 Low = 350 240-1/8" 9-5/32" High = 850 231-1/8" 9-5/32" 50-75, 59-89 Low = 500 240-1/8" 9-5/32" High = 850 231-1/8" 9-5/32" ote: The length dimension is from the exhaust end ofthe unit. The height dimension is from the bottom of the unit base rail. Figure 11. Unit base dimensions, SEHL, SFHL, SLHL, SSHL, SXHL units (20 to 89 ton) Note: Use Table 12, p. 37 Unit Base Notes: 1. SEHL — For 208/230 volt electric heat units, use hole "A" (35/8" diameter). 2. SFHL — For gas heat units, use hole "B" (11/4" diameter). 3. SLHL and SSHL — For steam or hot water heat units, use holes "A" (35/8" steam or hot water supply) and "B" (3" steam or hot water return). 4. SXHL — In extended cabinet cooling only units, the holes are omitted 36 RT-SVX36Q-EN A t3 t 1 \ /-71 Holes B C 1C A----'---) 1 I� Fl )Er P1:1 F2 G KJ LL i—.- H 3 Electrical Entrance Unit Base Notes: 1. SEHL — For 208/230 volt electric heat units, use hole "A" (35/8" diameter). 2. SFHL — For gas heat units, use hole "B" (11/4" diameter). 3. SLHL and SSHL — For steam or hot water heat units, use holes "A" (35/8" steam or hot water supply) and "B" (3" steam or hot water return). 4. SXHL — In extended cabinet cooling only units, the holes are omitted 36 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRNIF Dimensional Data Table 12. Unit base dimensions, SEHL, SFHL, SLHL, SSHL, SXHL units (20 to 89 ton)—air cooled and evap condensing Nom. tons A B C D E F1 G F2 Fan Type Exhaust Return Exhaust Return Exhaust turn Exhaust Return 20-30/24- 36 16'-3 3/16" 2'-2 1/2" 5 13/16" 5'-7" 3'-4 3/8" 2 -9 15/ 16" 5 13/16" 81/4" 6'-6 15/ 16" 3' 5 13/16" 28 5/8" 40 & 50/48 &59 19'-10 5/ 16" 2'-5" 7 1/16" 5'-7" 3'-4 3/8" 3'-1 1/2" 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 7'-8 3/16" 3'-4" 5 13/16" 32 15/16" 60/73 19'-10 5/ 16" 2'-5" 6 1/16" Note 1 4'-5 3/8" 4'-2 1/2" 5 13/16" 8 1/4" 7'-8 3/16" 4'-5" 5 13/16" 26 7/16" /0-/S/50- 89 19'-10 S/ 16" 2'-5" 6 1/16" Note 1 4'-5 3/8" 4'-2 1/2" 513/16" 8 1/4" 7'-8 3/16" 4'-5" 5 13/16" 26 7/16" Nom. tons H 3 K L 20-3306/24- 15'-5 5/16" 16'-9 3/ 8 13/16" 9 1/16" 40 & 50/48 & 59 18'-11 11/ 16" Note 2 8 3/16" 9 1/16" 60/73 18 16" 11/ Note 2 8 3/16" 9 1/16" 70-75/80- 89 18'-11 11/ 16" Note 2 8 3/16" 9 1/16" otes: 1. 5'-5 15/16" for SEHL units or 7 -8 1/2" for SFHL, SLHL, SSHL, SXHL units. 2. 20'-1 3/4" for SFHL"High Heat" units or 20'-6 3/4" for SFHL"Low Heat" units. Either is selectable in field for SL and SS Return. RT-SVX36Q-EN 37 9 TRANS' Dimensional Data Figure 12. S_HK cooling and heating units (90-130 ton) Exhaust Air I, I ol'P�. 840 ao 6' 93/4" Outdoor Air 6' 73/4" 14' 63/4" 14' 43/4" Lifting Lug (6 points) 13/4" Drain Hole (both sides) 14' 0,9/32" 14' 2,5/32" 13'4,/e 12'11W 13/4" Drain Hole (both sides) Note: Ultra Low Leak Pwer Exhaust Damper extends 0.65" beyaond lifting lugs. 1" Condensate Drain (both sides) CPVC Fumace Drain (See CPVC Dimensional Table) Legend A = 11/4" diameter hole for field -installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB4. B = 11/8" diameter hole for field -installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB15. C = 11/4" diameter hole for installing AC control wiring terminating at 1TB16. D = 1'/4" diameter hole for installing AC and DC control wiring terminating at 1TB17. E = 3/" diameter hole for for main power wiring. 9 1 tri PA" N crtz 10' 05/4" 11' 1025/32" 31/2" Diameter Hole for Gas Piping 412/16." Diameter Hole for Steam or Hot Water Piping 21' 53/4" 38 RT-SVX36Q-EN / \ / C) D C 8 A L Return Air 8/' Main Unit 74/32' I_ Opening Control Box 91/32"Opening 2125/32"--.\\ 3' 9.- Supply Air 7' 0" Electric or Gas Control Box 2 4' / 1 \\ \ N crtz 10' 05/4" 11' 1025/32" 31/2" Diameter Hole for Gas Piping 412/16." Diameter Hole for Steam or Hot Water Piping 21' 53/4" 38 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Dimensional Data Center of Gravity Figure 13. Center of gravity dimensional data A �1 Condenser Section Top View Table 13. Center of gravity dimensional data Unit Model Unit Size Units without 100% Exhaust/Return Fan Units with Exhaust/ Return Fan Units with Supply & Exhaust/Return VFD Dim. A Dim. B Dim. A Dim. B Dim. A Dim. B SAHL 20 13' 5" 3' 10" 12' 9" 3' 9" 12' 3" 3' 10" 25 13' 6" 3' 10" 12' 10" 3' 9" 12' 3" 3' 10" 30 12' 10" 3' 10" 12' 0" 3' 9" 11' 6" 3' 10" 40 17' 4" 4' 0" 16' 2" 3' 11" 15' 6" 3' 11" 50 17' 6" 4' 0" 16' 4" 3' 11" 15' 8" 3' 11" 55 17' 6" 4' 0" 16' 4" 3' 11" 15' 9" 3' 11" 60 16' 11" 4' 10" 15' 9" 4' 8" 15' 2" 4' 9" 70 16' 12" 4' 10" 15' 9" 4' 8" 15' 3" 4' 9" 75 17' 6" 4' 10" 16' 3" 4' 8" 15' 8" 4' 9" SEHL, SLHL, SSHL,SXHL 20 14' 7" 3' 9" 13' 11" 3' 8" 13' 4" 3' 9" 25 14'7" 3'9" 13'11" 3'8" 13'5" 3'9" 30 13'12" 3'9" 13'1" 3'8" 12'7" 3'9" 40 18' 9" 3' 11" 17' 7" 3' 10" 16' 11" 3' 10" 50 19' 1" 4' 0" 17' 10" 3' 11" 17' 2" 3' 11" 55 19'1" 4'0" 17'11" 3'11" 17'3" 3'12" 60 18'5" 4'9" 17'1" 4'7" 16'5" 4'8" 70 18' 7" 4' 10" 17' 3" 4' 8" 16' 8" 4' 9" 75 19' 1" 4' 10" 17' 9" 4' 8" 17' 2" 4' 9" SFHL 20 14'8" 3'10" 14'0" 3'9" 13'6" 3'10" 25 14' 9" 3' 9" 14' 1" 3' 8" 13' 6" 3' 9" 30 14'1" 3'9" 13'3" 3'8" 12'9" 3'9" 40 18' 11" 3' 11" 17' 9" 3' 10" 17' 2" 3' 10" 50 19'1" 3'11" 17'11" 3'10" 17'3" 3'11" 55 19' 1" 3' 11" 18' 0" 3' 10" 17' 4" 3' 11" 60 18'6" 4'9" 17'3" 4'7" 16'8" 4'9" 70 18'7" 4'9" 17'4" 4'7" 16'9" 4'8" 75 19'1" 4'9" 17'10" 4'7" 17'3" 4'9" SEHK, SLHK, SSHK,SXHK 90 19'11" 6'3" 18'5" 5'10" 17'5" 5'10" 105 20'4" 6'3" 18'10" 5'11" 17'10" 6'0" 115 20'0" 6'3" 18'6" 5'11" 17'7" 6'0" 130 19'11" 6'3" 18'6" 5'11" 17'7" 6'0" SFHK 90 19'11" 6'4" 18'6" 6'0" 17'6" 5'11" 105 20'4" 6'4" 18'11" 6'0" 18'0" 6'1" 115 20'0" 6'4" 18'7" 6'0" 17'8" 6'1" 130 20'0" 6'4" 18'7" 6'0" 17'8" 6'0" ote: uimensions snown for the center-ot-gravaty are approximate an are base tl on a unit equlppeG with: Standard coils, FC Fans, 100% economizer, throwaway filters, 460 volt XL start, high capacity heat (as applicable). RT-SVX36Q-EN 39 •TRANE. Dimensional Data Water Connection Locations Figure 14. Evaporative condenser water connection locations P1Ig1,1011Y I -fhh r rl •0 0 A 0 B Drain Connection Water Supply Connection 1 1/4" PVC, Female 3/4'PVC, Female 1913/16' 83/16' B 0 0 n Table 14. Evaporative condenser drain and inlet water connection dimensions C D Tons (EC) A B C D 24, 29 & 36 5' 6'-7 5/16" 12" 12 15/16" 48 & 59 6'-10 7/8" 8'-61/8" 12" 12 15/16" 73, 80 & 89 6'-6 9/16" 8'-61/8" 23 11/16" 24 5/8" 40 RT-SVX36Q-EN 9TRANF Dimensional Data Electrical Entry Details Figure 15. Electrical entrance dimensions, SAHL cooling only units (20 to 75 ton) Unit Base Electrical Entrance Legend A = 11/e" diameter hole for field -installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB4 B = 11/4" diameter hole for field -installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB5 C = 11/2" diameter hole for field -installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB16 D = 11/4" diameter hole for field -installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB17 E = 4Y4" or 55/4" diameter hole for main power wiring (Remove the 41/43" hole plate when 55/4" access is required) Note: 41/8" diameter hole on 20, 25, 30, and 55 ton units only 41/2" and 55/4" diameter hole on 60, 70, and 75 ton units Table 15. Electrical entrance dimensions, SAHL cooling only units (20 to 75 ton) Nom. Tons F G H 1 K L M N 20 - 30 8 7/32" 6 31/32" 15 21/32" 13 21/32" 9 17/32" 8 1/2" 18 1/16" 19 9/16" 40 - 75 8 7/8" 7 7/8" 17 7/8" 15 7/8" 9 29/32" 10 3/16" 2013/32" 22 5/32" RT-SVX36Q-EN 41 TRANE Dimensional Data Figure 16. Electrical entrance dimensions, SEHL, SFHL, SLHL, SSHL, SXHL units (20 to 89 tons) Unit Base 1 O O Electrical Entrance Legend A = Ws" diameter hole for field -installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB4 B = 11/4" diameter hole for field -installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB5 C = 11/e" diameter hole for field -installed DC wiring terminating at 1TB16 D = 1W/e" diameter hole for field -installed AC and DC wiring terminating at 1TB17 E = 4'/e" or 55/e" diameter hole for main power wiring (Remove the 41/8" hole plate when 55/8" access is required) Note: 4O/e" diameter hole on 20, 25, 30, and 55 ton units only 4,/e" and 55%" diameter hole on 60, 70, and 75 ton units Table 16. Electrical entrance dimensions, SEHL, SFHL, SLHL, SSHL, SXHL units (20 to 89 ton) Nom. Tons F G H 3 K L M N 20 - 30 8 7/32" 6 31/32" 15 21/32" 13 21/32" 9 17/32" 8 1/2" 18 1/16" 19 9/16" 40 - 75 8 7/8" 7 7/8" 17 7/8" 15 7/8" 9 29/32" 10 3/16" 20 13/32" 22 5/32" 42 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRAIF Dimensional Data Minimum Required Clearance Figure 17. Minimum operation and service clearances for single and multiple unit installation Single Unit Installation Legend A = Return Air Opening B = Outside Air Intake C = Supply Air Opening D = Condenser Section E = Optional 2'10-3/4" Exhaust/Return Access Door (180° swing) F = Hinged 2'10-3/4" Filter Access Door (180° swing) G = Hinged 2'10-3/4" optional Heater or Final Filter Access Door (180° awing) H = Hinged 2'10-3/4" Supply Fan Access Door (180° awing) (90-130 ton) J = Hinged 2'4-1/2" Control Panel Door (180° awing) (90-130 ton) K = Hinged 2'10-3/4" VFD Access Door (180° swing) L = Hinged 2'10-3/4" Evap Condenser Access Door (180° swing) M = Hinged 2'8" Control Panel Door (180° swing) (20-36 ton) Hinged 3'6" Control Panel Door (180° swing) (40-89 ton) Multiple Unit Installation . Fresh Air Intake Exhaust Air NOT TO SCALE 1 (See Note 4 m C /i' CIT CO 0 B D A.1 c 00 l K �= E (Note 1) 3n — f U ny �C0 0 • X 18\ a'p.` i0 C/) 8'0" Minimum Service/Airflow Clearance \ F H,' /./ ,i J (Note 2) 8'0" Minimum Sery ce/Airflow Clearance Fresh Air Intake Exhaust Air • Fresh Air Intake 44110 16'0" Minimum Service/Airflow i Clearance • (Note 3) 12'0" Minimum Service/Airflow Clearance (Note 3) Notes: 1. Provide unrestricted clearance above the condenser fang. 2. A minimum clearance of 2' 4-1/2" is required to open the hinged control panel doors on 90 thru 130 Ton units. 3. Increase the clearance between staggered units by 160% of the minimum clearance for a single unit installation (i.e. 12'0" clearance for 20 through 130 Ton). A minimum clearance of 16'0" is required if the units are not. Staggered. 4, 4' minimum clearance for 20 through 75 Ton units. 8' minimum clearance for 90 through 130 Ton units. Staggering the units: a. minimized span deflection which deters Sound transmission; and b. maximizes proper diffusion of the exhaust air before it reaches the adjacent unit's fresh air intake. RT-SVX36Q-EN 43 0 MANE' Weights Table 17. Roof curb max weight (lbs./kg.) Unit Roof Curb Max. Weight SAHL S*HL 20, 25, 30 490 510 40, 50, 55 515 550 60, 70, 75 610 640 90-130 N/A 770 Note: Roof curb weights include the curb and pedestal. 44 RT-SVX36Q-EN Installation Roof Curb and Ductwork The roof curbs consist of two main components: a pedestal to support the unit condenser section and a "full perimeter" enclosure to support the unit's air handler section. Before installing any roof curb, verify the following: • It is the correct curb for the unit. • It includes the necessary gaskets and hardware. • The purposed installation location provides the required clearance for proper operation. • The curb is level and square — the top surface of the curb must be true to assure an adequate curb - to -unit seal. Step-by-step curb assembly and installation instructions ship with each Trane accessory roof curb kit. Follow the instructions carefully to assure proper fit -up when the unit is set into place. Note: To assure proper condensate flow during operation, the unit (and curb) must be as level as possible. The maximum slope allowable for rooftop unit applications, excluding SSH s, is 4" end-to-end and 2" side-to-side. Units with steam coils (SSH s) must be set level! If the unit is elevated, a field constructed catwalk around the unit is strongly recommended to provide easy access for unit maintenance and service. Recommendations for installing the Supply Air and Return Air ductwork joining the roof curb are included in the curb instruction booklet. Curb ductwork must be fabricated and installed by the installing contractor before the unit is set into place. Note: For sound consideration, cut only the holes in the roof deck for the ductwork penetrations. Do not cut out the entire roof deck within the curb perimeter. Pitch Pocket Location The location of the main supply power entry is located at the bottom right-hand corner of the control panel. illustrates the location for the electrical entrance through the base in order to enter the control panel. If the power supply conduit penetrates the building roof beneath this opening, it is recommended that a pitch pocket be installed before the unit is placed onto the roof curb. The center line dimensions shown in the illustration below indicates the center line of the electrical access hole in the unit base when it is positioned on the curb, ±3/8 inch. The actual diameter of the hole in the roof should be at least 1/2 inch larger than the diameter of the conduit penetrating the roof. This will allow for the clearance variable between the roof curb rail and the unit base rail illustrated in Figure 18, p. 45. The pitch pocket dimensions listed are recommended to enhance the application of roofing pitch after the unit is set into place. The pitch pocket may need to be shifted as illustrated to prevent interference with the curb pedestal. If a Trane Curb Accessory Kit is not used: • The ductwork can be attached directly to the factory -provided flanges around the unit supply and return air openings. Be sure to use flexible duct connections at the unit. • For "built-up" curbs supplied by others, gaskets must be installed around the curb perimeter flange and the supply and return air opening flanges. • If a "built-up" curb is provided by others, it should NOT be made of wood. • If a "built-up" curb is provided by others, keep in mind that these commercial rooftop units do not have base pans in the condenser section. • If this is a REPLACEMENT UNIT keep in mind that the CURRENT DESIGN commercial rooftop units do not have base pans in the condenser section. • Trane roof curbs are recommended. If using a non - Trane roof curb with right-angle return airflow approaches to a return fan inlet, a rigid, solid flow baffle wall should be installed across the full width of the roof curb return airflow path in the position shown in Figure 24, p. 41 to reduce potential airflow disturbances at the return fan inlet that could contribute to unusual return fan noise. • If a full perimeter curb is used, make sure the IRU option was added to the unit to ensure stability in the condenser section Figure 18. Pitch pocket location Pit 0 Pedestal Conduit Diameter 1/2"Clearance Clearance / 4-13/16 Roof Curb Cut -a -Way Pitch Pocket 16"x8" *Control Wire Conduit Access Area (Illustration Only) RT-SVX36Q-EN 45 TRINE Installation Table 18. Pitch pocket dimensions — S*HL Tonnage "A" Dimension "B" Dimension 20, 25 & 30 4' 5-9/16" 5-9/16" 24, 29, & 36 6' 9-11/16" 5-1/2" 40-89 9'5-11/16" 5-1/2" Notes: 1. For all unit functions (SAHL, SEHL, SFHL, SSHL, SLHL and SXHL). 2. For design special evaporative -cooled condensing units, please see the curb installers guide for proper pitch pocket locations. Unit Rigging and Placement A WARNING Heavy Object! Failure to follow instructions below could result in unit dropping which could result in death or serious injury, and equipment or property -only damage. Ensure that all the lifting equipment used is properly rated for the weight of the unit being lifted. Each of the cables (chains or slings), hooks, and shackles used to lift the unit must be capable of supporting the entire weight of the unit. Lifting cables (chains or slings) may not be of the same length. Adjust as necessary for even unit lift. Note: Use spreader bars as shown in the diagram. Refer to "Weights," p. 44 or the unit nameplate for the unit weight. Refer to the Installation Instructions located inside the side control panel for further rigging information. 1. To configure the unit Center -of -Gravity, utilize TOPSS or contact the local Trane sales office. 2. Attach adequate strength lifting slings to all four lifting lugs on 20-36 ton units and all six lifting lugs on the 40-130 ton units. The minimum distance between the lifting hook and the top of the unit should be 7 feet for 20-36 ton units and 12 feet for 40-130 ton units. Figure 19, p. 47 illustrates the installation of spreader bars to protect the unit and to facilitate a uniform lift. lists the typical unit operating weights. 3. Test lift the unit to ensure it is properly rigged and balanced, make any necessary rigging adjustments. Slightly pitch the unit (no more than 1 ft) so the condenser end is above the return end of the unit. This will aid in aligning the unit with the roof curb described in Step 5. 4. Lift the unit and position it over the curb and pedestal. (These units have a continuous base rail around the air handler section which matches the curb. 5. Align the base rail of the unit air handler section with the curb rail while lowering the unit onto the curb. Make sure that the gasket on the curb is not damaged while positioning the unit. (The pedestal simply supports the unit condenser section) A cross section of the juncture between the unit and the roof curb is shown in Figure 20, p. 47. 46 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Installation Figure 19. Unit rigging Typical 40 to 130 Ton Unit Spreader Bar Lengths: - 8' for 20 to 59 ton unit - 10' for 60 to 89 ton unit - 12' for 90 to 130 ton unit Typical 20 to 36 Ton Unit 12' 0" Minimum Lifting Cable Spreader Bars Roof Curb Clevis or Chain Figure 20. Typical unit base and roof curb cross section Ships with Curb, Field Installed Gasket Unit Base Lifting Lug 2,, I + 1-19/32" lel 19/32" — 1-7/16" 2 13/16" 2" x 4" Nailer (Furnished with Kit) Lifting Lug Web Sling Shackle Shackle working load limit to be sized to meet total lifting weight requirements. Pedestal End General Unit Requirements The checklist below is a summary of the steps required to successfully install a Commercial rooftop unit. This checklist is intended to acquaint the installing personnel with what is required in the installation process. It does not replace the detailed instructions called out in the applicable sections of this manual. ❑ Complete "Unit Inspection," p. 29 checklist. ❑ Verify that the installation location of the unit will provide the required clearance for proper operation. ❑ Assemble and install the roof curb. Refer to the current edition of the roof curb installer's guide. ❑ Fabricate and install ductwork; secure ductwork to curb. Do not use the unit to support the weight of the ducting. ❑ Install pitch pocket for power supply through building roof. (If applicable). Rigging the Unit ❑ Set the unit onto the curb; check for levelness. ❑ Ensure unit -to -curb seal is tight and without buckles or cracks. ❑ Install and connect condensate drain lines to each evaporator drain connection. ❑ Remove the shipping hardware from each compressor assembly. RT-SVX36Q-EN 47 •TRANE Installation ❑ Remove the shipping hold-down bolts and shipping channels from the supply and exhaust/return fans with rubber or spring isolators. ❑ Check all supply and exhaust/return fan spring isolators for proper adjustment. ❑ Verify that all plastic coverings are removed from the compressors. ❑ Verify all discharge line service valves (one per circuit) are back seated. Main Electrical Power ❑ Verify that the power supply complies with the unit nameplate specifications. ❑ Inspect all control panel components; tighten any loose connections. ❑ Connect properly sized and protected power supply wiring to a field-supplied/installed disconnect and unit ❑ Properly ground the unit. ❑ All field -installed wiring must comply with NEC and applicable local codes. Field Installed Control Wiring ❑ Complete the field wiring connections for the constant volume controls as applicable. Refer to "Field Installed Control Wiring" for guidelines. ❑ Complete the field wiring connections for the variable air volume controls as applicable. Refer to "Field Installed Control Wiring" for guidelines. Note: All field -installed wiring must comply with NEC and applicable local codes. Electric Heat Units ❑ Verify that the power supply complies with the electric heater specifications on the unit and heater nameplate. ❑ Inspect the heater junction box and control panel; tighten any loose connections. ❑ Check electric heat circuits for continuity. ❑ On SEHL units with 200V or 230V electric heat (requires separate power supply to heater) - Connect properly sized and protected power supply wiring for the electric heat from a dedicated, field- supplied/installed disconnect to terminal block 4TB2, or to an optional unit -mounted disconnect switch 4S15. Gas Heat (SFH_) ❑ Gas supply line properly sized and connected to the unit gas train. ❑ All gas piping joints properly sealed. ❑ Drip leg Installed in the gas piping near the unit. ❑ Gas piping leak checked with a soap solution. If piping connections to the unit are complete, do not pressurize piping in excess of 0.50 psig or 14 inches w.c. to prevent component failure. ❑ Main supply gas pressure adequate. ❑ Flue Tubes clear of any obstructions. O Factory -supplied flue assembly installed on the unit. O Connect the 3/4" CPVC furnace drain stubout to a proper condensate drain. Provide heat tape or insulation for condensate drain as needed. Hot Water Heat (SLH_) O Route properly sized water piping through the base of the unit into the heating section. O Install the factory -supplied, 3 -way modulating valve. O Complete the valve actuator wiring. Steam Heat (SSH_) ❑ Install an automatic air vent at the top of the return water coil header. ❑ Route properly sized steam piping through the base of the unit into the heating section. O Install the factory -supplied, 2 -way modulating valve O Complete the valve actuator wiring. O Install 1/2", 15 -degree swing -check vacuum breaker (s) at the top of each coil section. Vent breaker(s) to the atmosphere or merge with return main at discharge side of steam trap. O Position the steam trap discharge at least 12" below the outlet connection on the coil. ❑ Use float and thermostatic traps in the system, as required by the application. O/A Pressure Sensor and Tubing Installation (All units with Statitrac or return fans) ❑ O/A pressure sensor mounted to the roof bracket. ❑ Factory supplied pneumatic tubing installed between the O/A pressure sensor and the connector on the vertical support. O Field supplied pneumatic tubing connected to the proper fitting on the space pressure transducer located in the filter section, and the other end routed to a suitable sensing location within the controlled space (Statitrac only). Modulating Reheat (S_HL) O Install (5U108) humidity sensor in space or return duct 48 RT-SVX36Q-EN •7RANE Installation ❑ Complete field wiring of humidity sensor to ECEM (1TB16). Condensate Drain Connections Each S_HL and S_HK unit is provided with 1" evaporator condensate drain connections (two on each side of the unit for FC supply fans and one on each side of the unit for DDP supply fans). Due to the size of these units, all condensate drain connections must be connected to the evaporator drain connections. Refer to the appropriate illustration in Figure 8, p. 33 and Figure 10, p. 35forthe location of these drain connections. A condensate trap must be installed due to the drain connection being on the "negative pressure" side of the fan. Install the P -Traps at the unit using the guidelines in Figure 21, p. 49. Figure 21. Condensate trap installation Condensate Channel (Evaporator Section) 1" NPT (S_HL and S_HG units) Female Connection Field Supplied Condensate Piping 4.5" ■� r 2.25" ■ r---1— Cleanout Plug Pitch the drain lines at least 1/2 inch for every 10 feet of horizontal run to assure proper condensate flow. Do not allow the horizontal run to sag causing a possible double -trap condition which could result in condensate backup due to "air lock". Figure 22. Condensate drain locations Condensate drain openings both sides Note: Each drain pan connection must be trapped. The drains may be trapped individually or connected and then trapped. Units with Gas Furnace Units equipped with a gas furnace have a 3/4" CPVC drain connection stubbed out through the vertical support in the gas heat section. It is extremely important that the condensate be piped to a proper drain. Refer to the appropriate illustration in Figure 8, p. 33 and Figure 10, p. 35 for the location of the drain connection. Note: Units equipped with an optional modulating gas furnace will likely operate in a condensing mode , part of the time. An additional 1-1/4" non -connectable water drain is located in the base rail within the heating section. Ensure that all condensate drain line installations comply with applicable building and waste disposal codes. Note: Installation on gas heat units will require addition of heat tape to the condensate drain. Removing Supply and Exhaust/ Return Fan Shipping Channels (motors >5 Hp) Each FC supply fan assembly and exhaust fan assembly for S_HL units shipped with a motor larger than 5 HP is equipped with rubber isolators (as standard) or optional spring isolators. Each DDP supply fan assembly for SAHF and SXHL units is equipped with spring isolators. Each return fan assembly for S_ HL units shipped with a motor larger than 5 HP is equipped with spring isolators. Shipping channels are installed beneath each fan assembly and must be removed. To locate and remove these channels, refer to Figure 24, p. 52 and Figure 26, p. 54, and use the following procedures: Rubber Isolators 1. Remove and discard the shipping bolts from the fan assembly rails. RT-SVX36Q-EN 49 •TR#WE' Installation 2. Elevate the fan -and -motor assembly and slide the shipping channels out from between the fan assembly rails and the unit's base rail. 3. Lower the fan -and -motor assembly onto the isolators. Make sure that the pins at the top of the isolators are engaged in the corresponding holes on the fan assembly. 4. Verify that the fan assembly is being supported by the isolators. Spring Isolators See Figure 24, p. 52 through Figure 26, p. 54 for spring isolator locations. 1. Remove and discard the shipping tie down bolts. 2. Remove the shipping channels and discard. Notes: • Fan assemblies not equipped with rubber or spring isolators have mounting bolts at the same locations and must not be removed . • If return fan backside spring isolator repair/replacement is required, access the backside of the return fan by entering the unit filter section. Remove the top pivot bearings from the three fixed- position return damper blades (bolted together as a single section with an angle brace). Lift the three -blade section as a single unit from the return damper assembly and set aside or lean in against the return fan frame. Then enter the return fan compartment from the filter section to perform service work on the rear isolators. Optional DDP Supply Fan Shipping Channel Removal and Isolator Spring Adjustment Shipping Tie Down and Isolator Spring Adjustment Remove shipping tie down bolt and washer (4-20 to 30 ton, 6-40 to 55 ton, 8-60 to 75 ton). Leave shipping channels in place. Verify spring height is 0.1" to 0.2" above shipping channel. Spring height is factory set but verify and adjust as needed as follows: 1. Back off ALL spring isolator jam nuts (4) at top of assembly (adjusting one spring effects all others) 2. Turn adjustment bolt (make small adjustments; again each change effects all other springs. Clockwise raises; counter clockwise lowers). 3. When correctly adjusted re -tighten jam nuts and remove shipping channels. Do NOT remove electrical ground wire strap between isolation base and unit base. 50 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Installation Figure 23. DDP shipping channel removal, isolator spring adjustment Spring isolators (2 each side) Shipping tie down (2 - 4 each side) Seismic anchor (Do Not Remove) Tie dorm 508 Shaming channels Unit Ease Shipping tie down channels. 20.30 ton (a). 40-55 ton (6), 80-75 ton (8) RT-SVX36Q-EN 51 •TRANE' Installation Figure 24. Removing supply and exhaust fan assembly shipping hardware (20 to 89 ton) Rubber Isolator Locations 1/2" - Tie Down Bolt 1/2" - Flat Washer DETAIL "A" 4 Locations ISO -2 .0. O ISO -5 Shipping Channel TOP VIEW Shipping Channel ISO -2 IIsi 1:> ISO-4 ISO 3 Spring Isolator Locations ISO -1 II Ground Strap (Do Not Remove) Right End View Fan Assembly Rail Unit Base Rail ISO -4 AP ISO -3 52 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TR4NF Installation Figure 25. Removing supply and exhaust fan assembly shipping hardware (90 to130 ton) Supply Fan Assembly TOP VIEW ISO -1 d 0 L L ISO -2 Tie Down Bolt Shipping Channel Shipping Channel ISO -3 — n .. .0. b • • •0• — ISO -3 0 LUJ Optional Exhaust Fan Assembly TOP VIEW ISO -1 i 'I Right End View Ground Strap (Do Not Remove) Tie Down Bolt Shipping Channel Fan Assembly Rail Unit Base Rail ISO -3 Tie Down Bolt Shipping Channel ISO -1 RT-SVX36Q-EN 53 •TPJWE Installation Figure 26. Removing return fan assembly shipping hardware (20 to 89 ton) RETURN FAN (20 to 75 Ton) TOP VIEW Shipping Tie Down (3) 25-30 Ton Access Door Shipping Tie Down (4) 40-75 Ton ISO -4 Ground Strap (Do Not Remove) O/A Sensor and Tubing Installation An Outside Air Pressure Sensor is shipped with all units designed to operate on variable air volume applications, units equipped with a return fan, or constant volume units with 100% modulating exhaust with Statitrac. On VAV systems, a duct pressure transducer (3U60) and the outside air sensor is used to control the discharge duct static pressure to within a customer - specified parameter. On CV and VAV units equipped with 100% modulating exhaust with Statitrac, a space pressure transducer (3U62) and the outside air sensor is used to control the exhaust fan and dampers to relieve static pressure to within a customer -specified parameter, within the controlled space. On units equipped with a return fan, a return pressure transducer (3U106) is connected to the 0/A sensor for comparison with return plenum pressure. Refer to Figure 27, p. 55and the following steps to install the sensor and the pneumatic tubing. 1. Remove the 0/A pressure sensor kit located inside the filter section. The kit contains the following items: a. 0/A static pressure sensor with slotted mounting bracket b. 50 ft. 3/16" 0.D. pneumatic tubing Shipping Tag Remove & Discard 1/2" Tie Down Bolt Remove & Discard 1/2" Lock Washer Remove & Discard Shipping Channel Remove & Discard DETAIL A 1/2" Hat Washer Remove & Discard c. Mounting hardware 2. Using two #10-32 x 13/4" screws provided, install the sensor's mounting bracket to the factory -installed bracket (near the filter section). 3. Using the #10-32 x'/" screws provided, install the 0/A static pressure sensor vertically to the sensor bracket. 4. Remove the dust cap from the tubing connector located below the sensor in the vertical support. 5. Attach one end of the 3/16" 0.0. factory -provided pneumatic tubing to the sensor's top port, and the other end of the tubing to the connector in the vertical support. Note that most of the tubing is not needed. Discard any excess tubing. Units with Statitrac 1. Open the filter access door, and locate the Space Pressure and Duct Supply Pressure control devices illustrated in Figure 27, p. 55. There are three tube connectors mounted on the left of the solenoid and transducers. Connect one end of the field provided 3/16" 0.D. pneumatic tubing for the space pressurization control to the bottom fitting. 2. Route the opposite end of the tubing to a suitable location inside the building. This location should be the largest open area that will not be affected by sudden static pressure changes. 54 RT-SVX36Q-EN TRANS' Installation Figure 27. Pressure sensing Outside Air Sensing Kit Top Port Connection 2' x 3Tubing Factory Providd Pneumatic Tubing (Field Installed) Tubing Connector (in vertical support) Outside Air Pressure Sensor Sensor Mounting Bracket Factory Installed Bracket To Calibration Solenoid Duct, Space and Return Plenum Pressure Transducer Tubing Schematic Return Plenum Transducer LO HI Sensing Tube to Return Plenum NO NC Space Static Transducer LO HI Duct Static Transducer LO HI Sensing Tube to Outside Air Reference Duct and Space Static Pressure Control Component Layout Static Reference Tubing Connects Here Discharge Duct Static Tubing Connects Here Space Pressure Sensing Tube Connects Here C NC NO Sensing Tube to f Discharge Static Pressure Sensing Location Calibration Solenoid Sensing Tube to Space Sensing Location Space Static Supply Air Duct Transducer Static Transducer (3U62) (3U60) Space Pressure Calibration Solenoid (3121) Return Fan Plenum Pressure Control Component Layout Static Reference Tubing Connects Here (O/A Sensor) Return Plenum Sensing Tube Connects Here If equipped with Return Fan and Statitrac, Statitrac Static Reference Tubing connects here Return Plenum Calibration Solenoid (3124) Return Plenum Transducer (3U106) RT-SVX36Q-EN 55 •T&4NE' Installation Remove Evaporative Condenser Fan Shipping Brackets Important: Remove fan shipping brackets before start- up. Failure to remove brackets could result in fan damage. Evaporative condensers are shipped with fan shipping brackets to reduce damage caused by vibration during shipment. The fan shipping brackets must be removed prior to unit start-up. To remove the shipping brackets start from the side opposite to the drain actuator (see Figure 120, p. 166): 1. Loosen the screw for the bracket that holds the inlet louvers below the door side. 2. Remove inlet louvers and set to the side. Note: Service technician may need to step on the horizontal surface of FRP coated base. Step with care. 3. Unscrew the bolt in the middle of the door. Keep the bolt in a safe place. 4. Lift one door with handle until it touches the top. Swivel bottom of door to remove it from the door opening and set it to the side. 5. Slide and remove the middle mist eliminator section so that the shipping bracket is visible. 6. Use screw gun to unscrew the two screws that hold the fan shipping bracket. The bracket should drop down but still remain engaged with a hook on the bracket. 7. Go to the other side of the unit and follow the procedure for inlet louver and door removal (see steps 1 - 6). 8. Hold the bracket with one hand and remove remaining two screws. 9. Remove the bracket and all the removed screws from the unit. Important: Make sure there are no screws remaining in the coil area. 10. Reinstall inlet louvers, mist eliminators and louvers. 11. Check that the direction of arrow on the inlet louver is correct. Evaporative -Cooled Condenser Make-up Water and Drain Line Installation Water Supply Source The supply line should be designed to provide a minimum supply of water within customary domestic supply pressures — 35 to 60 psig dynamic pressure (measured with the valve open). This will allow approximately 30 GPM to enter the sump through the makeup water valve when the sump is empty. The unit uses about 2-4 GPM. Attach a hand valve at the inlet for use during inspection and maintenance. An inlet strainer is also recommended. Make-up water inlet connection is a 3/4" PVC slip connector. Care must be taken to ensure the water line upstream of the water solenoid valve will not freeze. Insulating the line and utilizing heat tape is recommended if ambient temperatures below 32° F are expected. Water Quality Overall performance of any water-cooled device can be affected by suspended particulates, mineral concentration, trash and debris resulting in clogging and heat transfer loss. The evaporative -cooled condenser is designed to greatly minimize problems with these impurities. However, float valves and solenoid valves are used to control the incoming water. If the incoming water contains contaminants, sand or other objects, an incoming line strainer with a 80 to 100 mesh screen is required. The inlet line should be flushed prior to connection to the unit, whether or not there is a strainer. Note: Backflow preventer is field installed and should only be installed by qualified personnel. Water Drain Schedule 80 PVC pipe of 11/4" is normally adequate for sump water drain. Periodically, the sump is emptied and flushed to eliminate accumulated dirt, debris, and minerals. Concentration of these foreign substances will increase as the system operates. The evaporative process releases essentially pure water vapor into the atmosphere, leaving the impurities behind that accumulate in the sump. Although these impurities are present in the original make-up water, their concentration will be higher in the sump discharge. Care and judgment should be exercised when selecting a discharge site. Local Site Discharge Rooftop or simple storm sewer discharge is generally acceptable. Do not routinely direct the sump discharge onto an area where these higher concentrations will adversely affect that area, i.e. continued sump discharge into a flower bed for example, where the input water contains CaCO3 (lime) will eventually decrease the pH of the soil. Sewer Discharge The quantities of mineral and debris flushed are actually very small, and do not cause problems when diluted in normal sewer flow. However, local, state or federal standards and restrictions must be followed in any given locality. Make Up Water Solenoid Valve This valve is controlled by the UCM based on water level in the sump, as well as whether a call for 56 RT-SVX36Q-EN 9E' Installation mechanical cooling exists. During low ambient temperatures, the solenoid valve will be de -energized preventing water from further filling sump. The sump drain valve opens to empty sump of water. Operation can be extended to 10 deg by providing an optional sump heater. Drain Valve The drain valve is shipped to "drain during power Toss conditions". If "hold during power loss conditions" is desired, refer to "Evaporative Condenser Drain Valve Setup," p. 96 Gas Heat Units (SFH_) All internal gas piping is factory -installed and pressure leak -tested before shipment. Once the unit is set into place, the gas supply line must be field -connected to the elbow located inside the gas heat control compartments. AWARNING Hazardous Gases and Flammable Vapors! Failure to observe the following instructions could result in exposure to hazardous gases, fuel substances, or substances from incomplete combustion, which could result in death or serious injury. The state of California has determined that these substances may cause cancer, birth defects, or other reproductive harm. Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service or use of this product could cause flammable mixtures or lead to excessive carbon monoxide. To avoid hazardous gases and flammable vapors follow proper installation and setup of this product and all warnings as provided in this manual. AWARNING Explosion Hazard! Failure to properly regulate pressure could result in a violent explosion, which could result in death, serious injury, or equipment or property -only - damage. When using dry nitrogen cylinders for pressurizing units for leak testing, always provide a pressure regulator on the cylinder to prevent excessively high unit pressures. Never pressurize unit above the maximum recommended unit test pressure as specified in applicable unit literature. Access holes are provided on the unit as illustrated in Figure 10, p. 35 to accommodate a side or bottom pipe entry on 20-89 ton units and in Figure 12, p. 38 on 90- 130 ton units. Following the guidelines listed below will enhance both the installation and operation of the furnace. Note: In the absence of local codes, the installation must conform with the American National Standard Z223 -la of the National Fuel Gas Code, (latest edition). 1. To assure sufficient gas pressure at the unit, use Table 19, p. 58 as a guide to determine the appropriate gas pipe size for the unit heating capacity listed on the unit nameplate. 2. If a gas line already exists, verify that it is sized Targe enough to handle the additional furnace capacity before connecting to it. 3. Take all branch piping from any main gas line from the top at 90 degrees or at 45 degrees to prevent moisture from being drawn in with the gas. 4. Ensure that all piping connections are adequately coated with joint sealant and properly tightened. Use a piping compound that is resistant to liquid petroleum gases. 5. Provide a drip leg near the unit. 6. Install a pressure regulator at the unit that is adequate to maintain 7" w.c. for natural gas while the furnace is operating at full capacity. Important: Gas pressure in excess of 14" w.c. or 0.5 psig will damage the gas train. Failure to use a pressure regulating device will result in incorrect gas pressure. This can cause erratic operation due to gas pressure fluctuations as well as damage the gas valve. Over sizing the regulator will cause irregular pulsating flame patterns, burner rumble, potential flame outages, and possible gas valve damage. If a single pressure regulator serves more than one rooftop unit, it must be sized to ensure that the inlet gas pressure does not fall below 7" w.c. with all the furnaces operating at full capacity. The gas pressure must not exceed 14" w.c. when the furnaces are off. 7. Provide adequate support for all field installed gas piping to avoid stressing the gas train and controls. 8. Leak test the gas supply line using a soap -and - water solution or equivalent before connecting it to the gas train. 9. Check the supply pressure before connecting it to the unit to prevent possible gas valve damage and the unsafe operating conditions that will result. Note: Do not rely on the gas train shutoff valves to isolate the unit while conducting gas pressure/leak test. These valves are not designed to withstand pressures in excess of 14" w.c. or 0.5 psig. RT-SVX36Q-EN 57 TRANS' Installation Connecting the Gas Supply Line to the Furnace Gas Train Follow the steps below to complete the installation between the supply gas line and the furnace. Refer to Figure 28, p. 60 through Figure 31, p. 60, for the appropriate gas train configuration. 1. Connect the supply gas piping using a "ground - Table 19. Sizing natural gas pipe mains and branches joint" type union to the furnace gas train and check for leaks. 2. Adjust the inlet supply pressure to the recommended 7" to 14" w.c. parameter for natural gas 3. Ensure that the piping is adequately supported to avoid gas train stress. Gas SupplyPipe Run (ft) Gas Input (Cubic Feet/Hour), 11/4" Pipe 11/2" Pipe 2" Pipe 21/2" Pipe 3" Pipe 4" Pipe 10 1050 1600 3050 4800 8500 17500 20 730 1100 2100 3300 5900 12000 30 590 890 1650 2700 4700 9700 40 500 760 1450 2300 4100 8300 50 440 670 1270 2000 3600 7400 60 400 610 1150 1850 3250 6800 70 370 560 1050 1700 3000 6200 80 350 530 990 1600 2800 5800 90 320 490 930 1500 2600 5400 100 305 460 870 1400 2500 5100 125 275 410 780 1250 2200 4500 150 250 380 710 1130 2000 4100 175 225 350 650 1050 . 1850 3800 200 210 320 610 980 1700 3500 Notes: 1. If more than one unit is served by the same main gas supply, consider the total gas input (cubic feet/hr.) and the total length when determining the appropriate gas pipe size. 2. Obtain the Specific Gravity and BTU/Cu.Ft. from the gas company. 3. The following example demonstrates the considerations necessary when determining the actual pipe size: Example: A 40' pipe run is needed to connect a unit with a 850 MBH furnace to a natural gas supply having a rating of 1,000 BTU/Cu.Ft. and a specific gravity of 0.60 Cu.Ft/Hour = Furnace MBH Input Gas BTU/Cu.Ft. X Multiplier Table 20, p. 58 Cu.Ft/Hour = 850 The above table indicates that a 2" pipe is required. Table 20. Specific gravity multipliers Specific Gravity Multiplier 0.50 1.10 0.55 1.04 0.60 1.00 0.65 0.96 2. 'Table is based on a specific gravity of 0.60. Use Table 20, p. 58 for the specific gravity of the local gas supply. 58 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANE. Installation Table 21. Gas heating capacity altitude correction factors Note: Correction factors are per AGA Std 221.30 - 1964, Part VI, 6.12. Local codes may supersede. Table 22. Natural gas - 4 tot modulating gas heat settings Natural Gas Altitude (Ft.) Gas Orifice Sea Level To 2001 to 2501 to 3501 to 4501 to 5501 to 6501 to #21 2000 2500 3500 4500 5500 6500 7500 Capacity Multiplier 1.00 .92 .88 .84 .80 .76 .72 Note: Correction factors are per AGA Std 221.30 - 1964, Part VI, 6.12. Local codes may supersede. Table 22. Natural gas - 4 tot modulating gas heat settings Natural Gas Heater Size (MBh) Gas Orifice Air Damper Actuator Voltage Gas Valve Settings Low Fire VDC Input Signal High Fire VDC Input Signal Left Setting Pgas/ Pair Right Setting (Low fire bias) 500 #21 9.7 7 2.3 -1 850 #H 8.7 6 1.3 -1 1000 #N 8.7 5 0.9 0 Table 23. LP - 4 tot modulating gas heat settings LP Heater Size (MBh) Gas Orifice Air Damper Actuator Voltage Gas Valve Settings Low Fire VDC Input Signal High Fire VDC Input Signal Left Setting Pgas/ Pair Right Setting (Low fire bias) 500 #34/#53 10 7 6 1 850 #32 10 6 3.2 1 1000 #29 10 5 1.9 0 Note: Gas valve settings are approximate and may require fine tuning to properly set. Right (bias) settings given are in notches from the zero midpoint location on sight gage. Table 24. Natural gas - ultra modulating gas heat settings Natural Gas Heater Size (MBh) High Fire Low Fire VDC Input Signal Fan Speed % Fhi (default)(a) VDC Input Signal Fan Speed % FLo (default) 500 10 41% 2 10 850 10 50% 2 10 100 10 72% 2 10 (a) The fHi is the fan speed setting on SCEBM. The default speed keeps the fan from over -firing. Fan speed is only adjustable by calling Technical Support. RT-SVX36Q-EN 59 TRAM' Installation Figure 28. Unit gas trains 235, 350 MBh Gas Valve Assembly Manual Shutoff Valve Orifice 11/4" Field Connection Elbow Figure 29. Unit gas trains 500, 850 MBh Manual Manual / Shutoff Orifice Shutoff / Valve Valve (CSA only) \..............------Motorized Valve (CSA only) Solenoid Valve (UL only) Manual Shutoff Valve \ Pilot /Va ve Cock r,( Pressure /Tap \ Pilot Valve Pilot Valve Cock Solenoid Figure 30. Unit gas trains 1000 MBh Manual shutoff valve i Gas valve assembly Manual shutoff valve 60 Plug \ 11/4" Field Connection Elbow Orifice ,Pressure Tap Pilot pressure regulator Pilot valve cock\ Manual' shutoff 1-1/4" field connection elbow valve Pilot valve solenoid Figure 31. 4 tot modulating 500 to 1000 MBh ,f(c *t*t4C411( 441 ri% - 4Modulating Gas Valve 11144 J0 Pilot Shutoff Valve Bumer Nozzle Pilot Solenoid Valve Pilot Regulator Valve Pilot Shutoff Valve Shutoff Valve Figure 32. Ultra modulating 500 to 850 MBh Ratio Regulator Main Gas Solenoid Valves Main Gas Regulator To Combustion Air Sensor ~Manual Shut-off valve Burner Gas Manifold "Pilot Solenoid Valve Connections into Burner Box RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANr Installation Figure 33. Ultra modulating 1000 MBh Burner gas manifold Connection into burner box 1 1/4" field elbow '' - .L] connection il0�f41:h� Manual, a shut-off Main gas valve 'regulator Manual shut-off valve Ratio regulator Main gas solenoid valves To combustion air sensor Flue Assembly Installation 1. Locate the flue assembly and the extension (refer to Figure 34, p. 61 for extension usage) in the ship with section of the unit. 2. Install the flue extension onto the flue assembly as shown in Figure 34, p. 61. 3. Slide the pipe clamp onto the heater flue tube located inside the heater compartment. 4. Insert the tube on the flue assembly into the hole located in the vertical support for the heat section. 5. Butt both tube sections together and center the pipe clamp over joint. 6. Using the pre -punch holes in the flue assembly, extension, and the vertical support, install the appropriate number of mounting brackets (Refer to the installation instructions that ship with the flue assembly.) RT-SVX36Q-EN Figure 34. Flue assembly Flue Extension (20-25 Ton N/A) (30 Ton 13" Long) (40, 60, 70, 75 Ton 25" Long) (50-55 Ton 37" Long) (90-130 Ton 37" Long) Vent Cap Assembly Heat Section Vertical Support Mounting Brackets (20-25 Ton (1)) (30 Ton (2)) (40-130 Ton (4)) Pipe Clamp Flue Tube General Coil Piping and Connection Recommendations Proper installation, piping, and trapping is necessary to ensure satisfactory coil operation and to prevent operational damage: Note: The contractor is responsible for supplying the installation hardware. ❑ Support all piping independently of the coils. ❑ Provide swing joints or flexible fittings on all connections that are adjacent to heating coils to absorb thermal expansion and contraction strains. ❑ Install factory supplied control valves (valves ship separately). NOTICE Connection Leaks! Failure to follow instructions below could result in damage to the coil header and cause connection leaks. Use a backup wrench when attaching piping to coils with copper headers. Do not use brass connectors because they distort easily. ❑ When attaching the piping to the coil header, make the connection only tight enough to prevent leaks. Maximum recommended torque is 200 foot- pounds. NOTICE Over Tightening! Failure to follow instructions below could result in damage to the coil header. Do not use teflon -based products for any field connections because their high lubricity could allow connections to be over tightened. ❑ Use pipe sealer on all thread connections. 61 9 TRIUNE' Installation NOTICE Leakage! Failure to follow instructions below could result in equipment damage. Properly seal all penetrations in unit casing from inner to outer panel in order to prevent unconditioned air from entering the module, as well as prevent water from infiltrating the insulation. ❑ After completing the piping connections, seal around pipe from inner panel to outer panel. Hot Water Heat Units (SLH_) Hot water heating coils are factory installed inside the heater section of the unit. Once the unit is set into place, the hot water piping and the factory provided 3— way modulating valve must be installed. The valve can be installed inside the heat section or near the unit. If the valve is installed in a remote location, use field supplied wiring to extend the control wires from the heater section to the valve. Two access holes are provided in the unit base as illustrated in Figure 10, p. 35. Use the following guidelines to enhance both the installation and operation of the "wet heat" system. Figure 35, p. 63 illustrates the recommended piping configuration for the hot water coil. Table 25, p. 63 lists the coil connection sizes. Note: The valve actuators are not waterproof. Failure to protect the valve from moisture may result in the loss of heating control. 1. Support all field -installed piping independently from the heating coil. 2. Use swing joints or flexible connectors adjacent to the heating coil. (These devices will absorb the strains of expansion and contraction). 3. All return lines and fittings must be equal to the diameter of the "outlet" connection on the hot water coil. 4. Install a "Gate" type valve in the supply branch line as close as possible to the hot water main and upstream of any other device or takeoff. 5. Install a "Gate" type valve in the return branch line as close as possible to the return main and down stream of any other device. 6. Install a strainer in the hot water supply branch as shown in Figure 35, p. 63. 7. Install the 3 -way valve in an upright position, piped for valve seating against the flow. Ensure that the valve location lends itself to serviceability. 8. The Type "W" hot water coil used in SLHL units is self -venting only when the tube water velocity exceeds 1.5 feet per second (fps). If the tube velocity is less than 1.5 feet per second, either: a. install an automatic air vent at the top of the return header, using the tapped pipe connection or, b. vent the coil from the top of the return header down to the return piping. At the vent connection, size the return piping to provide sufficient water velocity. 9. Install a "Globe" type valve in the Bypass line as shown in Figure 35, p. 63. Steam Heat Units Steam heating coils are factory installed inside the heater section of the unit. The coils are pitched within the units to provide the proper condensate flow from the coil. To maintain the designed degree of pitch for the coil, the unit must be level. Once the unit is set into place, the steam piping and the factory provided 2—way modulating valve must be installed. The valve can be installed inside the heater section or near the unit. If the valve is installed in a remote location, use field supplied wiring to extend the control wires from the heater section to the valve. Two access holes are provided in the unit base as illustrated in Figure 10, p. 35. Use the following guidelines to enhance both the installation and operation of the "wet heat" system. Figure 37, p. 64 and Figure 38, p. 65 illustrates the recommended piping configurations for the steam coil. lists the coil connection sizes. Note: The valve actuators are not waterproof. Failure to protect the valve from moisture may result in the loss of heating control. 1. Support all field -installed piping independently from the heating coil. 2. Use swing joints or flexible connectors adjacent to the heating coil. (These devices will absorb the strains of expansion and contraction.) 3. Install the 2 -way valve in an upright position. Ensure that the valve's location lends itself to serviceability. 4. Pitch the supply and return steam piping downward 1" per 10' of run in the direction of flow. 5. All return lines and fittings must be equal to the diameter of the "outlet" connection on the steam coil(s). If the steam trap connection is smaller that the coil "outlet" diameter, reduce the pipe size between the strainer and the steam trap connections only. 6. Install a 1/2" 15 degree swing -check vacuum breaker at the top of the return coil header using the tapped pipe connection. Position the vacuum breaker as close to the coil as possible. 62 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Installation Note: Vacuum breakers should have extended lines from the vent ports to the atmosphere or connect each vent line to the return pipe on the discharge side of the steam traps. 7. Install a "Gate" type valve in the supply branch line as close as possible to the steam main and upstream of any other device. 8. Install a "Gate" type valve in the return branch line as close as possible to the condensate return main and downstream of any other device. 9. Install a strainer as close as possible to the inlet of the control valve and steam trap(s). Steam trap selection should be based on the maximum possible condensate flow and the recommended load factors. 10. Install a Float -and -Thermostatic (FT) type trap to maintain proper flow. It provides gravity drains and continuous discharge operation. FT type traps are required if the system includes either of the following: a. an atmospheric pressure/gravity condensate return or b. a potentially low pressure steam supply. 11. Position the outlet or discharge port of the steam trap at least 12" below the outlet connection on the coil(s). This will provide adequate hydrostatic head pressure to overcome the trap losses and assure complete condensate removal. 40 to 130 ton units If two steam coils are stacked together, they must Figure 35. Hot water piping (20 to 75 ton) Hot Water Coi (ARI L sted) Air Vent be piped in a parallel arrangement. The steps listed below should be used in addition to the previous steps.Figure 38, p. 65 illustrates the recommended piping configuration for the steam coils. a. Install a strainer in each return line before the steam trap. b. Trap each steam coil separately as described in Step 10 and Step 11 to prevent condensate backup in one or both coils. c. In order to prevent condensate backup in the piping header supplying both coil sections, a drain must be installed utilizing a strainer and a steam trap as illustrated in Figure 38, p. 65. Table 25. Connection sizes for hot water and steam coil Unit Model and Size Heat Section Capacity Coil Connections (diameter in inches) Supply Return SLH*-20 to 130 High or Low Heat 21/2" 21/2" SSHL-20 to 36 High or Low Heat 3" 11/4" SSHL-40 to 89 High Heat Low Heat 3" 11h" SSHK-90 to 130 Low Heat(c) 11" 1" Notes: 1. Type W coils, with center offset headers, are used in SLH* units; type NS coils are used in SSH* units 2. See Digit 9 of the unit model number to determine the heating capacity. 3. SSH*-40 to 89 ton units have multiple headers. 3 -Way Modulating Valve (Field Installed) A ! _ AB Pressure Drop Balancing Globe Valve — Bypass Strainer Gate Valves Return Water Supply Water RT-SVX36Q-EN 63 9 num. Installation Figure 36. Hot water piping (90 to 130 ton) Hot Water Coil (ARI Listed) Hot Water Co'I (ARI Listed) Figure 37. Steam coil piping (20 to 36 ton) 64 Type NS Steam Co' (ARI L sted) OUTLET INLET 3 -Way Modulating Valve (Field Installled) A _ ! _ AB Return Air Vent 4 OUTLET INLET Air Vent INLET OUTLET Bypass iiPressure Drop Balancing Globe Valve 2 -Way Modulating Valve (Field Installed) Water Strainer Supply Water Strainer Steam Ti-ap (Float and Thermostatic Type) 1 Gate Valve Supply Steam Return RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Installation Figure 38. Steam coil piping (40 to 130 ton) 2 -Way Modulating Valve Vacuum Breaker (2 locations) (2 locations) OUT (2 locations) Gas Valve (3 locations) Steam Main Use same size pipe as Steam Main Use same s ze pipe as Trap Connections (3 locations) Return Main Steam Trap (Float & Thermostatic Type) (3 locations) Disconnect Switch with External Handle Units ordered with a factory mounted disconnect switch comes equipped with an externally mounted handle. This allows the operator to disconnect power from the unit without having to open the control panel door. The handle has three positions: • "ON" - Indicates that the disconnect switch is closed, allowing the main power supply to be applied at the unit. • "OFF" - Indicates that the disconnect switch is open, interrupting the main power supply to the unit controls. • "RESET/LOCK" - Turning the handle to this position resets or disconnects the circuit breaker (if so equipped). To disconnect, the handle must be turned to the Reset/Lock position. Pulling the spring-loaded thumb key out, so the lock shackle can be placed between the handle and the thumb key, locks the handle so the unit cannot be energized. Turning the handle to this position also releases the handle from the disconnect switch, allowing the control panel door to be opened. RT-SVX36Q-EN Strainer (3 locations) Use same size pipe as Coil Connection (2 locations) AWARNING Hazardous Voltage w/Capacitors! Failure to disconnect power and discharge capacitors before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects and discharge all motor start/run capacitors before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power cannot be inadvertently energized. For variable frequency drives or other energy storing components provided by Trane or others, refer to the appropriate manufacturer's literature for allowable waiting periods for discharge of capacitors. Verify with an appropriate voltmeter that all capacitors have discharged. For additional information regarding the safe discharge of capacitors, see PROD-SVB06*-EN. The handle can be locked in the "OFF" position by completing the following steps (see Figure 39, p. 66): 1. While holding the handle in the "OFF" position, push the spring loaded thumb key, attached to the handle, into the base slot. 65 •TRANE " Installation 2. Place the lock shackle between the handle and the thumb key. This will prevent it from springing out of position. Figure 39. Disconnect switch external handle Note: All field installed wiring must conform to NEC guidelines as well as State and Local codes. An overall layout of the field required power wiring is illustrated in Figure 40, p. 67. To ensure that the unit supply power wiring is properly sized and installed, follow these guidelines: AWARNING Live Electrical Components! Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. When it is necessary to work with live electrical components, have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. NOTICE Use Copper Conductors Only! Failure to use copper conductors could result in equipment damage as unit terminals are not designed to accept other types of conductors. AWARNING Hot Surface! Failure to follow instructions below could result in severe burns. Do not touch the heat exchanger board with bare hands while disassembling the pan. Allow to cool and put on proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) before servicing. • Verify that the power supply available is compatible with the unit nameplate rating for all components. The available power supply must be within 10% of the rated voltage stamped on the nameplate. 66 • Use only copper conductors to connect the 3-phase power supply to the unit. Electric Heat Units (SEH_) SEHL (20-89 ton) electric heat units operating on 200/ 230 volts require two power supplies as illustrated in Figure 40, p. 67. Unless the unit was ordered with the optional factory mounted, non-fused disconnect switches, two field -supplied disconnect switches must be installed. The power wires for the electric heat is routed into the electric heat control panel using the through -the -base access provided in the heating section. Refer to the appropriate illustration in Figure 10, p. 35, (unit base layout and electrical entrance diagram), for dimensional data. On 20-130 ton units operating on 460/575 volts, only one power entry is required, as illustrated in Figure 40, p. 67. Use the information provided in Table 26, p. 71 and the "Power Wire Sizing & Protection Device Equations", to determine the appropriate wire size and Maximum Over current Protection for the heaters/unit. Note: Each power supply must be protected from short circuit and ground fault conditions. To comply with NEC, protection devices must be sized according to the "Maximum Over current Protection" (MOP) or "Recommended Dual Element" (RDE) fuse size data on the unit nameplate. Provide grounding for the supply power circuit in the electric heat control box. Main Unit Power Wiring Figure 40, p. 67 to lists the field connection wire ranges for both the main power terminal block 1TB1 and the optional main power disconnect switch 1S14. Table 26, p. 71 lists the component electrical data. The electrical service must be protected from over current and short circuit conditions in accordance with NEC requirements. Protection devices must be sized according to the electrical data on the nameplate. Refer to the equations listed in "Electrical Service Sizing," p. 68 to determine the following: • the appropriate electrical service wire size based on "Minimum Circuit Ampacity" (MCA) • the "Maximum Over Current Protection" (MOP) device • the "Recommended Dual Element fuse size" (RDE) RT-SVX36Q-EN TRM/E Installation AWARNING Proper Field Wiring and Grounding Required! Failure to follow code could result in death or serious injury. All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements for field wiring installation and grounding as described in NEC and your local/ state/national electrical codes. Figure 40. Typical field power wiring (20 to 89 ton) (SL/SS)HL Units Only: 4 Field Electrical Connection at valve Actuator 4U15 (Wiring is factory -supplied) Field Supplied Disconnect Switch (Req'd unless factory mounted disconnect switch is ordered.) 4002 OR 4515 4U15 The location of the electrical service entrance is illustrated in Figure 10, p. 35. It's important to complete the unit power wiring connections onto either the main terminal block 1TB1 or the factory mounted, non-fused disconnect switch 1S14. The disconnect switch is inside the unit control panel. Refer to the customer connection diagram that shipped with the unit for specific termination points. Provide proper grounding for the unit in accordance with local and national codes SEHL 200/230 Only: Additional field supplied Disconnect Switch (Req'd unless factory mounted disconnect switch is ordered.) 11 I I 1TB1 TTTT OR g 5 044 �rr5IIIrr0�� 1514 4 `ll... C / PPitchocket Pitch Pocket i--- J 71„/ Pitch Pocket i11 IL Connect Steam or Hot Water valve as Shown when Required Q 4U15 Hydronlc Heat 3»/ Attuator 36AL 121A MEM 4a3A 4.A 3 -Wire Power Supply plus Ground Heating Section 4 Circuit 42 Electric Heat 2000/2300/60 Hz Unita Only MINIM L1 L2 L3 Line voltage ED Condenser Section j 3 -Wire Power Supply plus Ground Circuit 41 Main Unit Control 111 L1 L2 L3 Line Voltage RT-SVX36Q-EN 67 •TRANE' Installation Figure 41. Typical field power wiring (90 to 130 ton) Field Supplied Disconnect Switch (Req'd unless factory mounted disconnect switch is ordered.) Ti 1 1 TT 1TB1 TT BB or 4 6 B 1 1TB34 4 110087 ❑ Heat Section s a Pitch Pocket 3 conductor power supply plus ground wire Electric Heat Control Panel Gas Heat Control Panel Steam or Hot Water Control Panel Main Control Panel Condenser Section Figure 42. Customer connection wire range Connect Steam or Hot Water Valve as Shown when Required \ 4 4U15 37M Hydronic Heat 36AL Actuator 483A 464A CUSTOMER CONNECTION WIRE RANGE NOTES: UNITS WITH MAIN POWER TERMINAL BLOCK (ALL VOLTAGES) UNITS WITH MAIN POWER DISCONNECT SWITCH (ALL VOLTAGES) A. BLOCK SIZE 8 DISCONNECT SIZE ARE CALCULATED BY SELECTING THE SIZE GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TDX (SUM OF UNIT LOAOS). SEE UNITIT LITERATURE FOR UNIT LOAD VALUES. BLOCK SIZE W IRE QTY CONNECTOR W IRE RANGE DISCONNECT SIZE W IRE QTY CONNECTOR W IRE RANGE 335 AMP (1) 16 - 350 MCM 100 AMP (1) 114 - 1/0 760 AMP (2) 04 - 500 MCM 250 AMP (1) s4 - 350 kcmil 840 AMP (2) 52 - 600 MCM 400 AMP (1) OR 51 - 600 kcmil OR (2) 51 - 250 kcmil 600 AMP (2) 250 - MCM 1000 AMP (3) 3/0 - 500 limit Electrical Service Sizing To correctly size electrical service wiring for a unit, find the appropriate calculations listed below. Each type of unit has its own set of calculations for MCA (Minimum Circuit Ampacity), MOP (Maximum Overcurrent Protection), and RDE (Recommended Dual Element fuse size). Read the load definitions that follow and then find the appropriate set of calculations based on unit type. Note: Set 1 is for cooling only and cooling with gas heat units, and set 2 is for cooling with electric heat units. 68 Load Definitions: (To determine load values, see the Electrical Service Sizing Data Tables on the following page.) LOAD1 = Current of the largest motor (compressor or fan motor) LOAD2 = Sum of the currents of all remaining motors LOAD3 = Current of electric heaters LOAD4 = Any other load rated at 1 AMP or more SAH_ (Cooling Only) units SXH_ (Extended Casing) units RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Installation SLH_ and SSH_ (Cooling with Hydronic Heat) units SFH_ (Cooling with Gas Heat) units Load Definitions LOAD 1 Current of the largest motor (compressor or fan motor) LOAD 2 Sum of the currents of all remaining motors LOAD 3 Current of electric heaters LOAD 4 Any other load rated at 1 amp or more Control Power Transformer for All Modes 20-40 ton units Add 3 FL Amps 50-75 ton units Add 6 FL Amps 90-130 ton units Add 8 FL Amps Crankcase Heaters for Heating Mode 460/575v Only 20-30 ton units Add 1 Amp 40-60 ton units Add 2 Amps 70-75 ton units Add 3 Amps 90-130 ton unit Add 4 Amps Set 1: Cooling Only Rooftop Units and Cooling with Gas Heat Rooftop Units MCA = (1.25 x LOAD1) + LOAD2 +LOAD4 MOP = (2.25 x LOAD1) + LOAD2 +LOAD4 Select a fuse rating equal to the MOP value. If the MOP value does not equal a standard fuse size as listed in NEC 240-6, select the next lower standard fuse rating. Note: If selected MOP is less than the MCA, then select the lowest standard maximum fuse size which is equal to or larger than the MCA, provided the selected fuse size does not exceed 800 amps. RDE = (1.5 x LOAD1) + LOAD2 + LOAD4 Select a fuse rating equal to the RDE value. If the RDE value does not equal a standard fuse size as listed in NEC 240-6, select the next higher standard fuse rating. Note: If the selected RDE is greater than the selected MOP value, then select the RDE value to equal the MOP value. Set 2: Rooftop units with Electric Heat Single Source Power units (380V, 415V, 460V, and 575V) To arrive at the correct MCA, MOP, and RDE values for these units, two sets of calculations must be performed. First calculate the MCA, MOP, and RDE values as if the unit was in cooling mode (use the equations given in Set 1). Then calculate the MCA, MOP, and RDE values as if the unit were in the heating mode as follows. (Keep in mind when determining LOADS that the compressors don't run while the unit is in the heating mode). For units using heaters less than 50 kW. MCA = 1.25 x (LOAD1 + LOAD2 + LOAD4) + (1.25 x LOAD3) For units using heaters equal to or greater than 50 kW. MCA =1.25 x (LOAD1 + LOAD2 + LOAD4) + LOAD3 The nameplate MCA value will be the larger of the cooling mode MCA value or the heating mode MCA value calculated above. MOP = (2.25 x LOAD1) + LOAD2 + LOAD3 + LOAD4 The selection MOP value will be the larger of the cooling mode MOP value or the heating mode MOP value calculated above. Select a fuse rating equal to the MOP value. If the MOP value does not equal a standard fuse size as listed in NEC 240-6, select the next lower standard fuse rating. Note: If selected MOP is less than the MCA, then select the lowest standard maximum fuse size which is equal to or larger than the MCA, provided the selected fuse size does not exceed 800 amps. RDE = (1.5 x LOAD1) + LOAD2 + LOAD3 + LOAD4 The selection RDE value will be the larger of the cooling mode RDE value or the heating mode RDE value calculated above. Select a fuse rating equal to the RDE value. If the RDE value does not equal a standard fuse size as listed in NEC 240-6, select the next higher standard fuse rating. Notes: • If the selected RDE is greater than the selected MOP value, then select the RDE value to equal the MOP value. • On 90 to 162 ton rooftops, the selected MOP value is stamped in the MOP field on the unit nameplate. Dual Source Power units (200V and 230V) These units will have two circuit values shown on the nameplate. The first circuit value will be the refrigeration (cooling mode) values calculated per Set 1. The second set of circuit values shown on the nameplate will be for the electric heating circuit as follows. MCA = (1.25 x LOAD3) MOP = (1.25 x LOAD3) Select a fuse rating for the electric heating circuit that's equal to the MOP value obtained in the equation above. If the MOP value does not equal a standard fuse size as listed in NEC 240-6, select the next lower standard fuse rating (see note below for exception). RT-SVX36Q-EN 69 •TIIANE' Installation Note: If the available MOP option is less than the MCA obtained in the equation above, then reselect the lowest standard maximum fuse size which is equal to, or larger, than the MCA, provided the reselected fuse size does not exceed 800 amps. RDE = LOAD3 Select a fuse rating for the electric heating circuit that's equal to the RDE value. If the RDE value does not equal a standard fuse size as listed in NEC 240-6, select the next higher standard fuse rating. Notes: . • If the selected RDE is greater than the selected MOP value, then reselect the RDE value to equal the MOP value. The selected MOP value is stamped in the MOP field on the nameplate. 70 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANE Installation Service Sizing Data Table 26. Compressor electrical service sizing data (20 to 130 ton) Tonnage No. of Compres- sora 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V RLA (ea.) LRA (ea.) RLA (ea.) LRA (ea.) RLA (ea.) LRA (ea.) RLA (ea.) LRA (ea.) 20 Std 2 41.4 267.0 40.3 267.0 19.1 142.0 15.8 103.0 20 Hi Eff 2 41.4 267.0 40.3 267.0 19.1 142.0 15.8 103.0 25 Std 1 41.4 267.0 40.3 267.0 19.1 142.0 15.8 103.0 1 47.0 304.0 42.3 304.0 20.2 147.0 17.1 122.0 25 Hi Eff 1 41.4 267.0 40.3 267.0 19.1 142.0 15.8 103.0 1 51.9 315.0 47.0 315.0 22.2 158.0 19.2 136.0 30 Std 2 51.9 315.0 47.0 315.0 22.2 158.0 19.2 136.0 30 Hi Eff 1 51.9 315.0 47.0 315.0 22.2 158.0 19.2 136.0 1 56.9 351.0 48.8 351.0 25.5 197.0 23.1 146.0 40 Std 2 31.3 203.0 30.4 203.0 13.1 98.0 11.9 84.0 2 37.3 267.0 31.8 267.0 15.9 142.0 15.2 103.0 40 Hi Lap & Hi Eff 4 37.3 267.0 31.8 267.0 15.9 142.0 15.2 103.0 1 59.9 N/A 52.0 N/A 26.0 N/A 21.7 N/A 40 Vari Spd 1 31.3 203.0 30.4 203.0 13.1 98.0 11.9 84.0 1 37.3 267.0 31.8 267.0 15.9 142.0 15.2 103.0 50 Std 4 41.4 267.0 40.3 267.0 19.1 142.0 15.8 103.0 50 Hi Cap & 2 41.4 267.0 40.3 267.0 19.1 142.0 15.8 103.0 Hi Eff 2 47.0 304.0 42.3 304.0 20.2 147.0 17.1 122.0 1(a) 75.2 N/A 65.2 N/A 32.6 N/A 27.5 N/A 50 Vari Spd 1 41.4 267.0 40.3 267.0 19.1 142.0 15.8 103.0 1 47.0 304.0 42.3 304.0 20.2 147.0 17.1 122.0 55 Std & Hi Eff 4 47.0 304.0 42.3 304.0 20.2 147.0 17.1 122.0 1(a) 75.2 N/A 65.2 N/A 32.6 N/A 27.5 N/A 55 Vari Spd 1 47.0 304.0 42.3 304.0 20.2 147.0 17.1 122.0 1 51.9 315.0 47.0 315.0 22.2 158.0 19.2 136.0 60 Std 2 47.0 304.0 42.3 304.0 20.2 147.0 17.1 122.0 2 51.9 315.0 47.0 315.0 22.2 158.0 19.2 136.0 60 Hi Cap & Hi Eff 4 51.9 315.0 47.0 315.0 22.2 158.0 19.2 136.0 1(a) 89.9 N/A 77.9 N/A 38.9 N/A 32.7 N/A 60 Vari Spd 1 51.9 315.0 47.0 315.0 22.2 158.0 19.2 136.0 1 56.9 351.0 48.8 351.0 25.5 197.0 23.1 146.0 /0 Std & Hi Eff 4 56.9 351.0 48.8 351.0 25.5 197.0 23.1 146.0 1(a) 89.9 N/A 77.9 N/A 38.9 N/A 32.7 N/A 70 Vari Spd 1 60.5 320.0 52.0 320.0 25.4 160.0 20.3 135.0 1 83.9 485.0 74.5 485.0 37.2 215.0 29.8 175.0 75 Std 2 60.5 320.0 52.0 320.0 25.4 160.0 20.3 135.0 2 83.9 485.0 74.5 485.0 37.2 215.0 29.8 175.0 75 Hi Cap & 2 60.5 320.0 52.0 320.0 25.4 160.0 20.3 135.0 Hi Eff 2 83.9 485.0 74.5 485.0 37.2 215.0 29.8 175.0 1(a) 89.9 N/A 77.9 N/A 38.9 N/A 32.7 N/A 75 Vari Spd 2 60.5 320.0 52.0 320.0 25.4 160.0 20.3 135.0 1 83.9 485.0 74.5 485.0 37.2 215.0 29.8 175.0 90 Std & Hi Cap 4 N/A N/A N/A N/A 37.2 215.0 29.8 175.0 105 Hi Cap 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A 37.2 215.0 29.8 175.0 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A 45.0 260.0 36.0 210.0 115 Std 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A 37.2 215.0 29.8 175.0 2 N/A N/A N/AN/A 45.0 260.0 36.0 210.0 130 Std 4 N/A N/A N/A N/A 45.0 260.0 36.0 210.0 (a) Variable Speed Compressor RT-SVX36Q-EN 71 TRANS' Installation Table 27. Compressor electrical service sizing data (24-89 ton) Tonnage (AC/EC) No. of Compres- sors 460V RLA LRA 24 Hi Cap 2 19.1 142 29 Hi Cap 1 19.1 142 2.8 1 22.2 158 36 Hi Cap 1 22.2 158 4.2 1 25.5 197 48 Hi Cap 4 15.9 142 59 Hi Cap 4 20.2 147 73 Hi Cap 4 22.2 158 80 Std 4 25.5 197 89 Hi Cap 2 25.4 160 11.2 2 37.2 215 ote: Evaporative CondenserUnits only available in 460V Table 28. Electrical service sizing data - motors - 20 to 130 tons Tonnage 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V RLA (ea.) RLA (ea.) RLA (ea.) RLA (ea.) Air -Cooled Condenser Fan Motor 20 8.2 8.2 3.6 2.8 25 12.3 12.3 5.4 4.2 30 12.3 12.3 5.4 4.2 40 16.4 16.4 7.2 5.6 50, 55 24.6 24.6 10.8 8.4 60 24.6 24.6 10.8 8.4 70 24.6 24.6 10.8 8.4 75 24.6 24.6 10.8 8.4 90 N/A N/A 14.4 11.2 105 N/A N/A 18.0 14.0 115 N/A N/A 18.0 14.0 130 N/A N/A 21.6 16.8 Motor Horsepower Supply/Exhaust/Return Fan Motor (4 pore) 3 11.0 8.6 4.3 3.8 5 15.3 13.2 6.6 5.4 7.5 22.2 19.4 9.7 7.8 10 29.5 25.2 12.6 10.1 15 40.7 35.4 17.7 15.1 20 56.1 49.4 24.7 19.6 25 70.5 62.0 31.0 24.5 30 85.5 73.2 36.6 29.2 40 N/A N/A 49.0 39.0 50 N/A N/A 60.5 48.0 Motor Horsepower Supply Fan Motor (6 pole) •'r s, 3 10.1 8.8 4.4 3.7 5 17.0 14.8 7.4 5.8 7.5 25.0 22.0 11.0 8.6 10 32.0 28.6 14.3 11.5 15 46.0 41.0 20.5 16.0 20 63.0 54.0 27.0 22.0 otes: 1. FLA is for individual motors by HP, not total unit supply fan HP. 2. Return fan motors are available in 3-20 Hp 3. 40 & 50 Hp motor available as standard in 460 & 575 volt only 4. DDP fans selected under 1,600 RPM will have 6 -pole motors Table 29. Electrical service sizing data -electric heat module (electric heat units only) - 20 to 130 tons Module kW Voltage 200 FLA 230 FLA 460 FLA 575 FLA 30 83.3 72.2 36.1 28.9 50 138.8 120.3 60.1 48.1 70 194.3 168.4 84.2 67.4 90 249.8 216.5 108.3 86.6 110 305.3 264.6 132.3 105.9 72 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Installation Table 29. Electrical service sizing data —electric heat module (electric heat units only) — 20 to 130 tons (continued) Module kW Voltage 200 FLA 230 FLA 460 FLA 575 FLA 130 HP FLA 156.4 125.1 150 5.4 5.9 180.4 144.3 170 3 3.8 204.5 163.6 190 1 1 228.5 182.8 Note: Electric heat FLA are determined at 208, 240, 480 and 600 volts. Table 30. Electrical service sizing data evaporative condenser - All tonnages (24-89 tons), 460V/60Hz Condenser Fan Sump Pump Sump Heater Qty HP FLA Qty HP FLA kW FLA 1 5.4 5.9 1 0.5 1.55 3 3.8 Table 31. Electrical service sizing data — control power transformer heating and cooling modes — 20 to 130 tons Nominal Tons Air Cooled Digit 2 Unit Function Voltage 200 230 460 575 20,25,30 A,E,L,S,X 1 1 1 1 F 4 3 2 1 40,50,55,60 A,E,L,S,X 3 2 1 1 F 5 4 2 2 70,75 A,E,L,S,X 5 4 2 2 F 8 7 3 3 90,105,115,130 E,L,S,X 5 4 2 2 F 8 7 3 3 Table 32. Electrical service sizing data — control power transformer heating and cooling modes — 24-89 tons Nominal Tons Evaporative Condensing Digit 2 Unit Function Voltage 460 24,29,36 A,E,L,S,X 1 F 2 48,59,73 A,E,L,S,X 1 F 2 80,89 A,E,L,S,X 2 F 3 Table 33. Electrical service sizing data — crankcase heaters (heating mode on 460/575 volt only) — 20 to 130 tons Nom Tons (AC/EC) (Add) FLA 20,25,30 and 24,29,36 1 40,50,55,60 and 48,59,73 2 70,75 and 80,89 3 90-105 3 115-130 4 RT-SVX36Q-EN 73 TRANS' Installation Table 34. Voltage utilization range Unit Voltage Voltage Utilization Range 200/60/3 180-220 230/60/3 207-253 380/50/3 342-418 415/50/3 373-457 460/60/3 414-506 575/60/3 517-633 Disconnect Switch Sizing (DSS) 1. Calculation #1: SX, SF, SA, SL, or SS single power source units DSS = 1.15 X (LOAD 1 + LOAD 2 + LOAD 4) 2. Calculation #2: All SEH_ single power source units DSS = 1.15 X (LOAD 3 + Supply Fan FLA + Exhaust Fan FLA) PLUS DSS = 1.15 X (LOAD 1 + LOAD 2 + LOAD 4) Use the larger value of the two calculations to size the electrical service. 3. Calculation #3: SEHL (200/230 Volt) 20 to 75 ton dual power source units DSS = 1.15 X LOAD3 for the electric heater AND Calculation #1 for the refrigeration components Field Installed Control Wiring The Rooftop Module (RTM) must have a mode input in order to operate the rooftop unit. The flexibility of having several system modes depends upon the type of sensor and/or remote panel selected to interface with the RTM. An overall layout of the various control options available for a Constant Volume application, with the required number of conductors for each device, is illustrated beginning with Figure 40, p. 67. Figure 41, p. 68 illustrates the various control options with the required number of conductors for a Variable Air Volume application. Note: All field wiring must conform to NEC guidelines as well as state and local codes. AWARNING Hazardous Voltage! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Verify that no power is present with a voltmeter. 74 AWARNING Proper Field Wiring and Grounding Required! Failure to follow code could result in death or serious injury. All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements for field wiring installation and grounding as described in NEC and your local/ state/national electrical codes. The various field installed control panels, sensors, switches, and contacts discussed in this section require both AC and DC consideration. These diagrams are representative of standard applications and are provided for general reference only. Always refer to the wiring diagram that shipped with the unit for specific electrical schematic and connection information. Controls using 24 VAC Before installing any connecting wiring, refer to Figure 8, p. 33 and Figure 9, p. 34 for the electrical access locations provided on the unit, and Table 35, p. 74 for AC conductor sizing guidelines. Then check the following: NOTICE Use Copper Conductors Only! Failure to use copper conductors could result in equipment damage as unit terminals are not designed to accept other types of conductors. 1. Use copper conductors unless otherwise specified. 2. Ensure that the AC control wiring between the controls and the unit's termination point does not exceed three (3) ohms/conductor for the length of the run. Note: Resistance in excess of 3 ohms per conductor may cause component failure due to insufficient AC voltage supply. 3. Make sure to check all loads and conductors for grounds, shorts, and mis-wiring. Table 35. AC conductors Distance from Unit to Control Recommended Wire Size 000-460 feet 18 gauge 461-732 feet 16 gauge 733-1000 feet 14 gauge 4. Do not run the AC low voltage wiring in the same conduit with the high voltage power wiring. RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANE' Installation Controls using DC Analog Input/ Outputs Before installing any connecting wiring between the unit and components utilizing a DC analog input\output signal, refer to the appropriate illustration in Figure 8, p. 33 and Figure 9, p. 34 for the electrical access locations provided on the unit and Table 36, p. 75 for conductor sizing guidelines. Then check the following: NOTICE Use Copper Conductors Only! Failure to use copper conductors could result in equipment damage as unit terminals are not designed to accept other types of conductors. 1. Use standard copper conductor thermostat wire unless otherwise specified. 2. Ensure that the wiring between the controls and the unit termination point does not exceed two and a half (2.5) ohms/conductor for the length of the run. Note: Resistance in excess of 2.5 ohms per conductor can cause deviations in the accuracy of the controls. Table 36. DC conductors Distance from Unit to Control Recommended Wire Size 000-150 feet 22 gauge 151- 240 feet 20 gauge 241- 385 feet 18 gauge 386- 610 feet 16 gauge 611- 970 feet 14 gauge 3. Do not run the electrical wires transporting DC signals in or around conduit housing high voltage wires. Units equipped with a Trane Communication Interface (TCI) BACnet® Communication Interface (BCI) or LonTalk® communication Interface (LCI) option which utilizes a serial communication link must: • be 18 AWG shielded twisted pair cable (Belden 8760 or equivalent). • not exceed 5,000 feet maximum for each link. • not pass between buildings. Constant Volume System Controls Remote Panel w/o NSB (BAYSENS110*) This electronic sensor features four system switch settings (Heat, Cool, Auto, and Off) and two fan settings (On and Auto) with four system status LED's. It is a manual or automatic changeover control with dual setpoint capability. It can be used with a remote zone sensor BAYSENS077*. Refer to Table 37, p. 78 for the Temperature vs. Resistance coefficient. Constant Volume Zone Panel (BAYSENS108*) This electronic sensor features four system switch settings (Heat, Cool, Auto, and Off) and two fan settings (On and Auto). It is a manual or automatic changeover control with dual setpoint capability. Constant Volume or Variable Air Volume System Controls Remote Human Interface Module The remote Human Interface module enables the operator to set or modify the operating parameters of the unit using a 16 key keypad and to view the operating status of the unit on the 2 line, 40 character LCD screen without leaving the building. However, the Remote Human Interface module cannot be used to perform any service functions. One remote panel is designed to monitor and control up to four units providing each of the units are equipped with an IPCB module. Use the installation instructions that shipped with the module to install it, and the appropriate illustrations beginning with Figure 40, p. 67 or to connect it to the unit. Remote Panel w/ NSB (BAYSENS119*) This 7 day programmable sensor features four periods for Occupied\Unoccupied programming per day. If the power is interrupted, the program is retained in permanent memory. If power is off longer than 2 hours, only the clock and day may have to be reset. The six programming keys located on the front panel allows selection of four system modes (Heat, Cool, Auto, and Off), two fan modes (On and Auto). It has dual temperature selection with programmable start time capability. The occupied cooling setpoint ranges between 40°and 80° Fahrenheit. The warm-up setpoint ranges between 50° and 90° Fahrenheit with a 2 degrees deadband. The unoccupied cooling setpoint ranges between 45 and 98 degrees Fahrenheit. The heating setpoint ranges between 43 and 96 degrees Fahrenheit. Two liquid crystal displays (LCD) display zone temperature, temperature setpoints, week day, time, and operational mode symbols. The sensor can be programmed to enable or disable applicable functions, e.g., morning warm-up, economizer minimum CFM override during unoccupied status, Fahrenheit or centigrade, supply air tempering, remote zone temperature sensor, 12/24 hour time display, smart fan, and computed recovery. RT-SVX36Q-EN 75 •TRNIF Installation Refer to Table 37, p. 78 for the Temperature vs. Resistance coefficient. During an occupied period, an auxiliary relay rated for 1.25 amps @ 30 volts AC with one set of single pole double throw contacts is activated. Remote Panel without NSB (BAYSENS021 *) (5U59) The remote panel without Night setback has a system switch as well as a S/A temperature setpoint indicator, a local sensor, and four LEDs. These features allow the operator to control system operation and monitor unit operating status from a remote location. Use the installation instructions that shipped with the panel to install it and the unit's field wiring diagram to connect it to the unit. Discharge Temperature Control Changeover Contacts (5K87) These contacts are connected to the RTM when daytime heating on Discharge Temperature Control units with internal or external hydronic heat is required. Daytime (occupied) heating switches the system to a Zone Temperature Control type mode of operation. Refer to the unit wiring diagram for the field connection terminals in the unit control panel. The switch must be rated at 12 ma @ 24 VDC minimum. Remote Zone Sensor (BAYSENS073*) This electronic analog sensor features remote zone sensing and timed override with override cancellation. It is used when the RTM has been programmed as the source for zone temperature control. Refer to Table 37, p. 78 for the Temperature vs. Resistance coefficient. Remote Zone Sensor (BAYSENS074*) This electronic analog sensor features single setpoint capability and timed override with override cancellation. It is used with a Trane Integrated ComfortTM system. Refer to Table 37, p. 78 for the Temperature vs. Resistance coefficient. Remote Zone Sensor (BAYSENS016*) (5RT16, 5U57, 5U69) This bullet type analog Temperature sensor can be used for outside air (ambient) sensing, return air temperature sensing, supply air temperature sensing, remote temperature sensing (uncovered), morning warm-up temperature sensing, and for supply air temperature reset. Wiring procedures vary according to the particular application and equipment involved. When this sensor is wired to a BAYSENS119* Remote Panel, wiring must be 18 AWG Shielded Twisted Pair (Belden 8760 or equivalent). Refer to Table 37, p. 78 for the Temperature vs. Resistance coefficient. Remote Zone Sensor (BAYSENS077*) (5RT16, 5U57, 5U69) This electronic analog sensor can be used with BAYSENS119* or 021* Remote Panels. When this sensor is wired to a BAYSENS119* Remote Panel, wiring must be 18 AWG Shielded Twisted Pair (Belden 8760 or equivalent). Refer to the specific Remote Panel for wiring details. Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer (BAYSTAT023*) The remote minimum position potentiometer is used on units with an economizer. It allows the operator to remotely set the economizer minimum position (which controls the amount of outside air entering the unit). Use the installation instructions that shipped with the potentiometer to install it, and the appropriate illustrations beginning with Figure 40, p. 67 to connect it to the unit. External Auto/Stop Switch (5S67) A field -supplied single pole single throw switch (5S67) can be used to shut down the unit operation. This switch is a binary input wired to the RTM. When opened, the unit shuts down immediately and can be canceled by closing the switch. Refer to the appropriate illustrations in Figure 40, p. 67 or Figure 48, p. 85 for the proper connection terminals in the unit control panel. The switch must be rated for 12 ma @ 24 VDC minimum. Ventilation Override Module (VOM) Contacts (5K90, 5K91, 5K92, 5K93, 5K94) If the unit is equipped with a Ventilation Override Module (VOM), the building owner or contractor can specify a number of special functions. These functions can include, but are not limited to, the following: • Unit Off • Pressurization • Exhaust/Return • Purge • Purge with Duct Pressure Control These functions are controlled by binary inputs wired to the VOM. They can be initiated by a toggle switch, a time clock, or an ICSTM output. The switch must be rated for 12 ma @ 24 VDC minimum. The customer can modify the following preset sequences: • VOM Mode "A" Priority 1—Unit Off: — Supply fan—OFF 76 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANE. Installation — VFD-0% (if equipped) - Exhaust/Return fan—OFF, Exhaust/Return dampers Closed - O/A dampers—Closed - Heat—All stages OFF, Modulating Heat output at 0 VDC - Occupied/Unoccupied output—De-energized (Occupied) — VO Relay—Energized — Pre -heater State—Off (if equipped) • VOM Mode "B" Priority 2—Pressurize: - Supply fan—ON — VFD-100% (if equipped) — Exhaust/Return fan—OFF, Exhaust/Return dampers—Closed - 0/A dampers—Open — Heat—All stages OFF, Modulating Heat output at 0 VDC — Occupied/Unoccupied output—Energized (Unoccupied) — VO Relay—Energized - Pre -heater State—Off (if equipped) • VOM Mode "C" Priority 3—Exhaust/Return: — Supply fan—OFF — VFD-0% (if equipped) — Exhaust/Return fan—ON, Exhaust/Return dampers—Open - 0/A dampers—Closed — Heat—All stages OFF, Modulating Heat output at O VDC - Occupied/Unoccupied output—De-energized (Occupied) - VO Relay—Energized - Pre -heater State—Off (if equipped) • VOM Mode "D" Priority 4—Purge: - Supply fan—ON - VFD-100% (if equipped) - Exhaust/Return fan—ON, Exhaust/Return dampers—Open - O/A dampers—Open — Heat—All stages OFF, Modulating Heat output at O VDC - Occupied/Unoccupied output—Energized (Unoccupied) - VO Relay—Energized — Pre -heater State—Off (if equipped) • VOM Mode "E" Priority 5—Purge with duct pressure control: - Supply fan—ON — VFD—(if equipped) Controlled by S/A Pressure Control with supply air pressure high limit disabled. — Exhaust/Return fan—ON, Exhaust/Return dampers—Open - O/A dampers—Open - Heat—All stages OFF, Modulating Heat output at 0 VDC — Occupied/Unoccupied output—Energized (Unoccupied) — VO Relay—Energized - Pre -heater State—Off (if equipped) OFF appears in the Ventilation Override screen after all VOM binary inputs have been reset (opened). Due to codes in some areas, the definitions for some or all of the VOM modes may have to be locked into the program by the user. Once the definitions are locked, the Ventilation Override Module must be replaced in order to reprogram that sequence. Refer to Figure 40, p. 67 or Figure 48, p. 85 for the proper connection terminals in the unit control panel for each of the VOM initiating device's and the appropriate Programming, Troubleshooting Guide (PTG latest edition) for programming instructions. Emergency Override Definitions (With LCI-I/BCI-I module installed) When an LCI-I/BCI-I module is installed, the user can initiate one of five Emergency Override sequences, which have the following predefined unit operation: PRESSURIZE • Supply Fan—On — Exhaust/Return Fan—Off (if equipped) — Exhaust/Return Dampers—Closed (if equipped) - OA Dampers—Open - Heat—All heat stages Off (staged gas and elec.), Hydronic — Heat & Mod Gas Heat output at 0%. Occupied/Unoccupied output—Energized — VO Relay—Energized (with VOM module installed) — OA Preheater State—Off (with VCM module installed) DEPRESSURIZE • Supply Fan—Off - Exhaust/Return Fan—On (if equipped) - Exhaust/Return Dampers -Open (if equipped) - OA Dampers—Closed - Heat—All heat stages Off (staged gas and elec.), Hydronic - Heat & Mod Gas Heat output at 0%. - Occupied/Unoccupied output—De-energized — VO Relay—Energized (with VOM module installed) — OA Preheater State—Off (with VCM module installed) PURGE • Supply Fan—On — Exhaust/Return Fan—On (if equipped) — Exhaust/Return Dampers—Open (if equipped) RT-SVX36Q-EN 77 THANE Installation - OA Dampers -Open - Heat -All heat stages Off (staged gas and elec.), Hydronic - Heat & Mod Gas Heat output at 0%. - Occupied/Unoccupied output -Energized - VO Relay -Energized (with VOM module installed) - OA Preheater State -Off (with VCM module installed) SHUTDOWN • Supply Fan -Off - Exhaust/Return Fan -Off (if equipped) - Exhaust/Return Dampers -Closed (if equipped) - OA Dampers -Closed - Heat -All heat stages Off (staged gas and elec.), Hydronic - Heat & Mod Gas Heat output at 0%. - Occupied/Unoccupied output -De -energized - VO Relay -Energized (with VOM module installed) - OA Preheater State -Off (with VCM module installed) FIRE • Supply Fan -Off - Exhaust/Return Fan -Off (if equipped) - Exhaust/Return Dampers -Closed (if equipped) - OA Dampers -Closed - Heat -All heat stages Off (staged gas and elec.), Hydronic - Heat & Mod Gas Heat output at 0%. - Occupied/Unoccupied output -De -energized - VO Relay -Energized (with VOM module installed) - OA Preheater State -Off (with VCM module installed) Temperature vs. Resistance Coefficient The UCM network relies on various sensors located throughout the system to provide temperature information in the form of an analog input. All of the sensors used have the same temperature vs. resistance co -efficient and are made from Keystone Carbon D97 material with a 1 degree Centigrade tolerance. Table 37. Temp vs. resistance Temp (° F) Resistance (in. 1000 Ohms) Temp (° F) Resistance (in. 1000 Ohms) -40 346.10 71 11.60 -30 241.70 72 11.31 -20 170.10 73 11.03 -10 121.40 74 10.76 -5 103.00 75 10.50 78 Table 37. Temp vs. resistance (continued) Temp (° F) Resistance (in. 1000 Ohms) Temp (° F) Resistance (in. 1000 Ohms) 0 87.56 76 10.25 5 74.65 77 10.00 10 63.80 78 9.76 15 54.66 79 9.53 20 46.94 80 9.30 25 40.40 85 8.25 30 34.85 90 7.33 35 30.18 100 5.82 40 26.22 105 5.21 45 22.85 110 4.66 50 19.96 120 3.76 55 17.47 130 3.05 60 15.33 140 2.50 65 13.49 150 2.05 66 13.15 160 1.69 67 12.82 170 1.40 68 12.5 180 1.17 69 12.19 190 0.98 70 11.89 200 0.83 Emergency Stop Switch (5S71) A normally closed (N.C.) switch (5S71) wired to the RTM may be used during emergency situations to shut down all unit operations. When opened, an immediate shutdown occurs. An emergency stop diagnostic is entered into the Human Interface and the unit must be manually reset. Refer to the appropriate illustrations in Figure 40, p. 67 or Figure 48, p. 85 for the proper connection terminals in the unit control panel. The switch must be rated for 12 ma @ 24 VDC minimum. Occupied/Unoccupied Contacts (5K86) To provide Night Setback control if a remote panel with NSB (5K86) was not ordered, a field supplied contact must be installed. This binary input provides the Occupied/Unoccupied status information of the building to the RTM. It can be initiated by a time clock, or a Building Automation System control output. The relay's contacts must be rated for 12 ma @ 24 VDC minimum. Refer to the appropriate illustrations in Figure 40, p. 67 or Figure 48, p. 85 for the proper connection terminals in the unit control panel. RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANE ' Installation Demand Limit Relay (5K89) If the unit is equipped with a Generic BAS Module (1 U51), (i.e., unit model number digit 28 is a "B," "K," or "R"), a normally open (N.O.) switch may be used to limit the electrical power usage during peak periods. When demand limit is initiated, the mechanical cooling and heating operation is limited to either 50% or 100% (20-30 ton) or 25%, 50%, 75%, or 100% (40-130 ton). Demand limit can be initiated by a dry contact closure or BAS input. These contacts must be rated for 12 ma @ 24 VDC minimum. Outside Air Sensor (BAYSENS016*) (3RT3) This device senses the outdoor air temperature and sends this information in the form of an analog input to the RTM. It's factory installed on units with an economizer, but can be field provided/installed and used for informational purposes on units without an economizer. Refer to the appropriate illustrations in Figure 40, p. 67 or Figure 48, p. 85 for the proper connection terminals in the unit control panel. Refer to Table 37, p. 78 for Temperature vs. Resistance coefficient. Wall or Duct Mount Humidity Sensor (BAYSENS036* or BAYSENS037*) (5U108) This field -installed humidity sensor is mounted in the space or in the return air duct, sending an analog input to the RTM 1TB16-10 and 1TB16-11. It must be ordered/ installed with modulating hot gas reheat, but can also be used for humidification applications. Note: If the unit has Comparative Enthalpy installed and enabled, the ECEM Return Humidity input can be used for dehumidification/ humidification instead of the RTM humidity input. Generic Building Automation System (1U51) The Generic Building Automation System (GBAS) module allows a non -Trane building control system to communicate with the rooftop unit and accepts external setpoints in the form of analog inputs for cooling, heating, demand limiting, and supply air pressure parameters. Generic Building Automation System Module (GBAS 0- 5 VDC)—Provided for those cases where non -Tracer building management system is used. The GBAS module provides a binary input for Demand Limiting, four (4) analog inputs for setpoint adjustment and five (5) relay outputs for diagnostic reporting. Inputs can use a potentiometer or 0-5 VDC signal. Generic Building Automation System Module (GBAS 0- 10 VDC)—Used to provide broad control capabilities for building automation systems other than Trane's Tracer system. The GBAS module provides a binary input for Demand Limiting, four (4) analog inputs for setpoint adjustment and four (4) analog outputs as well as one (1) relay output for diagnostic reporting. Inputs can use a potentiometer or 0-10 VDC signal. Refer to and Table 38, p. 85 for the input wiring to the GBAS module and the various desired setpoints with the corresponding DC voltage inputs for VAV and CV applications. For complete application details of the module, refer to Engineering Bulletin UN-PRB001-EN. RT-SVX36Q-EN 79 •TRANEN Installation Figure 43. Typical ventilation override binary output wiring diagram for 20 to 89 ton CV control options. Note: Refer to wiring notes in Figure 45, p. 82 80 RT-SVX36Q-EN CAUTION 8 WARNING COPCONDUCTORSR CONDUCTORS 0TIM01 HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE( toRomUSE f1 TIf6 LASSF*95 1411 TERMINALS ARE 501 OESIG140 TO ACCEPT 015[0X0(1 All ELECTRIC RORER Kl10IIG Nrorf D15[ON[[ri AM )<ss AIpOPTIO(14� all DELAY 0114R TYPES 110010RS. FAILURE 10 00 $D MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO 714 mow IAN M AN) TW PRO[ODNS WOE 5[RVIl IN6. 1161X[ THAT All [OOKSS011 NOIE(il0 it Rl4 6 (f5 - lYR NII EQUIPMENT. 1010 CAPACITORS MAtt 011[XANEO tSPE1WfD vNT.K. UNITS MIN VARIABLE ATTENTION iPRAin02 [WIRO ItiU UAxSf1 N'UTIl15ER 0UE DES CCMUT(IIR5 EN CUIVREI IES DOMES OE 1'1411(14 SWT PAS [aQES POW REC(VDIR D'AUTR(S TYPES OE CONOCTE05. 1STRRUCTIC9s FOR CAER 015(MAMi. 9*1lOrt TO IO IK (*001 BUM( SERVICING (MID EMT IN BEAN 0 SEO01S 1NART. [LASS [[ f?YN iN0-R KAIIW SF[,10 LvnusAnnl oof 1(111 MTBE (50105010114 aU7ID f1®OMMAfiFR 1 (0111aKNi. /\ AVERTISSEMENT TENSION DANGEREUSEI 0P1xNu Nnfx ER S[[T10 PRECAUCI6N IMI(A14NTE COOPER Toms LES TENSIONS [i 00 EES SE(110KWS A DISTANCE. SuivE LES PRA EOINSs 0E MI VOIAK 1009/60/ 1111111(0 CONOU TORE$ OE (138951ANS LAS TERNINALES DE LA U4IDAD NO EST AN 015E RA0A5 PARA A(EPTAR OTROS TIROS O[ (ODUTU(ES. SI NO 10 RACE. PUDE DCAS114AR OANO Al ERDIPo. KRTE INTI [i DES EIIOI1E1rE5 AVANT TORTE INi.RK(T10. 9f0If191 q[ TOR LES [CHARGES. DES IOT(IRS105 O[[I RTART DANS I[ (NS NTS f5 tO(WIMI TIS ENSRA INDENTS A VMA191[ N ERTERI14I( HLl DRIK 1010 [S 10,101 WIT S 12Vv/RD; 459/50/ 1609/60YITESS/ S6V/60/ . 1 NSTALLTI01rs N ITNIRA EuRs. ROM 105181E ( O C[xARGFR as (OO[NSATFIXK. K PAS KSP[(1[R ![S PERKS 0E PRE(AU1I( Kr EMTRA ICI (15 OES10E5 OAKS AWVAMI ETN IORT[IIES. onIOW 0I1E(1 °RIVE 0 20-1591 WITS WII VO1KE 1009/60/ 230Y/60/ A609/60., .._. _.._.._._.._.._..� .,_.._.._.._.._.._..1 .._.._.._.._.._.._._. .1 Al (0([7 STEAK ER !INUIT 41 •r CIRCUM . ADVERTENCIA 5759/60, I . NOT MATER VU © K AS ((((1R11 KAI 1Wv/1309/60 MI 1 - VAIN 011 1a1RO •sxwx WWI BOUTON° I 01TS our . I iVOTAJC PELIGROS01 Wrt 6 •• HYDROID KAT I )M 01UA10 36A1 I stl re toI 4162. 456 I j . 1 4 11651? I OES[00(TE TOPA LA E(R61A EL E[IRI[A. 1141U50IAS 0ES[0ENI0KS NN01A5 Y SIW 105 PROf01NEN10 DE CIE. Y 0PT101A1 VO1AO IIN[T DRIVE IOIORS x,/60/ 60-69T WITS N MK I I j ll II ll 1 I • -1 ' I I (�/ I j Lt 11 13 I I I • - l f11Q ITM0 WOES Of PROUDER AI LOS [MA(I10NT 0(1 RATAN 4600/60. 5759/60/ I SPLICE SPACE I. I I I 1 1 1 •O[5[ARfiAOo uN fl VOrAE WXA[fxMO. I ___1_-� i -1___-- I I I I I PARA LAS WIDARES(W EE DE OIN([10 O ttIAKM ARA 01[2 • I � ,1 1 1 ..•. I• I VJ 41 - . . ES O[�AWGA DEL 0(101*SA0OS PARA lA 11 I.1 1 1 1 TI II • , l l l j 1 l l l I 5 Q I 11. - I - I j 5 (1- 1 1 EL 10 REAL11AR LD ANT(RIOe(M1 0 5(RID15 L[SINFS PERSONALES.IA 1A(RTF A. RAA SIZE X DISCORF ll( SIAM ROTRAi[R ENBY O [OWI 10 1.6 N RLN L 461' INA -1. • II I 11 11 11 1 I Lt 11 19FOR VO I ' . LINE TA[0 ___J MOST. SEE mil taco MIT LOAD . ((01(E NEf10 [(CATION (008 AREA LOCATION IMPORTANTI - -- -- 11610E WIT CONTRA BON 00140T (1406100 UNIT r 51-91 7 r 5659 --, r 1 (0N0ENSER SEC ISO AIR HANDLER SECTIONSTMT-IP 14111 014(N-01 ARO MCC/LWNAS BEEN 10411110.I $ KMIRAIIO 02LN(IOE . ' MODE II 1COTA(15 ' DENA10 LIMIT [01A(ti 4 KATI* SE(T10 ''""-1 I' -D'"-"; I I :--.*-1 ---v I EXTERNAL ENID NNXIIED DEVICE • ® i : Q Q • r••5i„••r . [KROKY 5104 . ' S0m9 I,..�o----- ---11 ®a L. _..J x--556,--, .EXTERNAL S0n(M I .. ""-' as L..:—:..J 4J6 L.._..J s!s AU10/STO. • .,l de s!6 r -•A . KN1ILA110 • 100E I .. L...—...J 5 L'..L_..J 4 "7 0045(0[ . A [LINEAL Ts • ...;l 3 5 4 45.0 7--5X91--7 . vENOIIA1IW • NOW ... L-- 5n r. DKIN10[ . ((OTA[TS ' ...;I ^-- -J L..._ 520 L _ Q KT NODULE 4R 47 �..—.. 5157 © EOE IEIP • s1I-Woe --1f0640tt nu ____T_ I - - 1480475¢--� nes® J SUMER1 Y - 109_ - - -01 - - - - - 1 409 424 1l - 1 490 476 n J L..—.. .____ J 1 1 40 403 u ____rte, Is23 51au - --- ._4404356 ((a - 45145n6- I•-----5 At 41155--I - 55155300 I-... .. 1_____6417 tun �/�y5 .._ -65165111/- 10 • --i_____ 7 413 436 13 I 1 527 110 iNN011 Sum 1014 TEAR I -'1'--- - X to 417 x G, - - 6 5 495 31 0 - - -- r•: 5(X50 - la -9 550 534 20 - L.. —..J -'_ --- _ ID 416 536 n- -I 1____0 625 441 11 Q 11 425 436 n_ II I___n6164Nn • onion PANEL TN Ns • 436 t7 -i<S1 -551 I NEAT 70-# (TIO 6>--:-414-•,!, SYS 0 9 411—I .I "511[6--�� 0- IL 15 --1 2O( PAKL 7- : 1 ©Q --7 : ' I•' ---un.--, NIO,E • . INN.. • POSITION Ery SERVICE OO11X-1417-.$ CON 1.12 24 vu u5-•••403-- 46- j ••• 0- -< r--414.. r + l0- I :--- 410-- .9 I---Ott-I-:<4 1 I0( TION ((OMOM 1 CIA116 i[TPOI41 mom II ;I 1O[IPI[SNAXRIWIfOI L..E01AfTi_J M i QU -...N9....I XNO 550 L..—..J L - - — .. J I... 411-5•-5 KATIx6 SMOTE) 600 ..� I-''---.., CO2 do--- RWUR I Su.. I•-•l0-�••<714At ... 1u.j.•..<9511 1•--10-4--< VSSERVICE I I ® __516--V,t.'11-2!-II ---101 n-3(rh, h6 N r B NOODLE-11.1NOODLE. 4E -"""626 (OMMWI(A11O151 09*. I_l 1. • 5u56 - .436 +0 L . K1011.!"' . J 01-2 1.1 12.1 EARTH :: I .....a.U..a 1591x411509 OVERRIDE J L IF! f (Nndns Li 80 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Installation Figure 44. Typical ventilation override binary output wiring diagram for 20 to 89 ton CV control options (continued) Note: Refer to wiring notes in Figure 45, p. 82 FIR REPLACE/100 1A&( IW11 V8T0( TIM OEur 04481 FIR 119E Fp-0 FUSE( 205/60/3 20V/0/l 1609/50/3 469/50/3 460V/60/3 575V/0/3 756 58 EA 6* 00 N/A d' I1472-1OR76MR (4,"'„X I ORA U1'4% % f0E41655 NS 160A (01180. POWER FUSE DKR RATING 0.25 MVA 0.0 9V. 0.50 NVA 0.75 RVA 1.00 NVA 1.50 NVA 20-0 100 6.25. 6.25. 0* 40 15 134 SO.60 ION 51/201 20. 61 70.75 I0* 50 20. 90.130 TOR 60 20. 350 001(( 1101 FUSES OIASS '1FUSE - 600V RA (0*0 50 80 KO 557-162 01100( EANAUS1 / RETURN Vf0 563-165 319 5 1P 7.5(9 0 IP 5 IP 20 19 25 19 30 19 40 IP 5069 40. 60. BOA 150* 2006 2258 45A 70. 90. 7756 20A 250A 3000 WA 308 45. 100. 1158 506 2000 WA Til 102 458 502 9015 IMA 115A 150. WA 5. 40. 60. 90A 100. 125. 1'50. 20. 5. 50 15. RA 500 70* 08 10* 65* 1758 IIP 5 19 7, 19 0 19 5 19 20 19 25 19 30 IP 10 w 11-1.61 PN 1.90.1.40 55 40* A 06 0. 9 08 45088 155. RSA 500 6. 2000 n 200. 10* 20. 125. ISA 25A 15* TSA {51. 50* 519 7088 BOOP 110 1515 ORA 1515 450 500 506 708 BOA 10015* 0051ON8 TOWEL TION WIRE R50 (1 SIZE ECU. IOR DENT MORE 5115 W TIM MIN IOW0 T[51W 550 ILLI 0070851 5115 WI DNA! POWER 54018(7 SWITCH I0* VO UOS( 0.08 5(0( W 182 0tr 000(55 WIRE RAW 520XE(T SIDE WIRE 010 (590(T 335 Aro 111 -350 MM 110 MP 719 0P 121 - 50 159 250 Al. - 350 Nmil 040 21P 121 12 - 60 NN 40 LLP 111 OR M- 60 [Emil OR m -?SO ce9 600 MP m 250-500 MM 090419 (11 3/0 - 500 Weil VENTILA1 O130WRR105- TWE 0(51016 • �b...TI 6 542---(5 REAL© 541 ---MO NTP(N -404 50I851RMT1 • f}F-507 1 0.D Vp[ a 1.1 IA00 21 Ill YAC MOOS M--_ Oso ----•T onHoo 2i avu 4015 ll M--_417---_} 507 445 6 646 13 447 561 440 E 542 449 543 450 7 544 614 545 65 9 546 66 IO 0 60 n 11 611 TRANS 110 NAN.. 2313-1117 DRAW Ib X1LLR 5: 2313-1110 1091 N. TOWARDS T1.NN MM' 6NM1 woos(313.1104C nesm. wit AM SYS. 111110181* sew. To ROOFTOP PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONER DIAGRAM FIELD C0M*ECTION EXTERNAL DEVICES - AREA 5 20-130 TON CONSTANT VOLUME & SINGLE ZONE VAV NOTES: tp All W 10(X5 610 (OPOENIT SHOWN 004X0 i0 0. SUMO A/0 (15T01(0 BT 1(0 0027058 N 000500E WITH 1022* 0((781(0 (0015. Ip (0510 0(090(4(56 - NAIN UNI 20TRO 1(I0(UIl TO - ARE 130*100 IN TIF 00U(NSER 0(1101 FOR 20 10X1 75 T011NI1 . CUSTOMER (006[0105 Fat 90 TIRO 130 T5 WITS ARE 2021(0 (N TIN 00.1105 2(715. 3p SE[ [6540X8 [OYF[il5 WIRE RAMI u&[ MR 0[[PTAIA[ MIH S1H5 fOR (0X[(110* 10 MAIM Wn 1(51XLL xaN 15B1KIB0 OP OISI590(i SW II(M I6MAS61. © NIHS 50100091158! 51[01 2100IOT Wet@ N*l 9400 ARE SI02LI[0 WITH THE (x19. NIRE 0000(TI06 10 TN 2000 40 6( 9801 BY 110 (0570(0. © OPTIONAL Wil REMOTE ZOE MP SENSOR (5 040 FOR REMOTE 200 MP 216112. 811 119 i0 001007/0 SI9 T IT IRO. REMOVE AGB (67EO00* ZOE T(09 SENSOR E> WIRES USE 91101.0E0 TWISTED PAIR WIH. 9p USE SHRl0E0 TWISTED PAIR 0100. WRAP 50(8105 0119 180E TO PREVENT CONTACT 0006 MOOD. ® REMOVE ANDER I096-5 * 1164-61 ANO INSTALL HIGH 0101 1(19 1 -STAT OR FIELD %PRIED DEVICE. REMOVE AIIRR (0764-n 6 1184-61 NMN FIELD 51021(10 EXTERNAL 0410/5119 SWITCH 6567115 H6TuED. C> ALAS 087007 SW (TONS 5 ANT M 64*8 RESIT 01400571(. p 5TI50 HAT (WOE AUX. 1(19 60151 15 IR0 901103101115 WARN -LIS CONTROL 5 WITS WITH HEATING OPTION. 1(51X.0* 006 1TBR 410 *5501*TED W (0IIG RIMMED WITH BUS 1051110115. 0(0410 LINK REur Is6en to 4 69009101 Br (197598. 3501(4(1WFR.0Vf11R1(0 MORE CONTACTS RATIO MA. 1490 MINIMUM 5090 - 5X041 TO BE 005(010 • WIHS1E0 0(508(0 533WIRE6 5.34 06001000 WITH /08 N 605119/5 (OM 100 0915 2 14 5115. U2 SHIRB5 1WI 13010.6* TOR 0 TIN 0.50 OVA 1R06EDHFR. 15.1 5050 (R0(M01 15 0006(0.0 W 00 10(64309/ 465/5750 517 311100 *70 15 FU4 008089090 (5 0600(000 WITH 100/462 517 (0.108. ® 05TA(TS RATIO 12 *9 1 24900 NINIM*. ® (006(5 10 24004 ((*SS 2 ((HUNTS Oar. C> Fm0 51551(0 OPO (X5101(0 O(01W, CLPI(0 CONTACTS 51061 9D USE 5 WITS WITHOUT 06905E POM* WITN 0157 5856060 63591. ® 0805 0-52 OPTION (090CI101S. ® 08155 3-00091(5(090(1(50. • FOR 08*5 IWUTS 011-904. 'ORAS 2-561 REWIRES 0-50 VOL AND -G05 0-109- REQUIRES 0-10300. ® -ACTIVE ((*06511(5 8305/ APPEARS W110 BON '6005 0-5V' 010 0805 ® SEE FUSE REPLACEMENT TAN( 5 390 POET FOR *10 POWER flERS 640. Flt. 9427. ©1 (0X((T(O6 FOP CO2 21619 AH 6510 WITH OPTIMAL TRAP DAMPER OANY. 22 9X47 (Nn• -.498 ID,1911 CO-- 419 I ® (-1u f(•I- .5100( 1-3- I 71- 11 17 'CI 4 , nn® 4135 496 6 486 497 13 417 499 400 499 5 535 500 535 55 491 502 SO3 491 494 495 -• - 61(---1.1 5410 -- 66 -1.1 OP055 MMIUITY 1 0600 •---540"'00 NAT TWE aur® _.. KS ....[5 MORONIC TEAT 0 •-•-546 --- p MODULATING NNG GAS MALI r 110-- 690 99101F1(4715 l H[-- 66 -- C> _ HFRIfi I la --{95--_• 1610 M- -497 •---s6-...� 0269( /•-_-.s2----. 010 VO( 496 0.1." {(, o''-`_. {71---- --• 535-) 5© (0(11Q -- 667---'1•IIAIOIQ --t9B---I-1 --191---1.1 IAM© --692---'1-I 1.I41Q ).01404.113'57 6(85) Ib-.- SIM----- 5-.-.505--.-- la> 1251 11`` K•••• 1.0.7 ((-1.•••50 {l l•1 •-•- 503 FF.IlO01 AMiY Jr(5q.-.-502 -•• 55 ..-..-..-..-.. len! M----601 RT-SVX36Q-EN 81 519 1(w 10 w 0-1.60 RPM 1.70-1.46 091 20 19 11.1.5 RIM 1.70.1.46 RPM 40 19 50 W 1256 1558 50. 1006 3004 3004 3504 NM 90. 150. 125. 1(54 1504 150* 319.141. 452 70* 60. 90. 115. 6U 1506 100. 40. 60. 55 70. 125. 1006 65. TIS* 0051ON8 TOWEL TION WIRE R50 (1 SIZE ECU. IOR DENT MORE 5115 W TIM MIN IOW0 T[51W 550 ILLI 0070851 5115 WI DNA! POWER 54018(7 SWITCH I0* VO UOS( 0.08 5(0( W 182 0tr 000(55 WIRE RAW 520XE(T SIDE WIRE 010 (590(T 335 Aro 111 -350 MM 110 MP 719 0P 121 - 50 159 250 Al. - 350 Nmil 040 21P 121 12 - 60 NN 40 LLP 111 OR M- 60 [Emil OR m -?SO ce9 600 MP m 250-500 MM 090419 (11 3/0 - 500 Weil VENTILA1 O130WRR105- TWE 0(51016 • �b...TI 6 542---(5 REAL© 541 ---MO NTP(N -404 50I851RMT1 • f}F-507 1 0.D Vp[ a 1.1 IA00 21 Ill YAC MOOS M--_ Oso ----•T onHoo 2i avu 4015 ll M--_417---_} 507 445 6 646 13 447 561 440 E 542 449 543 450 7 544 614 545 65 9 546 66 IO 0 60 n 11 611 TRANS 110 NAN.. 2313-1117 DRAW Ib X1LLR 5: 2313-1110 1091 N. TOWARDS T1.NN MM' 6NM1 woos(313.1104C nesm. wit AM SYS. 111110181* sew. To ROOFTOP PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONER DIAGRAM FIELD C0M*ECTION EXTERNAL DEVICES - AREA 5 20-130 TON CONSTANT VOLUME & SINGLE ZONE VAV NOTES: tp All W 10(X5 610 (OPOENIT SHOWN 004X0 i0 0. SUMO A/0 (15T01(0 BT 1(0 0027058 N 000500E WITH 1022* 0((781(0 (0015. Ip (0510 0(090(4(56 - NAIN UNI 20TRO 1(I0(UIl TO - ARE 130*100 IN TIF 00U(NSER 0(1101 FOR 20 10X1 75 T011NI1 . CUSTOMER (006[0105 Fat 90 TIRO 130 T5 WITS ARE 2021(0 (N TIN 00.1105 2(715. 3p SE[ [6540X8 [OYF[il5 WIRE RAMI u&[ MR 0[[PTAIA[ MIH S1H5 fOR (0X[(110* 10 MAIM Wn 1(51XLL xaN 15B1KIB0 OP OISI590(i SW II(M I6MAS61. © NIHS 50100091158! 51[01 2100IOT Wet@ N*l 9400 ARE SI02LI[0 WITH THE (x19. NIRE 0000(TI06 10 TN 2000 40 6( 9801 BY 110 (0570(0. © OPTIONAL Wil REMOTE ZOE MP SENSOR (5 040 FOR REMOTE 200 MP 216112. 811 119 i0 001007/0 SI9 T IT IRO. REMOVE AGB (67EO00* ZOE T(09 SENSOR E> WIRES USE 91101.0E0 TWISTED PAIR WIH. 9p USE SHRl0E0 TWISTED PAIR 0100. WRAP 50(8105 0119 180E TO PREVENT CONTACT 0006 MOOD. ® REMOVE ANDER I096-5 * 1164-61 ANO INSTALL HIGH 0101 1(19 1 -STAT OR FIELD %PRIED DEVICE. REMOVE AIIRR (0764-n 6 1184-61 NMN FIELD 51021(10 EXTERNAL 0410/5119 SWITCH 6567115 H6TuED. C> ALAS 087007 SW (TONS 5 ANT M 64*8 RESIT 01400571(. p 5TI50 HAT (WOE AUX. 1(19 60151 15 IR0 901103101115 WARN -LIS CONTROL 5 WITS WITH HEATING OPTION. 1(51X.0* 006 1TBR 410 *5501*TED W (0IIG RIMMED WITH BUS 1051110115. 0(0410 LINK REur Is6en to 4 69009101 Br (197598. 3501(4(1WFR.0Vf11R1(0 MORE CONTACTS RATIO MA. 1490 MINIMUM 5090 - 5X041 TO BE 005(010 • WIHS1E0 0(508(0 533WIRE6 5.34 06001000 WITH /08 N 605119/5 (OM 100 0915 2 14 5115. U2 SHIRB5 1WI 13010.6* TOR 0 TIN 0.50 OVA 1R06EDHFR. 15.1 5050 (R0(M01 15 0006(0.0 W 00 10(64309/ 465/5750 517 311100 *70 15 FU4 008089090 (5 0600(000 WITH 100/462 517 (0.108. ® 05TA(TS RATIO 12 *9 1 24900 NINIM*. ® (006(5 10 24004 ((*SS 2 ((HUNTS Oar. C> Fm0 51551(0 OPO (X5101(0 O(01W, CLPI(0 CONTACTS 51061 9D USE 5 WITS WITHOUT 06905E POM* WITN 0157 5856060 63591. ® 0805 0-52 OPTION (090CI101S. ® 08155 3-00091(5(090(1(50. • FOR 08*5 IWUTS 011-904. 'ORAS 2-561 REWIRES 0-50 VOL AND -G05 0-109- REQUIRES 0-10300. ® -ACTIVE ((*06511(5 8305/ APPEARS W110 BON '6005 0-5V' 010 0805 ® SEE FUSE REPLACEMENT TAN( 5 390 POET FOR *10 POWER flERS 640. Flt. 9427. ©1 (0X((T(O6 FOP CO2 21619 AH 6510 WITH OPTIMAL TRAP DAMPER OANY. 22 9X47 (Nn• -.498 ID,1911 CO-- 419 I ® (-1u f(•I- .5100( 1-3- I 71- 11 17 'CI 4 , nn® 4135 496 6 486 497 13 417 499 400 499 5 535 500 535 55 491 502 SO3 491 494 495 -• - 61(---1.1 5410 -- 66 -1.1 OP055 MMIUITY 1 0600 •---540"'00 NAT TWE aur® _.. KS ....[5 MORONIC TEAT 0 •-•-546 --- p MODULATING NNG GAS MALI r 110-- 690 99101F1(4715 l H[-- 66 -- C> _ HFRIfi I la --{95--_• 1610 M- -497 •---s6-...� 0269( /•-_-.s2----. 010 VO( 496 0.1." {(, o''-`_. {71---- --• 535-) 5© (0(11Q -- 667---'1•IIAIOIQ --t9B---I-1 --191---1.1 IAM© --692---'1-I 1.I41Q ).01404.113'57 6(85) Ib-.- SIM----- 5-.-.505--.-- la> 1251 11`` K•••• 1.0.7 ((-1.•••50 {l l•1 •-•- 503 FF.IlO01 AMiY Jr(5q.-.-502 -•• 55 ..-..-..-..-.. len! M----601 RT-SVX36Q-EN 81 9 TRANS' Installation Figure 45. Field connection diagram notes for 20 to 89 ton CV or VAV applications NOTES: 1� ALL WIRING AND COMPONENTS SHOWN DASHED TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE CUSTOMER IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES. 2� CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS - MAIN UNIT CONTROL (CIRCUIT #1) - ARE LOCATED IN THE CONDENSER SECTION FOR 20 THRU 75 TON UNITS. CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS FOR 90 THRU 130 TON UNITS ARE LOCATED IN THE HEATING SECTION. SEE CUSTOMER CONNECTION WIRE RANGE TABLE FOR ACCEPTABLE WIRE SIZES FOR CONNECTION TO MAIN UNIT TERMINAL BLOCK (1TB1/4TB2) OR DISCONNECT SW ITCH (1S14/4S15). ED WIRES TO THE OPTIONAL STEAM AND/OR HOT WATER HEAT VALVE ARE SUPPLIED WITH THE UNIT. WIRE CONNECTIONS TO THE VALVE TO BE MADE BY THE CUSTOMER. OPTIONAL 5U57 REMOTE ZONE TEMP SENSOR IS USED FOR REMOTE ZONE TEMP SENSING. WHEN 516 9T REMOTETE ZONES TETEMP ASENSOR ISIS USED. REMOVE 5U58 INTERGRAL ZONE TEMP SENSOR ATTACHEWIRES USE SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR WIRE. 9� USE SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR WIRE. WRAP SHIELDS WITH TAPE TO PREVENT CONTACT WITH GROUND. EE> REMOVE JUMPER (1TB4-15 & 1TB4-16) AND INSTALL HIGH DUCT TEMP T -STAT OR FIELD SUPPLIED DEVICE. ED REMOVE JUMPER (1TB4-17 & 1TB4-18) WHEN FIELD SUPPLIED EXTERNAL AUTO/STOP SWITCH (5S67) IS INSTALLED. EE> ALARM OUTPUT SWITCHES ON ANY MANUAL RESET DIAGNOSTIC. EK> OPTIONAL HEAT MODULE AUX. TEMP (5RT16) IS USED FOR MORNING WARM-UP CONTROL ON UNITS WITH HEATING OPTION. EDTERMINAL BLOCK 1TB17 AND ASSOCIATED WIRING REQUIRED WITH GBAS (1U51) OPTION. DEMAND LIMIT RELAY (5K89) TO BE PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER. ED VENTILATION OVERRIDE MODE CONTACTS RATED 12MA 0 24VDC MINIMUM (5K90 - 5K94) TO BE PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER. ED WIRE NODES 533 & 534 REQUIRED WITH BAS/NETWORK COMM MODULE (1U54) OPTION. USE SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR WIRE. [ff> FOR 50-60 TON WITH 0.50 KVA TRANSFORMER. 15A FUSE REPLACEMENT IS REQUIRED WITH 200V/230V/ 460V/575V UNIT VOLTAGE AND 20A FUSE REPLACEMENT IS REQUIRED WITH 380V/415V UNIT VOLTAGE. ED CONTACTS RATED 12 MA 0 24VDC MINIMUM. 22 CONNECT TO 24VAC CLASS 2 CIRCUITS ONLY. ED FIELD SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED OCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED CONTACTS (5K86) FOR USE ON UNITS WITHOUT REMOTE PANEL WITH NIGHT SETBACK (5U58). E> GBAS 0-5V OPTION CONNECTIONS. 26 GBAS 0-10V OPTION CONNECTIONS. E> FOR GBAS INPUTS A11 -A14. "GBAS 0-5V" REQUIRES 0-5V VDC AND "GBAS 0-10V" REQUIRES 0-10VDC. 28 "ACTIVE DIAGNOSTICS (B05)" APPEARS WITH BOTH "GBAS 0-5V" AND "GBAS 0-10V". 29 SEE FUSE REPLACEMENT TABLE ON VFD PANEL FOR VFD POWER FUSES (F40. F41. F42). [IL> CONNECTIONS FOR CO2 SENSOR ARE USED WITH OPTIONAL TRAQ DAMPER ONLY. 82 RT-SVX36Q-EN r } 413 -1 r 4- 414- D- 1- 415 -1 r 416- • 417- 16-4n- -1 r 1- 418--.11 • 403- -' J r 438 437 r _ _ i—t _ . 21 24 o-► FQ 5K86 OCCUPIEO/IINOCCUPIED CONTACTS _ ---537 -- 403 L 436 1-C TRANS' Installation Figure 46. Typical field wiring diagram for 20 to 89 ton VAV control option DEVICE PREFIX LOCATION CODE AREA LOCATION INSIDE UNIT CONTROL BOX 2 CONDENSER SECTION 3 AIR HANDLER SECTION HEATING SECTION 5 EXTERNAL FIELD MOUNTED DEVICE 5U57 © 1 ZONE TEMP SENSOR 2 SU69 REMOTE ZONE TEMP SENSOR Fr. -511513--•d • REMOTE PANEL WITHNSB -?-c - i -c __ 51 HEAT 7 S2 (001 8 SYS ON 9 SERVICE 10 OND 11 COMM 1.) 12 24 VA( 14 IMPORTANT! 00 NOT ENERGIZE UNIT UNTIL CHECK-OUT AND START-UP PROCEDURE HAS BEEN COMPLETED. r 5571 . EMERGENCY STOP . ' SW ITCH • ® CI L 431 435--_ -. ▪ 5567 • EXTERNAL AUTO/STOP ' SWITCH • 11 21 L __LJ..J 434 438 1184 1 408 418 12 2 409 424 13 3 410 403 14 412 435 15 411 431 16 6 417 434 17 7 413 438 18 8 414 437 19 9 415 537 20 10 416 538 21 11 425 436 22 1 7 1 �j---_-- 51168T•h T01E PANEL --408-1--C 1 ZONE TEMP --409-- -C 2 COMMON -- 410- -C 3 COOLING SETPOINT --412-�•t4MODE • -- 411 -.-5 HEATING SETPOINTJ --bn---C6 GNO -- 413 -E--C 7 HEAT 8 COOL -- 415---C 9 SYS ON - 616 -I- -C 10 SERVICE • LREMOTE PANEL _. J 11-3 (r-)-7 1 -I” Id E 11-2 l-1 WAN INTERFACE 12-11.1 MODULE 12-2 1-) J2-3 EARTH y GROUND L — J RT-SVX36Q-EN 83 TRANS' Installation Figure 47. Typical field wiring diagram for 20 to 89 ton VAV control option N 1 1 1 1 I I O 1 1 1 $ I 1 N N O d >•W � O L Z O Z Ce �i i 1 m oTh,.__.) ZoZ'-' a o z �1 �x �J L.1 0 01 Z u Z Ou OOL E > Q a d u > CO a._. .E -4 Q N N CO IA LA LA -------------- l 1 • I I I I I I I I I I N m P N N m vie 0 CO 0 0 N on on N N m O. O NO • N N 2 Ln LCI CV Ln 0.1 0.1 00 0' 1.11 CV VI u1 1'- m IT 0 I I 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I 1 COu • 0 z • N 00� VI P 2 u p Y O a Nn LnaW •0 . o • 2S ' L'_ _._ J I 1 1.1 LA IA 0 w a Q O O w CI ~ VI O H O E L..... o c c ,- Ln Ln X CC ,- 2a S E 3 J o LA in r N 84 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Installation Figure 48. Typical GBAS analog input wiring diagram for 20 to 89 ton CV and VAV control options From 2313-1118* E. KAT 10-- 40' eat' (.3---08 COI--- 69 1` K-•- 500 earor SW ® NOD {I•]- 190 t' +len <22 les 496 II {ee 497 7 4007 498 u 4ee 499 E 5E S00 l6 Sly 501 n 3 491 507 E 497 503 n 493 506 70 n 691 SOS n n 495 506 n 'v I. r I ® 46010 I W--43--- FAIIUR COLI ---406 ----- -, ® X011 r (1./-••(1--497 1 ---SR } 1® Di> 4.421 c.,.... •-191 , --•575---1 s rot SR--- ® ®Gi"osrlCSr 10----sm --.. os•••1.1 ® °B5 [°F• -SOS •--'81.•- 146121Z aUOU t I ('1 ---- so 1.1-- SOs----' �491.-- 1.1 -- „1n© ` -•491••-1.1 ®191 v (MO ----S01 -••407••-1.1"11 ®FAIAIL ... 5, '1 1•--.194.-- (•1 >® °011 . --501 ' From 2307-3891* J t 1.15 "§-3 r§- 3 1046 AR1.542< (((o 4 1 "1[ 56115 176 s 4 6)611 Vi1-%u 178/7.1 as ro( 1,8/74 11 4865 10401* 466 1 178/7•1 4475 1151-030- " Si 6 1611.4.a 1 1 yy, 15 1a , 51919 I14 .7 si. I-��- n ( T 6905 507_9343 (8 11074 495A 501.91 1•, fa .1,3,, 0.9 rot (197.6 1-1 497A 507_9143 461 u I.1 373 9. ,c,..507_743 1 u 0-S ro[ 7811 ,0 1_( 4015 50157, R 7617.5®®® 535, 507_410 0.s ro[ :n lana 9. 501 17DLLSLE�SR 1.117_16507_91106' /r 117,8 51.1 OK67 /// 1740066 ..-4 1 1 O0-5 9 I 1-1 11-4 9)50 431 8� J 4IA il•1 1IK 67 74 8AC 10 _ 178 1 ..1n n \ 1.151-67 62-17 19 5664 17210-1 01011 1117(9 IMAR 9 Dt K9TW1 A•) A-6 }ANAL 11111111 2 A -T An 0 MI5 A0 A•11 6 11 JL 1166.0 0*0193 A -n Au MUT 4 AE 444106 13.1 Ste[ I°[ VAV 50th 17.5 WHO 9.57598 1N1p 507_91 • (6•101461011Ut E 17'6 501P17 6709 ij (17-R R 0096 /701}1 Il. VS> -PR SQWO 8E •17._ R 507_47 44 •R A w /7017.7 507_47 RD '417'a , \ E 507_97 ■�� ,re .n 167_97 7 11 Jf.l At SURA 507_94 1�-)�n6n-it \[6118[i 01sl50 507_44 IOVfW 416010 FAILURE (O17VT n REA1 14117,5 10071917 n 911Rr FAB FAILLAE 17nM 41 en -71 507_77 -• ---••-••▪ -•.- ---- Table 38. GBAS voltage vs. setpoint 1.15 rtB7•) WO 1 "f 501-15 776 6 178617�.1 507_9) (.3 4SS `� Ih n 1...060-+o ro[ bSttena466.4 507_nIAai + 1-1 QD )(^A- 08/7--3 4675 7/51-9)h .0 (•t 60pp 0-E ro[ 181 ABA1W 1785.. 445 v57_47 WU, 7 Th A•, 1 idD n 1 4095 157_97 I-�'iFo- � M7-94•2. a-1_ vst•�<n-a 26.23-1121-011.1 (099930885 (., 17_3 oro a 50 h n a I1 t�591 1 (-1 h4 1101 /7801 760 50 14:h..111 1 ° :t.,,th"4:00, I 17BS-S 4005 a®0(.I+610,/700-4914507_937.104010-E-I new_49154354313.11 1 /78611-9 49)8 151 43(0 mY ANAIW 0-1 0997 0-E VD( nen° IIfM f 1 1 4944 15(•9)(013 17017-S Vit•91417-1 0-4 roC 515` 17617-6 515 390 Bt 4061 507_61 50 189-8 SI.,1IRE 61 la {I ,11K 63 .117-10%,77 5044 176 7 7_47 (•(0-108 0C 17-E E 509A ITT ,., RUfM 9 507_47 1"s17/51-46." 1Bn•n 431-Ptt` 4 11"1 AAO0C N -u Y \ 18801.7 t•1 „57617 a 507_97` 4 17.7 ;01* 4 \ 17817-E 151.94 1 (•1 (3109 R A7a0 )n 59W �wm (,(mrtw, 0 507_92 n" , 5016 ,507_917 5872 6- 0./JY OC .07-6 *6 5034 (r13T§'A 1.7 MOM 41 1157_0° ) 172-10)1 5444 11097..2 507_97 ma.�1 5950 '�T�-r Atnn BLAB 507_417 s�g8fs rourlrn v ll 17-`} 5066 TT0 22 957_47 7_ - --•'-•-- t7..-..-.. Setpoint GBAS 0-5 VDC GBAS 0-10 VDC Valid Range Occ Zone Cooling Setpoint (CV only) 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 50 to 90°F Unocc Zone Cooling Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 50 to 90°F Occ Zone Heating Setpoint (CV only) 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 50 to 90°F Unocc Zone Heating Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 50 to 90°F SA Cooling Setpoint (VAV only) 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC . 40 to 90°F RT-SVX36Q-EN 85 •TRNIE' Installation Table 38. GBAS voltage vs. setpoint (continued) Setpoint GBAS 0-5 VDC GBAS 0-10 VDC Valid Range SA Cooling Setpoint (SZVAV only) 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 40 to 70°F Zone Cooling Setpoint (SZVAV only) 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 50 to 80°F Zone/Return Critical Temperature Setpoint (RR only) 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 75 to 95°F SA Heating Setpoint (VAV only) 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 40 to 180°F SA Heating Setpoint (SZVAV only) 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 65 to 95°F Space Static Pressure Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC -0.20 to 0.30 IWC SA Static Pressure Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0.7 to 5.1 IWC Min OA Flow Setpoint 1 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0 to Unit Max Flow MWU Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 50 to 90°F Econ Dry Bulb Enable Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 50 to 140°F SA_Reheat_Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 60 to 90°F Minimum Position Setpoint 3 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0 to 100% Occ Dehumidification Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 40 to 65% Unocc Dehumidification Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 40 to 65% Occ Humidification Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 20 to 50% Unocc Humidification Setpoint 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 20 to 50% Notes: 1. If DCV is enabled this is used for Design Minimum OA Flow Setpoint 2. If DCV is enabled, this is used for Design Minimum OA Damper Position Setpoint Table 39. GBAS 0-10 VDC output range Setpoint GBAS 0-10 VDC Valid Range Outdoor Air Temperature 0.5 to 9.5 VDC -40 to 200°F Zone Temperature 0.5 to 9.5 VDC -40 to 200°F Supply Air Temperature (VAV and CV Discharge Temperature Control only) 0.5 to 9.5 VDC -40 to 200°F Supply Air Pressure (VAV only) 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0.0 to 7.91 wc Space Pressure 0.5 to 9.5 VDC -0.67-0.67 wc Space RH 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0-100% OA RH 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0-100% Space CO2 Level 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 50-2000 PPM Cooling Capacity % 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0-100% Heating Capacity % 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0-100% Outdoor Air Damper Position 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0-100% Outdoor Airflow 0.5 to 9.5 VDC 0 to 65,000 CFM 86 RT-SVX36Q-EN Unit Replacement This section covers the removal and preparation necessary for setting the R -410A replacement unit in place. For more detailed information, please see the Rooftop Replacement Engineering Bulletin — RT- PRB027*-EN. AWARNING R -410A Refrigerant under Higher Pressure than R-22! Failure to use proper equipment or components as described below, could result in equipment failing and possibly exploding, which could result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. The units described in this manual use R -410A refrigerant which operates at higher pressures than R-22. Use ONLY R -410A rated service equipment or components with these units. For specific handling concerns with R -410A, please contact your local Trane representative. RT-SVX36Q-EN A WARNING Fiberglass Wool! Exposition to glass wool fibers without all necessary PPE equipment could result in cancer, respiratory, skin or eye irritation, which could result in death or serious injury. Disturbing the insulation in this product during installation, maintenance or repair will expose you to airborne particles of glass wool fibers and ceramic fibers known to the state of California to cause cancer through inhalation. You MUST wear all necessary Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) including gloves, eye protection, a NIOSH approved dust/mist respirator, long sleeves and pants when working with products containing fiberglass wool. Precautionary Measures: • Avoid breathing fiberglass dust. • Use a NIOSH approved dust/mist respirator. • Avoid contact with the skin or eyes. Wear long-sleeved, loose -fitting clothing, gloves, and eye protection. • Wash clothes separately from other clothing; rinse washer thoroughly. • Operations such as sawing, blowing, tear - out, and spraying may generate fiber concentrations requiring additional respiratory protection. Use the appropriate NIOSH approved respirator. First Aid Measures: • Eye Contact - Flush eyes with water to remove dust. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention. • Skin Contact - Wash affected areas gently with soap and warm water after handling. Electrical Connection A WARNING Live Electrical Components! Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. When it is necessary to work with live electrical components, have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. 87 TRANS' Unit Replacement Main Electrical Power Lock and tag out unit main electric power and remove power supply wiring from installed disconnect/terminal block of unit. See Figure 40, p. 67 for locations. Note: Inspect wiring to ensure that all field -installed wiring complies with NEC and applicable local codes. SEHF Units with 2O0V or 230V Electric Heat (Requires separate power supply to heater) Lock and tag out unit main electric power and remove power supply wiring for the electric heat from a dedicated, field- supplied/installed disconnect to terminal block 4TB2, or to an optional unit -mounted disconnect switch 4S15. See Figure 40, p. 67 for locations. Field -installed Control Wiring Note: Inspect wiring to ensure that all field -installed wiring complies with NEC and applicable local codes. Remove the field wiring connections for the variable air volume controls as applicable. Note: Label wiring to save time when reconnecting wiring is necessary. Remove ground wire from the unit. Note: The electrical connection for 40, 60, 70 and 75 ton is 32 inches further down the unit than older style units. On full perimeter curbs, this also means the incoming electrical will be outside the curb area. The electrician should be informed of both points. See Figure 40, p. 67 for typical field wiring for 20-75 ton units. See Figure 41, p. 68 for typical field power wiring for 90-130 ton units. Requirements for Gas Heat A WARNING Hazardous Gases and Flammable Vapors! Failure to observe the following instructions could result in exposure to hazardous gases, fuel substances, or substances from incomplete combustion, which could result in death or serious injury. The state of California has determined that these substances may cause cancer, birth defects, or other reproductive harm. Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service or use of this product could cause flammable mixtures or lead to excessive carbon monoxide. To avoid hazardous gases and flammable vapors follow proper installation and setup of this product and all warnings as provided in this manual. 1. Remove and isolate gas supply from the unit gas train. 2. Ensure gas supply line piping joints are properly sealed. 3. Remove drip leg Installed in the gas piping near the unit. 4. Remove factory -supplied flue assembly installed on the unit. 5. Remove the 3/4" CPVC furnace drain stub out that was used for condensate drain. Requirements for Hot Water Heat (SLH*) 1. Remove and isolate water piping that comes into the heating section from the base of the unit. 2. Remove the installed, 3 -way modulating valve, if necessary, to remove unit. 3. Remove the valve actuator wiring. Requirements for Steam Heat (SSH*) 1. Remove and isolate steam piping that comes into the heating section from the base of the unit. 2. Remove, 2 -way modulating valve if necessary. 3. Remove the valve actuator wiring. Space Pressure Sensor and Tubing Installation (All units with Statitrac) Remove field -supplied pneumatic tubing connected to the space pressure transducer located in the filter section (see Figure 49, p. 89). 88 RT-SVX36Q-EN •7TIANE. Unit Replacement Figure 49. Duct static pressure control layout Space Static Supply Air Duct Transducer (3U62) Static Transducer (3U60) Static Reference Tubing Connects Here Discharge Duct Static Tubing Connects Here Space Pressure Sensing Tube Connects Here Space Pressure Calibration Solenoid (3L21) Condensate Drain Connections Each S*HF or K unit is provided with two 1" evaporator condensate drain connections (one on each side of the unit). Remove all 1" condensate drain connections from unit, see Figure 50, p. 89. Figure 50. Condensate drain locations Standard or Sloped Drain Pan (1) Condensate Drain Opening Both Sides Supply and Return Duct Connections Ensure supply and return duct connections were installed to the roof curb supply and return areas of roof curb, rather than to the unit itself. Remove supply and return duct work if it was directly connected to the unit. RT-SVX36Q-EN Lifting Procedures Unit Rigging and Placement A WARNING Heavy Object! Failure to follow these instructions could result in death, serious injury, and property damage. Make certain that the lifting methods used to lift the duct furnace are capable of supporting the weight of the heater during installation. Ensure that all hardware used in the suspension of each duct furnace is properly rated for the job. Make certain that the structure to which the duct furnace is to be mounted is capable of safely supporting its weight. Under no circumstances must the gas lines, venting system, or the electrical conduit be used to support the duct furnace. Do not allow objects (i.e. ladder) or people to lean against the gas lines, venting system, or electrical conduit for support. A WARNING Improper Unit Lift! Failure to properly lift unit could result in unit dropping and possibly crushing operator/ technician which could result in death or serious injury, and equipment or property -only damage. Test lift unit approximately 24 inches (61 cm) to verify proper center of gravity lift point. To avoid dropping of unit, reposition lifting point if unit is not level. Important: Use spreader bars as shown in Figure 19, p. 47. Refer to the unit Installation, Operation and Maintenance manual or unit nameplate for the weight. Refer to the installation instructions located inside the side control panel for further rigging information. A center -of -gravity illustration is shown in Figure 13, p. 39; dimensional data is shown in Table 13, p. 39. Attach adequate strength lifting slings to all four lifting lugs on 20 to 75 ton units and to all six lifting lugs on 90 to 130 ton units. The minimum distance between the lifting hook and the top of the unit should be 7 feet for 20 to 75 ton units, and 12 feet for 90 to 130 ton units. Figure 19, p. 47 illustrates the installation of spreader bars to protect the unit and to facilitate a uniform lift. lists the typical unit operating weights. Table 42, p. 90 and Table 43, p. 90 list weights for previous development sequences of IntelliPak. 1. Test lift the unit to ensure it is properly rigged and balanced, make any necessary rigging adjustments. 2. Lift the unit. These units have a continuous base rail around the air handler section which allows for placement on dunnage or a tractor trailer for 89 •TRAfIE ' Unit Replacement transport. 3. Remove old gasket from the roof curb and place new gasket material on curb, see Figure 51, p. 91. Note: See Figure 52, p. 91, Table 44, p. 91 and Table 45, p. 92as well Figure 53, p. 93, , to determine gasket material length using roof curb dimensions. A cross section of the juncture between the unit and the roof curb is shown in Figure 20, p. 47. Installation of S*HL or K units See unit IOM and appropriate programming guide for installation operation and programming requirements. Table 40. Typical unit and curb weights (R-22) without VFD Unit Size Typical Unit Operating Weight(a) Roof Curb Max. Weight (b) SAHF SE, SL, SSHF SFHF SXHF SAHF S*H- F/G C20 4360 4690 4970 4580 490 510 C25 4520 4860 5130 4750 490 510 C30 5220 5590 5840 5460 490 510 C40 6890 7400 7880 7240 515 550 C50 7890 8450 8900 8290 515 550 C55 8140 8690 9170 8540 515 550 C60 9320 9650 10120 9480 610 640 C70 9860 10160 10640 10040 610 640 C75 9860 10160 10640 10040 610 640 (a) Weights represent the typical unit operating weights for the heating/ cooling function indicated with an economizer and exhaust fan installed. (b) Roof curb weights include the curb and pedestal. Table 41. Typical unit and curb weights (R-22) with VFD Unit Size Typical Unit Operating Weight(a) Roof Curb Max. Weight (b) SAHF SE, SL, SSHF SFHF SXHF SAHF S*H- F/G C20 4650 5000 5270 4860 490 510 C25 4830 5180 5440 5060 490 510 C30 5570 5930 6200 5800 490 510 C40 7290 7820 8280 7650 515 550 C50 8350 8900 9380 8740 515 550 C55 8600 9160 9640 9010 515 550 90 Table 41. Typical unit and curb weights (R-22) with VFD (continued) Unit Size Typical Unit Operating Weight(a) Roof Curb Max. Weight (b) SAHF SE, SL, SSHF SFHF SXHF SAHF S*H- F/G C60 9840 10150 10620 10010 610 640 C70 10370 10690 11160 10560 610 640 C75 10370 10690 11160 10560 610 640 (a) Weights represent the typical unit operating weights for the heating/ cooling function indicated with an economizer, exhaust fan with supply and exhaust VFD installed. (b) Roof curb weights include the curb and pedestal. Table 42. Approximate roof curb and S*HC unit operating weights (units built prior to 1991) Unit Size Typical Unit Operating Weight Roof Curb Max Weight SAHC SE,SL, SS, SXHC SB, SFHC SAHC S*HF C20 4,600 4,950 5,250 445 470 C25 4,700 5,050 5,300 445 470 C30 5,500 6,050 6,200 445 470 C40 7,500 8,200 8,500 505 540 C50 8,350 9,100 9,200 530 560 C55 8,500 9,200 9,350 530 560 C60 9,600 10,300 10,400 545 575 C70 10,500 11,200 11,300 545 575 C75 10,700 11,400 11,500 545 575 Note: Weight shown in this table represents the maximum unit operating weight for S*HC units with heating/cooling functions indicated and includes economizer and exhaust fan options. Actual unit weight is on the unit nameplate. RT-SVX36Q-EN TRINE' Unit Replacement Table 43. Approximate operating weights, 90 to 100 ton, "E" style cabinet (units built prior to 1991) Unit Size/ Tons Rooftop w/ o Exhaust Fans Rooftop with Exhaust Fans Curb SEHE C90 13,150 14,500 600 SFHE C90 13,820 15,150 600 SXHE C90 13,000 14,340 600 Figure 51. Perimeter gasket material Table 43. Approximate operating weights, 90 to 100 ton, "E" style cabinet (units built prior to 1991) (continued) Unit Size/ Tons Rooftop w/ o Exhaust Fans Rooftop with Exhaust Fans Curb SEHE Dll 13,700 15,050 600 600 SFHE Dll 14,360 15,700 600 SXHE D11 13,550 14,880 600 Perimeter Gasket Duct Opening Roof Curb Perimeter Gasket Figure 52. Typical partial perimeter curb with pedestal illustration for 20- 75 ton standard units Table 44. Typical curb dimensions for 20 to 75 ton SAHF units with air-cooled condensers (R-22) Curb Dimensions SAHF-C20,C25, C30 SAHF-C40 SAHF-050, C55 SAHF-C60, C70, C75 A 16'3-7/8" 19'1-15/16" 19'1-15/16" 19'1-15/16" B 2'10-1/16" 7'10-1/16" 7'10-1/16 7'10-1/16" RT-SVX36Q-EN 91 •T&4NE Unit Replacement Table 44. Typical curb dimensions for 20 to 75 ton SAHF units with air-cooled condensers (R-22) (continued) Curb Dimensions SAHF-C20,C25, C30 SAHF-C40 SAHF-050, C55 SAHF-C60, C70, C75 C 7'10-7/16" 7'10-7/16" 7'10-7/16" 9'11-15/16" D 7'0-13/16" 7'0-13/16" 7'0-13/16" 9'2-5/16" E 16'3-9/16" 19'1-5/8" 19'1-5/8" 19'1-5/8" F 7' 0-1/2" 7' 0-1/2" 7' 0-1/2" 9' 2" G 13'6-15/16" 16'2-9/16" 16'2-9/16" 16'2-9/16" H 7'11-15/16" 7'11-15/16" 7'11-15/16" 10'1-7/16" J 5'8-13/16" 5'8-13/16" 5'8-13/16" 7'10-5/16" K 2' 0" 2' 0" 2' 0" 2' 0" L 2' 5-5/16" 3' 6" 3' 6" 3' 6" M 2' 11-5/16" 4' 0" 4' 0" 4' 0" N 1'10-5/8" 1'10-5/8" 1'10-5/8" 1'10-5/8" P 5' 9-1/2" 5' 9-1/2" 5' 91/2" 6' 11-7/8" Q 0' 5-11/16" 0' 5-11/16" 0' 5-11/16" 0' 11-3/16" R 0'5-11/16" 0'5-11/16" 0'5-11/16" 0'11-3/16" S 2'3-5/16" 2'5-15/16" 2'5-15/16" 2'5-15/16" Table 45. Typical curb dimensions for SEHF, SFHF, SLHF, SSHF, SXHF, 20 to 75 ton units with air-cooled condensers (R-22) Curb Dimensions S_HF-C20,C25, C30 S_HF-C40 S_HF-050, C55 S_HF-C60,C70, C75 A 18'7-1/2" 22'4-1/2" 22'4-1/2"22' 4-1/2" B 2'10-1/16" 7'10-1/16" 7'10-1/16" 7'10-1/16 C 7'10-7/16" 7'10-7/16" 7'10-7/16" 9'11-15/16" D 7'0-13/16" 7'0-13/16" 7'0-13/16" 9'2-5/16" E 18'7-3/16" 22'4-1/8" 22'4-1/8" 22'4-1/8" F 7' 0-1/2" 7' 0-1/2" 7' 0-1/2" 9' 2" G 15' 10-9/16" 19' 5" 19' 5" 19' 5" H 7' 11-15/16" 7' 11-15/16" 7' 11-15/16" 10' 1-7/16" J 5'8-13/16" 5'8-13/16" 5'8-13/16" 7'10-5/16" K 2'0" 2'0" 2'0" 2'0" L 2' 5-5/16" 3' 6" 3' 6" 3' 6" M 2' 11-5/16" 4' 0" 4' 0" 4' 0" N 1'10-5/8" 1'10-5/8" 1'10-5/8" 1'10-5/8" P 5'7-3/8" 5'7-3/8" 5'7-3/8" 7'8-3/4" Q 1'0-7/16" 0'11-3/16" 0'11-3/16" 0'11-3/16" R 0' 1" 0' 2-1/4" 0' 2-1/4" 0' 2-3/8" S 2' 3-5/16" 2' 5-5/16" 2' 5-5/16" 2' 5-5/16" 92 RT-SVX36Q-EN TRANE` Unit Replacement Figure 53. Full perimeter curb with pedestal (20 to 75 ton units built prior to 1991) W r/ - 1w' ADJUSTABLE 6' FILLER PANEL 'd' K.O. PNEUMATIC SIGNAL CONTROL ELEC. CONDUIT 3" DIA. MAX. 20 TO 55 TON 31/2' DIA. MAX. 60 TON 1' ADJUSTABLE 6'" FILLER PANEL Table 46 20 to 75 ton roof curb dimensions, downflow (units built prior to 1991) t ROOF UNE REFER TO DETAIL Model Unit Size W L A B C D E F T U SAHC 20, 25, 30 7'-1/2" 21'-3 3/4" 5'-8 3/4" 2'-5 5/16" 13'-8 13/ 16" 7 1/2" 5'-9 1/2" _ NA NA 11/4" NPT GAS CONN. SFHC AND SBHC UNITS 7'-1/2" 26'-6" 5'-8 3/4" 3'-6" I., 7 1/2" 8.____.4 RETURN AIR OPENING I I NA OR " DIA,KNOCKOUT T IS T D LOCATION FOR HOT WATER OR STEAM BOTTOM CONNECTION 31/2- DIA. HOLE -F—' CHA RGE DISAIA OPENING 7'-1/2" E 5'-8 3/4" I I 16'-4 5/ 16" r ---B I 1 1 ( 2'-5 15/ 16" PROVIDED FOR: A. 200-230 V 3' MAX. CONDUIT ELEC. HEAT R. WATER OR STEAM CONNECTION I NA 60 9'-2" 26'-6" I I 3'-6" 16'-4 3/8" 1'-1 1/16" 6'-11 7/8" 216,!,'5/ NA l 75 9'-2" 26'-6" 7'-10 1/4" 3'-6" 16'-4 3/8" 1'-1 1/16" 6'-11 7/8" ` NA NA fl 20' 25' 30 7'-1/2" 23'-7 3/8" 5'-8 3/4" n 6 15'-0 7/ 16" 1'-2 5/16" T U 2'-3 5/16" 11- DIA. DC CONTROL CIRCUIT 0;4:1. C 11/2'" DIA. AC CONTROL CIRCUIT 7'-1/2" 29'-8 1/2" 'd' K.O. PNEUMATIC SIGNAL CONTROL ELEC. CONDUIT 3" DIA. MAX. 20 TO 55 TON 31/2' DIA. MAX. 60 TON 1' ADJUSTABLE 6'" FILLER PANEL Table 46 20 to 75 ton roof curb dimensions, downflow (units built prior to 1991) t ROOF UNE REFER TO DETAIL Model Unit Size W L A B C D E F T U SAHC 20, 25, 30 7'-1/2" 21'-3 3/4" 5'-8 3/4" 2'-5 5/16" 13'-8 13/ 16" 7 1/2" 5'-9 1/2" 2'-3 5/16" NA NA 40 7'-1/2" 26'-6" 5'-8 3/4" 3'-6" 16'-4 3/8" 7 1/2" 5'-9 1/2" 2'-5 15/ 16" NA NA 50, 55 7'-1/2" 29'-1 15/ 16' 5'-8 3/4" 3'-6" 16'-4 5/ 16" 7 1/2" 5'-9 1/2" 2'-5 15/ 16" NA NA 60 9'-2" 26'-6" 7'-10 1/4" 3'-6" 16'-4 3/8" 1'-1 1/16" 6'-11 7/8" 216,!,'5/ NA NA 75 9'-2" 26'-6" 7'-10 1/4" 3'-6" 16'-4 3/8" 1'-1 1/16" 6'-11 7/8" L 1615/ NA NA SEHC 20' 25' 30 7'-1/2" 23'-7 3/8" 5'-8 3/4" 2'-5 5/16" 15'-0 7/ 16" 1'-2 5/16" 5'-7 3/8" 2'-3 5/16" 15'-7/16" 16'-4 7/8" SFHC 40 7'-1/2" 29'-8 1/2" 5'-8 3/4" 3'-6" 19'-6 7/8" 1'-2 5/16" 5'-7 3/8" 2'-5 15/ 16" 18'-6 13/ 16" 20'-1 7/8" 19'-8 7/8" SLHC SSHC 50, 55 7'-1/2" 32'-4 1/2" 5'-8 3/4" 3'-6" 19'-6 13/ 16" 1'-2 5/16" 5'-7 3/8" 2'-5 15/ 16" 18'-6 13/ 16" 20'-1 7/8" 19'-8 7/8" SXHC 60 9'-2" 29'-8 1/2" 7'-10 1/4" 3'-6" 19'-6 7/8" 1'-2 5/16" 7'-8 7/8" 2'-5 15/ 16" 18'-6 13/ 16" 20'-1 7/8" 19'-8 7/8" 75 9'-2" 29'-8 1/2" 7'-10 1/4" 3'-6" 19'-6 7/8" 1'-2 5/16" 7'-8 7/8" 2'-5 15/ 16" 18'-6 13/ 16" 20'-1 7/8" 19'-8 7/8" Note: The return opening of the roof curb is provided with an adjustable filler panel 6" wide. This panel allows adjustment of the return air opening in order to clear roof members of all standard roof constructions with both supply and return openings. The return air opening of the curb is at a 90 degree angle as compared to the rooftop return air opening to allow this placement flexibility. The curb acts as a plenum between the ductwork and the unit return opening. A retainer clip is used to secure the adjustable filler piece to the roof curb. RT-SVX36Q-EN 93 Unit Startup Sequence of Operation NOTICE Compressors Failure! Failure to follow instruction below could result in compressor failure. Unit must be powered and crankcase heaters energized at least 8 hours BEFORE compressors are started. Cooling Sequence of Operation Time delays are built into the controls to increase reliability and performance by protecting the compressors and maximizing unit efficiency. Compressor Crankcase Heaters NOTICE Compressor Damage! Failure to follow instructions could result in compressor damage. Keep crankcase heaters on whenever refrigerant is in the system. If crankcase heaters have not been on with refrigerant in the system, turn the crankcase heaters on for a minimum of 24 hours before starting compressors. Each compressor is equipped with a crankcase heater. The proper operation of the crankcase heater is important to maintain an elevated compressor oil temperature during the OFF cycle to reduce oil foaming during compressor starts. When the compressor starts, the sudden reduction in crankcase pressure causes the liquid refrigerant to boil rapidly causing the oil to foam. This condition could damage compressor bearings due to reduced lubrication and could cause compressor mechanical failures. SZVAV Cooling Sequence of Operation Single Zone VAV units will be equipped with a VFD controlled supply fan which will be controlled via the 0- 10VDC RTM VFD output and the RTM Supply Fan output. The control scales the 0-10VDC VFD output from the RTM linearly to control between the 37%- 100% of the total fan speed range. If the RTM determines that there is a need for active cooling capacity in order to meet the calculated Temperature Setpoint (Tset), the unit will begin to stage compressors accordingly once supply fan proving has been made. Note that the compressor staging order will be based on unit configuration and compressor lead/lag status. 94 Once the Tset calculation has reached its bottom limit (Tset Lower Limit Setpoint) and compressors are being utilized to meet the demand, the Tset value continues to calculate below the Tset Lower Limit Setpoint and the algorithm will begin to ramp the Supply Fan Speed up toward 100%. Note that the supply fan speed will remain at the compressor stage's associated minimum value (as described below) until the Tset value is calculated below the Tset Lower Limit Setpoint. As the cooling load in the zone decreases the zone cooling algorithm will reduce the speed of the fan down to minimum per compressor stage and control the compressor outputs accordingly. As the compressors begin to de -energize, the Supply Fan speed will fall back to the Cooling Stage's associated minimum fan speed, but not below. As the load in the zone continues to drop, cooling capacity will be reduced in order to maintain the discharge air within the ±' Tset deadband. Cooling Stages Minimum Fan Speed As the unit begins to stage compressors to meet the cooling demand, the following minimum Supply Fan Speeds will be utilized for each corresponding Cooling Stage. Note that the Supply Fan Speed will be allowed to ramp up beyond 37% as determined by the active Tset calculation; the speeds below are only the minimum speeds per cooling stage. Note that when transitioning between active cooling stages, compressors may energize prior to the supply fan reaching the minimum speed for the associated step. 1. 2 -Stage DX Cooling - The minimum fan speed for units with 2 stages of DX Cooling will be 37% of the unit's full airflow capacity. At Stage 1 of DX Cooling the minimum Fan Speed will be 37% and at Stage 2 of DX Cooling the Fan Speed will be at a minimum of 67%. 2. 3 -Stage DX cooling variable speed compressor units (40-70T)—The minimum fan speed for variable speed compressor units with 3 stages of compressor operation will be 37% of the units total airflow. Minimum fan speed will increase from 37% to 67% as nominal unit capacity increases from minimum to 75%. Minimum fan speed will be 67% at nominal unit capacities above 75%. 3. 4 -Stage DX Cooling - The minimum fan speed for units with 4 stages of DX Cooling will be 37% of the unit's total airflow. At Stage 1 the minimum Supply Fan Speed will be 37%, at Stage 2 the minimum Supply Fan Speed will be 58%, and at Stages 3 & 4 the minimum Supply Fan Speed will be 67%. Rapid Restart This feature will occur after every power cycle. Once power is restored (e.g., via a backup generator), the RTM will maximize cooling capacity within 3-5 minutes. RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRAIF Unit Startup Once the space has returned to its Zone Temperature Setpoint, the RTM controls the load using normal capacity control algorithms. The supply fan will be turned on immediately after a power cycle, module initialization, or after the Unit Start Delay has timed out. The supply fan proving switch input must be closed prior to continuing with Rapid Restart. Once the supply fan proving switch input has closed, the unit will consider the outside air temperature to determine whether economizing or DX mechanical cooling will be utilized to provide the necessary cooling. If the outside air temperature is Tess than 50°F and economizing is enabled, the outside air damper will be utilized. If the outside air temperature is above 50°F, the outside air damper will remain closed and DX mechanical cooling will occur for the duration of Rapid Restart. Supply Fan Operation — Speed Control • VAV: The supply fan speed will ramp to 50%, then release to normal discharge static pressure control, limited only by the high duct static limit functionality. • CV: The supply fan speed will turn on full airflow. • SZVAV: The supply fan speed will ramp to full airflow. Figure 54. Typical rapid restart timeline Initialize System level Communications (L.onTallc, or BACnet communications) Unit Start Delay Timer (Staggered Start to limit inrush current) Supply Fan Started Confirm Supply Fan Proving 'Pak Control Reboot6sec Fourth Compressor Started Third Compressor Started Second Compressor Started First Compressor Started 0 6 12 18 48 78 108 SECONDS Units with Evaporative Condenser Sequence of Operation Upon a power up without water in the sump, the condenser sump drain will be controlled to allow the sump to hold water. The fill relay will be energized if there is a call for mechanical cooling and if the outdoor air temperature is greater than 10°F on units with a sump heater installed or greater than 40°F on units without sump heat. Once the fill solenoid is energized, the sump will begin to fill. The minimum water level switch will close and the fill relay will be de -energized. The sump water temperature sensor is invalid unless the minimum water level switch is closed. If the sump water temperature is less than the setpoint (default is 38°F), the sump heater will be energized until the water temperature reaches the setpoint plus 5 degrees (43°F for default). The fill solenoid will remain closed for 20 minutes or until the water temperature is greater than 35°F. Once a water temperature of 35°F or greater is achieved, the fill solenoid is energized, the sump will continue to fill, and a five minute timer is started. When the timer expires, the compressor lockout will be released and mechanical cooling will be allowed. Head pressure control will be regulated by a variable speed fan until the liquid line pressure from either circuit reaches the upper limit, which is set on the Human Interface under the setup menu 120°F default. The liquid line pressure is converted to a temperature for display at the Human Interface. When the temperature exceeds the upper limit, the condenser sump pump will be energized. When the sump pump is energized, water is pumped from the sump and sprayed over the condenser coil. If the liquid line pressure from either circuit falls below the lower limit the sump pump will be de -energized. When the sump pump is energized or de -energized a change in state is observed from an auxiliary contactor to ensure proper sump pump operation. A change in states must be observed by the auxiliary contactor within 6 seconds of the command to change states or mechanical cooling will be locked out on a sump pump failure causing a manual reset diagnostic to be set. The fill solenoid will remain energized and the water level will be controlled by the mechanical float valve. If the maximum level float ever closes, an information - only diagnostic is set and the fill solenoid is de - energized. This is an indication that the mechanical float is not adjusted properly or a failure of the mechanical float valve has occurred. If the maximum level input is open for two continuous minutes, the diagnostic will be cleared and the fill solenoid will be energized. If the sump water temperature ever drops below 35°F, the drain actuator will be controlled in order to drain the water from the sump. If there is a call for mechanical cooling and the outdoor air temp is greater than 10°F on units with sump heat installed or greater than 40°F on units without sump heat, the unit will be allowed to refill the sump. The drain control can be configured via the Human Interface, and by the drain actuator installation, to hold or drain water on power loss; the default is set to drain. Periodic purge is a cyclic opening of the drain to remove debris and buildup from the sump and add additional fresh water to the sump. Periodic purge has an adjustable interval from the setup menu on the Human Interface with a range of 1-12 hours or can be set to disabled - the default position if periodic purge is not required. The duration of the blowdown, or the time that the drain valve is opened, is adjustable to a range of 5 - 255 seconds, with 60 seconds being the default. RT-SVX36Q-EN 95 TRANS' Unit Startup The optional conductivity controller also uses this timer to open the drain, when required, based on water quality. During this purge, the fill solenoid will remain energized to provide fresh water to the sump to replace water being released during the blowdown. Water treatment blowdown is provided by shorting the designated input on the customer -supplied terminal strip. This gives the customer more flexibility in determining water conditions via external controls. Once the input is detected closed, the drain valve will be opened for a time equal to the Human Interface adjustable periodic purge duration. Once the duration timer expires, or if the minimum level switch opens, the drain valve will be closed and the water treatment blowdown input will be ignored for 15 minutes. During this blowdown the fill relay will remain open to provide fresh water to the sump. The adjustable duration time period should be set so that during drain operation 1 inch of water is drained from the sump with the fill solenoid valve closed. If the minimum water level switch opens during a blowdown cycle, the unit will de -energize the sump pump in order to protect the compressors and sump heater from insufficient water levels. Once the water level reaches the minimum level input and this input closes for 10 seconds, the compressors and sump heater operations will be allowed to restart. Evaporative Condenser Drain Valve Setup The drain valve is shipped to "Drain During Unit Power Loss Conditions." This means that when the unit disconnect is turned off, the 1S2 toggle switch is turned off, or the unit loses power, the drain will open. The valve is spring loaded and will travel from fully closed to fully open in approximately 25 seconds. This is desirable in cold climates where a risk of freezing exists. In milder climates it may be desirable to keep the water in the sump when unit power is off to avoid unnecessarily wasting water whenever the unit disconnect is turned off. To convert the unit to "Hold During Unit Power Loss Conditions," complete the following steps: 1. Remove power from the unit. 2. Remove the weather shield cover (Figure 55, p. 96). 3. Loosen the shaft set screw (Figure 55, p. 96), remove the locking clip and remove the shaft adapter (Figure 56, p. 96). 4. Lift the drain valve actuator and rotate it to the "hold during power loss" position (Figure 57, p. 97). 5. Reinstall the shaft adapter and locking clip and reinstall the actuator onto the base. Make sure the arrow on the shaft adapter is set to 0°. 6. Make sure the valve is in the fully closed position, then tighten the shaft set screw. 7. Reinstall the weather shield cover. 8. Restore power to the unit. 9. At the Human Interface, press SETUP, NEXT until 'Head Pressure Control Setup Submenu" is seen. Press ENTER. 10. Change the "Sump Drain Valve Relay Control" from Drain to Hold. Figure 55. Drain valve actuator with weather shield Weather Shield Figure 56. Actuator shaft adapter removal/assembly Locking clip Shaft adapter 96 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRA?IE Unit Startup Figure 57. Actuator is shipped in "Drain during power loss" configuration 0 To drain during power loss, To hold during power loss, set shaft adapter to 0 degrees set shaft adapter to 90 degrees Set Drain Duration Timer Enter service test mode from unit Human Interface. Navigate to the compressor condenser fan submenu. Under head pressure control, use manual control. Close drain valve and energize water inlet solenoid valve until water reaches nominal level. Once level is achieved, de -energize fill solenoid. Open drain valve and time how long it takes for the water level to drop one inch, make sure to take into account the closing time of the valve. Chemical Water Treatment Tree The Trane evaporative condenser comes with a PVC tree to allow easier inputs for third party water treatment. The tee labeled A is a 3/4 inch NPT threaded input, see Figure 58, p. 97. Tees B and C are 1/2 inch NPT threaded inputs. The ball valve can be used to stop the water flow through the tree to allow the customer to add hookup of water treatment, or to change and update water treatment with the unit running. Units with Dolphin WaterCareTM or conductivity sensor will have the conductivity sensor installed into the 3/4 inch tee with the other tees plugged. For all other units, A, B and C will be plugged, see Figure 58, p. 97. Ensure the ball valve is in the open position when water treatment is being operated in the system to make sure water flows through the tree and transports treatment to the unit sump. Figure 58. Chemical water treatment tree Conductivity Controller Upon start-up, the conductivity controller must be calibrated and setup for operation. Below are the necessary steps to accomplish those tasks. The controller has two setpoints that control two relays. Both of these setpoints will need to be set by Dolphin or a local water treatment expert. 1. The first setpoint is the standard point blowdown point. When the setpoint is exceeded, the relay (K1) will be energized and a blowdown request will close the Water treatment request binary input on the MCM. 2. The second setpoint will be the emergency point. The second setpoint will open the normally closed K2 relay, which will interrupt the sump proving circuit which will generate a manual lockout. This second setpoint will be used to protect the unit from extremely high conductivity that would indicate a failure in the system. 3. Inside the enclosure for the controller, there will be a thermostat and strip heater that will protect LCD from cracking at low ambient conditions. The thermostat closes at 15°F and opens at 25°F. Procedure to calibrate conductivity 1. Use a calibrated thermometer and a known conductivity rating. There are two different options for having a liquid with known conductivity: Note: Visit the GF Piping Systems site for additional information and resources. • Purchase a liquid with known conductivity rating • Purchase a handheld conductivity reader 2. Close the ball valve on the chemical treatment tree and remove the conductivity sensor from the tree. 3. Enter service test mode on the unit and turn the pump on, ensuring the compressors are set to OFF. RT-SVX36Q-EN 97 •TRANE Unit Startup 4. With the conductivity controller connected to the sensor and power, enter the CALIBRATE menu by holding down the ENTER key for 2 seconds. 5. When asked for the calibration key code, hit the UP, UP, UP, DOWN arrow keys in sequence. 6. Using the UP and DOWN arrows go to Chan 1 Cell: Standard. Ensure this channel is set to standard. 7. If not, press the RIGHT arrow key and set to standard then press the ENTER key to return to the CALIBRATION menu. 8. Using the UP and DOWN arrows go to Chan 1 Cell. Ensure that the cell constant is set to 1.0. 9. If not, press the RIGHT arrow key and set the cell constant to 1.0. Then press the ENTER key to return to the CALIBRATION menu. 10. Using the UP and DOWN arrows go to Chan 1 Set: Temperature and press the RIGHT arrow key to enter the edit mode. 11. Adjust the temperature on the controller to match the actual temperature. 12. Press the ENTER key to save the input and return to the CALIBRATE menu. 13. Using the UP and DOWN arrows, go to the Chan 1 Set: Conductivity and press the RIGHT arrow key to enter the edit mode. 14. Adjust the conductivity on the controller to match the actual conductivity rating of the liquid. 15. Press the ENTER key to save the conductivity rating and return to the CALIBRATE menu. 16. When finished calibrating the controller, press the UP and DOWN key simultaneously to return to normal operating mode. Procedure to set purge setpoints on the conductivity controller Work with local water treatment expert to identify nominal purge and emergency purge conductivity value. Note: Visit the GF Piping Systems site for additional information and resources. 1. Close the ball valve on the chemical treatment tree and remove the conductivity sensor from the tree. 2. Enter Service test mode on the unit HI and energize the sump pump, ensuring the compressors are set to OFF. 3. With the conductivity controller connected to the sensor and power, enter the CALIBRATE menu by holding down the enter key for 2 seconds. 4. When asked for the calibration key code, hit the UP, UP, UP, DOWN arrow keys in sequence. 5. Using the UP and DOWN arrows, go to Relay 1 Setpoint: and press the RIGHT arrow key to enter edit mode (K1). 6. Adjust the set point to the nominal blowdown conductivity value. 7. Press the ENTER key to return to the CALIBRATE menu. 8. Using the UP and DOWN arrows, go to Relay 2 Setpoint:and press the RIGHT arrow key to enter edit mode (K2). 9. Adjust the set point to the emergency conductivity value. 10. Press the ENTER key to return to the CALIBRATE menu. 11. When finished setting the values, press the UP and DOWN key simultaneously to return to normal operating mode. Units Without an Economizer Upon entering an "occupied" mode of operation, the RTM receives input from the remote panel to start the supply fan. For constant volume applications, the RTM supply fan contacts (K2) close, which energizes the supply fan contactor (1K16). When the supply fan starts, the fan proving switch (3S68) closes, signaling the RTM that airflow has been established and the VFD will begin to ramp the fan (if equipped). When a cooling request is sent to the RTM from a zone temperature sensor, the RTM evaluates the operating condition of the system using the supply air temperature input and the outdoor temperature input before sending the request to the SCM/MCM. Once the request is sent to the SCM/MCM, the compressor module checks the compressor protection circuit before closing "Stage 1" (K10 on SCM or K11 on MCM). After the first functional stage has started, the compressor module monitors the saturated refrigerant temperature and closes the condenser fan output contact ( "1A"), when the saturated refrigerant temperature rises above the "lower limit" setpoint. Units with an Economizer Upon entering an "occupied" mode of operation, the RTM receives input from the remote panel to start the supply fan. For constant volume applications, the RTM supply fan contacts (K2) close, which energizes the supply fan contactor (1K16). When the supply fan starts, the fan proving switch (3S68) closes, signaling the RTM that airflow has been established. The RTM opens the economizer dampers to the specified "minimum position". When a cooling request is sent to the RTM from the zone temperature sensor, the RTM evaluates the operating condition of the system using the supply air temperature input and the outdoor temperature input before sending the request to the SCM/MCM for mechanical cooling. If the outdoor conditions are suitable for cooling (temperature and humidity are within specified setpoints), the RTM will attempt to maintain the zone temperature without using any 98 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANV Unit Startup compressors. If the zone temperature cannot be maintained within the setpoint deadband, the RTM sends a cooling request to the SCM/MCM . The compressor module checks the compressor protection circuit before closing "Stage 1" (K10 on SCM or K11 on MCM). After the first functional stage has started, the compressor module monitors the saturated refrigerant temperature and closes the condenser fan output contact ( "1A"), when the saturated refrigerant temperature rises above the "lower limit" setpoint. Units with Return Fan The return fan is started once the supply fan is verified ON by the supply fan proving function. If equipped, the variable speed return fan is modulated to control return plenum pressure to the Return Plenum Pressure Setpoint and Return Plenum Pressure Deadband. For the first two minutes of return fan operation, the outside air damper control and if equipped, building space pressure control are disabled so that the exhaust damper remains closed. After the two minute delay, the outside air damper is released to normal ventilation requests, and exhaust damper control will either track the outside air damper or if equipped, the exhaust damper control is released to normal space pressure control. Units with Trage Sensor The outside air enters the unit through the TragTM Sensor assemblies and is measured by velocity pressure flow rings. The velocity pressure flow rings are connected to a pressure transducer/solenoid assemblies. The solenoid is used for calibration purposes to compensate for temperature swings that could affect the transducer. The Ventilation Control Module (VCM) utilizes the velocity pressure inputs, the RTM outdoor air temperature input, and the minimum outside air CFM setpoint to modify the volume (CFM) of outside air entering the unit as the measured airflow deviates from setpoint. When the optional temperature sensor is installed and the Preheat function is enabled, the sensor will monitor the combined (averaged) outside air and return air temperatures. As this mixed air temperature falls below the Preheat Actuate Temperature Setpoint, the VCM will activate the preheat binary output used to control a field installed heater. The output will be deactivated when the temperature rises 5 above the Preheat Actuate Temperature Setpoint. When the optional CO2 sensor is installed and the CO2 Reset is enabled, as the CO2 concentration increases above the CO2 Reset Start Value, the VCM will modify the minimum outside air CFM setpoint to increase the amount of outside air entering the unit. The setpoint will be adjusted upward until the CO2 Maximum Reset Value is reached. The maximum effective (reset) setpoint value for outside air entering the unit is limited to the systems operating CFM. As the CO2 concentration decreases, the effective (reset) setpoint value is adjusted downward toward the minimum outside air CFM setpoint. Figure 59. CO2 reset Maximum _ Airflow Increasing Reset Amount 0.A. CFM Setpoint Carbon Dioxide Reset Increasing Concentration Carbon Dioxide Reset Start Carbon Dioxide Maximum Reset Low Charge Protection For each refrigeration circuit, the entering and leaving evaporator temperatures are used to calculate superheat. When the calculated superheat exceeds the Evaporator Temperature Differential Setpoint minus 5° F but not the Evaporator Temperature Differential Setpoint, an information only, auto -reset, High Superheat diagnostic is initiated. If the calculated superheat exceeds the Evaporator Temperature Differential Setpoint, a manual reset, low refrigerant charge diagnostic is initiated and all compressors on the circuit are locked out. Note that on circuits with the Variable Speed Compressor option, the Evaporator Temperature Differential Setpoint for that circuit will be reset based on the active compressor capacity and the user selected Evaporator Temperature Differential Setpoint. FrostatTM Control The compressor module utilizes an evaporator temperature sensor (3RT14 & 15), mounted on the suction line of each circuit, to protect the evaporator from freezing. If the evaporator temperature approaches the specified setpoint, adjustable between 25°F and 35°F, the compressor(s) will be cycled "off". The compressors will not be allowed to restart until the evaporator temperature has risen 10°F above the specified cutout temperature and the compressor(s) have been off fora minimum of three minutes. Note: On circuits with the Variable Speed Compressor option, the Active Coil Frost Cutout Temperature Setpoint for that circuit will be 5°F higher than the user selected Coil Frost Cutout Temperature Setpoint. Lead/Lag Operation When Lead/Lag is enabled, each time the system cycles after having stages 1 and 2 "On", "Stage 2" (K11 on SCM or K3 on MCM) and the corresponding condenser fan output "2A" will start first. The compressor module cycles the compressors "On" and "Off" to keep the zone temperature within the cooling setpoint RT-SVX36Q-EN 99 •TRANE' Unit Startup deadband. The condenser fans are cycled "On" and "Off" to maintain the saturated refrigerant temperature within the specified controlband. Note: Lead -Lag is not available with the variable speed compressor option. Units equipped with 100% modulating exhaust The exhaust dampers are controlled through an Exhaust/Comparative Enthalpy Module (ECEM). The ECEM module receives input from a space transducer and modulates the exhaust dampers to maintain the space pressure to within the specified setpoint controlband. Modulating Hot Gas Reheat Sequence of Operation When space humidity exceeds setpoint and the unit is loaded 50% or less, the modulating hot gas reheat function activates the reheat mode, providing dehumidification of the space. The reheat valve and cooling valve are modulated to control the discharge air temperature to the reheat discharge air temperature setpoint. In reheat mode, the reheat valve is commanded to control the discharge air (15 to 85%) to the reheat setpoint; the cooling valve mirrors the reheat valve position (85 to 15%). The reheat coil pumpout valve is energized when the unit is in active cooling, and de -energized during all other times, including reheat mode. All compressors will be staged up during active hot gas reheat. Circuit #2 is designated the reheat circuit and will feature additional refrigerant control devices as well as a split condenser coil with one section in the indoor air stream and the other in the outdoor coil compartment. While hot gas reheat is active, the discharge air will be controlled to the Supply Air Reheat Setpoint by modulating the amount of reheat produced by the reheat coil. The Supply Air Reheat Setpoint, Occupied and Unoccupied Dehumidification Setpoints are adjustable via the human interface, BAS/Network control, or GBAS. Hot gas reheat will be terminated when the humidity in the space is reduced to the active space humidity setpoint - 5% or when an overriding condition such as heating or cooling demand or a failure occurs in a component required for dehumidification. On VAV units, at start-up, satisfying the VAV Occupied Cooling setpoint, MWU setpoint, and DWU setpoint will have priority over dehumidification mode. Once heating modes are satisfied, and the unit is satisfying the SA Cooling Setpoint, dehumidification mode will be entered if no more than half the unit mechanical cooling capacity is requested. 100 On SZVAV units, hot gas reheat will be similar to VAV modulating hot gas reheat with the exception of a dynamic Supply Air Reheat Setpoint. Rather than utilizing a static Supply Air Reheat Setpoint, once the unit enters dehumidification, the Discharge Air Setpoint will be calculated based on the Zone temperature vs. Zone Cooling Setpoint error and will be capped at the user selected Supply Air Reheat setpoint. Hot gas reheat is not allowed during VAV Heating Modes (Changeover input closed). Once active, hot gas reheat control will remain active for a minimum of three minutes unless a priority unit shutdown request is received or the High Pressure Control input opens on either circuit. Hot gas reheat control can be enabled separately for occupied and unoccupied modes of operation via the Human Interface and is overridden/disabled whether active or inactive by the following methods: • Priority unit shutdown conditions (Emergency stop, Ventilation Override, Network Stop, etc.) • Compressor circuit manual reset lockouts on either circuit. Low Refrigerant Charge monitoring is active during dehumidification mode and will lockout compressor circuits based on the same criteria used for cooling mode. • Outdoor Air Temp is less then 40°F or greater the 100°F. • Humidity Sensor Failure • For VAV units, (in occupied) hot gas reheat will be disabled if space temp is Tess than the Dehumid Override Low Zone Setpoint or higher than the Dehumid Override High Zone Setpoint. If hot gas reheat is inactive it will not be allowed until it space temp rises higher than the Dehumid Override Low Zone Setpoint + 1.0°F or lower than the Dehumid Override High Zone Setpoint - 2.0°F. • For SZVAV units, hot gas reheat will be disabled if space humidity levels have fallen below the Active Occ/Unocc Dehumidification Setpoint -5% Dehumidification Hysteresis Offset, the zone temperature has dropped too close to the Zone Heating Setpoint in any unit mode (Zone Temp. is Tess than ZHSP + 0.5°F), the zone temperature rises above the Zone Cooling Setpoint +2°F in any unit mode, Entering Evaporator Temperature falls too low, Froststat input becomes active, or Reheat becomes disabled. • For CV and all units in unoccupied, if space temp is less than the Zone Heating Setpoint (ZHSP) + 0.5° F if hot gas reheat is active, or less than ZHSP + 1.0° F if not hot gas reheat mode will be disabled. If zone conditions result in a cooling request for more than one-half the available cooling capacity of the unit hot gas reheat will be disabled and will transition to cooling control. If hot gas reheat is inactive, dehumidification will not be allowed until the active unit cooling capacity request drops to half the RT-SVX36Q-EN TRAIIE' Unit Startup available cooling capacity or less, unless the space temp is less than the Zone Cooling Setpoint. • In CV units in occupied mode, if the unit is not in "AUTO" system mode and is set to "HEAT" system mode via the HI, BAS, or Zone Sensor device, dehumidification control will be disabled at space temps above Occupied ZCSP + 1.0° F. If dehumidification is inactive it will not be allowed to activate if space temp is greater than the OZCSP. All units configured for modulating hot gas reheat will have a reheat condenser coil purge function to ensure proper refrigerant distribution in the reheat circuit. This feature is always enabled and will monitor the amount of cumulative compressor run time while the reheat condenser coil pumpout relay is in a certain state. If compressors accrue an amount of run time equal to the HI -adjustable purge interval time without the pumpout relay changing states a purge cycle will be initiated lasting for three minutes. During this cycle all compressors but the 2nd compressor on circuit #2 will be energized if not already, the reheat valve and cooling valves will be set to 50%, and the reheat coil pumpout relay will be toggled to its opposite state. After the three-minute purge cycle completes the purge interval timer will be reset and all system components will return to the state they were in prior to entering purge. During hot gas reheat control an evaporator frost control function designed specifically for reheat modes will be active. This function will reduce refrigeration circuit capacity to 50% (1st compressor on each circuit remaining on two circuit units) when the Entering Evaporator Temp drops below a non-adjustable limit of 35° F for 10 continuous minutes. Once capacity is reduced, it will remain reduced until the current cycle of hot gas reheat is terminated or a purge cycle occurs. If the Entering Evaporator Temp remains below 35° F for an additional 10 minutes the remaining compressors on will be de -activated and remain off until the Entering Evaporator Temp rises above 45°F. Even though all compressors have been de -activated the unit will remain in dehumidification mode and re - enable compressors up to 50% capacity when the Entering Evaporator Temp rises to 45°F or greater. Gas Heating Sequence of Operation Standard Two Stage Gas Furnace The control system for the rooftop units are wired to ensure that the heating and cooling do not occur simultaneously. Refer to the wiring diagram that shipped with the unit while reviewing the following sequence of operation. Honeywell Ignition System When a heating requirement exists, the Rooftop Module (RTM) starts the supply fan and sends a RT-SVX36Q-EN request for heat to the Heat Module. The Heat Module closes (K1) contacts and starts the combustion blower motor (4611). The combustion blower motor starts on low speed through the normally closed combustion blower relay (4K33) contacts. The supply airflow switch (4S38) and the combustion air switch (4S25) closes. Power is applied through the high limit cutout (4S26) to the Honeywell ignition control board (4U18). The ignition control board (4U18) starts a pre -purge timing cycle. At the end of the pre - purge cycle, the ignition transformer (417) and the pilot solenoid valve (4L9) are energized. This starts a 10 second trial for pilot ignition. When the pilot flame is established and sensed by the flame sensing rod (4U19), stage 1 of the main gas valve (4L7) and the 60 seconds sequencing time delay relay (4DL6) is energized. The system will operate in the low heat mode until an additional call for heat, established by closing the (K3) contacts on the Heat Module. On Discharge Temperature Control systems, the sequencing time delay relay (4DL6) will energize the combustion blower motor relay (4K33) which switches the combustion blower motor to high speed and energizes the 2nd stage solenoid on the gas valve (4L7) after approximately 60 seconds. If the flame rod (4U19) does not detect a pilot flame within the 10 second trial for ignition period, the control will lockout. If a flame failure occurs during operation, the gas valve (4L7), the sequencing time delay relay (4DL6), and the combustion blower relay (4K33) is de -energized. The system will purge and attempt to relight the pilot. If a flame is not detected after this attempt, the Honeywell ignition control (4U18) will lock out. The combustion blower motor will continue to operate as long as a heating demand exists and the system switch (4S24) is "On". Once the heating demand has been satisfied, the combustion blower and the Honeywell ignition control board (4U18) is de -energized. Note: The above sequence is the same for Propane. The orifices are smaller and the manifolds are adjusted to different values Propane Gas Units that operate on propane gas after 1990 have two (2) additional controls that affect the combustion blower motor operation and the sequence of the gas valve operation. With the post purge time delay relay (4DL4), the additional service switch (4S24), and the additional 115 volt control relay (4K31) installed, the sequence of operation is as follows: • Power is applied to the Honeywell ignition control board (4U18) through the high limit switch (4S26). 101 •TRANE Unit Startup • The Honeywell ignition control board (4U18) will sequence through its pre -purge timing and pilot ignition sequence. • The post purge time delay relay (4DL4) delays the starting of the combustion blower motor by approximately 60 seconds. • Once the timing has elapsed, the combustion blower motor will start, closing the combustion air switch (4S25). Energize the control relay (4K31) and the sequence time delay relay (4DL6). 24 volts is applied from the new service switch (4S24) through the normally open control relay (4K31) contacts to energize the 1st stage solenoid on the gas valve (4L7). On an additional call for heat, the K3 contacts on the Heat Module will close to energize the combustion blower relay (4K33) which switches the combustion blower motor to high speed and closes its normally open contacts allowing 24 volts to energize the 2nd stage on the gas valve (4L7). Once the heating demand has been satisfied, the Honeywell ignition control board (4U18) and the post purge time delay relay (4DL4) is de -energized. The combustion blower motor will continue to operate for approximately 15 seconds to purge the heat exchanger on the OFF cycle. Modulating Gas Sequence of Operation Refer to the modulating heat wiring diagram that shipped with the unit while reviewing the following sequence of operation. As you review the sequence of operation, keep the following in mind: • The furnace will not light unless the manual gas valves are open and the control circuit switch (4S24) is closed. • The control systems are wired to ensure that heating and cooling cannot occur simultaneously. • The unit supply fans must run continuously so airflow switch (4S38) will stay closed. • Modulating Gas heat is available during both occupied and unoccupied operation. 4 tot Modulating Gas Furnace Whenever there is a call for heat, 1U50 -K1 energizes and the combustion blower motor (4B11) begins to operate at high speed on the 850 and 1000 MBh heaters. The blower will operate on low speed for the 500 MBh. A relay (4K119) in parallel with the main gas valve actuator control output ensures the (4U82) combustion actuator will be open prior to proof of flame. This will force the combustion air actuator (4U82) to the open position, causing the auxiliary switch on (4U82) to close. This ensures complete purging of the combustion chamber during the 60 second purge cycle. 102 Ignition control (IC) board (4U18) will not energize, however, unless the supply air flow switch (4S38), combustion air flow switch (4S25), high limit cutout (4S26), the auxiliary switch on combustion air actuator (4U82) and the proof of closure switch on gas valve (4L22) are closed. These are all part of the safety interlock system. With all these conditions satisfied, the IC board energizes and initiates an internal 60 second pre -purge time delay. When the pre -purge period expires, the IC board (4U18) energizes both the ignition transformer (417) and solenoid (4L9) on the intermittent pilot valve. At that point, the IC board (4U18) gives the electrode (4E1) approximately 10 seconds to establish a pilot flame. (The presence of this flame is proven by flame rod (4U19).) If the IC board (4U18) does not detect a pilot flame at the end of this period, it will shut down and lock out the ignition / combustion circuit. If the pilot is ignited within 10 seconds, the IC board de - energizes the ignition transformer (417) and electrode (4E1). At this point, the relay (4K119) will energize, starting the combustion air actuator and the furnace. The feedback signal from the discharge temperature sensor will cause the modulating output from the heat module to change the damper position as required to maintain the outlet temperature within the desired band. Ultra Modulating Gas Furnace The burner controller (4U18) will not activate until the supply air flow switch (4S38) and the high limit cutout (4S26) are closed. The low pressure switch (4S90) must be closed before the ignition interlock is released. These three devices make up the safety interlock system. With all the safeties satisfied, the relay (4K117) latched, and a call for heat (Heat module (1U50 -K1) energized) present, the burner controller initiates an internal 30 second pre -purge time delay. Relay (4K123) is energized to allow the 2-10 VDC speed control signal to pass to the motor control module (4U132). This will turn on the blower motor (4B11) to its maximum speed setting. The burner controller display will show PRGE. When the pre -purge period expires, the burner controller energizes both the ignition transformer (417) and solenoid (4L9) on the intermittent pilot valve. The blower motor goes to its minimum setting. At that point, the burner controller gives the electrode (4E1) approximately 10 seconds to establish a pilot flame. The presence of this flame is proven by flame rod (4U19). The burner controller display will show PIL. If the burner controller does not detect a pilot flame after 10 seconds, it will shut down and lock out the ignition/combustion circuit. All gas valves will shut and the blower motor will turn off. The burner controller display will show FAN OFF. If the pilot is ignited within 10 seconds, the burner controller de -energizes the ignition transformer and electrode. RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANE' Unit Startup With a pilot flame established, the burner controller goes into operational mode. The feedback signal from the discharge temperature sensor will cause the modulating output from the Heat module to change as required to maintain the outlet temperature within the desired band. The burner controller display will show RUN. Flame Failure (All Gas Burners) In the event that the Ignition Control (IC) board (4U18) loses the "proof -of -flame" input signal from the flame rod (4U18) during furnace operation, it will lock out and must be manually reset (Combustion blower motor continues to run as long as a heating requirement exists and control circuit switch is ON.) Note: On Ultra Modulating burners only, the blower motor (4811) will stop during flame failure. Once locked out on flame failure, the IC board will not reactivate the ignition/combustion control circuit until it is reset manually. To do this, press the reset button on the front of the (IC) board case. A set of relay contacts is available for external use for heat fail (Information Only). Note: The modulating gas heaters are factory adjusted for safe operation and to reach the nameplate rated firing MBH for most areas of the country. The proper air/gas ratio must be reached by the service tech during start-up. Electric Heat Sequence of Operation The control system for the rooftop units are wired to ensure that heating and cooling do not occur simultaneously. Refer to electric heat wiring diagrams that shipped with the unit while reviewing the following sequence of operation. As you review the sequence of operations, remember these points: • Whenever there is a call for heat, 1 U50 -K1 energizes. This energizes HEAT 1 contactors 4K34 and 4K35 which, in turn, energize two of the six 4HR3 heating elements. Note: Electric heater 4HR3 will only energize if both of the heat section's high limit safety controls —4S27 and 4S33—are closed. • The high limit switch (4S27) will trip if exposed to a temperature of 133 + 5°F, and will reset automatically once the temperature falls to 110 + 5° F. It is mounted on the control -box -side of the electric heat element assembly. • The linear high limit switch (4S33) is encased in a capillary that extends across the unit supply air opening, and is anchored near the bottom of the heat section control box. The limit will trip if any 6" span of the capillary exceeds 185 + 10°F. • The HEAT 2 (4K36, 4K37) and HEAT 3 (4K38, 4K39) contactors are not energized unless the 1st stage RT-SVX36Q-EN bank of heating elements already operating are not satisfying the heating Toad. Hydronic Heat Sequence of Operation Electrical circuitry for units with steam or hot water heat is limited to the connections associated with the modulating valve actuator (4U15) and the freezestat (4S12). Like the furnaces described earlier, steam and hot water heat control systems are wired to ensure that simultaneous heating and cooling do not occur. The supply fan will cycle "On" and "Off" with each call for heat during both an occupied and unoccupied period. Whenever there is a call for heat, 1U50 -K3 energizes. This allows a modulated voltage signal to be sent to the "Wet" heat actuator (4U15). The value of this signal regulates the flow of steam or hot water through the coil by positioning the valve stem at some point between fully closed (2 VDC) and fully open (10 VDC). Freeze Protection A freezestat is mounted inside the heat section of hot water and steam heat units to prevent the "wet" heat coil from freezing during the "Off" cycle. If the temperature of the air leaving the heating coils falls to 40°F, the freezesta'st normally open contacts close, completing the heat fail circuit on the UCM. When this occurs: • The supply fan is turned "Off". • "Wet" heat actuator (4U15) fully opens to allow hot water or steam to pass through the heating coil and prevent freeze-up. • A "Heat Fail" diagnostic is displayed on the Human Interface LCD screen. For heating control settings and time delay specifications, refer to "Trane Startup Checklist," p. 178. Startup the Unit Use the following in conjunction with the "Trane Startup Checklist," p. 178, to ensure that the unit is properly installed and ready for operation. Be sure to complete all of the procedures described in this section before starting the unit for the first time. AWARNING Hazardous Voltage! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper Iockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Verify that no power is present with a voltmeter. 103 9 TRANS' Unit Startup ❑ Turn the field supplied disconnect switch, located upstream of the rooftop unit, to the "Off" position. ❑ Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch 1S1 to the "Off" position. It is located in the secondary of the 1T1 transformer. ❑ Turn the 24 volt control circuit switch 1S70 to the "Off" position. It is located in the secondary of the 1T2 & 1T3 transformers. ❑ Turn the "System" selection switch (at the Remote Panel) to the "Off" position and the "Fan" selection switch (if Applicable) to the "Auto" or "Off" position. ❑ Check all electrical connections for tightness and "point of termination" accuracy. ❑ Verify that the condenser airflow will be unobstructed. ❑ Check the compressor crankcase oil level. Oil should be visible in the compressor oil sight glass. The oil level should be 1/2 to 3/4 high in the sight glass with the compressor "Off". ❑ Verify that the compressor discharge service valve and the liquid line service valve isback seated on each circuit. NOTICE Compressor Damage! Excessive liquid accumulation in the suction lines could result in compressor damage. Do not allow liquid refrigerant to enter the suction line. Do not start the unit in the cooling mode if the ambient temperature is below the following minimum recommended operating temperature: Standard unit with or without HGBP • +55°F for 20 and 40 ton • +50°F for 25 and 30 ton • +45°F for 70 through 130 ton • +40°F for 50 through 60 ton • Units with Low Ambient option without HGBP - 0°F. • Units with Low Ambient option with HGBP - +10°F Note: To prevent compressor damage due to no refrigerant flow, do not pump the system down with the compressor(s) below 25 PSIG under any circumstance. ❑ Check the supply fan belts for proper tension and the fan bearings for sufficient lubrication. If the belts require adjustment, or if the bearings need lubricating, refer to the Service/Maintenance section of this manual for instructions. ❑ Inspect the interior of the unit for tools and debris. Install all panels in preparation for starting the unit. 104 Electrical Phasing Unlike traditional reciprocating compressors, scroll compressors are phase sensitive. Proper phasing of the electrical supply to the unit is critical for proper operation and reliability. Color paint dots on the terminal block should match that of the associated wire attached to the lug. The compressor motor is internally connected for clockwise rotation with the incoming power supply phased as A, B, C. Proper electrical supply phasing can be quickly determined and corrected before starting the unit by using an instrument such as an Associated Research Model 45 Phase Sequence Indicator and following the steps below: AWARNING Hazardous Voltage! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Verify that no power is present with a voltmeter. . Important: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT TERMINAL BLOCK OR UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH. ❑ Turn the field supplied disconnect switch that provides power to terminal block or to the unit - mounted disconnect switch (1S14) to the "Off" position. ❑ Connect the phase sequence indicator leads to the terminal block or unit -mounted disconnect switch as follows: Phase Sequence Leads Unit Power Terminal Black (phase A) Ll Red (phase B) L2 Yellow (phase C) L3 ❑ Close the disconnect switch or circuit protector switch that provides the supply power to the unit terminal block (1TB1) or the unit mounted disconnect switch (1S14). ❑ Observe the ABC and CBA phase indicator lights on the face of the sequencer. The ABC indicator light will glow if the phase is ABC. If the CBA indicator light glows, open the disconnect switch or circuit protection switch and reverse any two power wires. ❑ Restore the main electrical power and recheck the phasing. If the phasing is correct, open the disconnect switch or circuit protection switch and remove the phase sequence indicator. RT-SVX36Q-EN TRANS' Unit Startup Voltage Supply Electrical power to the unit must meet stringent requirements for the unit to operate properly. Measure each leg (phase -to -phase) of the power supply. Each reading must fall within the utilization range stamped on the unit nameplate. If any of the readings do not fall within the proper tolerances, notify the power company to correct this situation before operating the unit. AWARNING Live Electrical Components! Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. When it is necessary to work with live electrical components, have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Voltage Imbalance Excessive three phase voltage imbalance between phases will cause motors to overheat and eventually fail. The maximum allowable voltage imbalance is 2%. Measure and record the voltage between phases 1, 2, RT-SVX36Q-EN and 3 and calculate the amount of imbalance as follows: 14UxAV—VLJ % Voltage Imbalance = 4t.' where; v,o1+vol .4-Vofr3 AV (Average Voltage) = 3 V1, V2, V3 = Line Voltage Readings VD = Line Voltage reading that deviates the farthest from the average voltage. Example: If the voltage readings of the supply power measured 221, 230, and 227, the average volts would be: tri+23u+22(_ 226Av. VD (reading farthest from average) = 221 The percentage of Imbalance equals: 10W1-26121 = 22 2. 2% The 2.2% imbalance in this example exceeds the maximum allowable imbalance of 2.0%. This much imbalance between phases can equal as much as a 20% current imbalance with a resulting increase in motor winding temperatures that will decrease motor life. If the voltage imbalance is over 2%, notify the proper agencies to correct the voltage problem before operating this equipment. 105 •TRANE Unit Startup Service test guide for component operation—Part I of I1 106 NT CONFIGURATION Compressor Stage Tr OFF CONDENSER FANS 20 Ton—Air Cooled OFF OFF 25-30 Ton—Air Cooled OFF OFF 40 Ton—Air Cooled OFF OFF OFF OFF 50 Ton—Air Cooled OFF OFF OFF OFF 60-75 Ton—Air Cooled L 0 OFF OFF OFF v QJ 0 0 U 1- R Q c F° 0 rn OFF OFF M OFF OFF OFF J OFF OFF LL 0 OFF LL 0 OFF d3O OFF OFF OFF u_ 0 LL 0 3JO OFF OFF OFF N OFF 0 0 OFF OFF 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 OFF OFF OFF 0 0 I OFF OFF OFF I OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF U- 0 OFF OFF OFF LL 0 OFF OFF OFF Heat Stages OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF LL 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF LL 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF LL 0 OFF OFF N 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 OFF p4 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF COMPONEI Fans ALL OFF A-On/B-Off A-Off/B-On A-On/B-Off A-Off/B-On 1A-On/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-Off 1A-Off/1B-On 2A-Off/2B-Off 1A-Of/1B-Off 2A-On/2B-Off 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-On 1A-On/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-Off 1A-Off/1B-On 2A-Off/2B-Off 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-On/2B-Off 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-On 1A-On/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-Off 1A-Off/1B-On 2A-Off/2B-Off 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-On/2B-Off 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-On 1A-On/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-Off 1A-Off/1B-On 2A-Off/2B-Off Exhaust Fan LL LL 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF u_ LL 0 LL LL 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF LL LL 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Return Fan Z 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 OFF u_ 0 OFF OFF OFF C C IL 10) Z 0 ILL_ ILL_ 0 0 OFF OFF OFF 1 OFF u_ 0 u. 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF u_LL 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Component Being Tested SUPPLY FAN m m Q m m CO Nco N m Q N K] .-1 N Q .-1 N co N IIQ .-1 2A -2B4 2B -2B5 1A -2B1 1B-2B2/2B3 2A -2B4 2B-2B5/2B6 .4 N .-I 1B-2B2/2B3 N .:i N 2B-2B5/2B6 1A-2B3/2B14 N m •"I CO N m RT-SVX36Q-EN •TR#wr Unit Startup Service test guide for component operation—Part 1 of 11 (continued) w NT CONFIGURATION Compressor Stage LL LL 0 0 OFF 105 & 115 Ton—Air Cooled LL LL 0 OFF OFF OFF 130 Ton—Air Cooled LL LL 0 LL LL 0 OFF OFF 24, 29, 36, 48, 59, 73, 80, 89 Ton—Evaporative Condensing OFF OFF LL LL 0 LL LL LL LL 0 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL ll - 0 OFF I LL LLLL 0 OFF LL O OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF LL LL 0 OFF LL LL LL LL 0 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL U. 0 LL LL 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL LL LL 0 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF LL LL 0 OFF LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL LL LL 0 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 OFF Heat Stages OFF OFF IO OFF OFF LL LL 0 LL IL 0 OFF OFF LL LL 0 OFF OFF LL 0 Q Q Z Z Q Z 25% Select 90% Select 1% Select 100% Select appx 38% Select 0 NZ OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF O O OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF LL O LL 0 O Z 0 Z 0 .y OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF LL t OFF OFF OFF OFF L- -- — LL O LL O LL O Z Z O O Li- O Z 0 COMPONEI Fans 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-On/2B-Off 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-On 1A-On/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-Off 1A-Off/1B-On 2A-Off/2B-Off 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-On/2B-Off 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-On 1A-On/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-Off 1A-Off/1B-On 2A-Off/2B-Off 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-On/2B-Off 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-On 0 O O .-1C O Q .-1 ALL OFF ALL OFF ALL OFF ALL OFF ALL OFF ALL OFF ALL OFF ALL OFF ALL OFF ALL OFF ALL OFF Exhaust Fan LL LL 0 OFF OFF OFF LL LL 0 OFF LL LL 0 LL LL 0 OFF OFF LL LL OZ QZ . O LL LL LL LL 0 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 LL LL 0 OFF Return Fan OFF OFF OFF OFF LL 0 LL 0 LL 0 LL 0 OFF OFF LL O Z O a Z Z Z 0 0 Z 0 Z 0 Z 0 Z 0 Z 0 Z 0 ON ac 2 RI IL IA OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF LL 0 LL 0 LL 0 OFF 0 OFF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 z ON Component Being Tested m m N N, O m N Q N u, m N m N m N 1A-2B3/2B14 1B-2B1/2B2/2B19 2A-2B6/2B13 2B-2B4/2B5/2B15 1A-2B3/2B14 f 1B-2B1/2B2/2B19/2B20 2A-2B6/2B13 2B-2B4/2B5/2B15/2B21 ti RETURN FAN EXHAUST FAN GAS HEAT (Full Capacity) STAGE 1 STAGE 2 (High Fire Adjustment) 4 tol MODULATING (Low Fire Adjustment) (High Fire Adjustment) ULTRA MODULATING (Low Fire Adjustment) (High Fire Adjustment) (Mid Fire Adjustment) ELECTRIC HEAT RT-SVX36Q-EN 107 N3-09£XAS-1I Table 47. Service test guide for component operation—Part 1 of II (continued) Component Being Tested COMPONENT CONFIGURATION Supply Fan Return Fan Exhaust Fan Condenser Fans Heat Stages Compressor Stage 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ALL OFF ALL OFF ALL OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF HYDRONIC HEAT OFF OFF OFF ALL OFF 100% Select OFF OFF OFF OFF PRE -HEATER OFF OFF OFF ALL OFF ON N/A N/A OFF OFF OFF OFF OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS OFF OFF OFF ALL OFF 100% Select OFF OFF OFF OFF EXHAUST DAMPERS OFF OFF OFF ALL OFF 100% Select OFF OFF OFF OFF REHEAT Cooling Valve Reheat Valve Pumpout Solenoid OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF EVAP COND Sump Pump Sump Heater OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ' OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF COMPRESSOR 20-30 Ton A ON OFF OFF A-Off/B-On OFF OFF OFF K10 -On K11 -Off N/A N/A B ON OFF OFF A-On/B-Off OFF OFF OFF K10 -Off K11 -On N/A N/A 1A ON OFF OFF 1A-Off/1B-On 2A-Off/2B-Off OFF OFF OFF K11 -On K3 -Off K12 -Off K4 -Off 1B ON OFF OFF 1A-On/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-Off OFF OFF OFF K11 -On K3 -Off K12 -On K4 -Off 2A ON OFF OFF 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-On OFF OFF OFF K11 -Off K3 -On K12 -Off K4 -Off 2B ON OFF OFF 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-On/2B-Off OFF OFF OFF K11 -Off K3 -On K12 -Off K4 -On 70-90 Ton 1A ON OFF OFF 1A-Off/1B-On 2A-Off/2B-Off OFF OFF OFF K11 -On K3 -Off K12 -Off K4 -Off • 1B . _ . ON _.. OFF —_ _ OFF 1A-On/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-Off OFF _ OFF QFF K11 -On K3 -Off K12 -On K4 -Off 2A ON OFF OFF 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-On OFF OFF OFF K11 -Off K3 -On K12 -Off K4 -Off 2B ON OFF OFF 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-On/2B-Off OFF OFF OFF K11 -Off K3 -On K12 -Off K4 -On 75 Ton Variable Speed Drive 1A ON OFF OFF 1A-Off/1B-On 2A-Off/2B-Off OFF OFF OFF K11 -On K3 -Off K12 -On K4 -Off 1B ON OFF OFF 1A-On/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-Off OFF OFF OFF K11 -Off K3 -Off K12 -On K4 -Off N 3-D9£XAS-i CO Table 47. Service test guide for component operation—Part I of II (continued) Component Being Tested COMPONENT CONFIGURATION Supply Fan Return Fan Exhaust Fan Condenser Fans Heat Stages Compressor Stage 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 2A ON OFF OFF 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-On OFF OFF OFF K11 -Off K3 -On K12 -Off K4 -Off 2B ON OFF OFF 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-On/2B-Off OFF OFF OFF K11 -Off K3 -On K12 -Off K4 -On 105-130 Ton 1A ON OFF OFF 1A-Off/1B-On 2A-Off/2B-Off OFF OFF OFF K11 -Off K3 -On K12 -Off K4 -Off 1B ON OFF OFF 1A-On/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-Off OFF OFF OFF K11 -Off K3 -On K12 -Off K4 -On 2A ON OFF OFF 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-Off/2B-On OFF OFF OFF K11 -On K3 -Off K12 -Off K4 -Off 2B ON OFF OFF 1A-Off/1B-Off 2A-On/2B-Off OFF OFF OFF K11 -On K3 -Off K12 -On K4 -Off otes: 1. Compressors for the 20 thru 30 ton units can operate individually or together and in any order while in the SERVICE TEST mode. 2. Compressors 1A &1B and compressors 2A & 2B operate simultaneously within their respective circuits on the 40 thru 75 ton units. For 40-70 ton variable speed units, there is no 1B compressor. For 75 ton variable speed units, compressor 1B is variable speed. 3. Condenser fan outputs can operate individually or together and in any order while in the SERVICE TEST mode. 4. Once the unit has started, refer to the Status Menu in the Human Interface for the OA CFM. 5. RTM OCC/UNOCC output in the Service Test Mode must be in the unoccupied mode to open the system VAV boxes or to drive the VFD to 100%. TRANS' Unit Startup Table 48. Service test guide for component operation — Part 11 of 11 Component Being Tested Component Configuration Occ Unocc Relay Reheat Sump Pump Sump Heater Dolphin Econo Damper Exhaust Damper VFD Output COMPRESSOR 20-30 Ton A B Closed Closed Closed Closed 0% 0% Default Default OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 40-60 Ton 1A 1B 2A 2B Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed 0% 0% 0% 0% Default Default Default Default OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 70-105 Ton 1A 1B 2A 2B Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed 0% 0% 0% 0% Default Default Default Default OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 115-130 Ton 1A & 1B 2A & 2B Closed Closed Closed Closed 0% 0% Default Default OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF CONDENSER FANS 20 Ton A -2B1 B -2B2 Closed Closed Closed Closed 0% 0% Default Default OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 25-30 Ton A -2B1 B-282/283 Closed Closed Closed Closed 0% 0% Default Default OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 40 Ton 1A -2B1 1B -2B2 2A -2B4 2B -2B5 Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed 0% 0% 0% 0% Default Default Default Default OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 50 Ton 1A -2B1 1B-282/283 2A -2B4 2B-285/286 Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed 0% 0% 0% 0% Default Default Default Default OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 60-75 Ton 1A -2B1 1B-282/263 2A -2B4 2B -2B5/266 Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed 0% 0% 0% 0% Default Default Default Default OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 90 Ton 1A-2B3/2B14 1B-261/282 2A-2B6/2B13 2B-2B4/2B5 Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed 0% 0% 0% 0% Default Default Default Default OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 105&115 Ton 1A-2B3/2B14 1B-261/262/2819 2A -2B6/2813 2B-264/285/2815 Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed 0% 0% 0% 0% Default Default Default Default OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 130 Ton 1A -2B3/2814 1B-281/282/2619/2820 2A-2B6/2B13 2B-284/285/2815/2821 Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed Closed 0% 0% 0% 0% Default Default Default Default OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 24, 29, 36, 48, 59, 73, 80, 89 Ton 110 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANV Unit Startup Table 48. Service test guide for component operation — Part II of I (continued) Component Being Tested Component Configuration Occ Unocc Relay Reheat Sump Pump Sump Heater Dolphin Econo Damper Exhaust Damper VFD Output 1A Closed Closed 100% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF SUPPLY FAN Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF RETURN FAN Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF EXHAUST FAN Closed Closed 100% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF GAS HEAT (Full Capacity) Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF STAGE 1 Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF STAGE 2 Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF 4to1 MODULATING (High Fire Adjustment) Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF (Low Fire Adjustment) Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF ULTRA MODULATING (High Fire Adjustment) Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF (Low Fire Adjustment) Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF ELECTRIC HEAT Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF Stage 1 Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF Stage 2 Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF Stage 3 Closed Closed 100% Unocc OFF OFF OFF OFF HYDRONIC HEAT Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF PRE -HEATER Closed Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS 100% Open Closed 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF EXHAUST DAMPERS 100% 100% Open 0% Default OFF OFF OFF OFF REHEAT Cooling Valve Closed Closed 0% Default 100-0 OFF OFF OFF Reheat Valve Closed Closed 0% Default 0-100 OFF OFF OFF Pumpout Solenoid Closed Closed 0% Default ON OFF OFF OFF EVAP COND Sump Pump Closed Closed 0% Default OFF ON OFF ON Sump Heater Closed Closed 100% Default OFF OFF ON OFF otos: 1. Compressors for the 20 thru 30 ton units can operate individually or together and in any order while in the SERVICE TEST mode. 2. Compressors 1A &1B and compressors 2A & 2B operate simultaneously within their respective circuits on the 40 thru 75 ton units. For 40- 70 ton variable speed units, there is no 1B compressor. For 75 ton variable speed units, compressor 1B is variable speed. 3. Condenser fan outputs can operate individually or together and in any order while in the SERVICE TEST mode. 4. Once the unit has started, refer to the Status Menu in the Human Interface for the OA CFM. S. RTM OCC/UNOCC output in the ServiceTest Mode must be in the unoccupied mode to open the system VAV boxes or to drive the VFD to 100%. Note: See Service test guide notes, p. 99. Important: Do not operate the compressors without the supply and condenser fans; low suction or high head pressure will develop and compressor damage may occur. Service Testing for Evaporative Condenser Components Table 49. Service test guide component operation—evaporative condenser Component Being Tested Requirements (ON) Requirements (OFF) Compressors Sump minimum level switch must be closed for a minimum of five minutes No Requirements Sump Pump Sump minimum level switch must be closed for a minimum of five minutes No Requirements Condenser Fans No Requirements No Requirements Fill Valve Relay No Requirements No Requirements Drain Valve Actuator No Requirements No Requirements RT-SVX36Q-EN 111 TRANS' Unit Startup Table 49. Service test guide component operation—evaporative condenser (continued) Component Being Tested Requirements (ON) Requirements (OFF) Sump Heater No Requirements No Requirements Notes: 1. Sump freeze protection is active during AUTO but is inactive in service test modes (head pressure control set to MANUAL). 2. Water treatment drain request will be ignored in service test. Verifying Proper Fan Rotation A WARNING Hazardous Service Procedures! Failure to follow all precautions in this manual and on the tags, stickers, and labels could result in death or serious injury. Technicians, in order to protect themselves from potential electrical, mechanical, and chemical hazards, MUST follow precautions in this manual and on the tags, stickers, and labels, as well as the following instructions: Unless specified otherwise, disconnect all electrical power including remote disconnect and discharge all energy storing devices such as capacitors before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. When necessary to work with live electrical components, have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. 1. Ensure that the "System" selection switch at the remote panel is in the Off position and the "Fan" selection switch for constant volume units is in the Auto position. (VAV units do not utilize a "Fan" selection input.) 2. Close the disconnect switch or circuit protector switch that provides the supply power to the unit terminal block 1TB1 or the unit mounted disconnect switch 1S14. 3. Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch 1S1 and the 24 volt control circuit switch 1 S70 to the On position. 4. Open the Human Interface access door, located in the unit control panel, and press the SERVICE MODE key to display the first service screen. Refer to the latest edition of the appropriate programming manual for CV or VAV applications for the SERVICE TEST screens and programming 112 instructions. 5. Use Table 47, p. 106 to program the unit Fans for operation by scrolling through the displays. All of the Fans (Supply, Exhaust, and Condenser) can be programmed to be "On", if desired. Verify proper fan rotation for VFDs with bypass. Refer to Figure 60, p. 113 for the condenser fan locations and the Human Interface designator. 6. Once the configuration for the Fans is complete, press the NEXT key until the LCD displays the "Start test in _Sec." screen. Press the + key to designate the delay before the test is to start. This service test will begin after the TEST START key is pressed and the delay designated in this step has elapsed. Press the ENTER key to confirm this choice. A WARNING Rotating Components! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in rotating components cutting and slashing technician which could result in death or serious injury. During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product it may be necessary to work with live and exposed rotating components. Have a qualified or licensed service individual who has been properly trained in handling exposed rotating components, perform these tasks. 7. Press the TEST START key to start the test. Remember that the delay designated in step 6 must elapse before the fans will begin to operate. 8. Check the supply fan and the exhaust fans (if equipped) for proper rotation. The direction of rotation is indicated on FC fans by an arrow on the fan housings and on DDP fans by an arrow above the inlet cone. Check the condenser fans for clockwise rotation when viewed from the top. RT-SVX36Q-EN •TPANE' Unit Startup Figure 60. Condenser fan location with human interface designator 50 Tons 20 Tons 25-30 Tons 40 Tons 60-75 Tons If all of the fans are rotating backwards: 1. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Module in the unit control panel to stop the fan operation. 2. Open the field -supplied disconnect switch upstream of the rooftop unit. Lock the disconnect switch in the open position while working at the unit. RT-SVX36Q-EN 90 TON HI designator "IA" — 11(7 "1B" — IK8 "2A" — 11(9 "2B" — 11(10 2813 1K9 2B4 11(10 2B14 11(7 105 & 115 TON HI designator "1A" — IK7 "1B" — 11(8 "2A" — 1K9 "2B" — 1K10 2B6 11(10 2B14 11(7 130 TON HI designator "1A' — 1K7 "1B" — 1K8 "2A" — 1K9 "26" — 11(10 2613 1K9 263 11(7 2614 11(7 A WARNING Hazardous Voltage! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Verify that no power is present with a voltmeter. 3. Interchange any two of the field connected main power wires at the unit terminal block (1TB1) or the factory mounted disconnect switch (1S14). 113 •TRANE' Unit Startup Note: Interchanging "Load" side power wires at the fan contactors will only affect the individual fan rotation. Ensure that the voltage phase sequence at the main terminal block (1TB1) or the factory mounted disconnect switch (1S14) is ABC as outlined in the "Unit Startup Electrical Phasing," p. 104 section. If some of the fans are rotating backwards: 1. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Module in the unit control panel to stop the fan operation. 2. Open the field supplied disconnect switch upstream of the rooftop unit. Lock the disconnect switch in the open position while working at the unit. AWARNING Hazardous Voltage! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Verify that no power is present with a voltmeter. 3. Interchange any two of the fan motor leads at the contactor for each fan that is rotating backwards. Direct -Drive Supply Fan Speed Adjustment Units equipped with a DDP Supply Fan do not use belt/ sheave arrangements to adjust fan speed. This adjustment is made through the IntelliPakTM Human Interface (HI). Refer to the Programming &Troubleshooting Guide (RT-SVP07*-EN) to get to the appropriate HI menu and make proper selections. To make fan speed adjustments as required by the application: 1. Through the human interface, select Setup Menu. 2. Once in the Setup Menu, navigate to Device Characteristics Setup Definitions screen. Press Enter. 3. Navigate to Actuator Setup Supply Fan IGVNFD Cmd Min and Max Voltage screens. 4. Change the Min and Max Voltage settings as shown in the table below to adjust fan speed modulating range. Table 50. Voltage ranges for DDP supply fan speed adjustments Fan Speed (RPM) VFD Frequency Range (Hz) Actuator Setup Supply Fan IGV/ VFD Cmd Max Min Max Min Max Min 2400 888 83 31 10.0 2.4 2300 851 79 29 9.4 2.1 114 Table 50. Voltage ranges for DDP supply fan speed adjustments (continued) Fan Speed (RPM) VFD Frequency Range (Hz) Actuator Setup Supply Fan IGV/ VFD Cmd Max Min Max Min Max Min 2200 814 76 28 9.0 1.9 2100 777 72 27 8.4 1.8 2000 740 69 26 7.9 1.6 1900 703 66 24 7.5 1.3 1800 666 62 23 6.9 1.2 1700 629 59 22 6.5 1.0 1600 592 83 31 10.0 2.4 1500 555 79 29 9.4 2.1 1400 518 74 27 8.7 1.8 1300 481 68 25 7.8 1.5 1200 444 63 23 7.1 1.2 1100 407 58 21 6.3 0.9 1000 370 53 20 5.6 0.7 Note: Maximum operating speed cannot exceed fan wheel mechanical limit. System Airflow Measurements Constant Volume Systems 1. Ensure that the "System" selection switch at the remote panel is in the Off position and the Fan selection switch for constant volume units is in the Auto position. (VAV units do not use a "Fan" selection input.) 2. Close the disconnect switch or circuit protector switch that provides the supply power to the unit terminal block (1TB1) or the unit mounted disconnect switch (1S14). AWARNING Hazardous Voltage! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Verify that no power is present with a voltmeter. Important: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT TERMINAL BLOCK(1TB1) OR UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH (1S14). 3. Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch (1S1) and the 24 volt control circuit switch (1 S70) to the On position. 4. Open the Human Interface access door, located in RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Unit Startup the unit control panel, and press the SERVICE MODE key to display the first service screen. Refer to the latest edition of the appropriate programming manual for CV or VAV applications for the SERVICE TEST screens and programming instructions. 5. Use to program the Supply Fan for operation by scrolling through the displays. 6. Once the configuration for the Fan is complete, press the NEXT key until the LCD displays the "Start test in _Sec." screen. Press the + key to designate the delay before the test is to start. This service test will begin after the TEST START key is pressed and the delay designated in this step has elapsed. Press the ENTER key to confirm this choice. A WARNING Live Electrical Components! Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. When it is necessary to work with live electrical components, have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. 7. Press the TEST START key to start the test. Remember that the delay designated in step 6 must elapse before the fans will begin to operate. 8. With the system in the SERVICE MODE and the supply fan rotating in the proper direction, measure the amperage at the supply fan contactors (1K16 & 1K15) — additional contactor for 90 thru 75 ton units. If the amperage exceeds the motor nameplate value, the static pressure is less than design and the airflow is too high. If the amperage is below the motor nameplate value, static pressure may be too high and CFM may be too low. To determine the actual CFM (t 5%): a. Measure the actual fan RPM b. Calculate the Theoretical BHP: Ac#ualMotorAmps aC 0e0,4ro Alco±or Na map2a#e Amps c. Plot this data onto the appropriate Fan Performance Curve beginning with Figure 61, p. 118. Where the two points intersect, read straight down to the CFM line. Use this data to assist in calculating a new fan drive if the CFM is not at design specifications. d. An alternate method with less accuracy is to measure the static pressure drop across the evaporator coil. This can be accomplished using the following steps: • Drill a small hole through the unit casing on each side of the coil. RT-SVX36Q-EN Important: Coil damage can occur if care is not taken when drilling holes in this area. • Measure the difference between the pressures at both locations. • Plot this value onto the appropriate pressure drop curve (see "Airside Pressure Drop — Standard Evaporator Coil," p. ). Use the data in , p. (Component Static Pressure Drops) to assist in calculating a new fan drive if the CFM is not at design specifications. • Plug the holes after the proper CFM has been established. 9. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Module in the unit control panel to stop the fan operation. VAV Systems with DDP Supply Fan Supply Airflow Measurement for DDP Fans Piezometer rings are available on units with DDP fans to measure supply airflow. Piezometer rings can interface with customer -supplied airflow monitoring systems using the K -factors and equation shown below. Connections are located one the fan side of each assembly. Table 51. Piezometer ring K -factors Nominal Capacity K -factor 20, 25 ton 2454 30 ton 3010 40 ton 3701 50, 55 ton 4620 60 ton 6020 70, 75 ton 7402 Note: If assuming standard air density, obtain the airflow using: CFM = K*SQRT(DP) where DP is the differential pressure (inches w.c.) Exhaust Airflow Measurement (Optional) A WARNING Hazardous Voltage! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Verify that no power is present with a voltmeter. Important: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT TERMINAL BLOCK OR UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH. 115 TRANS' Unit Startup 1. Close the disconnect switch or circuit protector switch that provides the supply power to the unit's terminal block (1TB1) or the unit mounted disconnect switch (1S14). 2. Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch (1S1) and the 24 volt control circuit switch (1S70) to the "On" position. 3. Open the Human Interface access door, located in the unit control panel, and press the SERVICE MODE key to display the first service screen. Refer to the latest edition of the appropriate programming manual for applications for the SERVICE TEST screens and programming instructions. 4. Use to program the following system components for operation by scrolling through the displays: • Exhaust Fan • Exhaust Dampers (100% Open, if applicable) • Outside Air dampers (100% Open) • Variable Frequency Drive (100%, if applicable) • RTM Occ/Unocc Output (Default) 5. Once the configuration for the components is complete, press the NEXT key until the LCD displays the "Start test in _Sec." screen. Press the + key to designate the delay before the test is to start. This service test will begin after the TEST START key is pressed and the delay designated in this step has elapsed. Press the ENTER key to confirm this choice. AWARNING Live Electrical Components! Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. When it is necessary to work with live electrical components, have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. 6. Press the TEST START key to start the test. Remember that the delay designated in step 5 must elapse before the fans will begin to operate. 7. With the exhaust dampers open and the exhaust/ return fan operating at full airflow capability, measure the amperage at the exhaust fan contactor (1K17). If the amperage exceeds the motor nameplate value, the static pressure is less than design and airflow is too high. If the amperage is below the motor nameplate value, static pressure may be too high and CFM may be too low. To determine the actual CFM (± 5%): a. Measure the actual fan RPM b. Calculate the Theoretical BHP: AztuU .aliV2ator:lmps ,. �j�j THE Iliniar aha mcptate Amps 116 c. Use Table 55, p. 143 to calculate a new fan drive if the CFM is not at design specifications. 8. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Module in the unit control panel to stop the fan operation. TragTM Sensor Airflow Measurement (Optional with all units equipped with an economizer) 1. Open the Human Interface access door, located in the unit control panel, and press the SERVICE MODE key to display the first service screen. Refer to the latest edition of the appropriate programming manual for CV or VAV applications applications for the SERVICE TEST screens and programming instructions. 2. Use to program the following system components for Economizer operation by scrolling through the displays; • Supply Fan (On) • Outside air dampers (Selected % Open) • Variable Frequency Drive (100% Output, if applicable) • RTM Occ/Unocc Output (Unoccupied) • Outside Air CFM Setpoint • Outside Air Pre -Heater Operation (if applicable) 3. Once the configuration for the components is complete, press the NEXT key until the LCD displays the "Start test in _Sec." screen. Press the + key to designate the delay before the test is to start. This service test will begin after the TEST START key is pressed and the delay designated in this step has elapsed. Press the ENTER key to confirm this choice. 4. Press the TEST START key to start the test. Remember that the delay designated in step 3 must elapse before the fans will begin to operate. 5. With the unit operating in the "TEST MODE", the amount of outside air flowing through the TragTM sensor can be viewed by switching to the "STATUS MENU" screen "OA CFM. 6. Scroll to the "ECONOMIZER ENABLE/ECONOMIZER POSITION" screen by pressing the NEXT key and read the corresponding damper opening percentage (%). 7. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Module in the unit control panel to stop the unit operation. Return Plenum Pressure Control (Units equipped with Return Fan) Determine Return Plenum Pressure Max Setpoint 1. Open the Human Interface access door, located in the unit control panel, and press the SERVICE MODE key to display the first service screen. Refer to the latest edition of the appropriate RT-SVX36Q-EN TRANS' Unit Startup programming manual for CV or VAV applications for the SERVICE TEST screens and programming instructions. 2. If not already STOPPED, press the STOP key on the Human Interface (HI). 3. Under HI Service Menu, ensure all outputs are OFF or CLOSED. 4. Press the Start Service Test key. 5. Adjust the Exhaust Damper Position to approximately 85%. 6. Start the Supply Fan and Return Fan. 7. Adjust the Supply Fan and Return Fan speeds to 100%. 8. Slowly adjust the Outside Air Damper to approximately 100%. 9. While measuring the building static pressure, slowly adjust the Return Fan Speed down until the building pressure reaches design conditions. RT-SVX36Q-EN 10. Make note of the return plenum pressure reading on the HI. 11. Set the "Return Plenum Pressure Max Setpoint" parameter on the HI to the value noted in the previous step. "OA Normalization" Determination (Units equipped with TragTM ) 1. Perform a normal airflow balance of the unit. 2. Ensure that Exhaust Damper is approximately 85%, the Supply Fan and Return Fan speed is 100%, and the Outdoor Air Damper is approximately 100%. 3. Make note of the total TragTM airflow reading on the Human Interface (HI). 4. Set the "OA Normalization" parameter on the HI to the value noted in the previous step. 117 •TRANE Unit Startup Performance Data Supply Fan Performance Figure 61. Supply fan performance with or without variable frequency drive - 20 and 25 Ion air-cooled, 24 and 29 ton evaporative condensing - forward curved 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.0 3.5 2, 3.0 1/1 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 1700 RPM 1600 RPM _1 1500 RPM 14` PM Jo Hp `>.. ..— 1300 RPM 1200 RPM I. `\ 17.SHp_ 1100 RPM .11..... 1000 RPM J 900 RPM 3lip • - 800 RPM --- 600 RPM 0 2000 4000 6000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. 118 8000 Notes: 10000 so% 60% 0% 91096 90% 12000 • Fan performance for 20 and 2524 and 29 ton rooftops is identical. Contact your local Trane® representative for information on oversized motors. • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 2024 ton - 9,000 Cfm, 2529 ton - 11,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 3 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 20 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 1750. RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Uni Startup Figure 62. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 20 and 25 ton air-cooled - direct drive plenum, 80% width 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 e 4.5 4.0 N a 3.5 ' 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 2300 RPM 2400 RPM 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. RT-SVX36Q-EN 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 Notes: • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 20 ton - 9,000 Cfm, 25 ton - 11,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 3 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 20 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 2400. 119 • "Willir `, 2100 RPM 2000 RPM TAAA_�� .1°71"A . o 9r ,-- 1900 RPM e.� 0 v w A„ ma m-�`- .-m _` '' ZM \ 1600 RP MMA IWgial O- elk 1500 RPM WiriM. fit'. ii. ��fi_ �' s - III% 134I00 RPM RPM .01 • ` "&V,�... `_w 120b V 4. 1•' 1000 RPM r/i ''' VW !...:1021 MI I i AI I 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. RT-SVX36Q-EN 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 Notes: • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 20 ton - 9,000 Cfm, 25 ton - 11,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 3 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 20 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 2400. 119 •TRANE Unit Startup Figure 63. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 20 and 25 ton air-cooled - direct drive plenum, 120% width 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 d , 4.5 c ti 4.0 3.5 F Li 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. 120 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 Notes: • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 20 ton - 9,000 Cfm, 25 ton - 11,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 3 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 20 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 2400. RT-SVX36Q-EN 23UU NPM �F y '. 2200 RPM tet Will6 ,,,. lir Oi3'A/4�2100RPM , 2000 RPM �'� RPM` ' 1900 1,444411V 4, 1 1800 RPM .L 1700 RPM OyA` r1600 RPM .��� N, 1500 RPM RPM RPM - �r .! •S,sp� 41 1400 1300 A*4W4i 1200 RPM I � l;; S'•• 1 4��� �._`',' ,.� 1 9°—P%b%111.'1101` 1100 RP 1000 RPM ,��_® ������ ------ -1-1'.1.11------1..lietlk.'N IfirliMitisM'Al. KM. 1111k 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. 120 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 Notes: • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 20 ton - 9,000 Cfm, 25 ton - 11,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 3 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 20 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 2400. RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Unit Startup Figure 64. Supply fan performance with or without variable frequency drive — 30 ton air-cooled, 36 ton evaporative condensing - forward curved w 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 c 4.0 a 3.5 N 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. RT-SVX36Q-EN 10000 Notes: 12000 14000 50% 60% 7096 8096 9096 • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 3036 ton - 13,500 Cfm. • Minimum motor • horsepower is 5 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 20 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 1450. 121 1400 RPM • 111111 _ I`°"° 1300 RPM t — ` 1S11P 1200 RPM 1100 RPM 10/P 1000 RPM RPM 7.5 Hp —900 • I S HP 800RP• i �•-A�° .....••• � 700 RPM 3 HP N.r•Ia — �.• —+� 600 RPM ' ^�...... 500 RPM 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. RT-SVX36Q-EN 10000 Notes: 12000 14000 50% 60% 7096 8096 9096 • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 3036 ton - 13,500 Cfm. • Minimum motor • horsepower is 5 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 20 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 1450. 121 •TRANF Unit Startup Figure 65. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive — 30 ton air-cooled - direct drive plenum, 80% width 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 , 4.5 c E 4.0 3.5 F N 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000 15000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0"1-120 positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. 122 Notes: • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local TraneOrepresentative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 30 ton - 13,500 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 3 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 20 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 2200. RT-SVX36Q-EN RPMo RPM - 11144.46"11A- k2000 -1900 I 1800 RPM v tiq •- 1700RPMI kw. 1600RPM��iitor '�-T 1 Oil 1500 RPM `` *MI •`�-� 1400 RPM ,P 1300 RPM.AWriallfiri 120011: 200 RPPN 4*`. i 1100 RPM 1000 RPM � AM& �,�� 4 7� �� • 11,11.1.4111 -v- li Arr *:4 tait� tee®,_ 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000 15000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0"1-120 positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. 122 Notes: • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local TraneOrepresentative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 30 ton - 13,500 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 3 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 20 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 2200. RT-SVX36Q-EN 9 TRAM' Unit Startup Figure 66. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive — 30 ton air-cooled- direct drive plenum, 120% width 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 f, 4.5 4.0 d 3.5 2 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 2100 RPM 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000 15000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. RT-SVX36Q-EN Notes: • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Tranel representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 30 ton - 13,500 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 3 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 20 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 2,100. 123 MILIIIIIIK.1411bWillh _ik - 2000 RPM o Q 19100 RPMAsavr ), A,1 - JO„ is tiA 1800 RPM 1700 RPM \ 1600 RPM 1500 RPM 11111100 1400 RPM -� • „ ,`� 1300 RPM 11200 RPM RPM 1000 RPM, I ILre 2 g 1100 1 ,__ ertit NA 04#1'___ �' 0 V 1 1‘./ 1 ‘101 tiAl �� lik 90* 1. 6_, iiiiiilb6.- ,I ,10. rkkl 1 1 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 13000 14000 15000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. RT-SVX36Q-EN Notes: • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Tranel representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 30 ton - 13,500 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 3 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 20 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 2,100. 123 •TRANE Unit Startup Figure 67. Supply fan performance with or without variable frequency drive - 40, 50 and 55 ton air-cooled, 48 and 59 ton evaporative condensing - forward curved 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 c 4.5 g 4.0 a m • 3.0 3.5 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 ^1200 RPM —\ `.,,Syp 30 "ip 1100 RPM \ • 1000 RPM p. E .ins _ 900 RPMNIII �N>> �� ille"bilii \ 800 RPM , `IOhp�®EN -� i• umnimialv ow' StiP ` 700 RPM — 600 RPM 500 RPM — L_., ime I 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 22000 24000 26000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" 1-120 positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H20. 124 Notes: 5o' 60% 70% 80% 90% • Fan performance for 40 and 50 to 5548 and 59 ton rooftops is identical. Contact your local Trane® representative for information on oversized motors. • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 4048 ton - 18,000 Cfm and 5059 ton - 22,500 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 7.5 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 30 hp. Maximum' hp to 15 hp fan Rpm is 1,141 Rpm, maximum 20 hp to 30 hp fan Rpm is 1,170 Rpm. RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Unit Startup Figure 68. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 40 ton air-cooled - direct drive plenum, 80% width w 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 P 4.0 d A 3.0 3.5 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 I000 RPM 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. RT-SVX36Q-EN 14000 Notes: 16000 18000 20000 • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 40 ton - 18,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 3 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 25 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 2,000. 125 r4MINfAM 1800 RPM )a, d 1700 RPM 1600 RPM ilff 1500RPM_\ yA .ff 1111� _-' ' , 1400 RPM - -_ \ '- 1300 RPM jig** 1200 RPM1100RPMO� 1000 RPM ��� -� \ AeA I :144411 t1 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. RT-SVX36Q-EN 14000 Notes: 16000 18000 20000 • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 40 ton - 18,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 3 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 25 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 2,000. 125 TRANS. Unit Startup Figure 69. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 40 ton air-cooled - direct drive plenum, 120% width 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 d , 4.5 °' 4.0 d 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. 126 14000 Notes: 16000 18000 20000 • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane®representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 40 ton - 18,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 3 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 25 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 1,900. RT-SVX36Q-EN • .. RPM �F 1800 RPM 1700 RPM IIIIIIIMIIIFA vi ' __.� � `�% �, ��� 1600 RPM r 1500 RPM 1400 RPM Irl O s 144 1300 RPM jOhp -' Mik 1200 RPM APAWIiir liik 1100 RPM .- r •>8yp , _, I` 1000 RPM r* i'_ Ts i _ „.,,,A _ _ . 0 . ..... ea kin. 1►�► 4. 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. 126 14000 Notes: 16000 18000 20000 • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane®representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 40 ton - 18,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 3 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 25 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 1,900. RT-SVX36Q-EN INANE Unit Startup Figure 70. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 50, 55 ton air-cooled- direct drive plenum, 80% width 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 u 4.5 P 4.0 3.5 3 3.0 N 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 1800 RPM 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H20. RT-SVX36Q-EN 17500 20000 22500 25000 27500 Notes: • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 50, 55 ton - 22,500 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 5 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 30 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 1,800. 127 1700 RPM bF- / • RPM 3 d3P -‘1600 „� q 1500 RPM Ill ly, do RPM `�� r_ 41#1 1400 1300 RPM �1 I ` MIA& Mit W 4 A 1 1200 RPM " 1 i i PAtli "3 RPM 1000 RPM ��`l_.►lek_1,- .• - �'yA �,,�,. - ,i-_ 14` ..11E11141111 $11 , , \ \ \ • A . 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H20. RT-SVX36Q-EN 17500 20000 22500 25000 27500 Notes: • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 50, 55 ton - 22,500 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 5 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 30 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 1,800. 127 TRANS. Unit Startup Figure 71. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 50, 55 ton air-cooled - direct drive plenum, 100% width 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 3 5.0 4.5 "-' 4.0 3.5 13 V 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 1800 RPM 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. 128 17500 20000 Notes: 22500 25000 27500 • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane®representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 50, 55` ton - 22,500 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 5 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 30 hp. Maximum fan:RPM is 1,800. RT-SVX36Q-EN .irml'e2 E a ` } 1600 RPM � 3\ \r--4-4%! � - ` 1500 RPM ` moo, IL '''S',3 4 1400 RPMitillit4ra 1300 RPMI \ • .„. 1200 RPM • ` i. 1100 RPM /4 i� x'- , , 1000 RPM11$04k ',�f �`rs, y T'*$&\ 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. 128 17500 20000 Notes: 22500 25000 27500 • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane®representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 50, 55` ton - 22,500 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 5 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 30 hp. Maximum fan:RPM is 1,800. RT-SVX36Q-EN GTRANF Unit Startup Figure 72. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 50, 55 ton air-cooled - direct drive plenum, 120% width 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 3 5.0 w ,r, 4.5 01 4.0 2 3.5 « 3.0 N 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 1800 RPM 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. RT-SVX36Q-E N 17500 20000 22500 25000 27500 Notes: • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 50, 55 ton - 22,500 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 5 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 30 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 1,700. 129 1700.' P ` y �3 1600` M V Tri* g• - ^ -_ yA 1500 RPM ellir QY _fill tj11 F_13001 1400 RPM J ‘z4.1 `41triti`�-1200RPM4..� Vretaka 1100 RPM iti.r.h. 1000 RPM /0 _, � �14 rS g0 WI_ole 1/5Nrik:k 111 "IL 1Z11 ,/..oessiOgiL 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. RT-SVX36Q-E N 17500 20000 22500 25000 27500 Notes: • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 50, 55 ton - 22,500 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 5 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 30 hp. Maximum fan RPM is 1,700. 129 7 7 eWA Unit Startup Figure 73. Supply fan performance with or without variable frequency drive - 60, 70 and 75 ton air-cooled, 73, 80 and 89 ton evaporative condensing - forward curved 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 3 5.0 r, 4.5 c 4.0 4 a 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0 3000 6000 9000 12000 15000 18000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H20. 130 21000 Notes: 24000 27000 60% 7096 80% 90% 30000 • Fan performance for 60 and 70 to 7573, 80 and 89 ton rooftops is identical. Contact your local Trane® representative for information on oversized motors. • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 60 to 7579 to 89 ton - 27,000 Cfm and 5059 ton - 22,500 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 10 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 50 hp. Maximum fan Rpm is 1,130 Rpm. 40 & 50 HP motor available as standard in 460 & 575 volt only RT-SVX36Q-EN 1100 RPM‘144*6�SOHP uw nrm .Mi l 4pHP I I ( I I I�� � �1 1 1 II_l 1000 RPM — 900 RPM Hp 'ISIIP i — 800 RPM IS NP i�'w, I �' 16� � _ 700`.4'4 �� –2OHP� glEmmimm �� 1�» MI :1 600 RPM SNP. l � ��'� ss`-- �r +s — SOO RPM vsi _ ! I I , , ii igiummah...-.14i,. I I _ 0 3000 6000 9000 12000 15000 18000 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H20. 130 21000 Notes: 24000 27000 60% 7096 80% 90% 30000 • Fan performance for 60 and 70 to 7573, 80 and 89 ton rooftops is identical. Contact your local Trane® representative for information on oversized motors. • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 60 to 7579 to 89 ton - 27,000 Cfm and 5059 ton - 22,500 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 10 hp. Maximum motor horsepower is 50 hp. Maximum fan Rpm is 1,130 Rpm. 40 & 50 HP motor available as standard in 460 & 575 volt only RT-SVX36Q-EN GTRANF Unit Startup Figure 74. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 60 ton cooling only air-cooled - direct drive plenum, 80% width 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 d 4.5 :! 4.0 3 3.5 3 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0"i-120. RT-SVX36Q-EN 20000 22500 25000 27500 30000 Notes: • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • 60 ton units with gas heat use the 27" DDP fans shown for the 70 and 75 ton units. See Figure 76, p. 133 . • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 60 ton - 27,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 10 hp (2 x 5 hp motors). Maximum motor horsepower is 40 hp (2 x 20 hp motors). Maximum fan RPM is 2,200. 131 2100 RPM 2200 RPM 0 2000 RPM _� � d46P $p 7 1900 RPM 1 •bMtv 1800 RPM 1700 IPM 1600 RIM �•TA _-' 1500 RPM � ,' Vall1111. 1400 RPM RPM ,�_ or �� `� I `. , `_ -� ` + 1300 nil: 1 � , i &joyA - ® `. c� 1100 RPM �� ` S IAMIElla MI 1000 RPM - IM1141, tee_ �4tlitatiM 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0"i-120. RT-SVX36Q-EN 20000 22500 25000 27500 30000 Notes: • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • 60 ton units with gas heat use the 27" DDP fans shown for the 70 and 75 ton units. See Figure 76, p. 133 . • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 60 ton - 27,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 10 hp (2 x 5 hp motors). Maximum motor horsepower is 40 hp (2 x 20 hp motors). Maximum fan RPM is 2,200. 131 •TRANE Unit Startup Figure 75. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 60 ton cooling only air-cooled - direct drive plenum, 120% width 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 1.2 3.5 ' 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 2100 RPM 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. 132 20000 22500 25000 27500 30000 Notes: i • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local TraneOrepresentative for more information. • 60 ton units with gas heat use the 27" DDP fans shown for the 70 and 75 ton units. See Figure 76, p. 133. . • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 60 ton - 27,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 10 hp (2 x 5 hp motors). Maximum motor horsepower is 40 hp (2 x 20 hp motors). Maximum fan RPM is 2,100. RT-SVX36Q-EN - 2000 RPM 3 _-.., , RPM *�-1900 1800 RPM 1 1700 n • RPM 1600 R PM 1500 RPMI rilirLINI411_ _ 1400 RPM RPM Wile �r fl*, 4 1300 1100 RIM1000RPM.-L'r W1L ' AtAg. .viria. 1 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. 132 20000 22500 25000 27500 30000 Notes: i • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local TraneOrepresentative for more information. • 60 ton units with gas heat use the 27" DDP fans shown for the 70 and 75 ton units. See Figure 76, p. 133. . • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 60 ton - 27,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 10 hp (2 x 5 hp motors). Maximum motor horsepower is 40 hp (2 x 20 hp motors). Maximum fan RPM is 2,100. RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Unit Startup Figure 76. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 60 ton gas heat, and all 70 and 75 ton air-cooled - direct drive plenum, 80% width 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 ai 4.0 5 a 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 �F 3� 1800 RPM 1900 RPM 1700 RPM 1500 RPM 1400 RPM . 1300 RPM 1200 RPM 1100 RPM 1000 RPM 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 2000 RPM 12500 15000 17500 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. RT-SVX36Q-EN 20000 22500 25000 27500 Notes: 30000 • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 60 ton gas heat and 70, 75 ton - 27,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 10 hp (2 x 5 hp motors). Maximum motor horsepower is 50 hp (2 x 25 hp motors). Maximum fan RPM is 2,000. 133 dP I, ..1... r-N ti 1444 L41:0„Nitt.- syp 1W �ti,.dsq1y ' sk„Ai. . ,,,,,,,,,,,, -�- 11.1111 ®f► 14 I \ . 12500 15000 17500 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. RT-SVX36Q-EN 20000 22500 25000 27500 Notes: 30000 • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 60 ton gas heat and 70, 75 ton - 27,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 10 hp (2 x 5 hp motors). Maximum motor horsepower is 50 hp (2 x 25 hp motors). Maximum fan RPM is 2,000. 133 TRANS' Unit Startup Figure 77. Supply fan performance with variable frequency drive - 60 ton gas heat, and all 70 and 75 ton air -cooled - direct drive plenum, 120% width 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 3 5.0 ,r, 4.5 N:'. 4.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. 134 20000 22500 25000 27500 30000 Notes: • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 60 ton gas heat and 70, 75 ton - 27,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 10 hp (2 x 5 hp motors). Maximum motor horsepower is 50 hp (2 x 25 hp motors). Maximum fan RPM is 1,900. RT-SVX36Q-EN 1800 RPM ; 1600 RPM IIIWA M d° - 1500 RPM ` �by WA Wr r�� 1300 RPM 4.‘,0 4,..N —1 , '41 1200 RPM --.....J Mr - k 1100 RPM —���,_,•,..PPIF-___401014111611°141/41w. �— ,#,..), Io,, 0 Idi 1000 RPM Airillill .._ 1 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500 Airflow, CFM Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. 134 20000 22500 25000 27500 30000 Notes: • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 60 ton gas heat and 70, 75 ton - 27,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 10 hp (2 x 5 hp motors). Maximum motor horsepower is 50 hp (2 x 25 hp motors). Maximum fan RPM is 1,900. RT-SVX36Q-EN rRANr Unit Startup Figure 78. Supply fan performance with or without variable frequency drive - 90 ton air-cooled 9 8 7 2 0 J00 Rpm .. k, e' • _ - x00 RpM. • • o dP ,\ 3 . _ 4 • • d400 RpM 1300 RpM ` �bP (i...p B`, ` _ - _ �C 1200RM �WRp` = M 0 tiA ` 1�Op• 7000RP M 900 RpM IMP. PirpAIIINIP* P ®411411 \ ilk • 0 10000 20000 30000 40000 Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. RT-SVX36Q-EN 50000 Notes: 60000 M • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 90 ton - 46,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 30 hp. 135 TRANS' Unit Startup Figure 79. Supply fan performance with or without variable frequency drive -105,115,130 ton air-cooled 9 8 7 0 m • 5 m - 4 • - - m 3 2 1600 RpM `1$00 RpM ,` .1400 RpM 1300 RpM 1200 RPM lit/9 RpM 1000 RPM 800 RPM o— 0 Iwo ifirw4r, AV** /w•o""' 10000 20000 30000 CFM 40000 Important: Maximum static pressure leaving the rooftop is 4.0" H2O positive. The static pressure drops from the supply fan to the space cannot exceed 4.0" H2O. 136 • ocit'A 50000 Notes: 60000 • Shaded areas represent selectable area. Contact your local Trane® representative for more information. • Supply fan performance curve includes internal resistance of rooftop. For total static pressure determination, system external static must be added to appropriate component static pressure drops (evaporator coil, filters, optional economizer, optional exhaust fan, optional heating system, optional cooling only extended casing, optional roof curb). • Maximum Cfm (for cULus approval) as follows: 105, 115, 130 ton - 46,000 Cfm. • Minimum motor horsepower is 30 hp. RT-SVX36Q-EN Unit Startup Pressure Drop Tables Figure 80. Wet airside pressure drop at 0.075 Ib/cu.ft. 20 to 89 ton evaporator coil Wet Evaporator Airside Pressure Drop at 0.075 Ib/cu.ft. 20-75 Ton Airside Pressure Drop, Inches H2O COO 00 00 X00 00 000 X00 00 O CO) Unit Airflow, CFM Figure 81. Dry airside pressure drop at 0.075 Ib/cu.ft. 20 to 89 ton evaporator coil Airside Pressure Drop, Inches H2O 1.0- 0.1 - Dry Evaporator Airside Pressure Drop at 0.075 Ib/cu.ft. 20-75 Ton (00 RT-SVX36Q-EN 00 O 00 00 0 00 ^� 00 0O 0J 4iC)O Unit Airflow, CFM 137 •TPME' Unit Startup Figure 82. Wet airside pressure drop at 0.0751b/cu.ft. 90 to 130 ton evaporator coil Evaporator Wet Airside Pressure Drop at 0.075 Ib'cu.ft. 20-130 Ton 2.0 o 10 os 07 0.7 0.6 g 0.5 7 0.4 0.3 a 0.2 0.1 to fr41 X47. • 4000 6000 800010000 20000 40000 60000 Unit Airflow, CFM 138 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Unit Startup Figure 83. Dry airside pressure drop at 0.075 Ib/cu.ft. 90 to 130 ton evaporator coil Evaporator DryAirside Pressure Drop at 0.075 Ib/cu.ft 20-130 Ton >) 2.0 10 0.9 08 0.7 - 0.6 0.5 3 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 eP tP • 4000 6000 800010000 20000 40000 60000 Unit Airflow, CFM RT-SVX36Q-EN 139 0 N3-09£XAS-fl Table 52. Component static pressure drops (in. W.G.), 20-7524-80 ton air-cooled Nom CFM Std Evap Coil Heating System Filters Std Roof Econ W� r out Exh HGR- H Dry Wet SFHL - FC SFHL - DDP SEHL SLHL SSHL Throwaway Perm Wire Bag & Pre Cart & Pre Final Cart Low High Low High All kW Low High Low High Std High 4000 0.12 0.16 0.02 N/A 0.03 N/A 0.02 0.05 0.06 0.02 0.06 0.03 0.03 0.01 0.30 0.24 0.22 0.01 0.03 0.01 20, 24 6000 0.24 0.29 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.09 0.12 0.05 0.12 0.06 0.06 0.02 0.50 0.44 0.30 0.02 0.06 0.02 8000 0.37 0.44 0.09 0.09 0.08 0.70 0.70 0.15 0.19 0.10 0.20 0.09 0.09 0.03 0.71 0.68 0.45 0.05 0.12 0.04 9000 0.45 0.52 0.12 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.09 0.19 0.24 0.12 0.22 0.11 0.11 0.04 0.83 0.81 0.55 0.70 0.15 0.05 5000 0.18 0.22 0.03 N/A 0.04 N/A 0.03 0.70 0.09 0.04 0.09 0.05 0.05 0.02 0.40 0.34 0.25 0.01 0.03 0.01 6000 0.24 0.29 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.10 0.12 0.06 0.13 0.70 0.70 0.02 0.50 0.44 0.30 0.02 0.05 0.02 25, 29 7500 0.34 0.41 0.08 0.08 0.70 0.06 0.06 0.14 0.17 0.09 0.18 0.09 0.09 0.03 0.66 0.62 0.41 0.04 0.10 0.03 10000 0.53 0.62 0.14 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.11 0.23 0.28 0.15 0.29 0.13 0.13 0.05 0.95 0.95 0.66 0.10 0.19 0.06 11000 0.62 0.71 0.17 0.18 0.14 0.10 0.13 0.29 0.33 0.19 0.35 0.15 0.15 0.06 1.06 1.11 0.79 0.12 0.23 0.70 6000 0.17 0.24 0.05 0.05 0.03 N/A 0.04 0.09 0.12 0.05 0.12 0.04 0.04 0.01 0.34 0.26 0.24 0.02 0.06 0.02 30, 36 9000 0.33 0.45 0.11 0.12 0.05 0.05 0.09 0.19 0.24 0.12 0.22 0.70 0.70 0.02 0.54 0.48 0.36 0.70 0.15 0.04 12000 0.53 0.67 0.20 0.21 0.70 0.70 0.16 0.31 0.39 0.22 0.41 0.11 0.11 0.04 0.75 0.75 0.58 0.16 0.27 0.70 14000 0.68 0.83 0.26 0.29 0.09 0.09 0.22 0.40 0.51 0.30 0.50 0.14 0.14 0.06 0.95 0.95 0.76 0.25 0.39 0.09 8000 0.19 0.26 0.09 N/A 0.13 n/a 0.70 0.09 0.11 0.05 0.11 0.04 0.04 0.02 0.37 0.31 0.25 0.01 0.03 0.02 10000 0.27 0.36 0.14 0.11 0.20 0.37 0.11 0.13 0.16 0.08 0.16 0.06 0.06 0.02 0.49 0.43 0.32 0.02 0.03 0.03 40, 48 12000 0.36 0.48 0.20 0.15 0.28 0.47 0.16 0.17 0.22 0.11 0.21 0.08 0.08 0.03 0.61 0.56 0.41 0.04 0.70 0.05 16000 0.57 0.73 0.34 0.26 0.49 0.70 0.29 0.28 0.36 0.20 0.36 0.12 0.12 0.05 0.88 0.87 0.66 0.10 0.09 0.08 17000 0.62 0.79 N/A 0.29 0.55 0.77 0.32 0.31 0.39 0.22 0.41 0.13 0.13 0.06 0.95 0.95 0.74 0.12 0.11 0.10 18000 0.68 0.86 N/A 0.33 N/A 0.83 0.36 0.35 0.43 0.25 0.44 0.14 0.14 0.70 1.02 1.04 0.83 0.14 0.13 0.11 10000 0.20 0.25 0.12 0.10 0.20 N/A 0.11 0.13 0.16 0.70 0.15 0.04 0.04 0.01 0.37 0.30 0.25 0.03 0.05 0.03 50 55, 14000 0.34 0.42 0.26 0.20 0.38 0.17 0.22 0.22 0.28 0.15 0.28 0.70 0.70 0.03 0.56 0.50 0.37 0.70 0.08 0.05 59 17000 0.46 0.57 0.39 0.29 0.55 0.26 0.32 0.31 0.40 0.22 0.41 0.10 0.10 0.04 0.72 0.68 0.50 0.12 0.11 0.08 20000 0.59 0.73 0.58 0.41 0.75 0.38 0.44 0.42 0.52 0.30 0.51 0.12 0.12 0.05 0.88 0.88 0.66 0.19 0.17 0.11 23000 0.74 0.89 0.69 0.54 0.99 0.53 0.58 0.47 0.67 0.41 0.69 0.15 0.15 0.70 1.05 N/A 0.87 0.27 0.22 0.14 12000 0.27 0.37 0.10 0.08 0.28 0.14 0.06 0.10 0.13 0.06 0.11 0.05 0.05 0.01 0.44 0.37 0.27 0.02 0.70 0.03 16000 0.43 0.58 0.18 0.14 0.44 0.28 0.11 0.17 0.21 0.11 0.19 0.70 0.70 0.02 0.63 0.58 0.39 0.05 0.10 0.06 60, 73 20000 0.62 0.80 0.27 0.21 0.63 0.46 0.17 0.24 0.31 0.16 0.27 0.10 0.10 0.03 0.84 0.82 0.56 0.10 0.16 0.09 24000 0.83 1.03 0.40 0.30 0.86 0.68 0.24 0.33 0.42 0.22 0.39 0.11 0.11 0.04 1.06 1.08 0.78 0.16 0.23 0.13 27000 1.00 1.22 0.46 0.32 1.05 0.88 0.30 0.41 0.52 0.30 0.47 0.16 0.16 0.06 1.18 1.24 0.98 0.27 0.28 0.16 16000 0.44 0.58 0.18 0.14 0.44 0.28 0.11 0.17 0.21 0.11 0.19 0.70 0.70 0.02 0.63 0.58 0.39 0.05 0.10 0.06 20000 0.62 0.82 0.27 0.21 0.63 0.46 0.17 0.24 0.31 0.16 0.27 0.10 0.10 0.03 0.84 0.82 0.56 0.10 0.16 0.09 70-75, 22000 0.73 0.94 0.33 0.25 0.74 0.56 0.20 0.29 0.37 0.19 0.33 0.12 0.12 0.04 0.95 0.95 0.66 0.13 0.20 0.11 80-89 24000 0.84 1.07 0.40 0.30 0.86 0.68 0.24 0.33 0.42 0.22 0.39 0.14 0.14 0.04 1.06 1.08 0.78 0.16 0.23 0.13 26000 0.95 1.20 0.47 0.32 0.98 0.81 0.28 0.39 0.49 0.27 0.45 0.16 0.16 0.05 1.17 1.23 0.91 0.23 0.26 0.15 27000 1.01 1.26 0.51 0.33 1.05 0.88 0.30 0.42 0.52 0.30 0.48 0.17 0.17 0.06 1.12 1.26 0.98 0.27 0.28 0.16 otes: 1. Static pressure drops of accessory components must be added to external static pressure to enter fan selection tables. 2. Gas heat section maximum temperature rise of 60° F. 3. Throwaway filter option limited to 300 ft/min face velocity. 4. Bag filter option limited to 740 ft/min face velocity. 5. Horizontal roof curbs assume 0.50" static pressure drop or double the standard roof curb pressure drop, whichever is greater. 6. No additional pressure loss for model SXHL. 7. For final filters w/ prefilters (digit 13 = M, N, P, Q) also add pressure drop for throwaway filter. O 3 O (D r+ fa CD N IC CD v O co) TRANS' Unit Startup Component static pressure drops (in. W.G.), 90-130 ton air-cooled C 0 7 t 0W; W 3 i O. -1.-i N M o 0 0 0 0 N N Tr Tr Tr 0 0 0 0 0 N N Tr Tr Tr 0 0 0 0 0 .0 •+ 0 u►rg a a a a a z z z z z ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ a a a a a z z z z z a a a as z z z z z "m 0 IO t C air, LL ( j n l, cn t0 v O V CO.+ O .ti .ti .ti N 0 00 01 U5 Tr O N u101 N -i .-4 . 4 .-1 N 000 cn v4 Tr O CV 01N .-i -1 . .4 N oS ; L 10 0.6 67 t0 ODOOa 6i.4 .. Z OD 01 . CD 0 N.1 Ma o o ,4 ..4 2 0001.-1cnCD UD CV CD a 0 0 .-1 .4 2 dd O al VO a OD V N 01a OD O. -i - -1 00.+.2 N t001 N Q CO OA O N,, 0.4.4.4.4 02 Nt001 N Q OD CM CD N� Ci Ci 2 ilEa.a<<aaaaaaaaaaaa a§ZZZZZzzzzzzzzzz Throwaway Std High Cl t0 01 N 7 al al .-i N N o o 0 0 0 .•i v n- v --1 .i .-1 N N 0 0 0 O O P1 t0 01 N CP .-1 .i .-1 N N 0 0 0 0 0 Q Q Q Q Q - -. z z z Z z M t0 01 N Tr .l .1 .1 N N 0 0 0 0 0 Q Q Q Q Q - - - z z Z z z Heating System SSHL Z OlM 'j 004Mau1InN01 J N M Ln CO t0 a u1 t01)v 0 0 0 0 0 N000OD01t0aM.-101t0V 0 0 0 0 0 O O O .-1 01 11)40 n n 0 0 0 0 0 u1 t0NMTr 0 0 0 0 0 O O O .+ 01 71n t0 n n 0 0 0 0 0 01 al Lin t0 0 0 0 0 0 SLHL Low High .-1 .i N In M M cr In t0 n O O 'O O O N ce'1 a 111 VuD V0 O O O O O 01 o n up u1 M cr ut t0 n O O O O O 00.1 v v u^i 400 vl O O O O O 01 OD n to In ' M Cl. 11) ton O O O O O M R v Inn 440 O O O O O J = 3 a Q M t0 M 01 N .. . 1 N N c1) o 0 0 0 0 n .i t0 O v al N N M 01 0 0 0 0 0 n al t0 O v'. .+ N N 01 Ln 0 0 0 0 0 SFHL Low High Ln .41 01 t0 N N M 01 Cr In 0 0 0 0 0 a a a a aQQQQQQQQQQ z z z z 2 CO t0 N u1 u1 N M 7 cr u1 0 0 0 0 0 z z z z z OO t0 N u1 11) N nn cr cr 11) 0 0 0 0 0 z Z z z z High Cap Evap « Iv I. Ciooa.,.�.;000.:.-.;zzzzz 0 c•1 N N O ODOmt000ODONv,Ln 0 .-i -4 -4 -4 0 0 .••1 u1 0 I0 OO 0 N 7 M .4 0 O t0 6,4 ..4 ...1 ...i 01 n N OO .-1 t0 n 01 0 N-. QQ Q Q Q � 2 2 2 2 2 Q Q Q Q Q . . Evap Coil ++ 41 L' Q00000zZZZZ cn o OD c0 o. tor. 00 O N 000,y,;ZZZzz LMi 0ODrn Q Q . Q , . . — . Q Q .. Q ..... 0 .+ a OD to O N Tr. t0 W • 0,rn con? 00. -i. -i 4 CFM Std 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 n N n N Ln N M m Cr 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 .ti In as m t0 m M 01 V• 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O 0 0 0 0 0 .-1 u1 01 M t0 el 01 M cr V' E 0 Z O O u1 O '' I .. o ,-1 M -1,-1 RT-SVX36Q-EN 141 •TRANE Unit Startup Table 54. Component static pressure drops (in. W.G.)-exhaust damper for return fan Nom Tons Cfm Exhaust Damper for Return Fan Nom Tons Cfm Exhaust Damper for Return Fan 4000 0.08 10000 0.28 6000 0.19 14000 0.56 8000 0.35 17000 0.75 20,24 9000 0.44 50-55,59 20000 1.15 10000 0.55 24000 1.66 12000 0.79 28000 2.26 5000 0.13 12000 0.31 6000 0.19 16000 0.56 7500 0.30 60, 73 20000 0.88 25, 29 10000 0.55 24000 1.27 11000 0.67 28000 1.73 12500 0.85 30000 1.99 14000 1.08 12000 0.31 6000 0.19 16000 0.56 9000 0.44 20000 0.88 30, 36 12000 14000 0.79 1.08 70-75, 80- 22000 24000 1.05 1.27 15000 1.20 89 26000 1.47 17000 1.60 28000 1.73 8000 0.18 31000 N/A 10000 0.28 33000 N/A 12000 0.41 40,48 16000 0.73 17000 0.82 20000 1.15 22000 1.39 142 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Unit Startup Fan Drive Selections Exhaust Fan Performance Table 55. Modulating 100% exhaust fan performance - 20 - 89 tons Nom Tons CFM Std Air Negative Static Pressure 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM 4000 379 0.34 515 0.70 622 1.12 712 1.59 791 2.10 861 2.64 582 15.27 619 17.14 20/24 6000 421 0.61 541 1.03 643 1.52 732 2.07 811 2.66 527 15.67 550 16.22 573 16.71 604 8000 487 1.10 583 1.56 674 2.11 757 2.72 768 27.31 795 29.37 90 - 32000 559 18.92 581 10000 567 1.88 643 2.37 719 2.96 690 24.39 723 26.63 753 28.44 784 30.37 811 32.54 130 4000 379 0.34 515 0.70 622 1.12 712 1.59 791 2.10 861 2.64 927 3.22 988 3.84 799 6000 421 0.61 541 1.03 643 1.52 732 2.07 811 2.66 882 3.28 948 3.94 1010 4.64 25/29 8000 487 1.10 583 1.56 674 2.11 757 2.72 834 3.38 904 4.09 970 4.82 710 33.42 730 10000 567 1.88 643 2.37 719 2.96 794 3.63 864 4.35 40000 688 36.46 707 37.31 724 12000 651 2.98 716 3.56 779 4.18 843 4.88 827 44.14 853 46.63 879 49.41 4000 379 0.34 515 0.70 622 1.12 712 1.59 791 2.10 861 2.64 927 3.22 988 3.84 6000 421 0.61 541 1.03 643 1.52 732 2.07 811 2.66 882 3.28 948 3.94 1010 4.64 30/36 8000 487 1.10 583 1.56 674 2.11 757 2.72 834 3.38 904 4.09 970 4.82 1030 5.59 10000 567 1.88 643 2.37 719 2.96 794 3.63 864 4.35 931 5.11 993 5.91 1053 6.77 12000 651 2.98 716 3.56 779 4.18 843 4.88 905 5.64 967 6.47 1026 7.34 14000 736 4.47 796 5.17 850 5.83 904 6.57 960 7.38 7500 318 0.67 444 1.21 545 1.85 629 2.54 702 3.27 767 4.02 828 4.83 884 5.66 9000 331 0.97 444 1.47 543 2.17 628 2.94 702 3.75 770 4.60 831 5.48 887 6.37 40/48 12000 381 2.13 460 2.40 546 3.04 627 3.89 701 4.83 769 5.82 831 6.87 889 7.93 14000 422 3.40 486 3.49 557 3.98 631 4.76 701 5.72 768 6.78 830 7.90 888 9.07 16000 468 5.12 520 5.07 579 5.37 643 6.01 707 6.88 769 7.92 829 9.08 887 10.32 9000 331 0.97 444 1.47 543 2.17 628 2.94 702 3.75 770 4.60 831 5.48 887 6.37 50- 12000 381 2.13 460 2.40 546 3.04 627 3.89 701 4.83 769 5.82 831 6.87 889 7.93 55/59 15000 445 4.20 '7.41 502 4.21 567 4.61 636 5.32 704 6.26 769 7.32 830 8.47 888 9.67 18000 516 559 7.19 609 7.32 662 7.76 719 8.49 776 9.44 833 10.56 887 11.79 20000 566 10.31 602 9.91 644 9.88 690 10.15 739 10.69 789 11.48 841 12.48 893 13.68 12000 351 1.49 423 2.09 502 3.00 572 4.02 634 5.07 690 6.09 740 7.04 784 7.91 60, 15000 412 2.68 460 3.15 521 3.96 585 5.02 646 6.24 702 7.53 749 8.83 801 10.14 70, 18000 478 4.41 516 4.88 557 5.54 607 6.49 662 7.66 715 9.01 766 10.48 814 12.01 75/73, 21000 549 6.75 578 7.36 612 7.92 647 8.71 688 9.77 735 11.03 781 12.46 827 14.03 80,89 24000 617 9.83 644 10.59 672 11.22 702 11.88 732 12.77 766 13.89 805 15.22 846 16.72 27000 688 15.11 711 15.09 736 15.45 761 16.18 788 17.02 815 17.92 844 18.99 876 20.31 ores: 1. Shaded areas indicate non-standard drive selections. These drive selections must be manually factory selected. 2. Refer to General Data Table for minimum and maximum HP. Table 56. Air-cooled modulating 100% exhaust fan performance - 90 -130 ton Nom Tons CFM Std Air Negative Static Pressure 0.25 0 50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2 25 2 50 RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP 28000 495 12.81 519 13.30 547 13.93 582 15.27 619 17.14 655 18.85 689 20.51 721 22.51 750 24.43 777 26.28 30000 527 15.67 550 16.22 573 16.71 604 17.84 637 19.53 672 21.63 705 23.38 737 25.16 768 27.31 795 29.37 90 - 32000 559 18.92 581 19.53 602 20.03 628 20.90 658 22.39 690 24.39 723 26.63 753 28.44 784 30.37 811 32.54 130 34000 591 22.60 612 23.28 632 23.84 653 24.48 681 25.74 710 27.55 739 29.75 771 32.16 799 34.04 828 36.04 36000 623 26.73 643 27.47 662 28.09 680 28.62 705 29.66 732 31.25 759 33.29 788 35.76 817 38.26 844 40.23 38000 656 31.34 675 32.14 693 32.83 710 33.42 730 34.17 755 35.51 780 37.38 806 39.60 834 42.26 861 44.90 40000 688 36.46 707 37.31 724 38.07 741 38.73 757 39.29 779 40.45 804 42.09 827 44.14 853 46.63 879 49.41 otes: 1. Shaded areas indicate non-standard drive selections. These drive selections must be manually factory selected. 2. Refer to General Data Table for minimum and maximum HP. RT-SVX36Q-EN 143 TRANS' Unit Startup Table 57. 100% Exhaust fan drive selections - 20 - 7524 - 89 ton Table 58. 100% Exhaust fan drive selections - 90 -130 ton Nom Tons 3 Hp 5 Hp 7.5 Hp 10 Hp 15 Hp 20 Hp RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. BHP 500 5 No. BHP No. 2000 No. 0.14 500 5 500.00 5 600.00 600 6 6 700.00 7 90-130 600 6 600.00 6 700.00 7 2024 700 7 8 0.81- 731 1.03 700 7 800 8 800 8 4000 800 8 546 0.685 0.88 691 1.11 757 1.36 818 1.62 876 1.90 900 9 5000 0.88 613 675 1.30 736 1.55 794 1.81 850 500 5 700 7 6000 630 1.40 690 1.66 742 1.90 793 2.16 600 6 800 8 7.9437, °;3.06 2000 346 0.14 465 0.27'5560 2529 700 7 900 9 0.79 776 1.00 836 1.21 3000 „ 397 0.27 800 8 1000 A 662 + 0.81 731 1.03 795 1.27 854 1.51 30/36 900 9 _0._8 546_ 0.68,` 621 0.88 691 1.11 757 1.36 818 1.62 500 5 700 7 800 8 651_ 1.08 675 1.30 736 1.55 794 600 6 800 8 900 9 6000 630 1.40 690 1.66 742 3036 700 7 900 9 1000 A 943 3.06 7000 714 2.10 769 800 8 1000 A 1100 B 3.29 950 3.61 993 3.95 3000 900 9 396 0.394 L486: 0.60 560 0.83 625 1.07 683 1.33 737 1.61 40-55/ 400 4 600 6 700 7 0.99 559 1.29 627 1.61 687 1.94 500 5 700 7 800 8 4411 1.35 513 1.74 4048 2.04 629 600 6 800 8 3.18 9000 508 2.80 540 2.92 578 3.13 700 7 662 3.72 706 4.09 7751. 74:50 11000 : 609 ^5.05 633 800 8 5.34 691 5.58 723 5.87 756 6.21 792 6.59 4000 400 4 600 6 700 7 700 7 550 1.30 601 1.56 65 500 5 700 7 800 8 800 8 1.22 517 50-5559 572 2.01 600 6 800 8 60, 70, 75/73, 8000 900 9 460 1.73 497 1.96 542 700 7 2.72 639 3.20 684 `„3.73 5'4.87 80, 89 10000 517 2.88 543 3.13 800 8 600 3.59 632 3.94 649 4.37 707 6073 12000 612 400 4 600 6 600 6 700 7 800 8 7080 752 e6.71 500 5 700 7 700 7 800 8 720 7.04 7589 7.31 600 6 Table 58. 100% Exhaust fan drive selections - 90 -130 ton Nom Tons 15 HP 20 HP 25 HP 30 HP 40 HP RPMRPM Drive 1.20 Drive RPM Drive RPM Drive RPM Drive RPM BHP No. BHP No. BHP No. BHP No. 2000 No. 0.14 500 5 500.00 5 600.00 6 600.00 6 700.00 7 90-130 600 6 600.00 6 700.00 7 700.00 7 800.00 8 0.81- 731 1.03 700 7 800 8 800 8 4000 469 Table 59. 50% exhaust fan performance - 20 - 89 tons Nom Tons CFM Std Air Negative Static Pressure 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP 2000 346 0.14 465 0.274 '5560 0.43 _641_ 0.60 1 712 0.79 776 1.00 836 1.21 20, 25/ 3000 397 0.27 495 0.42; X583 0.61 662 0.81- 731 1.03 795 1.27 854 1.51 621 24,29 4000 469 0.51 546 0.685 0.88 691 1.11 757 1.36 818 1.62 876 1.90 548 1.08 5000 0.88 613 675 1.30 736 1.55 794 1.81 850 2.10 903 2.39 6000 630 1.40 690 1.66 742 1.90 793 2.16 844 2.45 894 2.75 7.9437, °;3.06 2000 346 0.14 465 0.27'5560 0.43 64_1 0.60- 712 0.79 776 1.00 836 1.21 3000 „ 397 0.27 495 0.424 ; 583 0.61 662 + 0.81 731 1.03 795 1.27 854 1.51 30/36 4000 469 _0._8 546_ 0.68,` 621 0.88 691 1.11 757 1.36 818 1.62 876 1.90 5000 548 0.813 651_ 1.08 675 1.30 736 1.55 794 1.81 850 2.10 903 2.39 6000 630 1.40 690 1.66 742 1.90 793 2.16 844 2.45 894 2.75 943 3.06 7000 714 2.10 769 2.42 818 2.72 862 3.00 906 3.29 950 3.61 993 3.95 3000 4281 0.20 396 0.394 L486: 0.60 560 0.83 625 1.07 683 1.33 737 1.61 40-55/ 5000 X326 0.55 404 0.731 485 0.99 559 1.29 627 1.61 687 1.94 741 2.28 459 1.51 48, 59 7000 4411 1.35 513 1.74 571 2.04 629 2.39 686 2.77 740 3.18 9000 508 2.80 540 2.92 578 3.13 618 3.40 662 3.72 706 4.09 7751. 74:50 11000 : 609 ^5.05 633 5!161 661 5.34 691 5.58 723 5.87 756 6.21 792 6.59 4000 5"271 0.29 364 0.54" 438 0.82 499 1.07 550 1.30 601 1.56 65 71.87 6000 x`339 0.71 y 391 0.90 456 1.22 517 1.60 572 2.01 622 2.43 668 2.85 60, 70, 75/73, 8000 425 1.55 460 1.73 497 1.96 542 2.30 591 2.72 639 3.20 684 `„3.73 5'4.87 80, 89 10000 517 2.88 543 3.13 571 3.34 600 3.59 632 3.94 649 4.37 707 12000 612 4.84 651 5.15 655 5.43 678 5.68 702 5.95 726 6.29 752 e6.71 13000 659 6.09 679 6.44 699 6.76 720 7.04 741 7.31 otes: 1. Shaded areas indicate non-standard drive selections. These drive selections must be manually factory selected. 2. Refer to General Data Table for minimum and maximum HP. 144 RT-SVX36Q-EN TRAY' Unit Startup Table 60. 50% exhaust fan performance - 90 -130 tons Nom CFM Negative Static Pressure 0 25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1 25 1.50 1.75 2 00 2.25 2 50 Tons Std RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP 838 Air 899 12000 432 4.09 461 4.31 502 4.86 545 5.67 585 6.35 622 7.19 655 7.99 686 8.78 717 9.57 748 10.48 90 - 14000 495 6.40 519 6.65 547 6.96 582 7.64 619 8.57 655 9.42 689 10.26 721 11.26 750 12.21 777 13.14 784"15:18 $817 -r 19.13 -811 ,844, 130 16000 18000 559 623 9.46 13.36 581 643 9.77 13.73 602 662 10.02 14.05 628 680 10.45 14.31 658 705 11.20 14.83 690 732 12.19 723 13.32 753 14.22 16 20.12 15:63 -759- 16:65 -788 17:88 7573, 80, 89 20000 688 18.23 70T 18.66,-724' 868 19:03 141' 19:36 757 19.65- 779 20.22 804 21.04 827 22.07 853 23.31 879 24.70 otes: 1. Shaded areas'ndicate non-standard drive selections. These drive selections must be manually factory selected. 2. Refer to General Data Table for minimum and maximum HP. Table 61. 50% Exhaust fan drive selections 20 - 7524 - 89 tons Nom Tons 3Hp 5Hp 7.5 Hp RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. 90-130 500 5 BHP 800 8 RPM 900 600 6 RPM BHP RPM BHP 20, 2524, 29 700 7 557 0.29 638 0.48 710 800 8 0.89 838 1.10 899 1.32 900 9 1038 1.89 4500 605 0.36 500 5 800 8 811 1.02 869 600 6 900 9 1.73 1033 3036 700 7 1000 A 0.67 790 0.91 800 8 905 1.41 957 1.67 1007 900 9 2.20 5500 704 0.53 773 0.79 834 500 5 600 6 40-5548, 59 992 1.86 600 6 700 7 6000 756 0.64 700 7 879 1.20 60, 70, 1.47 982 400 4 700 7 7573, 80, 89 1121 2.70 500 600 5 6 0.76 868 Table 62. 50% Exhaust fan drive selections, 90 -130 tons Nom Tons 15 Hp RPM Drive No. 0.75 500 5 1.50 600 6 90-130 700 7 BHP 800 8 RPM 900 9 Return Fan Performance Table 63. Return fan performance -20, 25, 30 ton air-cooled and 24, 29, 36 ton evaporative condensing (24.5" Fan) CFM Std Air Return Fan Static Pressure Including Exhaust Damper P.D. 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP 4000 557 0.29 638 0.48 710 0.68 776 0.89 838 1.10 899 1.32 969 1.60 1038 1.89 4500 605 0.36 682 0.57 749 0.79 811 1.02 869 1.25 926 1.49 980 1.73 1033 1.99 5000 654 0.44 727 0.67 790 0.91 850 1.16 905 1.41 957 1.67 1007 1.93 1057 2.20 5500 704 0.53 773 0.79 834 1.04 889 1.30 943 1.58 992 1.86 1040 2.15 1087 2.44 6000 756 0.64 821 0.92 879 1.20 932 1.47 982 1.77 1030 2.06 1076 2.38 1121 2.70 6500 808 0.76 868 1.06 925 1.36 976 1.66 1024 1.97 1070 2.29 1114 2.61 1157 2.95 7000 861 0.90 917 1.21 972 1.55 1021 1.87 1067 2.19 1112 2.53 1154 2.87 1195 3.22 7500 913 1.06 968 1.39 1019 1.74 1068 2.10 1112 2.44 1155 2.79 1196 3.15 1235 3.51 8000 967 1.24 1019 1.58 1068 1.96 1115 2.34 1158 2.71 1199 3.08 1238 3.45 1277 3.84 8500 1021 1.44 1071 1.80 1116 2.19 1162 2.60 1204 3.00 1244 3.39 1283 3.79 1320 4.19 9000 1075 1.67 1123 2.04 1166 2.45 1210 2.88 1252 3.30 1290 3.72 1327 4.14 1363 4.56 9500 1130 1.92 1175 2.31 1217 2.73 1258 3.17 1299 3.62 1337 4.07 1373 4.52 1408 4.96 10000 1186 2.20 1228 2.60 1269 3.04 1307 3.50 1347 3.97 1384 4.45 1419 4.91 1454 5.38 10500 1241 2.50 1280 2.92 1321 3.37 1357 3.85 1395 4.34 1432 4.85 1466 5.33 1500 5.84 11000 1297 2.84 1334 3.27 1373 3.74 1409 4.23 1443 4.74 1480 5.26 1515 5.79 1546 6.29 11500 1353 3.20 1387 3.64 1425 4.13 1460 4.64 1493 5.16 1528 5.71 1561 6.25 1594 6.79 12000 1408 3.60 1441 4.06 1477 4.56 1512 5.08 1544 5.62 1576 6.18 1610 6.75 1642 7.32 12500 1464 4.03 1496 4.50 1530 5.01 1565 5.56 1596 6.11 16266.68 1658 7.28 1689 7.87 13000 1520 4.49 1551 4.98 1583 5.51 1617 6.06 1648 6.64 1677' 7.22 ' 1707 '7.84' 1737 8.44 13500 1576 4.99 1606 5.50 1636 6.03 1669 6.60 1700 7.20 1728 7.80 1756 8.42 1785 9.06 RT-SVX36Q-EN 145 •TRANE. Unit Startup Table 63. Return fan performance -20, 25, 30 ton air-cooled and 24, 29, 36 ton evaporative condensing (24.5" Fan) (continued) CFM Std Air Return Fan Static Pressure Including Exhaust Damper P.D. 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP 14000 1633 5.52 1661 6.05 1690 6.60 1721 7.19 1752 7.79 1780 8.42 1807 9.05 1834 9.70 1. Max fan RPM 1715 for 24.5" Class I Fan 2. Max motors available are as follows: 20/24T: 3HP, 25/29T; 5HP, 30/36T: 7.5 HP 3. Max CFM available is as follows; 20/24T: 9000, 25/29T: 11000, & 30/36T: 13500 4. Min CFM is 4000 for 20/24T, 25/29T, & 30/36T 5. Return fan belt drive RPM selections will be available to cover 500-1600 RPM range +/- 50 RPM 6. Performance data includes cabinet and rain hood effect. Damper pressure drop must be added to the return duct static. SeeTable 52, p. 140 - exhaust damper for return fan in Performance Data. 7. Shaded area indicates nonstandard BHP or RPM selections. Contact a local Trane® representative for more information. Table 64. Return fan performance -40, 50 and 55 ton air-cooled and 48 and 59 ton evaporative condensing (27" Fan) CFM Std Air Return Fan Static Pressure Including Exhaust Damper P.D. 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP 7500 709 0.82 766 1.16 815 1.50 861 1.85 906 2.22 949 2.60 991 2.99 1033 3.39 8000 748 0.95 803 1.31 851 1.67 895 2.04 938 2.43 979 2.82 1018 3.22 1058 3.64 8500 788 1.09 840 1.47 887 1.86 930 2.24 971 2.64 1010 3.05 1049 3.48 1087 3.92 9000 827 1.24 878 1.64 924 2.05 965 2.46 1005 2.88 1043 3.31 1080 3.75 1115 4.19 9500 867 1.41 916 1.83 961 2.27 1001 2.70 1040 3.14 1076 3.58 1112 4.03 1146 4.50 10000 908 1.60 955 2.04 999 2.50 1038 2.95 1075 3.41 1111 3.88 1145 4.34 1179 4.83 10500 948 1.81 994 2.27 1036 2.75 1075 3.23 1111 3.70 1145 4.18 1179 4.68 1212 5.18 11000 989 2.04 1033 2.51 1074 3.01 1112 3.51 1147 4.01 1181 4.51 1213 5.02 1245 5.53 11500 1030 2.28 1072 2.78 1112 3.29 1149 3.82 1184 4.33 1216 4.86 1248 5.38 1279 5.92 12000 1071 2.55 1112 3.06 1151 3.59 1187 4.14 1221 4.69 1253 5.24 1284 5.78 1314 6.33 12500 1112 2.83 1152 3.37 1189 3.92 1225 4.48 1258 5.06 1290 5.62 1320 6.19 1349 6.76 13000 1153 3.14 1192 3.70 1228 4.27 1263 4.86 1296 5.45 1327 6.04 1356 6.63 1385 7.23 13500 1194 3.47 1232 4.05 1267 4.63 1301 5.24 1333 5.85 1364 6.47 1393 7.08 1421 7.70 14000 1236 3.83 1272 4.42 1307 5.03 1340 5.66 1371 6.29 1401 6.94 1430 7.57 1457 8.20 14500 1277 4.21 1313 4.82 1346 5.45 1379 6.10 1410 6.75 1439 7.42 1467 8.08 1494 8.73 15000 1319 4.62 1353 5.25 1386 5.90 1417 6.55 1448 7.23 1477 7.92 1504 8.61 1531 9.29 15500 1361 5.05 1394 5.71 1426 6.37 1457 7.05 1486 7.74 1514 8.44 1542 9.16 1569 9.87 16000 1402 5.51 1435 6.18 1466 6.87 1496 7.57 1525 8.28 1553 9.01 1580 9.74 1606 10.47 16500 1444 6.00 1476 6.69 1506 7.40 1535 8.12 1564 8.85 1591 9.58 1617 10.34 1643 11.10 17000 1486 6.52 1517 7.23 1547 7.96 1575 8.70 1603 9.44 1629 10.20 1655 10.97 1681 11.75 17500 1528 7.07 1558 7.80 1587 8.55 1615 9.30 1642 10.07 1668 10.85 1694 11.64 1718 12.43 18000 1570 7.65 1599 8.40 1627 9.17 1655 9.94 1681 10.73 1707 11.53 1732 12.33 1757 13.15 18500 1612 8.26 1640 9.03 1668 9.81 1695 10.62 1721 11.43 1746 12.23 1771 13.07 1794 13.89 19000 1654 8.91 1682 9.70 1709 10.50 1735 11.31 1760 12.14 1785 12.97 1809 13.82 1833 14.67 19500 1696 9.59 1723 10.40 1749 11.22 1775 12.06 1800 12.90 1825 13.76 1848 14.62 1872 15.50' 20000 1738 10.30 1765 11.13 1790 11.97 1816 12.83 1840 13.69 1864 14.56 1888- 15.46 1910 16.34 20500 1780 11.05 1806 11.90 1831 12.76 1856 13.63 1880 14.52 1903 15.41 1926 16.31 1949 17.22 21000 1822 11.84 1848 12.71 1872 13.59 1897 14.48 1920 15.39 1943 16.29 1966 17.23 1988 18.14 21500 1864 12.66 1889 13.55 1914 14.45 1937 15.36 1960 16.29 1983 17.22 2005 18.16 2027 19.11 22000 1899 13.05 1926 14.11 1952 -15.16 1977 16.20 2001 17.23 2024 18.24 2047 19.27 2069 20.28 22500 1941 13.91 1967 14.98 1992 16.05 2017 17.12 2041 18.19 2064 19.23 2086 20.27 2108 21.31 otes: 146 1. Max fan RPM 1981 For 27" Class II Fan 2. Max Motor Available 15 HP For 27" Fan Size 3. Max motors Available are as follows: 40/48T: 10 HP & 50-55/59T: 15 HP 4. Max CFM is as follows: 40/48T: 18000, 50-55/59T: 22500 5. Min CFM is as follows: 40/48T: 7500, 50-55/59T: 9000 6. Return fan belt drive RPM selections will be available to cover 700-1900 RPM range +/- 50 RPM 7. Performance data includes cabinet and rain hood effect. Damper pressure drop must be added to the return duct static. SeeTable 52, p. 140- exhaust damper for return fan in Performance Data. 8. Shaded area indicates nonstandard BHP or RPM selections. Contact a local Trane® representative for more information. RT-SVX36Q-EN TRANS' Unit Startup Table 65. Return fan performance -60 - 75 tons air-cooled and 73 - 89 ton evaporative condensing (36.5" fan) CFM Std Air Return Fan Static Pressure Including Exhaust Damper P.D. 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP RPM BHP 12000 459 1.07 502 1.59 541 2.13 578 2.71 613 3.31 647 3.91 681 4.54 713 5.20 13000 490 1.27 530 1.83 567 2.40 603 3.01 636 3.65 668 4.29 700 4.94 731 5.64 14000 520 1.49 560 2.09 595 2.70 628 3.34 660 3.99 691 4.69 721 5.38 751 6.10 15000 552 1.73 590 2.38 623 3.03 655 3.70 686 4.39 715 5.11 744 5.85 771 6.59 16000 583 2.00 619 2.70 652 3.39 682 4.09 712 4.82 740 5.57 767 6.34 794 7.14 17000 615 2.30 650 3.05 681 3.78 710 4.52 739 5.28 766 6.06 792 6.85 818 7.67 18000 646 2.64 680 3.43 711 4.20 739 4.98 766 5.78 792 6.60 817 7.41 842 8.27 19000 678 3.01 711 3.85 741 4.67 768 5.48 794 6.31 819 7.16 844 8.03 867 8.89 20000 711 3.42 742 4.30 771 5.17 797 6.02 823 6.90 847 7.77 871 8.66 894 9.59 21000 743 3.87 773 4.78 801 5.70 827 6.60 852 7.51 875 8.41 898 9.36 920 10.30 22000 775 4.36 805 5.31 832 6.28 857 7.22 881 8.17 904 9.11 926 10.09 947 11.06 23000 808 4.89 836 5.88 863 6.90 887 7.89 911 8.88 933 9.87 954 10.86 975 11.88 24000 840 5.46 868 6.49 894 7.56 918 8.60 941 9.63 962 10.67 983 11.71 1004 12.75 25000 873 6.08 900 7.15 925 8.26 948 9.35 970 10.42 992 11.49 1012 12.59 1032 13.67 26000 906 6.75 931 7.86 956 9.00 979 10.16 1001 11.28 1021 12.37 1041 13.49 1061 14.63 27000 939 7.47 963 8.62 987 9.79 1010 11.01 1031 12.18 1052 13.33 1071 14.47 1090 15.65 ores: 1. Max fan RPM 1151 for 36.5" Class I Fan 2. Max motor available 20 HP for 36.5' fan size 3. Max motor available 20 HP for 60, 70 & 75/73, 80 & 89 4. Max CFM is 27000 for 60, 70 & 75/73, 80 & 89 5. Min CFM is 12000 for60, 70 & 75/73, 80 & 89 6. Return fan belt drive RPM selections will be available to cover 500-1100 RPM range +/- 50 RPM 7. Performance data includes cabinet and rain hood effect. Damper pressure drop must be added to the return duct static per Table 52, p. 140. Table 66. 100% return fan drive selections - 20 - 75 tons air-cooled and 24 - 89 ton evaporative condensing RT-SVX36Q-EN 147 3 Hp 5 Hp 7.5 Hp 10 Hp 15 Hp 20 Hp RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. 500 5 600 6 700 7 800 8 2024 900 9 1000 A 1100 B 1200 C 1300 D 500 5 1100 B 600 6 1200 C 700 7 1300 D 800 8 1400 E 2529 900 9 1500 F 1000 A 1600 G 1100 B 1200 C 1300 D 500 5 1100 B 1400 E 600 6 1200 C 1500 F 700 7 1300 D 1600 G 800 8 1400 E 3036 900 9 1500 F 1000 A 1600 G 1100 B 1200 C 1300 D 700 7 1200 C 1400 E 800 8 1300 D 1500 F 900 9 1400 E 1600 G 4048 1000 A 1500 F 1700 H 1100 B 1200 C 1300 D RT-SVX36Q-EN 147 •TPANE' Unit Startup Table 66. 100% return fan drive selections — 20 — 75 tons air-cooled and 24 - 89 ton evaporative condensing (continued) 148 RT-SVX36Q-EN 3 Hp 5 Hp 7.5 Hp 10 Hp 15 Hp 20 Hp RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. RPM Drive No. 700 7 1200 C 1400 E 1600 G 800 8 1300 D 1500 F 1700 H 900 9 1400 E 1600 G 1800 J 50-5559 1000 A 1500 F 1700 H 1900 K 1100 B 1200 C 1300 D 500 5 700 7 800 8 900 9 1100 B 6073 600 6 800 8 900 9 1000 A 700 7 900 9 1000 A 1100 B 800 8 500 5 700 7 800 8 900 9 1100 B 70,7580. 600 6 800 8 900 9 1000 A 89 700 7 900 9 1000 A 1100 B 800 8 148 RT-SVX36Q-EN .n'wr Unit Startup Pressure Curves Note: To check operating pressure, see instructions "Check Operating Pressures," p. 156. Figure 84. 20 ton standard capacity operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 20T Standard Capacity 500 450 9 a 400 350 rA �X 300 a 250 200 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Preuure, PSIG Figure 85. 20 ton high efficiency operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 20T High Efficiency 500 450 Y 400 350 300 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 250 ._ 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSG RT-SVX36Q-EN Figure 86. 25 ton standard capacity operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 500 450 400 3Y A �s 350 Y 300 3 250 200 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG 25T Standard Capacity 105°F Ambient 95°FAmbi ent 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient Figure 87. 25 ton high efficiency operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 500 450 400 1350 11. 300 250 25T High Efficiency 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 200 _... .. 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG 149 ® TRAM' Unit Startup Figure 88. 30 ton standard capacity operating Figure 90. 40 ton standard capacity operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans O 550 500 30T Standard Capacity 105°F Ambient 2 450 95°F Ambient 400 85°F Ambi ent a` 350 75°F Ambient 300 65°F Ambient 250 200 500 450 w g 400 350 300 250 200 40T Standard Capacity 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG Suction Pressure, PSIG Figure 89. 30 ton high efficiency operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 30H High Efficiency 500 450 400 350 2 jl 300 a 250 200 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG Figure 91. 40 ton high capacity operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 500 450 i 400 8 ct 350 2y 3 300 250 200 90 40T High Capacity 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG 150 RT-SVX36Q-EN ®MAW" Unit Startup Figure 92. 40 ton high efficiency operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 500 450 a7 400 k 350 3 300 250 Figure 94. 50 ton standard capacity operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 40T High Efficiency 50T Standard Capacity 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 200 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG Figure 93. 40 ton eFlex variable speed—circuit 1 only operating pressure curve (compressor at 100% and all condenser fans ON). 40T eFlex Variable Speed - circuit 1 only (Use 40T Standard Capacity for circuit 2) 500 450 13 i 400 ti a 350 300 250 200 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG RT-SVX36Q-EN 500 450 400 1 350 1 300 0 250 200 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG Figure 95. 50 ton high capacity operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 500 tg7 450 400 1 350 300 0 250 50T High Capacity 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 200 .. _.._ _. 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG 151 ® =Atm Unit Startup Figure 96. 50 ton high efficiency operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 50T High Efficiency 500 450 400 i 350 300 250 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 200 .... .. _. ... _.. __.. 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG Figure 97. 50 ton eFlex variable speed—circuit 1 only operating pressure curve (compressor at 100% and all condenser fans ON). 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 Figure 98. 55 ton standard efficiency operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 500 450 400 i 350 4 1300 250 55T Standard Capacity 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 200 _..... __. 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suwon Pressure, P51G Figure 99. 55 ton high efficiency operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 50T eFlex Variable Speed - circuit 1 only (Use 50T Standard Capacity for circuit 2) 55T High Efficiency 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, P51G 152 500 450 400 Y 350 Yen 300 250 200 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG RT-SVX36Q-EN ® TRAIN' Unit Startup Figure 100. 55 ton eFlex variable speed—circuit 1 operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 55T eFlex Variable Speed - circuit 1 only (Use 55T Standard Capacity for circuit 2) 500 450 - _ 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 250 - ----- 250 400 350 • 300 Figure 102. 60 ton high capacity operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 550 • 500 450 400 rr 350 300 200 _. __.... .. .. _._.. ._..... .. __... _... 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Procure, PSIG Figure 101. 60 ton standard capacity operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 60T Standard Capacity 550 500 a 450 400 C. g 350 2 M 300 250 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 200 .._ _...__. _.. ... _., ._.. _... 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG RT-SVX36Q-EN 60T High Capacity 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG Figure 103. 60 ton high efficiency operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 550 500 450 • 400 t 350 300 250 200 60T High Efficiency 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG 153 ® MANE' Unit Startup Figure 104. 60 ton eFlex variable speed—circuit 1 only operating pressure curve (compressor at 100% and all condenser fans ON). 500 450 400 ai 4 350 C a 300 250 200 Figure 106. 70 ton high efficiency operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 70T High Efficiency 60T eFlex Variable Speed - circuit 1 only (Use 60T Standard Capacity for circuit 2) 500 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG Figure 105. 70 ton standard capacity operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 550 500 450 400 k350 154 300 250 200 70T Standard Capacity 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG 450 400 350 300 250 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 200 ._.. _.... ..... 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG Figure 107. 70 ton eFlex variable speed—circuit 1 only operating, high efficiency pressure curve (compressor at 100% and all condenser fans ON). 500 t� 450 0 400 I, 350 300 250 70T eFlex Variable Speed - circuit 1 only (Use 70TStandard Capacity for circuit 2) 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 200 ... _. _: _... __... .. ... _._.. 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG RT-SVX36Q-EN ® TRAM" Unit Startup Figure 108. 75 ton standard capacity operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 550 500 450 +, ` 400 t° 350 300 250 200 75T Standard Capacity 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG Figure 109. 75 ton high capacity operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 550 500 0 450 400 t 350 300 250 Figure 110. 75 ton high efficiency operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 75T High Efficiency 550 500 450 400 �.' 350 + 300 250 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 200 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG Figure 111. 75 ton eFlex variable speed—circuit 1 and circuit 2 operating pressure curve (compressor at 100% and all condenser fans ON) 75T High Capacity 75 Ton eFlex Circuit 1, 60Hz 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 200 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure, PSIG RT-SVX36Q-EN 550 500 = 450 ! 400 1 1 350 300 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 250 .. .... ... 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 Suction Pressure, MI6 550 - - 500 450 400 350 300 250 75 Ton eFlex Circuit2, 60Hz 105°F Ambient 95°F Ambient 85°F Ambient 75°F Ambient 65°F Ambient 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 Suction Pressure, PSIG 155 TRINE' Unit Startup Figure 112. 90 ton standard operating pressure curve Figure 115. 115 ton high operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) (all compressors and condenser fans ON) COOLING CYCLE PRESSURE CURVE 90 Ton Standard Capacity 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 Suction Pressure, PSIG Figure 113. 90 ton high operating, high efficiency pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) COOLING CYCLE PRESSURE CURVE 90 Ton High Capacity 180 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 Suction (Pressure, PSIG 160 170 180 Figure 114. 105 ton high operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) 550 500 1, e 450 k400 350 0 300 250 156 COOLING CYCLE PRESSURE CURVE 105 Ton High Capacity 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 Suction Pressure, PSIG 180 COOLING CYCLIE PRESSURE CURVE 115 Ton Standard Capacity 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 Suction Pressure, PSIG 180 Figure 116. 130 ton high operating pressure curve (all compressors and condenser fans ON) COOLING CYCLE PRESSURE CURVE 130 Ton Standard Capacity 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 Suction Pressure, PSIG 180 Check Operating Pressures 1. Start the unit and allow the pressures to stabilize. Note: If unit includes Modulating Dehumidification Control option, pressure curves apply to the cooling mode only. 2. Measure the outdoor air dry bulb temperature (F) entering the condenser coil. 3. Measure the discharge and suction pressure (psig) next to the compressor. 4. Plot the outdoor dry bulb temperature and the operating suction pressure (psig) onto the chart. 5. At the point of intersection, read to the left for the discharge pressure. The measured discharge pressure should be within ± 7 psig of the graph. RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANE ' Unit Startup Economizer and Exhaust Air Damper Adjustment Exhaust Air Dampers Verify that the exhaust dampers (if equipped) close tightly when the unit is off. Adjust the damper linkage as necessary to ensure proper closure. An access panel is provided under each damper assembly. Outside Air & Return Air Damper Operation The outside air and return air damper linkage is accessible from the filter section of the unit. The damper linkage connecting the outside air dampers to the return air dampers is preset from the factory in the number 1 position. Refer to Table 67, p. 159 for the appropriate linkage position for the unit and operating airflow (CFM). AWARNING No Step Surface! Failure to follow instruction below could result in death or serious injury. Do not walk on the sheet metal drain pan. Walking on the drain pan could cause the supporting metal to collapse and result in the operator/technician falling. Note: Bridging between the unit main supports may consist of multiple 2 x 12 boards or sheet metal grating. Arbitrarily adjusting the outside air dampers to open fully when the return air dampers are closed or; failing to maintain the return air pressure drop with the outside air dampers when the return air dampers are closed, can overload the supply fan motor and cause building pressurization control problems due to improper CFM being delivered to the space. The outside air/return air damper linkage is connected to a crank arm with a series of holes that allows the installer or operator to modify the amount of outside air damper travel in order to match the return static pressure. Refer to Table 67, p. 159 for the equivalent return air duct losses that correspond to each of the holes illustrated in Figure 117, p. 158. To Adjust the Outside Air Damper Travel 1. Drilla 1/4" hole through the unit casing up stream of the return air dampers. Use a location that will produce an accurate reading with the least amount of turbulence — several locations may be necessary, then average the reading. RT-SVX36Q-E N A WARNING Hazardous Voltage! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Verify that no power is present with a voltmeter. Important: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT TERMINAL BLOCK OR UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH. 2. Close the disconnect switch or circuit protector switch that provides the supply power to the unit terminal block (1TB1) or the unit mounted disconnect switch (1S14). 3. Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch (1S1) and the 24 volt control circuit switch (1S70) to the On position. 4. Open the Human Interface access door located in the unit control panel, and press the SERVICE MODE key to display the first service screen. Refer to the latest edition of the applicable programming manual for applications for the SERVICE TEST screens and programming instructions. 5. Use to program the following system components for operation by scrolling through the displays; • Supply Fan (On) • Variable Frequency Drive (100% Output, if applicable) • RTM Occ/Unocc Output (Unoccupied) • Outside Air Dampers (Closed) 6. Once the configuration for the components is complete, press the NEXT key until the LCD displays the "Start test in _Sec." screen. Press the + key to designate the delay before the test is to start. This service test will begin after the TEST START key is pressed and the delay designated in this step has elapsed. Press the ENTER key to confirm this choice. 7. Press the TEST START key to start the test. Remember that the delay designated in step 6 must elapse before the fan will begin to operate. 8. With the outside air dampers fully closed and the supply fan operating at 100% airflow requirements, measure the return static pressure at the location determined in step 1. 9. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Module in the unit control panel to stop the fan operation. 157 •TRANE Unit Startup AWARNING Live Electrical Components! Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. When it is necessary to work with live electrical components, have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. A WARNING Rotating Components! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in rotating components cutting and slashing technician which could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. 10. Open the field supplied main power disconnect switch upstream of the rooftop unit. Lock the disconnect switch in the "Open" position while working on the dampers. Note: Gravity will cause the damper to close. Support or secure the damper blades while removing the actuator to prevent unexpected damper rotation. 11. Compare the static pressure reading to the static pressure ranges and linkage positions in Table 67, p. 159 for the unit size and operating CFM. Relocate the outside air/return air connecting rod to balance the outside air damper pressure drop against the return static pressure, using the following steps. If no adjustment is necessary, proceed to step 17. 12. Remove the drive rod and swivel from the crank arm(s). If only one hole requires changing, loosen only that end. 13. Manually open the return air dampers to the full open position. 14. Manually close the outside air dampers. 15. Reattach the drive rod and swivel to the appropriate hole(s). The length of the drive rod may need to be adjusted to align with the new hole(s) location. If so, loosen the lock nut on the drive rod against the swivel. Turn the swivel "in" or "out" to shorten or lengthen the rod as necessary. For some holes, both ends of the rod may need to be adjusted. 16. Tighten the lock nut against the swivel(s). 17. Plug the holes after the proper CFM has been established. 158 Figure 117. Outside air and return air linkage adjustment (standard and low leak dampers only) Figure 118. Outside air linkage adjustment (ultra low leak dampers only) Air Flow RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Unit Startup Table 67. O/A Damper travel adjustment Position of Connecting Rod Damper Crank Arm Hole Configuration Standard and Low Leak F/A Dampers (Figure 89, p. 128) Ultra Low Leak F/A Dampers (Figure 90, p. 129) Position #1 2-3 1-6 Position #2 2-4 2-6 Position #3 2-5 3-7 Position #4 2-6 4-8 Position #5 1-8 5-9 Position #6 1-7 5-7 Use Table 68, p. 159 to select the appropriate crank arm hole configuration based on the following: • specific unit • operating CFM • and return static pressure Table 68. Outside air damper pressure drop (inches w.c.) - air-cooled and evaporative condensing CFM Damper Position #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 20, 25 Ton and 24, 29 Ton 4000 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.13 0.16 0.33 6000 0.03 0.04 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.90 8000 0.19 0.21 0.32 0.52 0.75 1.75 9000 0.30 0.35 0.48 0.76 1.08 2.40 10000 0.45 0.51 0.70 1.05 1.57 - 11000 0.62 0.71 0.95 1.42 2.15 - 30, 36 Ton 6000 0.03 0.04 0.07 0.15 0.20 0.43 8000 0.03 0.05 0.11 0.21 0.30 0.90 10000 0.15 0.19 0.26 0.43 0.62 1.50 11000 0.20 0.25 0.37 0.60 0.85 1.85 12000 0.31 0.36 0.50 0.79 1.10 2.40 13000 0.42 0.48 0.62 0.97 1.42 - 40, 48 Ton 8000 0.03 0.04 0.08 0.16 0.21 0.52 10000 0.03 0.05 0.11 0.21 0.30 0.90 12000 0.10 0.13 0.21 0.38 0.55 1.40 14000 0.20 0.25 0.37 0.60 0.85 1.85 16000 0.41 0.46 0.60 0.94 1.38 - RT-SVX36Q-EN Table 68. Outside air damper pressure drop (inches w.c.) - air-cooled and evaporative condensing (continued) CFM Damper Position #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 18000 0.56 0.65 0.74 1.28 1.92 - 50, 55 and 59 Ton 10000 0.03 0.04 0.09 0.18 0.23 0.55 14000 0.09 0.12 0.20 0.35 0.50 1.36 18000 0.31 0.36 0.50 0.79 1.10 - 20000 0.45 0.51 0.70 1.05 1.57 - 22000 0.58 0.66 0.75 1.30 1.95 - 24000 0.75 0.88 1.10 1.75 2.50 - (60, 70, 75 Ton and 73, 80, 89 Ton) Units 14000 0.03 0.04 0.12 0.25 0.35 1.05 18000 0.19 0.21 0.32 0.52 0.75 1.75 22000 0.45 0.51 0.70 1.05 1.57 - 26000 0.70 0.80 1.02 1.58 2.30 - 28000 0.88 1.03 1.30 2.20 - - 30000 1.05 1.22 1.55 2.65 - - (90 to 130 Ton) Units 27000 0.31 0.36 0.50 0.79 1.10 2.40 32000 0.55 0.64 0.72 1.25 1.88 - 36000 0.75 0.88 1.10 1.75 2.50 - 40000 1.00 1.18 1.50 2.50 - - 43000 1.20 1.42 1.92 - - - 46000 1.40 1.58 2.29 - - - Compressor Startup (All Systems) NOTICE Compressors Failure! Failure to follow instruction below could result in compressor failure. Unit must be powered and crankcase heaters energized at least 8 hours BEFORE compressors are started. 1. Ensure that the "System" selection switch at the remote panel is in the "Off" position. 2. Before closing the disconnect switch, ensure that the compressor discharge service valve for each circuit is back seated. 159 •TRANE Unit Startup NOTICE Compressor Damage! Excessive liquid accumulation in the suction lines could result in compressor damage. Do not allow liquid refrigerant to enter the suction line. Important: COMPRESSOR SERVICE VALVES MUST BE FULLY OPENED BEFORE STARTUP (SUCTION, DISCHARGE, AND OIL LINE). 3. Close the disconnect switch or circuit protector switch that provides the supply power to the unit terminal block (1TB1) or the unit mounted disconnect switch (1S14) to allow the crankcase heater to operate a minimum of 8 hours before continuing. Important: Compressor Damage could occur if the crankcase heater is not allowed to operate the minimum of 8 hours before starting the compressor(s). 4. Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch (1S1) and the 24 volt control circuit switch (1 S70) to the "On" position. 5. Open the Human Interface access door located in the unit control panel, and press the SERVICE MODE key to display the first service screen. Refer to the latest edition of the applications programming guide (RT-SVP07*-EN) for applications for the SERVICE TEST screens and programming instructions. 6. Use to program the following system components for operation by scrolling through the displays: 20-36 Ton • Compressor 1A (On) • Compressor 1B (Off) • Condenser Fans 40-75 ton (VSC units only) • Compressor 1A (On) • Compressor 2A (Off) • Compressor 2B (Off) • Condenser Fans 40-130 ton • Compressor 1A (On) • Compressor 1B (Off) • Compressor 2A (Off) • Compressor 2B (Off) • Condenser Fans 7. Attach a set of service gauges onto the suction and discharge gauge ports for each circuit. See Figure 119, p. 162 for the various compressor locations. 8. Once the configuration for the components is 160 complete, press the NEXT key until the LCD displays the "Start test in _Sec." screen. Press the + key to designate the delay before the test is to start. This service test will begin after the TEST START key is pressed and the delay designated in this step has elapsed. Press the ENTER key to confirm this choice. A WARNING Rotating Components! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in rotating components cutting and slashing technician which could result in death or serious injury. During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product it may be necessary to work with live and exposed rotating components. Have a qualified or licensed service individual who has been properly trained in handling exposed rotating components, perform these tasks. 9. Press the TEST START key to start the test. Remember that the delay designated in step 8 must elapse before the system will begin to operate. 10. Review and follow the Electrical Phasing procedure described in the startup procedure of the IOM. If the compressors are allowed to run backward for even a very short period of time, internal compressor damage may occur and compressor life may be reduced. If a scroll compressor is rotating backwards, it will not pump, make a loud rattling sound and low side shell gets hot. Immediately shut off the unit. If the phasing is incorrect, interchange any two compressor leads to correct the motor phasing. 11. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Module in the unit control panel to stop the compressor operation. 12. Repeat steps 5-11 for each compressor stage and the appropriate condenser fans. Refrigerant Charging 1. Attach a set of service gauges onto the suction and discharge gauge ports for each circuit. See Figure 119, p. 162 for the various compressor locations. 2. Open the Human Interface access door, located in the unit control panel, and press the SERVICE MODE key to display the first service screen. Refer to the latest edition of the applications programming guide for CV or VAV applications for the SERVICE TEST screens and programming instructions. 3. Use to program the following system components for the number 1 refrigeration circuit by scrolling through the displays; Supply Fan (On) RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Unit Startup OCC/UNOCC Relay (Unoccupied for VAV units) All Compressors for each circuit (On) Condenser Fans for each circuit (On) 4. Once the configuration for the components is complete, press the NEXT key until the LCD displays the "Start test in _Sec." screen. Press the + key to designate the delay before the test is to start. This service test will begin after the TEST START key is pressed and the delay designated in this step has elapsed. Press the ENTER key to confirm this choice. AWARNING Rotating Components! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in rotating components cutting and slashing technician which could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. 5. Press the TEST START key to start the test. Remember that the delay designated in step 4 must elapse before the system will begin to operate. 6. After all of the compressors and condenser fans for the number 1 circuit have been operating for approximately 30 minutes, observe the operating pressures. Use the appropriate pressure curve found in "Pressure Curves," p. 149 to determine the proper operating pressures. For superheat and subcooling guidelines, refer to "Thermostatic Expansion Valves," p. 166. Important: Do Not release refrigerant to the atmosphere! if adding or removing refrigerant is required, the service technician must comply with all Federal, State and local laws. 7. Verify that the oil level in each compressor is correct. The oil level may be down to the bottom of the sightglass but should never be above the sightglass. 8. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Module in the unit control panel to stop the system operation. 9. Repeat steps 1 through 8 for the number 2 refrigeration circuit. Compressor Crankcase Heaters The variable speed compressor in 40T units uses a 90 watt heater. The variable speed compressor in 50-70T units uses a 160 watt heater. Otherwise, 20 to 73 and 80 ton units are equipped with 90 watt heaters installed on each compressor. 75 and 89 to 130 ton units are equipped with 160 watt heaters per compressor. RT-SVX36Q-EN Compressor Operational Sounds At Low Ambient Start -Up When the compressor starts up under low ambient conditions, the initial flow rate of the compressor is low due to the low condensing pressure. This causes a low differential across the thermal expansion valve that limits its capacity. Under these conditions, it is not unusual to hear the compressor rattle until the suction pressure climbs and the flow rate increases. Note: Evaporative Condensers ordered with sump heaters will have low ambient down to 10 deg as standard Variable Speed Compressors At all operating speeds, eFlexTM permanent magnet variable speed compressors sound different than fixed speed scrolls. At low speed, variable speed compressors can sputter. At high speed, variable speed compressor buzz. These are normal operating sounds. To ensure a quiet installation, eFlex variable speed compressors are installed in a sound enclosure. Make sure and keep the sound enclosure installed at all times other than servicing. Listen to recordings of eFlex variable speed scroll sounds at www.trane.com/eFlexSounds. Important: Variable speed scroll compressors sound different than single speed scroll compressors. Sound changes with speed and condition. To assist troubleshooting, listen to normal operating sounds of variable speed scroll compressors at www. trane.com/eFlexSounds Compressor - Blink Codes The CSHN*** compressors come equipped with a compressor protection device capable of detecting phase reversal, phase loss, and phase unbalance. The compressor protection device uses a green and red LED to indicate the compressor status. A solid green LED denotes a fault -free condition; a blinking red LED indicates an identifiable fault condition. Note: If the compressor has tripped, the resistance will be 4500 ohms or greater; when reset, they will be less than 2750 ohms. Blink code: The blink code consists of different on/off time of the red LED, which is repeated continuously until either the fault is cleared or until power is cycled. 161 TRINE Unit Startup Table 69. CPM blink codes Fault LED on LED off LED on LED off PTC overheat or PTC reset delay active short blink long blink short blink long blink Phase loss long blink long blink long blink long blink Incorrect phase sequence short blink short blink short blink long blink Figure 119. Compressor locations 20-36 ton 40-70 ton variable speed compressor 40-89 ton and 75 ton variable speed compressor Compressor B HI Designator "K11" Compressor A HI Designator "K10" Compressor 2B HI Designator "K4" Compressor 2A HI Designator "K3" Compressor 1A HI Designator "K11" Compressor 28 HI Designator "K4" Compressor 2A HI Designator "K3" Compressor 15 HI Designator "K12" Compressor 1A HI Designator "K11" 90-130 ton Compressor 2B HI Designator"K4" Compressor 2A HI Designator "K3" Compressor 1B HI Designator "K12" Compressor 1A HI Designator "K11" 162 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Unit Startup Table 70. Fixed speed staging sequence and compressor data 20 & 30 Ton Fixed Speed Compressors Stage Stage Lead Lag 14 1B 1A 1B 1 X 1500 X 2 X X X X 5400 3 X X X 25T Fixed Ton Speed Compressors Stage Lead Lag 1A 1B 1A 1B 1 Max Spd X X 2 X X X X 40-90 Ton Fixed Speed Compressors Stage Lead Lag IA 1B 2A 2B 1A 1B 2A 28 1 X X 2 X X X X 3 X X X X X X 4 X X X X X X X X 105-130 Ton Fixed Speed Compressors Stage Lead Lag 1A 18 2A 2B 1A 1B 2A 2B 1 X X 2 X X X X 3 X X X X X X 4 X X X X X X X X Table 71. eFlex"" staging sequence and compressor data 40 Ton eFlex"' Variable Speed Compressor Stage 14 VZH117 2A 213 VZH Min Spd Max Spd 1 X 1500 4800 2 X X 1620 5400 3 X X X 1860 5760 50 Ton eFlex'M Variable Speed Compressor Stage 14 VZH170 2A 2B VZH Min Spd Max Spd 1 X 1500 3960 2 X X 1500 4800 3 X X X 2040 5040 55 Ton eFlex"' Variable Speed Compressor RT-SVX36Q-EN 163 •TRANE Unit Startup Table 71. eFlex'"' staging sequence and compressor data (continued) Stage IA VZH170 2A 2B VZH Min Spd Max Spd 1 X 1500 4320 2 X X 1500 4800 3 X X X 1860 5040 60 Ton eFlex"' Variable Speed Compressor Stage 1A VZH170 2A 2B VZH Min Spd Max Spd 1 X 1500 4740 2 X X 1560 5400 3 X X X 1980 5820 70T eFlex' Variable Speed Compressor Stage 1A VZH170 2A 2B VZH Min Spd Max Spd 1 X 1500 5280 2 X X 1620 5700 3 X X X 1620 5880 75T eFlex'" Variable Speed Compressor lACSH- Stage N184 1BVZH170 2A CSHN184 28 CSHN250 VZH Min Spd Max Spd 1 X 2100 5400 2 X X 1500 4380 3 X X 2820 5100 4 X X X 1500 5000 5 X X X X 1500 4170 164 RT-SVX36Q-EN TRANS' Unit Startup Evaporative Condenser Startup Important: Water treatment by a qualified water treatment expert is required to ensure proper equipment life and product performance. Dolphin Water Care'"' is an option offered by Trane that is NOT a subsitute for regular water treatment by a qualified water treatment professional. If a water treatment system is not operating on the unit, do not proceed. Startup for evaporative and air-cooled condensers is initially the same. In addition, the following is required for evaporative condensers prior to startup: • All water and drain connections must be checked and verified • Evaporative condensers will ship with a fan support channel to reduce damage caused by vibration during shipment. The shipping support brackets must be removed prior to unit startup. See below and see Figure 120, p. 166 for removal instructions. • Verify that inlet water pressure is 35-60 PSIG, dynamic pressure (measured with the valve open) • Verify that drain valve is set to "drain during power loss" or "hold during power loss" per job specification • Upon a call for cooling, the sump will fill with water. Verify that the sump fills to a level within the slot on the max float bracket as shown in Figure 121, p. 166. To remove shipping brackets: Important: Remove fan shipping brackets before startup. Failure to remove brackets could result in fan damage. Evaporative condensers are shipped with fan shipping RT-SVX36Q-EN brackets to reduce damage caused by vibration during shipment. The fan shipping brackets must be removed prior to unit startup. To remove the shipping brackets start from the side opposite to the drain actuator: 1. Loosen the screw for the bracket that holds the inlet louvers below the door side. 2. Remove inlet louvers and set to the side. Note: Service technician may need to step on the horizontal surface of FRP coated base. Step with care. 3. Unscrew the bolt in the middle of the door. Keep the bolt in a safe place. 4. Lift one door with handle until it touches the top. Swivel bottom of door to remove it from the door opening and set it to the side. 5. Slide and remove the middle mist eliminator section so that the shipping bracket is visible. 6. Use screw gun to unscrew the two screws that hold the fan shipping bracket. The bracket should drop down but still remain engaged with a hook on the bracket. 7. Go to the other side of the unit and follow the procedure for inlet louver and door removal (see steps 1 - 6). 8. Hold the bracket with one hand and remove remaining two screws. 9. Remove the bracket and all the removed screws from the unit. Important: Make sure there are no screws remaining in the coil area. 10. Reinstall inlet louvers, mist eliminators and louvers. 11. Check that the direction of arrow on the inlet louver is correct 165 •TRIWE Unit Startup Figure 120. Fan shipping bracket removal Mist Eliminator Fan Shipping Bracket Screws Fan Shipping Bracket Actuator Side Figure 121. Float bracket setting Fill sump so float shuts off when wate is within these slots Thermostatic Expansion Valves The reliability and performance of the refrigeration system is heavily dependent upon proper expansion valve adjustment. Therefore, the importance of maintaining the proper superheat cannot be over 166 Access Doors Inlet Louvers emphasized. Expansion valves are preset at the factory. In typical applications, field adjustment should not be required unless the valves are replaced or damaged. On air-cooled units, the expansion valves shipped installed arre factory set to control between 14-18°F at the ARI full load rating conditions (approximately 450/ 125°F saturated suction/discharge). On evaporative condenser units, the expansion valves shipped installed are factory set to control between 18-22°F at the ARI full load rating conditions (approximately 45°/ 105°F saturated suction/discharge). At part load, expect lower superheat. Systems operating with lower superheat could cause serious compressor damage due to refrigerant floodback. Pressure curves included in this document are based on outdoor ambient between 65° & 105°F, relative humidity above 40 percent. Measuring the operating pressures can be meaningless outside of these ranges. Measuring Superheat 1. Measure the suction pressure at the suction line gauge access port located near the compressor. RT-SVX36Q-EN TRANS' Unit Startup 2. Using a Refrigerant/Temperature chart, convert the pressure reading to a corresponding saturated vapor temperature. 3. Measure the suction line temperature as close to the expansion valve bulb, as possible. Use a thermocouple type probe for an accurate reading. 4. Subtract the saturated vapor temperature obtained in step 2 from the actual suction line temperature obtained in step 3. The difference between the two temperatures is known as "superheat". When adjusting superheat, recheck the system subcooling before shutting the system "Off". Note: If unit includes the modulating reheat dehumidification option, adjust superheat only in the cooling mode of operation. Charging by Subcooling The outdoor ambient temperature must be between 65 and 105°F and the relative humidity of the air entering the evaporator must be above 40 percent. When the temperatures are outside of these ranges, measuring the operating pressures can be meaningless. Do not attempt to charge the system with the low ambient dampers and/or hot gas bypass operating (if applicable). Disable the low ambient dampers in the "Open" position (refer to the "Low Ambient Damper" section) and de -energize the hot gas bypass valves before taking performance measurements. With the unit operating at "Full Circuit Capacity", acceptable subcooling ranges for air-cooled units is between 10°F to 18°F. For evaporative condenser units, acceptable subcooling range is between 8°F to 14°F. Note: If unit includes the modulating reheat dehumidification control option, adjust subcooling only in the cooling mode of operation. Measuring Subcooling 1. At the liquid line service port, measure the liquid line pressure. Using an R -410A pressure/ temperature chart, convert the pressure reading into the corresponding saturated temperature. 2. Measure the actual liquid line temperature as close to the liquid line service port as possible. To ensure an accurate reading, clean the line thoroughly where the temperature sensor will be attached. After securing the sensor to the line, insulate the sensor and line to isolate it from the ambient air. Use a thermocouple type probe for an accurate reading. Note: Glass thermometers do not have sufficient contact area to give an accurate reading. 3. Determine the system subcooling by subtracting the actual liquid line temperature (measured in step 2) from the saturated liquid temperature (converted in step 1). RT-SVX36Q-EN Low Ambient Dampers Operation Low ambient dampers are available as a factory - installed option on 20 to 75 ton units or can be field installed. Dampers are used to extend the operation of these units from the standard operational temperatures to a minimum of 0° F without hot gas bypass or 10° F with hot gas bypass. (These values apply when wind speed across the condenser coil is Tess than 5 mph. If typical wind speeds are higher than 5 mph, a wind screen around the unit may be required.) By restricting the airflow across the condenser coils, saturated condensing temperatures can be maintained as the ambient temperatures change. The low ambient modulating output(s) on the compressor module controls the low ambient damper actuator for each refrigerant circuit in response to saturated condensing temperature. When the head pressure control has staged up to fan stage 2 or 3, the modulating output (0 to 10 VDC) will be at 100% (10 VDC). When the head pressure control is at fan stage 1, the modulating output will control the saturated condensing temperature to within the programmable "condensing temperature low ambient control point". The following Table gives the minimum starting temperatures for both "Standard" & "Low" Ambient units. Do not start the unit in the cooling mode if the ambient temperature is below the recommended operating temperatures. Table 72. Minimum starting temperatures for air- cooled units Unit Size Minimum Starting Ambient Low Ambient Standard (a) with HGBP without HGBP 20 &40 550 10° 0° 25 & 30 50° 10° 0° 50, 55 35° 10° 0° 60 30° 10° 0° 70-130 45° 10° 0° Notes: 1. Minimum starting temperatures for Evaporative Condenser units is 40°F without a sump heater and 10°F with a sump heater. 2. Min. starting ambients in °F and is based on unit operating at min. step of unloading and 5 mph wind across condenser. (a) With or without HGBP Damper Installation When a unit is ordered with the low ambient option (i. e., Digit 19 is a "1" in the model number), a damper is factory installed over the condenser fans 2B1 and 2B4 167 •TRANE Unit Startup (depending on unit size). Refer to the illustration in Figure 60, p. 113 for the damper locations. For field installation, mount the dampers over the condenser fans at the locations shown in Figure 60, p. 113 and connect the actuator for each circuit. (Refer to the installation instructions provided with each kit.) Damper Adjustment (Factory or Field Installed) The UCM has a factory default setpoint of 90°F. This setpoint can be adjusted using the Human Interface programming procedures. Inspect the damper blades for proper alignment and operation. Dampers should be in the closed position during the OFF cycle. If adjustment is required, do the following: 1. Never depress the actuator clutch while the actuator is energized. 2. At the human interface, program the actuator for 0% on circuit #1 and/or circuit #2. (The output signal will go to 0.0 VDC.) 3. Loosen the actuator clamp. 4. Firmly hold the damper blades in the closed position. 5. Retighten the actuator clamp. To check damper operation, program the actuator for 100% on circuit #1 and/or circuit #2. (The output signal will go to 10 VDC, and the damper will drive to the full open position. Filter Differential Pressure Gauge Adjustment To re -zero the filter differential pressure gauge, unscrew the front cover of the gage in a counterclockwise direction. If it is difficult to loosen, use a small sheet of rubber placed over the cover. The zero -adjustment screw is located behind the scale on the lower left at the point marked zero. Use a small hex Allen wrench and adjust the pointer until it indicates zero. This must be done with the pressure connections vented and the unit supply airflow off. Electric, Steam and Hot Water Start -Up (Constant Volume & Variable Air Volume Systems) 1. Ensure that the "System" selection switch at the remote panel is in the Off position. 2. Close the disconnect switch or circuit protector switch that provides the supply power to the unit terminal block (1TB1) or the unit -mounted disconnect switch (1S14). 168 AWARNING Hazardous Voltage! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Verify that no power is present with a voltmeter. Important: Do not open the service access doors while the unit is operating. HIGH VOLTAGE /S PRESENT AT TERMINAL BLOCK OR UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH (1S14). 3. Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch (1S1) and the 24 volt control circuit switch (1S70) to the On position. 4. Open the Human Interface access door, located in the unit control panel, and press the SERVICE MODE key to display the first service screen. Refer to the latest edition of the appropriate programming manual for CV or VAV applications for the SERVICE TEST screens and programming instructions. 5. Use Table 47, p. 106 to program the following system components for operation by scrolling through the Human Interface displays: Electric Heat Supply Fan (On) IGV/VFD Command - 100% (VAV/ SZVAV Units) VAV Box Relay - Drive Max (VAV Units) Heat Stages - 1, 2, or 3 (as required) Steam or Hot Water Heat Supply Fan (On) IGV/VFD Command - 0-100% (as required) Hydronic Heat Actuator (100% Open) Open the main steam or hot water valve supplying the rooftop heater coils. 6. Once the configuration for the appropriate heating system is complete, press the NEXT key until the LCD displays the "Start test in _Sec." screen. Press the + key to designate the delay before the test is to start. This service test will begin after the TEST START key is pressed and the delay designated in this step has elapsed. Press the ENTER key to confirm this choice. RT-SVX36Q-EN TRAM' Unit Startup A WARNING Rotating Components! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in rotating components cutting and slashing technician which could result in death or serious injury. During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product it may be necessary to work with live and exposed rotating components. Have a qualified or licensed service individual who has been properly trained in handling exposed rotating components, perform these tasks. 7. Press the TEST START key to start the test. Remember that the delay designated in step 6 must elapse before the fan will begin to operate. 8. Once the system has started, verify that the electric heat or the hydronic heat system is operating properly by using appropriate service technics; i.e. amperage readings, delta tees, etc. 9. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Module in the unit control panel to stop the system operation. Gas Furnace Start -Up (Constant Volume and Variable Air Volume Systems) It is important to establish and maintain the appropriate air/fuel mixture to assure that the gas furnace operates safely and efficiently. Since the proper manifold gas pressure for a particular installation will vary due to the specific BTU content of the local gas supply, adjust the burner based on carbon dioxide and oxygen levels rather than manifold pressure alone. The volume of air supplied by the combustion blower determines the amount of oxygen available for combustion, while the manifold gas pressure establishes fuel input. By measuring the percentage of carbon dioxide produced as a by-product of combustion, the operator can estimate the amount of oxygen used and modify the air volume or the gas pressure to obtain the proper air/fuel ratio. Arriving at the correct air/fuel mixture for a furnace results in rated burner output, limited production of carbon monoxide, and a steady flame that minimizes nuisance shutdowns. Note: Prior to startup, ensure the gas supply line installation is adequate to maintain 7" w.c. for natural gas while the furnace is operating at full capacity. See Table 51, p. 115. RT-SVX36Q-EN Two Stage Gas Furnace High -Fire Adjustment A WARNING Hazardous Gases and Flammable Vapors! Failure to observe the following instructions could result in exposure to hazardous gases, fuel substances, or substances from incomplete combustion, which could result in death or serious injury. The state of California has determined that these substances may cause cancer, birth defects, or other reproductive harm. Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service or use of this product could cause flammable mixtures or lead to excessive carbon monoxide. To avoid hazardous gases and flammable vapors follow proper installation and setup of this product and all warnings as provided in this manual. A WARNING Explosion Hazard! Failure to properly regulate pressure could result in a violent explosion, which could result in death, serious injury, or equipment or property -only - damage. When using dry nitrogen cylinders for pressurizing units for leak testing, always provide a pressure regulator on the cylinder to prevent excessively high unit pressures. Never pressurize unit above the maximum recommended unit test pressure as specified in applicable unit literature. 1. Use to program the following system components for operation by scrolling through the Human Interface displays: Gas Heat Supply Fan (On) IGV/ VFD Command - 100% (VAV/ SZVAV units) RTM VAV Box Relay - Drive Max (VAV units) Heat Stage - 2 Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch 4S24 located in the heater control panel to the On position. Open the manual gas valve, located in the gas heat section. 2. Once the configuration for the appropriate heating system is complete, press the NEXT key until the LCD displays the "Start test in _Sec." screen. Press the + key to designate the delay before the test is to start. This service test will begin after the TEST START key is pressed and the delay designated in this step has elapsed. Press the ENTER key to confirm this choice. 169 •TRA?IE Unit Startup 3. Press the TEST START key to start the test. Remember that the delay designated in step 2 must elapse before the system will begin to operate. 4. Once the system has started, check the appearance of the flame through the sight glass provided on the front of the heat exchanger. In appearance, a normal flame has a clearly defined shape, and is primarily (75%) blue in color with an orange tip. 5. Check the manifold gas pressure by using the manifold pressure port on the gas valve. Refer to Table 73, p. 171 for the required manifold pressure for high -fire operation. If it needs adjusting, remove the cap covering the high -fire adjustment screw on the gas valve. Refer to Figure 124, p. 171 and Figure 125, p. 171 for the adjustment screw location. Turn the screw clockwise to increase the gas pressure or counterclockwise to decrease the gas pressure. 6. Use a carbon dioxide analyzer and measure the percentage of carbon dioxide in the flue gas. Refer to the illustration inFigure 123, p. 171. Take several samples to assure that an accurate reading is obtained. Refer to Figure 122, p. 170 for the proper carbon dioxide levels. A carbon dioxide level exceeding the listed range indicates incomplete combustion due to inadequate air or excessive gas. Combustion Air Adjustment (02) 1. Use an oxygen analyzer and measure the percentage of oxygen in the flue gas. Take several samples to assure an accurate reading. Compare the measured oxygen level to the combustion curve in Figure 122, p. 170. The oxygen content of the flue gas should be 4% to 5%. If the oxygen level is outside this range, adjust the combustion air damper to increase or decrease the amount of air entering the combustion chamber. Refer to Figure 127, p. 173 for the location of the combustion air damper. 2. Recheck the oxygen and carbon dioxide levels after each adjustment. After completing the high -fire checkout and adjustment procedure, the low -fire setting may require adjusting. Low -Fire Adjustment (500, 850 & 1000 MBH only) 1. Use the TEST initiation procedures outlined in the previous section to operate the furnace in the low - fire state (1st Stage). 2. Use a carbon dioxide analyzer and measure the percentage of carbon dioxide in the flue gas. Refer to the combustion curve in Figure 122, p. 170. Take several samples to assure that an accurate reading is obtained. Refer to Table 73, p. 171 for the proper carbon dioxide levels. If the measured carbon dioxide level is within the listed values, no adjustment is necessary. A carbon dioxide level exceeding the listed range indicates incomplete combustion due to inadequate air or excessive gas. 3. Check the manifold gas pressure by using the manifold pressure port on the gas valve. Refer to Table 73, p. 171 for the required manifold pressure during low -fire operation. If it needs adjusting, remove the cap covering the low -fire adjustment screw on the gas valve. Refer to Figure 124, p. 171and Figure 125, p. 171 for the adjustment screw location. Turn the screw clockwise to increase the gas pressure or counterclockwise to decrease the gas pressure. Note: Do not adjust the combustion air damper while the furnace is operating at low -fire. 4. Check the carbon dioxide levels after each adjustment. 5. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Module in the unit control panel to stop the system operation. Figure 122. Natural gas combustion curve (ratio of oxygen to carbon dioxide in percent) Percent Carbon Dioxide 170 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Curve Fuel A = 1,000 BTU per cu ft. of Natural Gas 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Percent Oxygen 16 17 18 19 20 21 RT-SVX36Q-EN TRANS' Unit Startup Table 73. Recommended manifold pressures and CO2 Figure 124. High/low pressure regulator (500/850/ levels during furnace operation (see notes) Furnace Stage MB- h Firing Rate Manifold O/CO2 Pressure High -Fire 235 100% 8.5-9.5 3.0-3.5 Low -Fire 117 50% 6.0-7.0 0.9 High -Fire 350 100% 8.5- 9.5 3.0-3.5 Low -Fire 175 50% 6.0-7.0 0.9 High -Fire 500 100% 8.5-9.5 3.0-3.5 Low -Fire 250 50% 6.0-7.0 1.25 High -Fire 850 100% 8.5-9.5 3.0-3.5 Low -Fire 425 50% 6.0-7.0 1.25 High -Fire 100 100% 8.5-9.5 3.0-3.5 Low -Fire 500 50% 6.0-7.0 1.25 Notes: 1. Manifold pressures are given in inches w.c. 2. High fire manifold pressure is adjustable on all heaters. 3. Low fire manifold pressure is non-adjustable on 235 MBh and 350 MBh heaters. Figure 123. Flue gas carbon dioxide and oxygen measurements Test Probe RT-SVX36Q-EN 1000 MBh) HIGH PRESSURE SERVO -REGULATOR (FIELD ADJUSTABLE) LOW PRESSURE SERVO -REGULATOR (FIELD ADJUSTABLE) Figure 125. Gas valve adjustment screw locations (two-stage burners) Top View 235/350 MBh "High -Fire" Manifold Pressure Adjustment Screw is Located Under this Cover (Turn Clockwise to Increase) (Turn Counterclockwise to Decrease) 4 tol Modulating Gas Furnace 4 tot Modulating gas heaters are available for the 500, 850 and 1000 MBh heater sizes. The firing rate of the unit can vary from 25% rated MBh up to the nameplate rating of the unit. The turn down ratios, therefore, are 4:1. Heat Exchanger The heat exchanger drum, tubes and front and rear headers are constructed from stainless steel alloys. Unit Control The unit is controlled by a supply air temperature sensor located in the supply air stream for Discharge Temperature Control units. Zone Temperature Control units have two sensors, one located in the supply air stream and the zone sensor. The temperature sensor 171 TRINE' Unit Startup signal is sent to the Heat module of the IntelliPak Unit Control. The control signal from the Heat Module signal is inversely proportional to (see Table 21, p. 59 and Table 22, p. 59. The higher the voltage signal, the lower the call for heat. The proportional signal controls the angular position of the combustion air damper through a direct coupled damper actuator motor. The position of the air damper in turn controls the combustion air pressure that is sensed by the modulating gas valve. The greater the combustion air pressure, the greater the call for gas and the higher the firing rate of the heater. As the temperature setpoint is reached, the Modulating Heat control will cause the combustion air actuator to change the damper position to a lower firing rate that matches the heat load of the space. 1. Use to program the following system components for operation by scrolling through the Human Interface displays in Service Mode: Gas Heat • Supply Fan (On) • IGV/ VFD Command - 100% (VAV/ SZVAV units) • RTM VAV Box Relay - Drive Max (VAV units) • Modulating Gas Heat Actuator — 90% Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch 4S24 located in the heater control panel to the "On" position. Open the manual gas valve, located in the gas heat section. 2. Once the configuration for the appropriate heating system is complete, press the NEXT key until the LCD displays the "Start test in Sec." screen. Press the + key to designate the delay before the test is to start. This service test will begin after the TEST START key is pressed and the delay designated in this step has elapsed. Press the ENTER key to confirm this choice. 3. Press the TEST START key to start the test. Remember that the delay designated in step 2 must elapse before the system will begin to operate. A WARNING Rotating Components! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in rotating components cutting and slashing technician which could result in death or serious injury. During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product it may be necessary to work with live and exposed rotating components. Have a qualified or licensed service individual who has been properly trained in handling exposed rotating components, perform these tasks. 4. Once the system has started, check the appearance 172 of the flame through the sight glass provided on the front of the heat exchanger. In appearance, a normal flame has a clearly defined shape, and is primarily (75%) blue in color with an orange tip. 5. Check the inlet gas pressure at the modulating gas valve. The inlet pressure should be 7" to 14" w.c. 6. Use a flue analyzer and measure the percentage of carbon dioxide in the flue gas. Refer toFigure 123, p. 171 for the proper carbon dioxide levels. Take several samples to assure that an accurate reading is obtained. The CO2 level should fall in the ranges shown in the guide values in Table 73, p. 171. If the measured carbon dioxide level is between 8.0% and 9.5%, no adjustment is necessary. If the CO2 is outside this range, it indicates incomplete combustion due to inadequate air or excessive gas. The gas to air ratio and bias adjustment screws are located on top of the regulator under a sealed plate. The actual settings can be seen through windows on each side of the regulator. Note: The burner capacity is controlled by the movement of the air damper. This has been preset at the factory and normally does not need field adjustment. The combustion quality (air/gas) is controlled by the settings on the regulator (the plus (+) and minus (-) indications relate to the change in gas flow. 7. Set the gas to air ratio to the desired value using the Pgas/pair adjustment screw until the optimum values between (8.0 and 9.5%) are obtained. 8. Use to program the minimum (25%) firing rate. Allow the system to operate for approximately 10 minutes. 9. Use a flue analyzer and measure the percentage of carbon dioxide in the flue gas. If the measured carbon dioxide level is between 6.0% and 8.0%, no adjustment is necessary. If an adjustment is needed, turn the bias adjustment screw on the regulator in the Plus (+) direction to increase the CO2 and in the Minus (-) direction to decrease the CO2. Refer to the illustrations in Figure 125, p. 171 for the adjustment screw location. Note: It is normal for the low fire CO2 to be lower than the high fire. 10. If a bias adjustment was made during low fire, return the burner to 90% fire rate and repeat steps 6 and 7, for final adjustment. 11. Program the burner for 100% operation and recheck the CO2 or 02 value. 12. Check the flue gas values at several intermediate output levels. If corrections are necessary, adjust the pressure ratio screw 1 at high fire operation only, and the bias screw 2 at low fire operation only. 13. Press the STOP key at the Human Interface Module in the unit control panel to stop the system RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANE Unit Startup operation. Figure 126. Modulating gas regulator 1 Adjustment and indication of the gas to air (Pgas to Pair) ratio. 2 Adjustment and indication of the low fire Bias. 3 Connection for the ambient compensation line. 4 Connection for the gas pressure sensing line. 5 Connection for the air pressure sensing line. 6 Tap location for manifold pressure. 7 Tap location for inlet pressure. Note: There are no serviceable parts on the SKP70 actuator. Should it become inoperative, replace the actuator. Figure 127. 850-1100 MBH E_=f==3 n I I Combustion Air Combustion Fan Proving Switch Damper Adjustment Ultra Modulating Gas Furnace Ultra modulating gas heaters are available for the 500, 850 and 1000 MBh heater sizes. The firing rate of the unit can vary from 36-48 MBh up to the nameplate rating of the unit. The turn down ratios, therefore, vary from 14:1 for the 500 MBh to 21:1 for the 1000 MBh heater. Heat Exchanger The heat exchanger drum, tubes and front and rear headers utilities the same materials as the 4 to1 Modulating furnace. Unit Control The unit is controlled by a supply air temperature sensor located in the supply air stream for Discharge Temperature Control units. Zone Temperature Control units have two sensors, one located in the supply air stream and the zone sensor. The temperature sensor signal is sent to the Heat module of the IntelliPak Unit Control. The control signal from the Heat Module is 2- 10V DC. The higher the voltage signal, the higher the call for heat. The 2 -10V DC signal controls the speed of the combustion blower. The greater the combustion air speed, the greater the call for gas and the higher the firing rate of the heater. As the temperature setpoint is reached, the modulating heat controller will cause the combustion air speed to change to a lower firing rate that matches the heat load of the space. RT-SVX36Q-EN 173 •TRANE Unit Startup Note: 500/850MBh is represented in Figure 129, p. 175 - Figure 131, p. 175. Ultra Modulating Burner Setup Important: It is necessary to measure gas pressure at the following points listed below. Install the necessary fittings prior to starting the burner in the service mode. • Inlet Pressure (see Figure 130, p. 175) • Main Gas Regulator outlet pressure (see Figure 130, p. 175 • Load Line Pressure (see Figure 129, p. 175) • Manifold Pressure (see Figure 131, p. 175) 1. Use to program the following system components for operation by scrolling through the human interface displays in Service Mode: Gas Heat • Supply Fan - On • IGVNFD Command - 100% (VAV and SZVAV units) • RTM VAV Box Relay - Drive Max (VAV units) • Modulating Gas Heat Actuator - 1% • Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch 4S24 located on the heater control panel to On position • Open the manual gas valve, located in the gas heat section. 2. Once the configuration for the appropriate heating system is complete, press the NEXT key until the LCD displays the "Start in _Sec." screen. Press the * key to designate the delay before the test is to start. This service test will begin after the TEST START key is pressed and the delay designated in this step has elapsed. Press the ENTER key to confirm this choice. 3. Press the TEST START key to start the test. Remember that the delay designated in step 2 must elapse before the system will begin to operate. Low Fire Adjustment 4. After the initial purge sequence and once the burner has started, look through the burner sight glass for the appearance of light (from the flame) in the holes of the burner plate. If light is visible through ALL the holes, low fire is correctly set within the operating range of the burner. If light is not visible through all of the holes, adjust the low fire bypass on the side of the ratio regulator. CCW to open, CW to close. Refer to the illustration in Figure 129, p. 175. 5. Use a flue analyzer to measure the oxygen (02), carbon dioxide (CO2), and carbon monoxide (CO) levels in the flue gas. Refer to the illustration 174 inFigure 123, p. 171. If the measured 02 level is between 17.0%-19.0% and the CO2 level is no more than 400ppm (corrected to 3% 02), no adjustment is necessary. If an adjustment is needed, adjust the low fire bypass on the side of the ratio regulator. Refer to the illustration in Figure 129, p. 175. High Fire Adjustment 6. Use to program max firing rate (100%). Allow the system to operate for 10 minutes. Note: The burner capacity is controlled by the combustion fan speed. This has been preset at the factory and normally does not need field adjustment. 7. Check the inlet pressure at the tap upstream of the pilot regulator. Refer to the illustration in Figure 130, p. 175. The inlet pressure should between 7.0" to 14.0" w.c. 8. Check the outlet pressure of the main gas regulator at tap on the upstream solenoid valve. Refer to the illustration in Figure 130, p. 175. The outlet pressure from the main gas regulator should be 6.0" w.c. 9. Check manifold pressure at tap closest to where the valve train attaches to the burner. Refer to the illustration in Figure 131, p. 175. Verify the manifold pressure is 2.6"-2.9" w.c on 500 MBh, 1.6"-1.9" w.c. on 850 MBh, and 2.1"-2.4" w.c. on 1000 MBh. If manifold pressure is not within the specified range, contact Large Commercial Technical Support for information on how to adjust maximum fan speed (FHi). 10. Use a flue analyzer to measure the oxygen (02), carbon dioxide (CO2), and carbon monoxide (CO) levels in the flue gas. Refer to the illustration inFigure 123, p. 171. If the measured oxygen level is between 3.0 to 5.0% and the carbon dioxide level is between 8.5 to 10% and the CO is Tess than 100 PPM, no adjustment is necessary. If an adjustment is needed, check the inlet gas pressure or the air damper on the burner (closing will increase the CO2 level). Mid Fire Adjustment 11. Use to program mid firing rate (approx. 38%). 12. Check the load line pressure on the ratio regulator. Refer to the illustration in Figure 129, p. 175. Using the Modulating Gas Heat Actuator screen adjust the % value until Toad line pressure is at 2" w.c. 13. Check manifold pressure at tap closest to where valve train attaches to the burner. Refer to the illustration in Figure 131, p. 175. Verify the manifold pressure is 0.8 - 0.9" w.c. If adjustment is necessary, turn the manifold pressure adjustment screw on the ratio regulator. Refer to illustration in Figure 129, p. 175 for the adjustment screw location. 14. Program the burner for low fire operation (1%) and recheck 02 (or CO2) and CO values. RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANE Unit Startup 15. Press the STOP key at the human interface module in the unit control panel to stop the system operation. Table 74. Chart A - ultra modulating service mode setup parameters Modulating Gas Heat Actuator (Service Mode) Low Fire (1%) Mid Fire (38%) (see note) High Fire (100%) VDC Signal to actuator 2.0 VDC 5.O VDC 10.0 VDC Inlet Pressure 7.0" to 14.0 "7.0" to 14.0 "7.0" to 14.0" Main Gas Regulator Pressure 6.0 "6.0 "6.0" Load Line Pressure 2.0 " Manifold Pressure 0.8" to 0.9 "See chart B Note: In the service mode, adjust the % output until the Load Line Pressure is 2.0", then verify/ adjust manifold pressure. Table 75. Chart B - high fire manifold pressure Burner size High Fire Manifold Pressure 500 MBh 2.6" to 2.9" 850 MBh 1.6" to 1.9" 1000 MBh 2.1" to 2.4" Note: If the manifold pressure is not within the range shown on the chart, then the maximum combustion fan speed (Fhi) needs adjustment. Contact Large Commercial Technical Support for assistance. Figure 128. Modulating gas heat actuator setup screen in service mode (Human Interface) Modulating Gas Heat Actuator 0' RT-SVX36Q-EN Figure 129. Ratio regulator Low fire bypass Tap location for load line pressure Connection for combustion air line Adjustment screw (under cap) for manifold pressure adjustment (during Mid -Fire pressure adjustment only) Figure 130. Main gas regulator and inlet pressure tap locations Tap location for outlet pressure from main gas regulator Tap location for Pilot gas inlet pressure regulator Main gas regulator 175 TRANS' Unit Startup Figure 131. Manifold pressure tap location Tap location for manifold pressure Final Unit Checkout After completing ail of the checkout and start-up procedures outlined in the previous sections (i.e., operating the unit in each of its Modes through all available stages of cooling and heating), perform these final checks before leaving the unit: A WARNING Hazardous Voltage! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Verify that no power is present with a voltmeter. Important: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT TERMINAL BLOCK (1TB1 )OR UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH (1S14). ❑ Close the disconnect switch or circuit protector switch that provides the supply power to the unit terminal block (1TB1) or the unit mounted disconnect switch (1S14). ❑ Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch (1S1) Off. ❑ Turn the 24 volt control circuit switch (1 S70) to the On position. 176 ❑ At the Human Interface Module, press the SETUP key. The LCD screen will display various preset "parameters of operation" based on the unit type, size, and the installed options. Compare the factory preset information to the specified application requirements. If adjustments are required, follow the step-by-step instructions provided in the appropriate programming manual for CV or VAV applications. O Program the Night Setback (NSB) panel (if applicable) for proper unoccupied operation. Refer to the programming instructions for the specific panel. ❑ Verify that the Remote panel "System" selection switch, "Fan" selection switch, and "Zone Temperature" settings for constant volume systems are correct. O Verify that the Remote panel "System" selection switch and the "Supply Air Temperature" settings for variable air volume systems are correct. O Inspect the unit for misplaced tools, hardware, and debris. O Turn the 115 volt control circuit switch On. ❑ Press the AUTO key at the Human Interface Module to begin system operation. The system will start automatically once the dampers modulate and a request for either heating or cooling has been given. O Verify that all exterior panels including the control panel doors and condenser grilles are secured in place. Multi -piece Unit - Trane Start -Up When the following are complete, Trane will provide unit start-up: ❑ IntelliPak 2 multi -piece unit has been installed. O All shipped with items have been installed. O All utilities and drain pipes have been connected. O All refrigeration piping has been reconnected and refrigerant charge has been adequately distributed throughout the system. ❑ All ductwork has been attached to the unit. Trane start-up of multi -piece units will review the overall unit for exterior damage (dents, bends, missing panels, doors work properly), verify that the unit interior is free from debris/obstructions, ensure that the panels and doors are secured properly and verify that all wiring connections are tight. The overall installation will be reviewed to ensure the unit clearances are adequate to avoid air recirculation and all unit drain lines and traps are properly installed. The unit main power will be reviewed to ensure the unit is properly grounded, the main power feed wire gauge is adequately sized, the correct voltage is supplied to unit and electric heaters, and the incoming RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRAtIF Unit Startup voltage is phase balanced. Verification will be performed to ensure that all field installed control wiring is applied to the correct terminals, all automation and remote controls installed/wired and control wiring for CV, SZVAV and VAV controls is completed. The refrigeration system will be reviewed to ensure the coil fins are straightened, the removal of shipping hardware and plastic covers for compressors, proper oil level in the compressors, crankcase heaters have been operational for at least 12 hours time prior to Trane start-up being performed. The proper compressor voltage and amperage, correct position of service valves prior to start-up and proper system subcooling and superheat will be verified. The unit fans will be checked to ensure that the condenser fan blade set -screws to the motor shaft are tight, that the hold down bolts and channels from fan sections have been removed, proper adjustment of fan section spring isolators, proper fan belts tension, adequate fan bearings grease, alignment of fan sheaves, adequate tightness of supply and exhaust fan pulley bolts, proper fan rotation, and proper fan motor amperage. A check will be made to ensure both piping to the condenser and air handler side of the system have been completed and interconnecting refrigerant tubing has been evacuated by the contractor prior to Trane performing the start-up. All damper linkages will be checked for proper adjustment, and proper damper operation and outside air pressure sensors verified. RT-SVX36Q-EN Units equipped with electric heaters will be checked to ensure that the heating system matches the unit nameplate and for correct voltage supply to the heaters. Units equipped with gas heaters will be checked to ensure that the flue assembly is secure and properly installed, sufficient gas pressure exists according to pipe size, no Teaks exist in gas supply line, the gas heat piping includes a drip leg, condensate line and the combustion air CO2 and 02 levels are normal. Units equipped with hot water heat will be checked to ensure that the hot water pipes are properly routed, sized and leak free; for the presence of swing joints or flexible connectors next to the hot water coil; proper gate valve installation in the supply and return branch line; proper three way modulating valve installation, and proper coil venting will be verified. Units equipped with steam heat will be checked to ensure that the hot water pipes are properly routed, sized and leak free; proper swing check vacuum breaker installation; proper 2 -way modulating valve installation; proper steam trap installation. Units equipped with energy recovery wheels will be checked to ensure proper rotation and operation of the wheel. The service test guide will be used to check proper component operation. Finally, the program set points for proper unit operation will be validated through human interface module. Once the IntelliPak 2 multi -piece unit has been started, a communication will be provided of start-up activities and the associated operating log. 177 Trane Startup Checklist This checklist is intended to be a guide for the Trane technician just prior to unit 'startup'. Many of the recommended checks and actions could expose the technician to electrical and mechanical hazards. Refer to the appropriate sections in the this manual for appropriate procedures, component specifications and safety instructions. Important: This checklist is not intended as a substitution for the contractor's installation instruction. Important: Except where noted, it is implied that the Trane technician is to use this checklist for inspection/verification of prior tasks completed by the general contractor at installation. Use the line item content to also record the associated values onto the Trane unitary packaged equipment log. Job Name Completed? Serial # 1 Job Location Model # Sales Order # 2 Ship Date Unit DL # (special units) Date 3 Starting Sales Office Technician Table 76. Startup checklist for 20-75 ton air-cooled units 178 RT-SVX36Q-EN Completed? General Start-up 1 Is adequate access/egress provided? Yes No 2 Initial site inspection performed? Yes No 3 Unit exterior inspected for damage (dents, bends, missing panels, doors work properly)? Yes No 4 Unit clearances adequate to avoid air recirculation? Yes No 5 Verify crankcase heaters are working and on for 8 hours prior to unit start (may require 480V availability) Yes No 6 Wear electrical PPE Yes No 7 Lockout & tagout unit Yes No 8 Verify unit interior is free from debris and obstructions, etc. Yes No 9 All unit drain lines and traps are properly installed Yes No 10 Remove electrical access panel fastened (9) bolt/screws or open access Yes No 11 Verify unit is grounded. Confirm a ground wire is coming from the power source Yes No 12 Verify main power feed wire gauge is properly sized for current load Yes No 13 Verify all wiring connections are tight Yes No 14 Verify all field control wiring for CV or VAV controls are complete Yes No 15 Verify all automation and remote controls installed/wired Yes No 16 Verify all shipping hardware and plastic covers for compressors have been removed Yes No 17 Verify hold down bolts and channels from fan sections removed Yes No 18 Fan section isolators checked/adjusted (approximately 1/4" gap above shipping block) Yes No 19 Verify damper linkages are tight/adjusted and tip seals are in good condition Yes No 20 Verify compressor oil levels at proper levels (1/2- 3/4 high in glass) Yes No 21 Compressor discharge service valves and oil valves open/back seated Yes No 22 All fan belts tensioned, bearings greased and sheaves in alignment Yes No 23 Verify supply and exhaust fan pulley bolts are tight Yes No 24 Verify fans rotate freely Yes No 25 Verify refrigerant charge on each circuit Yes No 26 Remove lock tag out Yes No 27 Wear electrical PPE Yes No 28 Verify correct voltage supplied to unit and electrical heaters (see IOM for assistance) Yes No 29 Verify incoming voltage phase balanced Yes No 30 Check the incoming power phase rotation. Yes No 31 Verify all fans rotate in proper direction Yes No 178 RT-SVX36Q-EN MANE Trane Startup Checklist Table 76. Startup checklist for 20-75 ton air-cooled units (continued) Table 77. Startup checklist for 24-89 ton evaporative condensing units Completed? 32 Verify fan amperages within nameplate specs (please document on log sheet) Is adequate access/egress provided? Yes Yes No Unit Configuration and Setup 1 Verify model number in the UCM configuration matches unit model number on nameplate Yes No 2 Configure unit using IOM and critical control parameters using critical control parameters table Yes No Air Cooled Condenser (Digit 27) 1 All coil fins inspected and straightened Yes Yes No No 2 Condenser fans are rotating freely Yes Yes No No 3 Verify the fan blade set -screws to the motor shaft of the condenser fan assemblies are tight Yes Yes No No Electric Heat (if applicable) 1 Electric heat circuits have continuity Yes 8 No 2 Perform electric heat start up procedureYes No 9 No Gas Heat (if applicable) 1 Gas heat piping includes drip leg previously installed by installing contractor No Yes No 2 Gas heat flue assembly fully installed Yes No 3 Gas heat condensate line and heat tape installed where applicable Yes No 4 Verify heating system matches name plate Yes No Optional Gas Burner (if applicable) 1 2 Stage burner set up procedure in IOM Yes No 2 Modulating burner stet up procedure in IOM Yes No Hot Water Heat (if applicable) 1 Verify hot water pipes are proper size, routed through the base and no leaks are present Yes No 2 Verify swing joints or flexible connectors are installed next to hot water coil Yes No 3 Verify gate valve is installed in the supply and return branch line Yes No 4 Verify three way modulating valve is installed with valve seating against the flow Yes No 5 Verify coil venting is installed if water velocity is less than 1.5 feet per second Yes No Steam Water Heat (if applicable) 1 Verify steam pipes are proper size, routed through the base and no leaks are present Yes No 2 Verify steam heat swing check vacuum breakers installed and vented Yes No 3 Verify 2 -way modulating valve has been installed Yes No 4 Verify steam trap installed properly with discharge 12" below the outlet connection on the coil Yes No System Checkout 1 Verify system airflow Yes No 2 Verify dampers open and close properly Yes No 3 Adjust fresh air damper travel Yes No 4 Verity compressor operation, voltage and amperage matches name plate intormation (please document on log sheet) Yes No 5 Operating log completed Yes No 6 All panels & doors secured Yes No 7 Complete all required documentation Yes No Table 77. Startup checklist for 24-89 ton evaporative condensing units RT-SVX36Q-EN 179 Completed? General Start-up 1 Is adequate access/egress provided? Yes No 2 Initial site inspection performed? Yes No 3 Unit exterior inspected for damage (dents, bends, missing panels, doors work properly)? Yes No 4 Unit clearances adequate to avoid air recirculation? Yes No 5 Verify crankcase heaters are working and on for 8 hours prior to unit start (may require 480V availability) Yes No 6 Wear electrical PPE Yes No 7 Lockout & tagout unit Yes No 8 Verify unit interior is free from debris and obstructions, etc. Yes No 9 All unit drain lines and traps are properly installed Yes No RT-SVX36Q-EN 179 •TRANE Trane Startup Checklist Table 77. Startup checklist for 24-89 ton evaporative condensing units (continued) 180 RT-SVX36Q-EN Comp eted? 10 Remove electrical access panel fastened (9) bolt/screws or open access Yes No 11 Verify unit is grounded. Confirm a ground wire is coming from the power source Yes No 12 Verify main power feed wire gauge is properly sized for current load Yes No 13 Verify all wiring connections are tight Yes No 14 Verify all field control wiring for CV or VAV controls are complete Yes No 15 Verify all automation and remote controls installed/wired Yes No 16 Verify all shipping hardware and plastic covers for compressors have been removed - Yes No 17 Verify hold down bolts and channels from fan sections removed Yes No 18 Fan section isolators checked/adjusted (approximately 1/4" gap above shipping block) Yes No 19 Verify damper linkages are tight/adjusted and tip seals are in good condition Yes No 20 Verify compressor oil levels at proper levels (1/2 - 3 high in glass) Yes No 21 Compressor discharge service valves and oil valves open/back seated Yes No 22 All fan belts tensioned, bearings greased and sheaves in alignment Yes No 23 Verify supply and exhaust fan pulley bolts are tight Yes No 24 Verify fans rotate freely Yes No 25 Verify refrigerant charge on each circuit Yes No 26 Remove lock tag out Yes No 27 Wear electrical PPE Yes No 28 Verify correct voltage supplied to unit and electrical heaters (see IOM for assistance) Yes No 29 Verify incoming voltage phase balanced Yes No 30 Check the incoming power phase rotation. Yes No 31 Verify all fans rotate in proper direction Yes No 32 Verify fan amperages within nameplate specs (please document on log sheet) Yes No Unit Configuration and Setup 1 Verify model number in the UCM configuration matches unit model number on nameplate Yes No 2 Configure unit using IOM and critical control parameters using critical control parameters table Yes No Evaporative Condenser (Digit 27) 1 Venty condenser tan shipping bracket has been removed from above mist eliminators in evaporative condenser module Yes No 2 Verify all water and drain connections are complete Yes No 3 Verity inlet water pressure is between 35-60 psig, dynamic pressure (measured with valve open) tor a minimum Flow rate of 30 GPM Yes No 4 Verify drain valve function is set to "drain during power loss" or"hold during power loss" per job specification Yes No 5 Verify that the sump fills to a level within the slot on the max float bracket Yes No 6 Verify water treatment system has been installed/approved.(a) Yes No 7 Verify conductivity controller calibration has been documented and min and max set points have been setup Yes No Electric Heat (if applicable) 1 Electric heat circuits have continuity Yes No 2 Perform electric heat start up procedure Yes No Gas Heat (if applicable) 1 Gas heat piping includes drip leg previously installed by installing contractor Yes No 2 Gas heat flue assembly fully installed Yes No 3 Gas heat condensate line and heat tape installed where applicable Yes No 4 Verify heating system matches name plate Yes No Optional Gas Burner (if applicable) 1 CompleteTwo-Stage burner set-up procedure in IOM Yes No 2 Complete Modulating burner set-up procedure in IOM Yes No Hot Water Heat (if applicable) 1 Verify hot water pipes are proper size, routed through the base and no leaks are present Yes No 2 Verify swing joints or flexible connectors are installed next to hot water coil Yes No 3 Verify gate valve is installed in the supply and return branch line Yes No 4 Verify three way modulating valve is installed with valve seating against the flow Yes No 5 Verify coil venting is installed if water velocity is less than 1.5 feet per second Yes No 180 RT-SVX36Q-EN TRAM' Trane Startup Checklist Table 77. Startup checklist for 24-89 ton evaporative condensing units (continued) (a) Discontinue startup if proof of active water treatment does not exist. Table 78. Startup checklist for 90-130 ton air-cooled units Completed? Steam Water Heat (if applicable) 1 Verify steam pipes are proper size, routed through the base and no leaks are present Yes No 2 Verify steam heat swing check vacuum breakers installed and vented Yes No 3 Verify 2 -way modulating valve has been installed Yes No 4 Verify steam trap installed properly with discharge 12" below the outlet connection on the coil Yes No System Checkout 1 Verify system airflow Yes Yes No No 2 Verify dampers open and close properly Yes Yes No No 3 Adjust fresh air damper travel Yes Yes No No • 4 Verify compressor operation, voltage and amperage matches name plate information (please document on log sheet) 1 Yes Yes No No 5 Operating log completedYes Yes No No 6 All panels & doors secured Yes Yes No No 7 Complete all required documentation Yes Yes No No (a) Discontinue startup if proof of active water treatment does not exist. Table 78. Startup checklist for 90-130 ton air-cooled units RT-SVX36Q-EN 181 Completed? General Start-up 1 Is adequate access/egress provided? Yes No 2 Initial site inspection performed? Yes No 3 Unit exterior inspected for damage (dents, bends, missing panels, doors work properly)? Yes No 4 Unit clearances adequate to avoid air recirculation? Yes No 5 Verify crankcase heaters are working and on for 8 hours prior to unit start (may require 480V availability) Yes No 6 Wear electrical PPE Yes No 7 Lockout &tagout unit Yes No 8 Verify unit interior is free from debris and obstructions, etc. Yes No 9 All unit drain lines and traps are properly installed Yes No 10 Remove electrical access panel fastened (9) bolt/screws or open access , Yes No 11 Verify unit is grounded. Confirm a ground wire is coming from the power source Yes No 12 Verify main power feed wire gauge is properly sized for current load Yes No 13 Verify all wiring connections are tight Yes No 14 Verify all field control wiring for CV or VAV controls are complete Yes No 15 Verify all automation and remote controls installed/wired Yes No 16 Verify all shipping hardware and plastic covers for compressors have been removed Yes No 17 Verify hold down bolts and channels from fan sections removed Yes No 18 Fan section isolators checked/adjusted (approx 1/4" gap above shipping block) Yes No 19 Verify damper linkages are tight/adjusted and tip seals are in good condition Yes No 20 Verify compressor oil levels at proper levels (' - 3/4 high in glass) Yes No 21 Compressor discharge service valves and oil valves open/back seated Yes No 22 All fan belts tensioned, bearings greased and sheaves in alignment Yes No 23 Verify supply and exhaust fan pulley bolts are tightYes No 24 Verify fans rotate freely Yes No 25 Verify refrigerant charge on each circuit Yes No 26 Remove lock tag out Yes No 27 Wear electrical PPE Yes No 28 Verify correct voltage supplied to unit and electrical heaters (see IOM for assistance) Yes No 29 Verify incoming voltage phase balanced Yes No 30 Check the incoming power phase rotation. Yes No 31 Verify all fans rotate in proper direction - Yes No 32 Verify fan amperages within nameplate specs (please document on log sheet) Yes No Unit Configuration and Setup RT-SVX36Q-EN 181 •TRANE' Trane Startup Checklist Table 78. Startup checklist for 90-130 ton air-cooled units (continued) Critical Control Parameters and Dry Bulb Changeover Map Table 79. Critical control parameters Description Comp eted? 1 Verify model number in the UCM configuration matches unit model number on nameplate Region 2 Yes Region 4 No 2 Configure unit using IOM and critical control parameters using critical control parameters table Supply Air Temperature Control Setpoint Yes No Air Cooled Condenser (Digit 27) 1 All coil fins inspected and straightened Yes Supply Air Temperature Deadband No 2 Condenser fans are rotating freely Yes No 3 Verify the fan blade set -screws to the motor shaft of the condenser fan assemblies are tight 1.8" w.c. Yes No Electric Heat (if applicable) 1 Electric heat circuits have continuity Yes 0.1" w.c. No 2 Perform electric heat start up procedure Yes No Gas Heat (if applicable) 1 Gas heat piping includes drip leg previously installed by installing contractor Yes No 2 Gas heat flue assembly fully installed Building Static Pressure Deadband Yes No 3 Gas heat condensate line and heat tape installed where applicable Yes No 4 Verify heating system matches name plate Yes No Optional Gas Burner (Digit 9) 1 2 Stage burner set up procedure in IOM 10% Yes No 2 Modulating burner stet up procedure in IOM Yes Economizer Minimum Position Setpoint No Hot Water Heat (if applicable) 1 Verify hot water pipes are proper size, routed through the base and no leaks are present Yes No 2 Verify swing joints or flexible connectors are installed next to hot water coil TOA > 65°F Yes TOA > 65°F No 3 Verify gate valve is installed in the supply and return branch line TOA > 70°F Yes No 4 Verify three way modulating valve is installed with valve seating against the flow Yes No 5 Verify coil venting is installed if water velocity is less than 1.5 feet per second Yes No Steam Water Heat (if applicable) 1 Verify steam pipes are proper size, routed through the base and no leaks are present Yes No 2 Verify steam heat swing check vacuum breakers installed and vented Yes No 3 Verify 2 -way modulating valve has been installed Yes No 4 Verify steam trap installed properly with discharge 12" below the outlet connection on the coil Yes No System Checkout 1 Verify system airflow Yes No 2 Verify dampers open and close properly Yes No 3 Adjust fresh air damper travel Yes No 4 Verify compressor operation, voltage and amperage matches name plate information (please document on log sheet) Yes No 5 Operating log completed Yes No 6 All panels & doors secured Yes No 7 Complete all required documentation Yes No Critical Control Parameters and Dry Bulb Changeover Map Table 79. Critical control parameters Description Suggested parameter Economizer Settings Region 1 Region 2 Region 3 Region 4 Region 5 Region 6 Region 7 Supply Air Temperature Control Setpoint 55°F Supply Air Temperature Deadband 8°F Supply Air Pressure Setpoint 1.8" w.c. Supply Air Pressure Deadband 0.1" w.c. Building Static Pressure Setpoint 0.03" w.c. Building Static Pressure Deadband 0.04" w.c. Standby Freeze Avoidance 20% Exhaust Enable Setpoint 10% Economizer Minimum Position Setpoint 10% 1-ixed Ury bulb Economizer C./O type a (Moist)* TOA > 65°F TOA > 65°F TOA > 65°F TOA > 65°F TOA > 70°F TOA > 70°F TOA > 70°F 182 RT-SVX36Q-EN MANE' Trane Startup Checklist Table 79. Critical control parameters (continued) Description Suggested Parameter Economizer Settings Region 1 Region 2 Region 3 Region 4 Region 5 Region 6 Region 7 Fixed Dry Bulb Economizer C/O Type b (Dry) * TOA > 75°F Fixed Dry Bulb Economizer C/0 -Type c (Marine)* TOA > 75°F TOA > 75°F TOA > 75°F Fixed Reference (Enthalpy Changeover) HOA > 28 Btu Differential Comparative (Enthalpy Changeover) HOA > HRA ores: 1. See map in next figure for dry bulb changeover. Examples: - Minneapolis, Minnesota is in "Region 6" and resides in "Moist"subregion, thus designation is 6b. Economizer changeover setting should be 75°F. - Charleston, South Carolina is in "Region 3" and resides in "Moist" subregion, thus the designation is 3c. Economizer changeover setting should be 65°F. 2. Using the Human Interface (HI), go to SETUP menu and input setting for parameters listed in the table above. 3. Use the Dry bulb changeover map to determine region of country based on unit site location. 4. Fixed speed compressor units 8°F deadband. 5. eFlexT" compressor units 4°F deadband. Figure 132. Dry bulb changeover map very hot warm El hot ;` i mixed cool 171 very cold cold 0 subarctic Hawaii la Alaska RT-SVX36Q-EN 183 Service and Maintenance Table 80. Control settings and time delays AWARNING Hazardous Voltage and Exposure to Ultraviolet Radiation! This product contains components that emit high- intensity ultraviolet (UV -C) radiation which can be harmful to unprotected eyes and skin, and cause serious damage to the equipment. Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in burns or electrocution which could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electrical power, including remote disconnects, and make sure the UV lights are off before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power cannot be inadvertently energized. Trane does not recommend field installation of ultraviolet lights in its equipment for the intended purpose of improving indoor air quality. Trane accepts no responsibility for the performance or operation of our equipment in which ultraviolet devices were installed outside of the Trane factory or its approved suppliers. Control Description Elec. Designation Contacts Open Contacts Closed Compressor Circuit Breakers, 20- 130 Ton 1CB8 thru 1CB11 SeeTable 82, p. 185 SeeTable 82, p. 185 Combustion Airflow Switch (Gas Heat Only)(a) 4S25 see Note 0.1-0.25" wc rise in press diff High Limit Cutout (Gas Heat Only), 20-130 Ton 4S26 SeeTable 81, p. 185 SeeTable 81, p. 185 Supply Airflow Switch (Gas Heat Only) 4538 0.03-0.12" wc 0.15 + 0.05" wc rise in press diff Disch High Limit (Electric Heat Only) 4527 133 + 5°F 110 + 5°F Linear High Limit (Electric Heat Only) 4S33 185 + 10°F (std./UL) 145°F (std./UL) 4S33 165 F + 10°F (CSA) 125°F (CSA) Freezestat (Hydronic Heat Only) 4S12 (N.O.) Auto Reset 40°F PrepurgeTimer: Honeywell(a) (Gas Heat) 4U18 internal timing function 60 seconds Sequencing Time Delay Relay(b) (Gas Heat) 4DL6 N.C.-timed to close 60 seconds + 20% Notes: 1. The combustion airflow switch (4S25) differential is 0.02"-0.08" wc. 2. High limit cutouts have +/-15°F tolerance. (a) Not applicable on Ultra Mod - provided by burner manufacturer. (b) Only for 2 -stage gas. 184 RT-SVX36Q-EN MANE' Service and Maintenance Table 81. Gas heat high limit cutout Unit Size MBh FC and A/F DDP 2 Stage & 4 to 1 Mod Ultra Mod 2 Stage & 4 to 1 Mod Ultra Mod Open Close Open Close Open Close Open Close 20/25 235 250 210 n/a n/a 195 145 n/a n/a 500 160 120 180 140 180 140 30 350 250 210 n/a n/a 220 180 n/a n/a 500 160 120 180 140 160 120 40 350 250 210 n/a n/a 280 240 n/a n/a 850 250 210 260 220 195 145 50/55 500 250 210 195 145 195 145 195 145 850 250 210 220 180 260 220 60-75 500 250 210 TBD TBD 195 145 220 180 850 TBD TBD 195 145 220 180 90-130 1000 210 170 210 170 n/a n/a n/a n/a Notes: 1. FC and A/F units have automatic reset high limit cutouts. 2. DDP units have manual reset high limit cutouts. Table 82. Compressor circuit breakers (1CB8-1CB11) electrical characteristics Unit Size Comp Designation 200 V 230 V Must Hold Must Trip Must Hold Must Trip 20 1A,1B 50.4 58 43.2 49.7 Hi Cap. 1A,1B 50.4 58 43.2 49.7 25 1A 50.4 58 43.2 49.7 18 57.1 65.7 51.4 59.2 Hi Cap. 1A 50.4 58 43.2 49.7 1B 63.1 72.5 57.1 65.7 30 1A,1B 63.1 72.5 57.1 65.7 Hi Cap 1A 63.1 72.5 69.3 79.7 1B 57.1 65.7 59.4 68.3 40 1A,2A 38.1 43.8 37 42.5 1B,2B 45.5 52.3 38.7 44.5 Hi Cap 1A,1B,2A,2B 45.5 52.3 38.7 44.5 50 1A,2A, 1B,2B 50.4 58 43.3 49.7 Hi Cap 1A,2A, 50.4 58 43.3 49.7 1B,2B 57.2 65.7 51.4 59.2 55 1A,1B,2A,2B 57.2 65.7 51.4 59.2 60 1A,2A 57.1 65.7 51.4 59.2 1B,2B 63.1 72.5 57.1 65.7 Hi Cap 1A,1B,2A,2B 63.1 72.5 57.1 65.7 RT-SVX36Q-EN 185 9MANE' • Service and Maintenance Table 82. Compressor circuit breakers (1CB8-1CB11) electrical characteristics (continued) Unit Size Comp Designation 200 V 230 V Must Hold Must Trip Must Hold Must Trip 70 1A,1B,2A,2B 69.3 79.7 59.4 68.3 75 1A,2A 73.7 84.7 63.1 72.5 18,28 105.2 121 90.7 104.3 Hi Cap 1A,2A 73.7 84.7 63.1 72.5 18,28 105.2 121 90.7 104.3 Figure 133. Unit internal fuse replacement data for air cooled units, CV & SZVAV FUSE REPLACEMENT TABLE CONDENSER FAN FUSE 1F1 THRU 1F6 CLASS RK5 UNIT VOLTAGE 200V/60/3 230V/60/3 380V/50/3 415V/50/3 460V/60/3 575V/60/3 TIME DELAY 25A 25A 15A 15A 15A 15A OPTIONAL CONVENIENCE OUTLET FUSE 1F55 AND 1F56 (TIME DELAY TYPE FNO-R FUSE) 12A 10A N/A N/A 5A 4A COMPRESSOR PROTECTION FUSE 1F44 8 1F45 - TYPE MTH 6A TRANSFORMER CIRCUIT FUSE 1F72 -1F74 - TYPE FNO-R 15A ELECTRIC HEAT FUSE 4F19 -4F36. 4F46 -4F48 - CLASS K5 60A CONTROL POWER FUSE CONTROL (171) TRANSFORMER RATING 0.25 KVA 0.30 KVA 0.50 KVA 0.75 KVA 1.00 KVA 1.50 KVA 1F7 CLASS CC - TYPE FNO-R 20-30 TON 6.25A 6.25A -- 10A -- -- 40 TON 15A 20A -- 20A -- -- 50-60 TON -- -- 154/20A -- 20A 70-75 TON -- -- -- -- 15A 20A 90-130 TON -- -- -- 15A 20A VFO PROTECTION FUSES (CLASS "T" FUSES - 600V RATING) <zg OPTIONAL SUPPLY VFD 1F57 -1F62 OPTIONAL EXHAUST / RETURN VFD 1F63 -1F65 BELT DRIVE MOTORS 20-130T UNITS UNIT VOLTAGE 3 HP 5 HP 7.5 HP 10 HP 15 HP 20 HP 25 HP 30 HP 40 HP 50 HP 200V/60/3 40A 60A 80A 100A 150A 200A 225A 300A 350A N/A 230V/60/3 30A 45A 70A 90A 125A 175A 200A 250A 300A N/A 380V/50/3 15A 30A 45A 50A 90A 100A 125A 150A 200A N/A 415V/50/3 15A 30A 45A 50A 90A 100A 125A 150A 200A N/A 460V/60/3 15A 25A 35A 45A 60A 90A 100A 125A 150A 200A 575V/60/3 15A 15A 25A 35A 50A 70A 80A 100A 125A 175A OPTIONAL DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS 20-59T UNITS UNIT VOLTAGE 3 HP 5 HP 7.5 HP 10 HP 15 HP 20 HP 25 HP 30 HP 1K -1.6K RPM 1.7K -2.4K RPM 200V/60/3 40A 60A 80A 100A 150A 150A 200A 225A 300A 230V/60/3 30A 45A 70A 90A 125A 125A 175A 200A 250A 460V/60/3 15A 25A 35A 45A 70A 60A 90A 100A 125A 575V/60/3 15A 15A 25A 35A 50A 50A 70A 80A 100A OPTIONAL DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS 60-897 UNITS UNIT VOLTAGE 10 HP 15 HP 20 HP 30 HP 40 HP 50 HP 1K -1.6K RPM 1.7K -2.4K RPM 1K -1.6K RPM 1.7K -2.4K RPM 200V/60/3 125A 175A 150A 200A 300A 300A 350A N/A 230V/60/3 90A 150A 125A 175A 250A 250A 300A N/A 460V/60/3 45A 70A 60A 90A 125A 125A 150A 200A 575V/60/3 40A 60A 50A 70A 125A 100A 125A 175A CUSTOMER CONNECTION WIRE RANGE NOTES: UNITS WITH MAIN POWER TERMINAL BLOCK (ALL VOLTAGES) UNITS WITH MAIN POWER DISCONNECT SW ITCH (ALL VOLTAGES) A. BLOCK SIZE & DISCONNECT SIZE ARE CALCULATED BY SELECTING THE SIZE GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 1.15 X (SUM OF UNIT LOADS). SEE UNIT LITERATURE FOR UNIT LOAD VALUES. BLOCK SIZE WIRE OTY CONNECTOR WIRE RANGE DISCONNECT SIZE WIRE QTY CONNECTOR WIRE RANGE 335 AMP (1) 96 - 350 MCM 100 AMP (1) 914 - 1/0 760 AMP (2) 94 - 500 MCM 250 AMP (1) 94 - 350 kcmil 840 AMP (2) 92 - 600 MCM (1) OR 91 - 600 ktmil OR 400 AMP (2) 91 - 250 kcmil 600 AMP (2) 250 - 500 MCM 1000 AMP (3) 3/0 - 500 kcmil NOTES: D. FOR 50-60 TON WITH 0.50 KVA TRANSFORMER. 15A FUSE REPLACEMENT IS REQUIRED WITH 200V/230V/ 460V/575V UNIT VOLTAGE ANO 20A FUSE REPLACEMENT IS REQUIRED WITH 380V/415V UNIT VOLTAGE. E> SEE FUSE REPLACEMENT TABLE ON VFO PANEL FOR VFD POWER FUSES (F40. F41. F42). 186 2313-1117 RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANF Service and Maintenance Figure 134. Unit internal fuse replacement data for air-cooled units, VAV FUSE REPLACEMENT TABLE CONDENSER FAN FUSE 1F1 THRU 1F6 CLASS RK5 UNIT VOLTAGE 200V/60/3 230V/60/3 380V/50/3 415V/50/3 460V/60/3 575V/60/3 TIME DELAY 25A 25A 15A 15A 15A 15A OPTIONAL CONVENIENCE OUTLET FUSE 1F55 AND 1F56 (TIME DELAY TYPE FNO-R FUSE) 12A 10A N/A N/A 5A 4A COMPRESSOR PROTECTION FUSE 1F44 & 1F45 - TYPE MTH 6A TRANSFORMER CIRCUIT FUSE 1F72 -1F74 - TYPE FNO-R 15A ELECTRIC HEAT FUSE 4F19 -4F36. 4F46 -4F48 - CLASS K5 60A CONTROL POWER FUSE CONTROL (1T1) TRANSFORMER RATING 0.25 KVA 0.30 KVA 0.50 KVA 0.75 KVA 1.00 KVA 1.50 KVA 1F7 CLASS CC - TYPE FMO -R 20-30 TON 6.25A 6.25A -- 10A -- -- 40 TON 15A 20A -- 20A -- -- 50-60 TON -- -- 15A/20A -- 20A 70-75 TON -- -- -- -- 15A 20A 90-130 TON -- -- -- -- 15A 20A VFD PROTECTION FUSES (CLASS 'T" FUSES - 600V RATING) <zg OPTIONAL SUPPLY VFD 1F57 -1F62 OPTIONAL EXHAUST / RETURN VFD 1F63 -1F65 BELT DRIVE MOTORS 20-130T UNITS UNIT VOLTAGE 3 HP 5 HP 7.5 HP 10 HP 15 HP 20 HP 25 HP 30 HP 40 HP 50 HP 200V/60/3 40A 60A 80A 100A 150A 200A 225A 300A 350A N/A 230V/60/3 30A 45A 70A 90A 125A 175A 200A 250A 300A N/A 380V/50/3 15A 30A 45A 50A 90A 100A 125A 150A 200A N/A 415V/50/3 15A 30A 45A 50A 90A 100A 125A 150A 200A N/A 460V/60/3 15A 25A 35A 45A 60A 90A 100A 125A 150A 200A 575V/60/3 15A 15A 25A 35A 50A 70A 80A 100A 125A 175A OPTIONAL DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS 20-59T UNITS UNIT VOLTAGE 3 HP 5 HP 7.5 HP 10 HP 15 HP 20 HP 25 HP 30 HP 1K -1.6K RPM 1.7K -2.4K RPM 200V/60/3 40A 60A 80A 100A 150A 150A 200A 225A 300A 230V/60/3 30A 45A 70A 90A 125A 125A 175A 200A 250A 460V/60/3 15A 25A 35A 45A 70A 60A 90A 100A 125A 575V/60/3 15A 15A 25A 35A 50A 50A 70A 80A 100A OPTIONAL DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS 60-897 UNITS UNIT VOLTAGE 10 HP 15 HP 20 HP 30 HP 40 HP 50 HP 1K -1.6K RPM 1.7K -2.4K RPM 1K -1.6K RPM 1.7K -2.4K RPM 200V/60/3 125A 175A 150A 200A 300A 300A 350A N/A 230V/60/3 90A 150A 125A 175A 250A 250A 300A N/A 460V/60/3 45A 70A 60A 90A 125A 125A 150A 200A 575V/60/3 40A 60A 50A 70A 125A 100A 125A 175A CUSTOMER CONNECTION WIRE RANGE NOTES: UNITS WITH MAIN POWER TERMINAL BLOCK (ALL VOLTAGES) UNITS WITH MAIN POWER DISCONNECT SWITCH (ALL VOLTAGES) A. BLOCK SIZE & DISCONNECT SIZE ARE CALCULATED BY SELECTING THE SIZE GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 1.15 X (SUM OF UNIT LOADS). SEE UNIT LITERATURE FOR UNIT LOAD VALUES. BLOCK SIZE WIRE OTY CONNECTOR WIRE RANGE DISCONNECT SIZE WIRE OTY CONNECTOR WIRE RANGE 335 AMP (1) 16 - 350 MCM 100 AMP (1) 114 - 1/0 760 AMP (2) 14 - 500 MCM 250 AMP (1) 14 - 350 k(mi( 840 AMP (2) 12 - 600 MCM 400 AMP (1) OR 11 - 600 kcmil OR (2) 11 - 250 kcmiL 600 AMP (2) 250 - 500 MCM 1000 AMP (3) 3/0 - 500 k[mi( NOTES: 19 FOR 50-60 TON WITH 0.50 KVA TRANSFORMER. 15A FUSE REPLACEMENT IS REQUIRED WITH 200V/230V/ 460V/575V UNIT VOLTAGE AND 20A FUSE REPLACEMENT IS REQUIRED WITH 380V/415V UNIT VOLTAGE. 29 SEE FUSE REPLACEMENT TABLE ON VFD PANEL FOR VFD POWER FUSES (F40. F41. F42). 2313-1119 RT-SVX36Q-EN 187 •TRANE. Service and Maintenance Figure 135. Unit internal fuse replacement data for evaporative condensing units, CV & SZVAV FUSE REPLACEMENT TABLE CONDENSER FAN FUSE 1F1 -1F3 CLASS CC TYPE FNO-R UNIT VOLTAGE 460V/60/3 COMPRESSOR PROTECTION FUSE 1F44 & 1F45 - TYPE MTH 460V/60/3 TIME DELAY 8A 6A TRANSFORMER CIRCUIT FUSE 1F72 -1F74 - TYPE FNO-R 15A OPTIONAL SUMP HEATER FUSE 1F101 -1F103 CLASS CC TYPE FNO-R SA OPTIONAL CONVENIENCE OUTLET FUSE 1F55 AND 1F56 (TIME DELAY TYPE FNO-R FUSE) SA OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEAT FUSE 4F19 -4F36. 4F46 -4F48 - CLASS K5 60A ' CONTROL POWER FUSE CONTROL (1T1) TRANSFORMER RATING 0.25 KVA 0.50 KVA 0.75 KVA 1.00 KVA 1.50 KVA 1F7 CLASS CC - TYPE FNO-R 24-36 TON 6.25A -- 10A -- -- 48 TON 15A -- 20A -- -- 59-73 TON -- 15A -- 20A -- 80-89 TON -- -- -- 15A 20A VFD PROTECTION FUSES (CLASS "T" FUSES - 600V RATING) OPTIONAL SUPPLY VFD 1F57 -1F62 OPTIONAL EXHAUST / RETURN VFD 1F63 -1F65 BELT DRIVE MOTORS 24-89T UNITS UNIT VOLTAGE 3 HP 5 HP 7.5 HP 10 HP 15 HP 20 HP 25 HP 30 HP 40 HP 50 HP 460V/60/3 15A 25A 35A 45A 60A 90A 100A 125A 150A 200A OPTIONAL DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS 24-59T UNITS UNIT VOLTAGE 3 HP 5 HP 7.5 HP 10 HP 15 HP 20 HP 25 HP 30 HP Al - 250 kcmil 1K -1.6K RPM 1.7K -2.4K RPM 460V/60/3 15A 25A 35A 45A 70A 60A 90A 100A 125A OPTIONAL DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS 73-89T UNITS UNIT VOLTAGE 10 HP 15 HP 20 HP 30 HP 40 HP 50 HP 1K -1.6K RPM 1.7K -2.4K RPM 460V/60/3 45A 70A 60A 90A 125A 150A 200A CUSTOMER CONNECTION WIRE RANGE NOTES: UNITS WITH MAIN POWER TERMINAL BLOCK (ALL VOLTAGES) UNITS WITH MAIN POWER DISCONNECT SWITCH (ALL VOLTAGES) A. BLOCK SIZE & DISCONNECT SIZE ARE CALCULATED BY SELECTING THE SIZE GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 1.15 X (SUM OF UNIT LOADS). SEE UNIT LITERATURE FOR UNIT LOAD VALUES. BLOCK SIZE WIRE QTY CONNECTOR WIRE RANGE DISCONNECT SIZE WIRE QTY CONNECTOR WIRE RANGE 335 AMP (1) :6 - 350 MCM 100 AMP (1) :14 - 1/0 760 AMP (2) a4 - 500 MCM 250 AMP (1) R4 - 350 kcmil 840 AMP (2) s2 - 600 MCM 400 AMP (1) OR a1 - 600 kcmil OR (2) Al - 250 kcmil 600 AMP (2) 250 - 500 MCM 1000 AMP (3) 3/0 - 500 kcmil 2313-1121 188 RT-SVX36Q-EN TRANS' Service and Maintenance Figure 136. Unit internal fuse replacement data for evaporative condensing units, VAV FUSE REPLACEMENT TABLE NOTES: CONDENSER FAN FUSE UNIT VOLTAGE 460V/60/3 COMPRESSOR PROTECTION FUSE 460V/60/3 CONNECTOR WIRE RANGE 1F1 -1F3 CLASS CC TYPE FNO-R TIME DELAY 8A 1F44 & 1F45 - TYPE MTH 6A 16 - 350 MCM TRANSFORMER CIRCUIT FUSE 1F72 -1F74 - TYPE FNO-R 154 OPTIONAL SUMP HEATER FUSE 1F101 -1F103 CLASS CC TYPE FNO-R SA (2) OPTIONAL CONVENIENCE OUTLET FUSE 1F55 AND 1F56 (TIME DELAY TYPE FNO-R FUSE) 5A OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEAT FUSE 4F19 -4F36. 4F46 -4F48 - CLASS K5 60A 840 AMP CONTROL POWER FUSE AMP CONTROL (1T1) TRANSFORMER RATING 0.25 KVA 0.50 KVA 0.75 KVA 1.00 KVA 1.50 KVA (2) 11 - 250 k[mil 24-36 TON 6.25A -- 10A -- -- 1F7 48 TON 15A -- 20A -- -- CLASS CC - TYPE FNO-R 59-73 TON -- 15A -- 20A 80-89 TON -- -- -- 15A 20A VFD PROTECTION OPTIONAL SUPPLY VFO 1F57 -1F62 FUSES (CLASS "T" FUSES - 600V RATING) OPTIONAL EXHAUST / RETURN VFD 1F63 -1F65 BELT DRIVE MOTORS 24-89T UNITS UNIT VOLTAGE 3 HP 5 HP 7.5 HP 10 HP 15 HP 20 HP 25 HP 30 HP 40 HP 50 HP 460V/60/3 15A 25A 35A 45A 60A 90A 100A 125A 1SOA 200A OPTIONAL OIRECT DRIVE MOTORS 24-594 UNITS UNIT VOLTAGE 3 HP 5 HP 7.5 HP 10 HP 15 HP 1K -1.6K RPM 1.7K -2.4K RPM 20 HP 25 HP 30 HP 460V/60/3 15A 25A 35A 45A 70A 60A 90A 100A 125A OPTIONAL DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS 73-89T UNITS UNIT VOLTAGE 10 HP 15 HP 20 HP 30 HP 40 HP 50 HP 1K -1.6K RPM 1.7K -2.4K RPM 460V/60/3 45A 70A 60A 90A 125A 150A 200A CUSTOMER CONNECTION WIRE RANGE NOTES: UNITS WITH MAIN POWER TERMINAL BLOCK (ALL VOLTAGES) UNITS WITH MAIN POWER DISCONNECT SW ITCH (ALL VOLTAGES) A. BLOCK SIZE & DISCONNECT SIZE ARE CALCULATED BY SELECTING THE SIZE GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 1.15 X (SUM OF UNIT LOADS). SEE UNIT LITERATURE400 FOR UNIT LOAD VALUES. BLOCK SIZE WIRE QTY CONNECTOR WIRE RANGE DISCONNECT SIZE WIRE QTY CONNECTOR WIRE RANGE 335 AMP (1) 16 - 350 MCM 100 AMP (1) 114 - 1/0 760 AMP (2) 14 - 500 MCM 250 AMP (1) 14 - 350 k[mil 840 AMP (2) 12 - 600 MCM AMP (1) OR 11 - 600 k[mil OR (2) 11 - 250 k[mil 600 AMP (2) 250 - 500 MCM 1000 AMP (3) 3/0 - 500 k[mil 2313-1122 RT-SVX36Q-EN 189 Table 83. Filter data Filters Unit Model (AC/ EC)Qty Standard 2" High EffThrowaways 90-95% Bag Filters with Prefilters 90-95% Cartridge Filters with Prefilters 90-95% Low Pressure Drop Cartridge Filters Size of Each Face A (ft2) Pre -filters Bag Filters Prefilters Cartridge Filters Prefilters Low PD Filters Qty Size Qty Size Face Area (ft2) Qty Size Qty Size Face Area (ft2) Qty Size Qty Size Face Area (ft2) 90/100 21 20x24x2 80 21 20x24x2 21 20x24x19 80 21 20x24x2 21 20x24x12 80 21 20x24x2 21 20x24x12 80 5 15x24x2 5 12x24x2 5 12x24x19 5 12x24x2 5 12x24x12 5 12x24x2 5 12x24x12 105/118 21 20x24x2 80 21 20x24x2 21 20x24x19 80 21 20x24x2 21 20x24x12 80 21 20x24x2 21 20x24x12 80 5 15x24x2 5 12x24x2 5 12x24x19 5 12x24x2 5 12x24x12 5 12x24x2 5 12x24x12 120/128 28 20x24x2 93 21 20x24x2 21 20x24x19 80 21 20x24x2 21 20x24x12 80 21 20x24x2 21 20x24x12 80 5 12x24x2 5 12x24x19 5 12x24x2 5 12x24x12 5 12x24x2 5 12x24x12 130/140 28 20x24x2 93 21 20x24x2 21 20x24x19 80 21 20x24x2 21 20x24x12 80 21 20x24x2 21 20x24x12 80 5 12x24x2 5 12x24x19 5 12x24x2 5 12x24x12 5 12x24x2 5 12x24x12 150/162 28 20x24x2 93 21 20x24x2 21 20x24x19 80 21 20x24x2 21 20x24x12 80 21 20x24x2 21 20x24x12 80 5 12x24x2 5 12x24x19 5 12x24x2 5 12x24x12 5 12x24x2 5 12x24x12 N3-09£XAS-IH eoueua1u!ew pue a3!AJag 1 TRANS' Service and Maintenance Table 84. Final filter data Table 85. Filter data Unit Model (AC/EC) Final Filters Unit Model (AC/EC) 90-95% 90-95% Low Pressure Drop Cartridge Filters 90-950/0 Bag Filters with Prefilters 90-95% Cartridge Filters with Prefilters Pre -filters Low PD Cartridge Filters Prefilters Bag Filters Prefilters Cartridge Filters Qty Size Qty Size Face Area (ft2) Qty Size Qty Size Face Area (ft2) Qty Size Qty Size Face Area (ft2) 90/100 15 24x24x4 15 24x24x12 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x19 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 7 12x24x4 7 12x24x12 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x19 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 105/118 15 24x24x4 15 24x24x12 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x19 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 7 12x24x4 7 12x24x12 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x19 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 120/128 15 24x24x4 15 24x24x12 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x19 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 7 12x24x4 7 12x24x12 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x19 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 130/140 15 24x24x4 15 24x24x12 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x19 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 7 12x24x4 7 12x24x12 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x19 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 150/162 15 24x24x4 15 24x24x12 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x19 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 7 12x24x4 7 12x24x12 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x19 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 Unit Model (AC/EC) 90-950/090-9S% with High Filters Prefilters Temp Cartridge HEPA Filters with Prefilters High Temp HEPA Filters with Prefilters Pre -filters High Temp Cartridge Filters Prefilters HEPA Filters Prefilters High HEPA Temp Filters Qty Size Qty Size Face Area (ft2) Qty Size QtY Size Face Area (ft2) Qty Size Qty Size Face Area (ft2) 90/100 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 105/118 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 120/128 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 130/140 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 150/162 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 15 24x24x2 15 24x24x12 74 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 7 12x24x2 7 12x24x12 Table 85. Filter data Unit Model (AC/EC) Panel -Type Filters (a) Bag -Type Filters(b) Cartridge Filters (Pre - Evap and Final) (box- type)(b) Panel -Type Prefilters (Pre-Evap and Final)(c) Qt- y Size of each Qt- Y. Size of each Qty. (Pre- Evap/Final Filter) Size of each Qty. (Pre- Evap/Final Filter) Size of each 20&25/24&29 ton 12 20X20X2 4 12X24X19 4/4 12X24X12 4/4 12X24X2 3 24X24X19 3/3 24X24X12 3/3 24X24X2 30/36 ton 16 20 X20 X 2 2 12X24X19 2/1 12X24X12 2/1 12X24X2 6 24X24X19 6/6 24X24X12 6/6 24 X 24 X 2 40/48 ton 16 20 X 25 X 2 5 12X24X19 5/5 12X24X12 5/1 12X24X2 6 24X24X19 6/6 24X24X12 6/6 24X24X2 50, 55 / 59 ton 20 20 X25 X 2 3 12X24X19 3/2 12X24X12 3/2 12X24X2 9 24X24X19 9/9 24X24X12 9/9 24X24X2 60,70&75/73,80& 89 ton 35 16 X20 X 2 6 12X24X19 6/6 12X24X12 6/6 12X24X2 8 24X24X19 8/8 24X24X12 8/8 24X24X2 RT-SVX36Q-EN 191 TRANS' Service and Maintenance Table 85. Filter data (continued) Unit Model (AC/EC) Panel -Type Filters (a) Bag -Type Filters(b) Cartridge Filters (Pre - Evap and Final) (box- type)(b) Panel -Type Prefilters (Pre-Evap and Final)(c) Qt- y Size of each Qt- Y. Size of each Qty. (Pre- Evap/Final Filter) Size of each Qty. (Pre- Evap/Final Filter) Size of each 90-130 25 24 X 24 X 2 3 12X24X19 3/5 12X24X12 3/5 20X24X2 15 24X24X19 15/10 24X24X12. 15/10 24X24X2 (a) Dimensions shown for"Panel-Type Filters" apply to "Throw away", "Cleanable Wire Mesh", and "High Efficiency Throw away" Filters. (b) S_HL units ordered with "Bag -Type Filters" or"Cartridge Filters" (box -type) include a bank of"Panel-Type Prefilters" (c) The same "Panel -Type Prefilters" are used with "Bag -Type" and "Cartridge (box -type)" filters. Table 86. "Wet heat" coil fin data Unit Model(AC/EC) Coil Type Coil Rows Total Coil Face Area (sq. ft.) Fins per Foot Fins per Foot 20, 25, 30 / 24, 29, 36 ton WC Prima Flo (hot water) 2 13.75 80 110 40, 50, 55 / 48, 59 ton WC Prima Flo (hot water) 2 19.25 80 110 60, 70, 75 / 73, 80, 89 ton WC Prima Flo (hot water) 2 26.25 80 110 40, 50 / 48, 59 ton NS (steam) 1 13.75 (1) 5.5(1) 42 96 90-130 ton NS (steam) 1 17.5 (2) 52 96 Note: To determine unit heating capacity (i.e. "low heat" or"high heat"), see digit 9 of the model number stamped on the unit nameplate. Table 87. Grease recommendation Recommended Grease for Fan Bearings Recommended Operating Range Exxon Unirex #2 -20 °F to 205 °F Mobil 532 Mobil SHC #220 Texaco Premium RB Table 88. Refrigerant coil fin data Tonnage Evaporator Coil Condenser Coil Size (ft2) Rows/Fin Series Tube Diameter/ Surface Size (ft2) Rows/Fin Series Type 20 20.3 4/168 1/2/ Enhanced 58 3/252 5/16/ Enhanced 25 20.3 4/168 1/2/ Enhanced 58 3/252 5/16/ Enhanced 30 25.5 5/168 3/8"/ Enhanced 58 4/252 5/16/ Enhanced 40 32.5 5/168 3/87 Enhanced 116 3/252 5/16/ Enhanced 50, 55 38 4/168 1/2/ Enhanced 116 4/252 5/16/ Enhanced 60 43 6/168 3/8"/ Enhanced 136 3/252 5/16/ Enhanced 70 43 6/168 3/8"/ Enhanced 136 3/252 5/16/ Enhanced 75 43 6/168 3/8"/ Enhanced 136 3/252 5/16/ Enhanced 90 Std 59.3 4/148 1/2 / Enhanced 152 2/276 Microchannel 90 Hi Cap/Hi Eff 59.3 6/148 1/2 / Enhanced 152 2/276 Microchannel 192 RT-SVX36Q-EN TRANS' Service and Maintenance Table 88. Refrigerant coil fin data (continued) Tonnage Evaporator Coil Condenser Coil Size (ft2) Rows/Fin Series Tube Diameter/ Surface Size (ft2) Rows/Fin Series Type 105 Hi 59.3 5/148 1/2 / Enhanced 152 2/276 Microchannel 115 Std 59.3 6/148 1/2/Enhanced 152 2/276 Microchannel 130 Std 59.3 6/148 1/2 / Enhanced 152 2/276 Microchannel Fan Belt Adjustment The Supply Fan belts must be inspected periodically to assure proper unit operation. Replacement is necessary if the belts appear frayed or worn. Units with dual belts require a matched set of belts to ensure equal belt length. When installing new belts, do not stretch them over the sheaves; instead, loosen the adjustable motor -mounting base. Once the new belts are installed, adjust the belt tension using a Browning or Gates tension gauge (or equivalent) illustrated in Figure 137, p. 193. Figure 137. Typical belt tension gauge Deflection = Belt Span (in.) 64 Deflection = Belt Span (mm) 152 RT-SVX36Q-EN Small — 0 -Ring Large — 0 -Ring Force Scale Span Scale AWARNING Hazardous Voltage w/Capacitors! Failure to disconnect power and discharge capacitors before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects and discharge all motor start/run capacitors before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power cannot be inadvertently energized. For variable frequency drives or other energy storing components provided by Trane or others, refer to the appropriate manufacturer's literature for allowable waiting periods for discharge of capacitors. Verify with an appropriate voltmeter that all capacitors have discharged. For additional information regarding the safe discharge of capacitors, see PROD-SVB06*-EN. 1. To determine the appropriate belt deflection: a. Measure the center -to -center distance, in inches, between the fan sheave and the motor sheave. b. Divide the distance measured in Step 1 a by 64; the resulting value represents the amount of belt deflection for the proper belt tension. 2. Set the large 0 -ring on the belt tension gauge at the deflection value determined in Step lb. 3. Set the small 0 -ring at zero on the force scale of the gauge. 4. Place the large end of the gauge on the belt at the center of the belt span. Depress the gauge plunger until the large 0 -ring is even with the of the second belt or even with a straightedge placed across the sheaves. 5. Remove the tension gauge from the belt. Notice that the small 0 -ring now indicates a value other than zero on the force scale. This value represents the force (in pounds) required to deflect the belt(s) the proper distance when properly adjusted. 6. Compare the force scale reading in step 5 with the appropriate "force" value in Table 89, p. 194. If the force reading is outside of the listed range for the type of belts used, either readjust the belt tension or contact a qualified service representative. 193 •TRNIE° Service and Maintenance Note: The actual belt deflection force must not exceed the maximum value shown in Table 89, p. 194. 7. Recheck the new belt's tension at least twice during the first 2 to 3 days of operation. Readjust the belt Table 89. Belt tension measurements and deflection forces tension as necessary 4o correct for any stretching that may have occurred. Until the new belts are "run in", the belt tensiion will decrease rapidly as they stretch. Belts Cross Section Small P.D Range Deflection Force (Lbs.) Super Gripbelts Gripnotch Steel Cable Gripbelts 358 Gripbelts 358 Gripnotch Belts Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. A 3.0 -3.6 3 4 1/2 3 7/8 5 1/2 3 1/4 4 — — — — 3.8 - 4.8 3 1/2 5 4 1/2 61/4 3 3/4 4 3/4 — — — — 5.0 - 7.0 4 5 1/2 5 6 7/8 41/4 5 1/4 — — — — B 3.4 - 4.2 4 5 1/2 5 3/4 8 41/2 5 1/2 — — — — 4.4 - 5.6 5 1/8 7 1/8 6 1/2 9 1/8 5 3/4 7 1/4 — , — — — 5.8 - 8.8 6 3/8 8 3/4 7 3/8 10 1/8 7 8 3/4 — — — — 5V 4.4-8.7 — — — — — — — i — 10 15 7.1 - 10.9 — — — — — — 10 1/2 15 3/4 12 7/8 18 3/4 11.8 - 16.0 — — — — — — 13 19 1/2 15 22 Scroll Compressor Replacement The compressor manifold system was purposely designed to provide proper oil return to each compressor. The refrigerant manifold system must not be modified in any way. See . Note: Altering the compressor manifold piping may cause oil return problems and compressor failure. Should a compressor replacement become necessary and a suction line filter drier is to be installed, install it a minimum of 16 or 25 inches upstream of the oil separator tee. See Figure 139, p. 195. Important: Do Not release refrigerant to the atmosphere! If adding or removing refrigerant is required, the service technician must comply with all Federal, State and local laws. Refer to general service bulletin MSCU-SB-1 (latest edition). 194 Figure 138. Suction line filter/drier installation Note: These components are also located at circuit #1 side Sight glass Suction service valve Replaceable core drier RT-SVX36Q-EN 9wwr Service and Maintenance Figure 139. Suction line filter/drier installation CONDENSER - SUCTION FILTER / DRIER PLACEMENT There is a min. 16" straight distance from the Tee (Elbow) to anything in this line. Refrigeration System AWARNING R -410A Refrigerant under Higher Pressure than R-22! Failure to use proper equipment or components as described below, could result in equipment failing and possibly exploding, which could result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. The units described in this manual use R -410A refrigerant which operates at higher pressures than R-22. Use ONLY R -410A rated service equipment or components with these units. For specific handling concerns with R -410A, please contact your local Trane representative. AWARNING Refrigerant under High Pressure! Failure to follow instructions below could result in an explosion which could result in death or serious injury or equipment damage. System contains oil and refrigerant under high pressure. Recover refrigerant to relieve pressure before opening the system. See unit nameplate for refrigerant type. Do not use non -approved refrigerants, refrigerant substitutes, or refrigerant additives. RT-SVX36Q-EN Refrigerant Evacuation and Charging NOTICE Compressor Damage! The unit is fully charged with R -410A refrigerant from the factory. However, if it becomes necessary to remove or recharge the system with refrigerant, it is important that the following actions are taken. Failure to do so could result in permanent damage to the compressor. The recommended method for evacuation and dehydration is to evacuate both the high side and the low side to 500 microns or less. To establish that the unit is leak -free, use a standing vacuum test. The maximum allowable rise over a 15 minute period is 200 microns. If the rise exceeds this, there is either still moisture in the system or a leak is present. 195 •TRANE' Service and Maintenance Important: Do Not release refrigerant to the atmosphere! If adding or removing refrigerant is required, the service technician must comply with all federal, state, and local laws. • To prevent cross contamination of refrigerants and oils, use only dedicated R -410A service equipment. • Disconnect unit power before evacuation and do not apply voltage to compressor while under vacuum. Failure to follow these instructions will result in compressor failure. • Due to the presence of POE o!1, minimize system open time. Do not exceed 1 hour. • When recharging R -410A refrigerant, it should be charged in the liquid state. • The compressor should be off when the initial refrigerant recharge is performed. • Charging to the liquid line is required prior to starting the compressor to minimize the potential damage to the compressor due to refrigerant in the compressor oil sump at startup. • If suction line charging is needed to complete the charging process, only do so with the compressor operating. Do not charge liquid refrigerant into the suction line with the compressor off! This increases both the probability that the compressor will start with refrigerant in the compressor oil sump and the potential for compressor damage. • If suction line charging is needed to complete the charging process, only do so with the compressor operating. • Allow the crankcase heater to operate a minimum of 8 hours before starting the unit. Charge Storage Due to the reduced capacity of the microchannel condenser coil compared to the round tube plate fin evaporator coil, pumping refrigerant into the condenser coil to service the refrigerant system is no longer an option. Compressor Oil Refer to Table 90, p. 198 for the appropriate scroll compressor oil charge. Remove and measure oil from any compressor replaced. Adjust oil in replacement compressor to prevent excessive oil in system. Anytime a compressor is replaced, the oil for each compressor within the manifold must be replaced. 196 The scroll compressor uses Trane 01L00070 (one quart container) or 01L00080 (one gallon container) without substitution. Discoloration of the oil indicates that an abnormal condition has occurred. If the oil is dark and smells burnt, it has overheated because of the following: • Compressor operating at extremely high condensing temperatures • High superheat • A compressor mechanical failure • Occurrence of a motor burnout. If a motor burnout is suspected, use an acid test kit (KIT15496) to check the condition of the oil. Test results will indicate an acid level has exceeded the limit if a burnout occurred. Oil test kits must be used for POE oil (01L00079 for a quart container or OIL00080 for a gallon container) to determine whether the oil is acidic. If a motor burnout has occurred, change the oil in both compressors in a tandem set. CSHD Compressors (20 —70 and 80 ton) For CSHD compressors this will require that the oil be removed using a suction or pump device through the oil equalizer Rotolock fitting, see Figure 140, p. 197. Use a dedicated device for removing oil. It is good practice to flush the suction device with clean oil prior to use. Place a catch pan under the oil equalizer Rotolock connection fitting on the compressor to catch the oil that will come out of the compressor when the oil equalizer tube is removed from the compressor. Prior to reinstalling the oil equalizer line to each compressor, replace the PTFE gasket on the oil equalizer Rotolock fitting on each compressor. See Figure 141, p. 197. Torque Rotolock nut to the values listed in Table 91, p. 198. Charge the new oil into the Schrader valve on the shell of the compressor. Due to the moisture absorption properties of POE oil, do not use POE oil from a previously opened container. Also discard any excess oil from the container that is not used. RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANE Service and Maintenance Figure 140. CSHD compressor 524.9 (20.67) 493.9 (19.44) 0 CSHN Compressors CSHN compressors have an oil drain valve, See "Figure 148," p. 197, which allows the oil to be drained out of the compressor. After the refrigerant has been recovered, pressurize the system with nitrogen to help remove the oil from the compressor. Figure 141. PTFE gasket PTFE Gasket Charge the new oil into the Schrader valve or oil drain valve on the shell of the compressor. Due to the moisture absorption properties of POE oil, do not use POE oil from a previously opened container. Also discard any excess oil from the container that is not used. Figure 142. CSHN Oil equalizer Rotolock connection fitting 1/4 Schrader port Oil drain valve VZH Variable Speed Compressors (40 — 75 ton only) Refer to "Service and Maintenance CSHN Compressors," p. 197 for VZH117 oil removal proceduresand "CSHD Compressors," p. 196 for VZH170 oil removal procedures. VZH variable speed compressors include the addition of an oil injection solenoid valve (2L11) to provide supplemental oil flow from an internal gear pump to the scroll thrust bearing surface. The solenoid is de - energized at low compressor speeds to allow supplemental oil flow and ensure thrust surface lubrication. The solenoid is energized at high compressor speeds to stop supplemental lubrication. This prevents excessive oil circulation to the system. The solenoid is controlled by the inverter and switches at 3300RPM for the VZH117, and 2700 RPM for the VZH170. The 24 VAC solenoid coil operation can be checked on one of the solenoid leads with a clamp on amp meter. Above 3300 RPM (VZH117) /2700 RPM (VZH170), the amp meter should read about 0.5 amps to indicate supplemental flow has been stopped. RT-SVX36Q-EN 197 TRANS' Service and Maintenance Figure 143. Oil injection solenoid valve Oil injection solenoid Table 90. Oil charge per compressor Compressor pints CSHD 092 6.3 CSHD 110 thru 183 and VZH117 7.0 CSHN 176 thru 315 and VZH170 14.2 Table 91. Torque requirements for rotolock fittings CSHD* and VZH117 64 +/- 12 ft -lbs CSHN* and VZH170 100 +/- 10 ft -lbs Note: Always replace gasket when reassembling oil equalizer lines. Electrical Phasing If it becomes necessary to replace a compressor, it is very important to review and follow the Electrical Phasing procedure described in the startup procedure of the 10M. If the compressors are allowed to run backward for even a very short period of time, internal compressor damage may occur and compressor life may be reduced. If allowed to run backwards for an extended period of time the motor windings can overheat and cause the motor winding thermostats to open. This will cause a "compressor trip" diagnostic and stop the compressor If a scroll compressor is rotating backwards, it will not pump and a loud rattling sound can be observed. Check the electrical phasing at the compressor terminal box. If the phasing is correct, before condemning the compressor, interchange any two leads to check the internal motor phasing. 75 Ton eFlexTM Variable Speed Tandem The 75 Ton eFlex TM variable speed compressor is manifolded with a CSHN fixed speed compressor. It 198 uses a patented manifold design that is different from fixed speed tandems as follows: 1. The variable speed compressor is always first on and located upstream in the suction line in position 1 B; 2. A nozzle in the suction tee, directly upstream of the manifold set, separates suction oil return to the upstream variable speed compressor. It also provides a sump pressure difference to move excess oil from the variable speed to the fixed speed compressor when both compressors are running. The nozzle is specifically sized for this variable speed manifold compressor combination and must not be removed. Suction restrictors are not used, and a smaller 3/8" OD oil equalizer line is used to help maintain the sump pressure differential. Figure 144. eFlex variable speed tandem Nozzle Combined suction flow Precision Suction Restrictor Tandem manifold compressors that have unequal capacity sizes utilize a precision suction restrictor to balance the oil levels in the compressors (see Figure 98, p. 117). This restrictor is placed in the smaller capacity compressor. When replacing this compressor, it is imperative that the proper restrictor is selected from those provided with the replacement compressor. See Table 67 and Figure 99. When the compressors are restarted, verify that correct oil levels are obtained with both compressors operating. RT-SVX36Q-EN •TRANE' Service and Maintenance Figure 145. Precision suction restrictor Compressor Suction Suction Restrictor Figure 146. Compressors 27.5, 30, 35 Ton Standard Efficiency CPR2 CPR1 50 Ton Standard Efficiency CPR3 CPRZ ,2_9) CPR1 9 Suction Tube 40 Ton Standard Efficiency CPR2 CPR1 27.5, 30, 35, 40, 50 Ton Nigh Efficiency CPR1 CPRZ CPR3 999 VFD Programming Parameters (Supply/ Exhaust) AWARNING Hazardous Voltage w/Capacitors! Failure to disconnect power and discharge capacitors before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects and discharge all motor start/run capacitors before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power cannot be inadvertently energized. For variable frequency drives or other energy storing components provided by Trane or others, refer to the appropriate manufacturer's literature for allowable waiting periods for discharge of capacitors. Verify with an appropriate voltmeter that all capacitors have discharged. For additional information regarding the safe discharge of capacitors, see PROD-SVB06*-EN. Units shipped with an optional variable frequency drive (VFD) are preset and run tested at the factory. If a problem with a VFD occurs, ensure that the programmed parameters listed in Table 92, p. 201 have been set before replacing the drive. Verify Parameters RT-SVX36Q-EN Verify parameter 1-23 is set to 60 Hz (or 50 Hz where applicable) and that parameter 0-06 is set to the correct supply voltage/frequency range. 1. To check parameter 1-23 press the Main Menu button (twice if TR150 drive) (press the Backbutton if the main menu does not display) 2. Scroll down to Load & Motor, press OK 3. Select 1-2, press OK 4. Press down until parameter 1-23 is displayed. Parameter 1-23 can then be modified by pressing OK and pressing the Up and Down buttons. 5. When the desired selection has been made, press OK. Should replacing the VFD become necessary, the replacement is not configured with all of Trane's operating parameters. The VFD must be programmed before attempting to operate the unit. To verify and/or program a VFD, use the following steps: 1. At the unit, turn the 115 volt control circuit switch 1S70 to the Off position. 2. Turn the 24 volt control circuit switch to the Off position. AWARNING Hazardous Voltage w/Capacitors! Failure to disconnect power and discharge capacitors before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects and discharge all motor start/run capacitors before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power cannot be inadvertently energized. For variable frequency drives or other energy storing components provided by Trane or others, refer to the appropriate manufacturer's literature for allowable waiting periods for discharge of capacitors. Verify with an appropriate voltmeter that all capacitors have discharged. For additional information regarding the safe discharge of capacitors, see PROD-SVB06*-EN. Important: HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT TERMINAL BLOCK 1 TB 1 OR UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH 1S14. 3. To modify parameters: a. Press Main Menu (twice if TR150 drive) (press Backif the main menu does not display) b. Use the Up and Down buttons to find the parameter menu group (first part of parameter number) c. Press OK d. Use the Up and Down buttons to select the 199 THANE Service and Maintenance correct parameter sub -group (first digit of second part of parameter number) e. Press OK f. Use the Up and Down buttons to select the specific parameter Press OK g. h. To move to a different digit within a parameter setting, use the Left and Right buttons (Highlighted area indicates digit selected for change) i. Use the Up and Down buttons to adjust the digit j. Press Cancel to disregard change, or press OK to accept change and enter the new setting 4. Repeat step (3) for each menu selection setting in Table 92, p. 201. 5. To reset all programming parameters back to the factory defaults: a. Go to parameter 14-22 Operation Mode b. Press OK c. Select Initialization d. Press OK e. Cut off the mains supply and wait until the display turns off. f. Reconnect the mains supply - the frequency converter is now reset. Ensure parameter 14-22 Operation Mode has reverted back to "Normal Operation". g. 200 Notes: • Item 5 resets the drive to the default factory settings. The program parameters listed in Table 92, p. 201 will need to be verified or changed as described in Item 3 and 4. • Some of the parameters listed in the table are motor specific. Due to various motors and efficiencies available, use only the values stamped on the specific motor nameplate. Do not use the Unit nameplate values. • A backup copy of the current setup may be saved to the LCP before changing parameters or resetting the drive using parameter 0-50 LCP Copy (All to LCP to save all parameters to keypad and All from LCP to download all parameters into drive/replacement drive).. See LCP Copy in the VFD Operating Instructions for details. 5. Follow the start-up procedures for supply fan in the "Variable Air Volume System" section or the "Exhaust Airflow Measurement" start-up procedures for the exhaust fan. 7. After verifying that the VFD(s) are operating properly, press the STOP key at the Human Interface Module to stop the unit operation. 8. Follow the applicable steps in the "Final Unit Checkout" section to return the unit to its normal operating mode. If a problem with a VFD occurs, ensure that the programmed parameters listed for supply and exhaust VFD Table 92, p. 201 and have been set before replacing the drive. RT-SVX36Q-EN • •TRANE Service and Maintenance Table 92. Supply and exhaust/return fan VFD programming parameters Menu ID Name FC DDP Unit Operation/Display 0-01 Language English US English US 0-03 Regional Settings North America North America 0-06 (TR150 only) Grid Type Set to applicable unit power supply 200-240V/60Hz for 200 & 230V/60Hz units; 440-480V/60Hz for 460V/ 60Hz units; 525-600V/60Hz for 575V/60Hz units; 380- 440V/50Hz for 380 & 415V/50Hz supply.For IT Grid (no ground connections) or corner -grounded Delta power supply systems, select the applicable voltage/Hz and IT -Grid or Delta. 0-20 (TR200 only) Display Line 1.1 Small Analog Input 53 Analog Input 53 0-22 (TR200 only) Display Line 1.3 Small Input Power [hp] Input Power [hp] 0-40 [Hand on] Key on LCP Disabled Disabled Load and Motor 1-03 Torque Characteristics VariableTorque Variable Torque 1-20 (TR150)1 21 (TR200) Motor Power [HP] Per Motor Nameplate HP Sum of HP Per Motor Nameplate HP [dual motors on 60-75T] hp 1 22 Motor Voltage Per Motor Nameplate Voltage Per Motor Nameplate Voltage V 1-23 Motor Frequency Per Motor Nameplate Per Motor Nameplate Hz 1-24 Motor Current Per Motor Nameplate FLA Sum of FLA Per Motor Nameplate FLA [dual motors on 60-75T] A 1 25 Motor Nominal Speed Per Motor Nameplate Rated Speed Per Motor Nameplate Rated Speed RPM 1 39 Motor Poles 4 6 if Motor Nameplate Rated Speed —1200 RPM4 if Motor Nameplate Rated Speed > 1200 RPM 1-73 Flying Start Enabled Enabled 1-90 Motor Thermal Protection ETRTrip1 ETRTrip1 Brakes 2 00• DC Hold/Preheat Current 0 0 /o 2-01 DC Brake Current 0 0 0/0 2 04 DC Brake Cut In Speed [Hz] 10 10 Hz Reference / Ramps i° 3-03 Maximum Reference 60 83 Hz 3-16 Reference 2 Source No function No function 3-17 Reference 3 Source No function No function 3-41 Ramp 1 Ramp up Time 30 30 s 3 42 Ramp 1 Ramp Down Time 30 30 5 Limits/ Warnings 4 12 Motor Speed Low Limit [Hz] 22 15 Hz 4-14 Motor Speed High Limit [Hz] 60 83 Hz 4-18 Current Limit 100 100 oh 4-19 Max Output Frequency 60 120 Hz RT-SVX36Q-EN 201 •TRANE Service and Maintenance Table 92. Supply and exhaust/return fan VFD programming parameters (continued) Menu ID Name FC DDP Unit Digital In/Out 5-12 Terminal 27 Digital Input Coast inverse Coast inverse 5-13 Terminal 29 Digital Input No operation No operation 5-40 Function Relay Relay 1 active No alarm, Relay 2 active Motor Running (Relay 1 [160], Relay 2 [5]) Relay 1 active No alarm, Relay 2 active Motor Running (Relay 1 [160], Relay 2 [5]) Analog In/Out 6-14 Terminal 53 Low Ref./ Feedb. Value 22 15 6-15 Terminal 53 High Ref./ Feedb. Value 60 83 Special Function 14-01 Switching Frequency 8.0 kHz (drive dependant, set to 5kHz if 8kHz not available) 8.0 kHz (drive dependant, set to 5kHz if 8kHz not available) 14-11 (TR200 only) Mains Voltage at Mains Fault 400V for 460V 60Hz unit, leave at default otherwise 400V for 460V 60Hz unit, leave at default otherwise 14-12 Function at Mains Imbalance Derate Derate 14-20 Reset Mode Automatic reset x 5 Automatic reset x 5 14-50 RFI Filter Off Off 14-60 (TR200 only) Function at Over Temperature Derate Derate 14-61 (TR200 only) Function at Inverter Overload Derate Derate Note: For 50Hz units parameters 0-06 Grid Type (TR150s only) and 1-23 Motor Freq will need to be set accordingly. eFlexT' Compressor VFD Programming Parameters AWARNING Hazardous Voltage w/Capacitors! Failure to disconnect power and discharge capacitors before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects and discharge all motor start/run capacitors before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power cannot be inadvertently energized. For variable frequency drives or other energy storing components provided by Trane or others, refer to the appropriate manufacturer's literature for allowable waiting periods for discharge of capacitors. Verify with an appropriate voltmeter that all capacitors have discharged. For additional information regarding the safe discharge of capacitors, see PROD-SVB06*-EN. A factory -shipped TRV200 should not be modified in the field. It is specifically matched to the compressor. Should replacing a VFD become necessary, only 202 parameter 4-18 Current Limit requires setting on the VFD, refer to Table 93, p. 203. All other parameters beside 4-18 Current Limit will be appropriately set in field replacement VFDs. Do not use any other type or brand of VFD when replacing the VFD. Note: Failure to set parameter 4-18 Current Limit on a field replacement VFD will not allow the compressor to start and result in A18 Start Failed orA49 Speed Limit on the VFD. To verify and/or set parameter 4-18 in the Compressor VFD: 1. Press Quick Menu. 2. Press My Personal Menu. 3. Navigate through the options using the Up and Down arrows to find [4-18 Current Limit]. 4. Adjust the current limit percentage value per unit tonnage and voltage as shown in Table 93, p. 203. 5. Press [OK]. RT-SVX36Q-EN 9 TRANS' Service and Maintenance Table 93. Compressor VFD programming parameter 4-18 Unit Tonnage 200-240V 380-480V 525-600V 40 100% 100% 100% 50 100% 100% 100% 55 100% 100% 100% 60 110% 110% 110% 70 110% 110% 110% 75 110% 110% 110% Monthly Maintenance A WARNING Hazardous Voltage w/Capacitors! Failure to disconnect power and discharge capacitors before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects and discharge all motor start/run capacitors before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power cannot be inadvertently energized. For variable frequency drives or other energy storing components provided by Trane or others, refer to the appropriate manufacturer's literature for allowable waiting periods for discharge of capacitors. Verify with an appropriate voltmeter that all capacitors have discharged. For additional information regarding the safe discharge of capacitors, see PROD-SVB06*-EN. Before completing the following checks, turn the unit OFF and lock the main power disconnect switch open. Filters Inspect the return air and final filters. Clean or replace them if necessary. Refer to Table 85, p. 191 for filter information. Cooling Season A WARNING Hazardous Voltage! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Verify that no power is present with a voltmeter. ❑ Check the unit's drain pans and condensate piping to ensure that there are no blockages. ❑ Inspect the evaporator and condenser coils for dirt, bent fins, etc. If the coils appear dirty, clean them according to the instructions described in "Coil Cleaning" later in this section. ❑ Inspect the F/A-R/A damper hinges and pins to ensure that all moving parts are securely mounted. Keep the blades clean as necessary. AWARNING Rotating Components! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in rotating components cutting and slashing technician which could result in death or serious injury. During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product it may be necessary to work with live and exposed rotating components. Have a qualified or licensed service individual who has been properly trained in handling exposed rotating components, perform these tasks. ❑ Manually rotate the condenser fans to ensure free movement and check motor bearings for wear. Verify that all of the fan mounting hardware is tight. ❑ Verify that all damper linkages move freely; lubricate with white grease, if necessary. ❑ Check supply fan motor bearings; repair or replace the motor as necessary. If the unit model number indicates that the motor has an internal shaft ground, replace with the same motor type. ❑ Check the fan shaft bearings for wear (FC fans only). Replace the bearings as necessary. Lubricate the supply fan shaft bearings with a lithium -based grease. Note: These bearing are considered permanently lubricated for normal operation. For severe dirty applications, if relubrication becomes necessary, use a lithium based grease. See Table 87, p. 192 for recommended greases. Important: The bearings are manufactured using a special synthetic lithium -based grease designed for long life and minimum relube intervals. Over lubrication can be just as harmful as not enough. ❑ Use a hand grease gun to lubricate these bearings (FC fans only); add grease until a light bead appears all around the seal. Do not over lubricate! After greasing the bearings (FC fans only), check the setscrews to ensure that the shaft is held securely to the bearings and fan wheels. Make sure that all bearing braces are tight. ❑ Check the supply fan belt(s). If the belts are frayed or worn, replace them. Refer to the "Fan Belt RT-SVX36Q-EN 203 TRANS' Service and Maintenance Adjustment," p. 193 for belt replacement and adjustments. ❑ Check the condition of the gasket around the control panel doors. These gaskets must fit correctly and be in good condition to prevent water leakage. ❑ Verify that all wire terminal connections are tight. ❑ Remove any corrosion present on the exterior surfaces of the unit and repaint these areas. ❑ Generally inspect the unit for unusual conditions (e. g., loose access panels, leaking piping connections, etc.) ❑ Make sure that all retaining screws are reinstalled in the unit access panels once these checks are complete. ❑ With the unit running, check and record the following: — ambient temperature - compressor oil level (each circuit) - compressor suction and discharge pressures (each circuit) - superheat and subcooling (each circuit) Record this data on an "operator's maintenance log" like the one shown in Table 95, p. 208. If the operating pressures indicate a refrigerant shortage, measure the system superheat and system subcooling. For guidelines, refer to "Charging by Subcooling," p. 167. Important: Do not release refrigerant to the atmosphere! if adding or removing refrigerant is required, the service technician must comply with all federal, state and local laws. Refer to general service bulletin MSCU-SB-1 (latest edition). Heating Season AWARNING Hazardous Voltage! Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Verify that no power is present with a voltmeter. Before completing the following checks, turn the unit OFF and lock the main power disconnect switch open. ❑ Inspect the unit air filters. If necessary, clean or replace them. ❑ Check supply fan motor bearings; repair or replace the motor as necessary. If the unit model number indicates that the motor has an internal shaft ground, replace with the same motor type. 204 ❑ Check the fan shaft bearings for wear. Replace the bearings as necessary. Lubricate the supply fan shaft bearings with a lithium -based grease. Note: These bearing are considered permanently lubricated for normal operation. For severe dirty applications, if relubrication becomes necessary, use a lithium based grease. See Table 87, p. 192 for recommended greases. Important: The bearings are manufactured using a special synthetic lithium -based grease designed for long life and minimum relube intervals. Over lubrication can be just as harmful as not enough. ❑ Use a hand grease gun to lubricate these bearings; add grease until a Tight bead appears all around the seal. Do not over lubricate! ❑ After greasing the bearings, check the setscrews to ensure that the shaft is held securely. Make sure that all bearing braces are tight. ❑ Inspect both the main unit control panel and heat section control box for loose electrical components and terminal connections, as well as damaged wire insulation. Make any necessary repairs. ❑ Gas units only - Check the heat exchanger(s) for any corrosion, cracks, or holes. ❑ Check the combustion air blower for dirt. Clean as necessary. Note: Typically, it is not necessary to clean the gas furnace. However, if cleaning does become necessary, remove the burner inspection plate from the back of the heat exchanger to access the drum. Be sure to replace the existing gaskets with new ones before reinstalling the inspection plate. ❑ Open the main gas valve and apply power to the unit heating section; then initiate a "Heat" test using the startup procedure described in "(Constant Volume and Variable Air Volume Systems)," p. 169. RT-SVX36Q-EN • GTRIWr Service and Maintenance A WARNING Hazardous Gases and Flammable Vapors! Failure to observe the following instructions could result in exposure to hazardous gases, fuel substances, or substances from incomplete combustion, which could result in death or serious injury. The state of California has determined that these substances may cause cancer, birth defects, or other reproductive harm. Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service or use of this product could cause flammable mixtures or lead to excessive carbon monoxide. To avoid hazardous gases and flammable vapors follow proper installation and setup of this product and all warnings as provided in this manual. ❑ Verify that the ignition system operates properly. Coil Cleaning Regular coil maintenance, including annual cleaning enhances the unit's operating efficiency by minimizing the following: • Compressor head pressure and amperage draw • Water carryover • Fan brake horsepower • Static pressure losses At least once each year—or more often if the unit is located in a "dirty" environment—clean the evaporator, microchannel condenser, and reheat coils using the instructions outlined below. Be sure to follow these instructions as closely as possible to avoid damaging the coils. AWARNING Hazardous Chemicals! Coil cleaning agents can be either acidic or highly alkaline and can burn severely if contact with skin or eyes occurs. Handle chemical carefully and avoid contact with skin. ALWAYS wear Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) including goggles or face shield, chemical resistant gloves, boots, apron or suit as required. For personal safety refer to the cleaning agent manufacturer's Materials Safety Data Sheet and follow all recommended safe handling practices. Refrigerant Coils To clean refrigerant coils, use a soft brush and a sprayer. RT-SVX36Q-EN Important: DO NOT use any detergents with microchannel condenser coils. Pressurized water or air ONLY. For evaporator and reheat coil cleaners, contact the local Trane Parts Center for appropriate detergents. 1. Remove enough panels from the unit to gain safe access to coils. 2. Straighten any bent coil fins with a fin comb. 3. For accessible areas, remove loose dirt and debris from both sides of the coil. For dual row microchannel condenser coil applications, seek pressure coil wand extension through the local Trane Parts Center. 4. When cleaning evaporator and reheat coils, mix the detergent with water according to the manufacturer's instructions. If desired, heat the solution to 150° F maximum to improve its cleansing capability. Important: DO NOT use any detergents with microchannel coils. Pressurized water or air ONLY. 5. Pour the cleaning solution into the sprayer. If a high-pressure sprayer is used: a. The minimum nozzle spray angle is 15 degrees. b. Do not allow sprayer pressure to exceed 600 psi. c. Spray the solution perpendicular (at 90 degrees) to the coil face. d. For evaporator and reheat coils, maintain a minimum clearance of 6" between the sprayer nozzle and the coil. For microchannel condenser coils, optimum clearance between the sprayer nozzle and the microchannel coil is 1 "-3". 6. Spray the leaving -airflow side of the coil first; then spray the opposite side of the coil. For evaporator and reheat coils, allow the cleaning solution to stand on the coil for five minutes. 7. Rinse both sides of the coil with cool, clean water. 8. Inspect both sides of the coil; if it still appears to be dirty, repeat Steps 6 and 7. 9. Reinstall all of the components and panels removed in Step 1; then restore power to the unit. 10. For evaporator and reheat coils, use a fin comb to straighten any coil fins which were inadvertently bent during the cleaning process. Steam or Hot Water Coils To clean a steam or hot water coil, use a soft brush, a steam -cleaning machine, and water. 1. Verify that switches 1S1 and 1S70 are turned "OFF", and that the main unit disconnect is locked open. 205 TRANS' Service and Maintenance A WARNING No Step Surface! Failure to follow instruction below could result in death or serious injury. Do not walk on the sheet metal drain pan. Walking on the drain pan could cause the supporting metal to collapse and result in the operator/technician falling. 2. Remove enough panels and components from the unit to gain sufficient access to the coil. 3. Straighten any bent coil fins with a fin comb. (Use the data in to determine the appropriate fin comb size.) 4. Remove loose dirt and debris from both sides of the coil with a soft brush. 5. Use the steam -cleaning machine to clean the leaving -air side of the coil first; start at the top of the coil and work downward; then clean the entering - air side of the coil, starting at the top of the coil and working downward. 6. Check both sides of the coil; if it still appears dirty, repeat Step 5. 7. Reinstall all of the components and panels removed in Step 2; then restore power to the unit. Evaporative Condenser Coil Cleaning — Sump Water Management Water Supply Overall performance of any water- cooled device can be affected by suspended particulates, mineral concentration, trash and debris resulting in clogging and heat transfer loss. The unit is designed to greatly minimize problems with these impurities, however, float valves and solenoid valves are used to control the incoming water. If the incoming water contains contaminants, sand or other objects, it is best to insert an incoming line strainer having a mesh of 80 to 100. The inlet line should be flushed prior to connection to the unit, whether or not there is a strainer. There is an air gap between the water inlet float valve and sump water level to prevent back flow; however, if local code dictates, a backflow prevention valve may be required (field -provided and installed by a qualified technician). Water Drain Local Site Discharge: Rooftop or simple storm sewer discharge is generally acceptable. Do not routinely direct the sump discharge onto an area that will be adversely affected. For example, continued sump 206 discharge into a flower bed where the input water contains CaCO3 (lime) will eventually decrease the pH of the soil. Sewer Discharge: The quantities of mineral and debris flushed are actually very small and do not cause problems when diluted in normal sewer flow. However, local, state or federal standards and restrictions must be followed in any given locality. Traditional Bleed Method ASHRAE recommendation for continuous bleed rates: With good, quality makeup water, the bleed rates (0.8 - 2 GPH/ton) may be as low as one-half the evaporation rate (1.6 -2 GPH), and the total water consumption would range from 2.4 GPH/ton for air conditioning to 3 GPH/ton for refrigeration (Chapter 36.17 of ASHRAE's "Systems and Equipment Handbook") Operation and Care The sump should be inspected at least every 6 months for possible build up of scale pieces that has been shed from the coils. The sump flush frequency or bleed rate should be increased if large amounts of scale are present. If the water has a "milky or cloudy" appearance, then minerals are concentrating in the sump and the number of flushes should be increased. If the water remains clear between flushes, then the number of flushes can be decreased. Through field trials, the optimum flush frequency can be determined. Please note that in some areas, water quality can vary during different times of the year. The sump water clarity should be checked periodically. The evaporative condenser has several design features to reduce the possibility of biological growth in the sump. These features include: • air inlets constructed to eliminate direct sunlight in the sump • The sump flush sequence replenishes the sump with fresh water 1 to 12 times per day depending on the flush setting • The copper tubing in the coils is a natural biocide Important: Do not use chlorine tablets directly on stainless steel surface as it can adversely affect its corrosion resistance. Always consult local codes for water treatment and waste water removal requirements. Consult a water treatment expert for water analysis and chemical treatment methods and recommendations for specific applications. If deemed necessary after consultation with local water experts, there are various means of water treatment available which can be field installed. RT-SVX36Q-EN • e TRAM' Service and Maintenance Microchannel Condenser Coil Repair and Replacement If microchannel condenser coil repair or replacement is required, refer to General Service Bulletin RT-SVB83*- EN for further details. Fall Restraint AWARNING Falling Off Equipment! Failure to follow instructions below could result in death or serious injury. This unit is built with fall restraint slots located on unit top that MUST be used during servicing. These slots are to be used with fall restraint equipment that will not allow an individual to reach the unit edge. However such equipment will NOT prevent falling to the ground, for they are NOT designed to withstand the force of a falling individual. The fall restraint is located approximately 3 feet from the unit edge. See Figure 97, p. 116 Table 94. Unit data log Figure 147. Fall restraint Fall Restraint Final Process Record the unit data in the blanks provided. Complete Unit Model Number: Unit Serial Number: Unit "DL" Number ("design special" units only): Wiring Diagram Numbers (from unit control panel): -schematic(s) -connections Network ID (LCI/BCI): RT-SVX36Q-EN 207 •TRANE Service and Maintenance Sample maintenance log ui cn d 3 H 208 Refrigerant Circuit #2 Sub - cool F/C Super- heat F/C Liquid Press Psig/ kPa Disch. Press Psig/ kPa Suct. Press. Psig/ kPa Compr. Oil Level Y 0 0 Y 3 o o Y 3 o o Y 0 0 Y 3 0 0 Y 3 0 0 Y 3 0 0 Y 3 0 0 Y 3 0 0 Y 3 0 0 - ok - low Y 0 0 0 0 0 0 Refrigerant Circuit #1 Sub - cool F/C Super- heat F/C Liquid Press Psig/ kPa Disch. Press Psig/ kPa Suct. Press. Psig/ kPa Compr. Oil Level - o2 - 3 o2 3 o2 Y 3 o° . 3. o0 3. oo 3. oo 3 oo . 3 oo 3 o. - 3. oo 3 o0 _v 3 oo . oo Cu. U a H d a+ go C RT-SVX36Q-EN TRINE' Unit Wiring Diagram Numbers Note: Wiring diagrams can be accessed via e -Library by entering the diagram number in the literature Table 96. Wiring diagram matrix order number search field or by calling technical support. RT-SVX36Q-EN 209 wAir.Cooledu Water.Cooled onTonnage= Description Power VAV & SZVAV 2313-1178 20, 30-75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP VFD 2313-1179 20, 30-75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ EXH/RET VFD 2313-1180 20, 30-75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD 2313-1181 40-70 SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ VAR SPD COMPR & SUP VFD 2313 1182 40 70 SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ VAR SPD COMPR & SUP & EXH/RET VFD 2313-1803 20, 30-75T SCHEMATIC, POWER— W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1804 20, 30-75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1805 20, 30-75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR 2313 1806 40 70 SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ VAR SPD COMPR & SUP VFD, 65K SCCR 2313 1807 40 70 SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ VAR SPD COMPR & SUP & EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR 1213-1876 75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ VAR SPD COMPR & SUP FAN VFD 1213 1877 75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ VAR SPD COMPR & SUP FAN VFD & EXH/RET VFD 2313-1185 25T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP VFD 2313-1186 25T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ EXH/RET VFD 2313-1187 25T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD 2313-1810 25T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1811 25T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1812 25T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1190 90-130T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP VFD 2313-1191 90-130T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ EXH VFD 2313-1192 90-130T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP & EXH VFD 2313-1815 90-130T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1816 90-130T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ EXH VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1817 90-130T SCHEMATIC, POWER—W/ SUP & EXH VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1195 24, 36-89T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED W/ SUP VFD 2313-1196 24, 36-89T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED W/ EXH/RET VFD 2313-1197 24, 36-89T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD 2313-1820 24, 36-89T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR 2313 1821 24, 36 89T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED W/ EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR 2313 1822 24, 36 89T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1877 29T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED W/ SUP VFD 2313-1878 29T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED W/ EXH/RET VFD 2313 1879 29T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD 2313-1825 29T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR 2313 1826 29T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED W/ EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR RT-SVX36Q-EN 209 •TRANE Unit Wiring Diagram Numbers Table 96. Wiring diagram matrix (continued) 210 RT-SVX36Q-EN mAir.Cooled, Water.Cooled =Tonnage# Description 2313 1827 29T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR CV 2313-1177 20, 30-75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—STD 2313-1802 20, 30-75T SCHEMATIC, POWER—STD, 65K SCCR 2313-1184 25T SCHEMATIC, POWER—STD 2313-1809 25T SCHEMATIC, POWER—STD, 65K SCCR 2313-1189 90-130T SCHEMATIC, POWER—STD 2313-1189 90-130T SCHEMATIC, POWER—STD, 65K SCCR 2313-1194 24, 36-89T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED STD 2313-1819 24, 36-89T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED STD, 65K SCCR 2313-1876 29T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED STD 2313-1824 29T SCHEMATIC, POWER—EVAP COOLED STD, 65K SCCR RTM VAV & SZVAV 2313-1125 20-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ SUP VFD 2313-1126 20-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ EXH/RET VFD 2313-1127 20-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ SUP & EXH/RETVFD 2313-1829 20-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1830 20-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1831 20-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ SUP & EXH/RETVFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1130 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ SUP VFD 2313-1131 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ EXH VFD 2313-1132 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ SUP & EXH VFD 2313-1835 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1836 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ EXH VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1837 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ SUP & EXH VFD, 65K SCCR CV 2313-1124 20-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—STD 2313-1829 20-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—STD, 65K SCCR 2313-1129 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—STD 2313-1834 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—STD, 65K SCCR Compressor Module (SCM/ MCM) & MDM 2313-1017 20-30T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—SCM & MDM 2313-1858 20-30T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—SCM & MDM, 65K SCCR 2313-1018 40-75T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—MCM & MDM 2313-1862 40-75T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—MCM & MDM, 65K SCCR 2313-1172 40-70T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—MCM & MDM W/VARI SPD COMPR 1213 0116 40 70T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—MCM & MDM W/VARI SPD COMPR, 65K SCCR 1213-1878 75 T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—MCM W/VARI SPD COMPR 2307-9188 90-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—STD OR W/ SUP OR W/ EXH VFD 2313 1873 90 130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—STD OR W/ SUP OR W/ EXH VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1016 24-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—EVAP COOLED 2313-1874 24-89T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—EVAP COOLED, 65K SCCR Heat & GBAS 2307-3891 20-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—ELEC/2-STG GAS/ HYDRONIC HT—STD 2307 3892 20 130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—ELEC/2-STG GAS/ HYDRONIC HT W/ SUP VFD 2307-3955 20-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—MOD GAS—STD 2307-3956 20-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—MOD GAS W/ SUP VFD 210 RT-SVX36Q-EN ' e WANE Unit Wiring Diagram Numbers Table 96. Wiring diagram matrix (continued) RT-SVX36Q-EN 211 Air Cooled Water Cooled Tonnage Description Control Options 2313-1949 20-130T SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—STD OR W/ SUP VFD 2313 1950 20 1307 SCHEMATIC, CONTROLS—W/ EXH/RET VFD OR W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD VFD Schematics TR200 2309-3577 90-130T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—SUP VFD #1 W/ BYPASS 2309-3578 90-130T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—EXH/RET VFD W/ BYPASS 2309-3579 90-130T• SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—SUP VFD #2 W/ BYPASS 2309-3581 90-130T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—SUP VFD #1 W/O BYPASS 2309 3582 90 1307 SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—EXH/RET VFD W/O BYPASS 2309-3583 90-130T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—SUP VFD #2 W/O BYPASS TR150 2313-1944 20-89T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—SUP VFD W/O BYPASS 2313-1945 20-89T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—SUP VFD W/ BYPASS 2313-1946 20-89T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—EXH/RET VFD W/O BYPASS 2313-1947 20-89T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—EXH/RET VFD W/ BYPASS TRV200 2313-1175 40-70T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—VAR SPD COMPR VFD Heat Electric 2306-8932 20-89T SCHEMATIC, ELECTRIC HEAT -460/575V 2 CKT 2306-8933 20-89T SCHEMATIC, ELECTRIC HEAT—ALL VOLTAGES 3 CKT 2306-8934* 30-89T SCHEMATIC, ELECTRIC HEAT—ALL VOLTAGES 6 CKT 2306-8934* 90-130T SCHEMATIC, ELECTRIC HEAT -460/575V 6 CKT 190KW 2306-8935 30-89T SCHEMATIC, ELECTRIC HEAT -200V 7 CKT 2307-2171 20-89T CONNECTION, ELECTRIC HEAT -460/575V 2 CKT-3 OR 1 STEP SEE NOTE 6 2307-2172 20-89T CONNECTION, ELECTRIC HEAT—ALLVOLTAGES 3 CKT-3 OR 1 STEP 2307-2173 20-89T CONNECTION, ELECTRIC HEAT—ALLVOLTAGES 6 CKT-3 OR 1 STEP 2307-2174 30-89T CONNECTION, ELECTRIC HEAT -200V 7 CKT-3 OR 1 STEP 2307-2175 90-130T CONNECTION, ELECTRIC HEAT -460/575V 6 CKT- 190KW SEE NOTE 7 Gas 2313 1011 20 1307 SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION-2-STAGE NAT GAS HEAT 235-1000 MBh 2307-9103 20-130T SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—MODULATING NAT GAS HEAT 500, 850 & 1000 MBh 1213 1264 20 1307 SCHEMATIC/CONNECTION—ULTRA MODULATING NAT GAS HEAT 500, 850 & 1000 MBh Control Box Connections VAV/SZVAV 2313-1882 , 20-30T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP VFD 2313-1883 20-30T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ EXH/RET VFD 2313-1884 20-30T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX— W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD 2313-1840 20-30T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1841 20-30T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR 2313 1842 20 307 'CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP & hXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1887 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP VFD RT-SVX36Q-EN 211 MANE Unit Wiring Diagram Numbers Table 96. Wiring diagram matrix (continued) 212 RT-SVX36Q-EN wAir.Cooledai. Water.Cooled Tonnage Description 2313-1888 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ EXH/RET VFD 2313-1889 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD 2313-0068 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-0069 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR 2313 0070 40 75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR 2313 1890 40 75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—VARI SPD COMPR W/ SUP VFD 2313 1891 40 75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—VARI SPD COMPR W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD 2313 0071 40 70T ZONNEL PION, CON 1 ROL BOX—VARI SPD COMPR W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR 2313 0072 40 70T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—VARI SPD COMPR W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1894 90-130T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP VFD 2313-1895 90-130T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ EXH VFD 2313-1896 90-130T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP & EXH VFD 2313-1850 90-130T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1851 90-130T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ EXH VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1852 90-130T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—W/ SUP & EXH VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1899 24-89T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—EVAP COOLED W/ SUP VFD 2313 1900 24 89T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—EVAP COOLED W/ EXH/RET VFD 2313 1901 24 89T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—EVAP COOLED W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD Module Connections 2313-1904 20-30T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ SUP VFD 2313-1905 20-30T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ EXH/RETVFD 2313-1906 20-30T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD 2313-1908 40-75T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ SUP VFD 2313-1909 40-75T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ EXH/RET VFD 2313-1910 40-75T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD 2313-1911 40-75T CONNECTION, MODULES—VARI SPD COMPR W/ SUP VFD 2313 1912 40 75T CONNECTION, MODULES—VARI SPD COMPR W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD 2313-1915 90-130T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ SUP VFD 2313-1916 90-130T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ EXH VFD 2313-1917 90-130T CONNECTION, MODULES—W/ SUP & EXH VFD 2313-1920 24-89T CONNECTION, MODULES—EVAP COOLED W/ SUP VFD 2313-1921 24-89T CONNECTION, MODULES—EVAP COOLED W/ EXH/ RET VFD 2313 1922 24 89T CONNECTION, MODULES—EVAP COOLED W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD Raceway Connections 2313-1925 20-30T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ SUP VFD 2313-1926 20-30T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ EXH/RET VFD 2313-1927 20-30T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD 2313-1929 40-75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ SUP VFD 2313-1930 40-75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ EXH/RETVFD 2313-1931 40-75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD 2313-1932 40-70T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—VARI SPD COMPR W/ SUP VFD 212 RT-SVX36Q-EN 9 TRAM" Unit Wiring Diagram Numbers Table 96. Wiring diagram matrix (continued) RT-SVX36Q-EN 213 _ Air Air Cooted Water Cooled - Tonnage Description 2313 1933 40 70T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—VARI SPD COMPR W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD 1213-1942 75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—VARI SPD COMPR W/ SUP VFD 1213 1943 75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—VARI SPD COMPR W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD 2313-1869 40-75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ SUP VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1870 40-75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1871 40-75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD, 65K SCCR 2313-1936 90-130T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ SUP VFD 2313-1937 90-130T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ EXH VFD 2313-1938 90-130T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—W/ SUP & EXH VFD 2313-1941 24-89T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—EVAP COOLED W/ SUP VFD 2313-1942 24-89T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—EVAP COOLED W/ EXH/ RET VFD 2313 1943 24 89T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—EVAP COOLED W/ SUP & EXH/RET VFD Field Connection 2313-1119 20-130T FIELD CONNECTION—VAV 2313-1122 24-89T FIELD CONNECTION—EVAP COOLED VAV CV 2313-1881 20-30T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—STD 2313-1839 20-30T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—STD, 65K SCCR 2313-1886 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—STD 2313-0067 40-75T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—STD, 65K SCCR 2313-1893 90-130T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—STD 2313-1849 90-130T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—STD, 65K SCCR 2313-1898 24-89T CONNECTION, CONTROL BOX—EVAP COOLED STD Module Connections 2313-1903 20-30T CONNECTION, MODULES—STD 2313-1907 40-75T CONNECTION, MODULES—STD 2313-1914 90-130T CONNECTION, MODULES—STD 2313-1919 24-89T CONNECTION , MODULES—EVAP COOLED STD Raceway Connections 2313-1924 20-30T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—STD 2313-1928 40-75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—STD 2313-1868 40-75T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—STD, 65K SCCR 2313-1935 90-130T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—STD 2313-1940 24-89T CONNECTION, RACEWAY—EVAP COOLED STD Field Connection 2313-1118 20-130T FIELD CONNECTION—CV &SZVAV 2313-1121 24-89T FIELD CONNECTION—EVAP COOLED CV &SZVAV RT-SVX36Q-EN 213 Warranty and Liability Clause COMMERCIAL EQUIPMENT - 20 TONS AND LARGER AND RELATED ACCESSORIES PRODUCTS COVERED - This warranty* is extended by Trane Inc. and applies only to commercial equipment rated 20 Tons and larger and related accessories. The Company warrants for a period of 12 months from initial startup or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever is less, that the Company products covered by this order (1) are free from defects in material and workmanship and (2) have the capacities and ratings set forth in the Company's catalogs and bulletins, provided that no warranty is made against corrosion, erosion or deterioration. The Company's obligations and liabilities under this warranty are limited to furnishing f.o.b. factory or warehouse at Company designated shipping point, freight allowed to Buyer's city (or port of export for shipment outside the conterminous United States) replacement equipment (or at the option of the Company parts therefore) for all Company products not conforming to this warranty and which have been returned to the manufacturer. The Company shall not be obligated to pay for the cost of lost refrigerant. No liability whatever shall attach to the Company until said products have been paid for and then said liability shall be limited to the purchase price of the equipment shown to be defective. The Company makes certain further warranty protection available on an optional extra -cost basis. Any further warranty must be in writing, signed by an officer of the Company. 214 t. The warranty and liability set forth herein are in lieu of all other warranties and liabilities, whether in contract or in negligence, express or implied, in law or in fact, including implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for particular use. In no event shall the Company be liable for any incidental or consequential damages. THE WARRANTY AND LIABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND LIABILITIES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN NEGLIGENCE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN LAW OR IN FACT, INCLUDING IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR USE, IN NO EVENT SHALL WARRANTOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. Manager - Product Service Trane Clarksville, Tn 37040-1008 PW -215-2688 *A 10 year limited warranty is provided on optional Full Modulation Gas Heat Exchanger. *Optional Extended Warranties are available for compressors and heat exchangers of Combination Gas -Electric Air Conditioning Units. *A 5 year limited warranty is provided for optional "AMCA 1A Ultra Low Leak" airfoil blade economizer assemblies and the "AMCA 1A Ultra Low Leak" economizer actuator. RT-SVX36Q-EN (f$)ingersoii Rand Ingersoll Rand (NYSE: IR) advances the quality of life by creating comfortable, sustainable and efficient environments. Our people and our family of brands — including Club Car®, Ingersoll Rand®, Thermo King® and Trane® —work together to enhance the quality and comfort of air in homes and buildings; transport and protect food and perishables; and increase industrial productivity and efficiency. We are a global business committed to a world of sustainable progress and enduring results. Club Car ( )Ingersoll Rand® CR THERMO KING TRAM" ingersollrand.com Ingersoll Rand has a policy of continuous product and product data improvements and reserves the right to change design and specifications without notice. We are committed to using environmentally conscious print practices. RT-SVX36Q — EN 14 Apr 2017 Supersedes RT-SVX36P-EN (March 2016) ©2017 Ingersoll Rand I all rights reserved r 12/1/2017 City of Tukwila. Department of Community Development JOYCE COPLEY 7717 DETROIT AVE SW SEATTLE, WA 98106 RE: Permit No. M17-0078 SOUND MENTAL HEALTH 6400 SOUTHCENTER BLVD Dear Permit Holder: Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 1/1/2018. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206-438-9350 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven(7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 1/1/2018, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, aLhe e Permit Technician File No: M17-0078 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 June 20, 2017 City of Tukwila = Department of Community Development JOYCE COPLEY 7717 DETROIT AVE SW SEATTLE, WA 98106 RE: Correction Letter # 1 MECHANICAL Permit Application Number M17-0078 SOUND MENTAL HEALTH - 6400 SOUTHCENTER BLVD Dear JOYCE COPLEY, Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected o• your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the following departments: BUILDING - M DEPARTMENT: Allen Johannessen at 206-433-7163 if you have questions regarding these comments. • (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size. New revised plan sheets shall be the same size sheets as those previously submitted.) (If applicable) "STAMP AND SIGNATURES" "Every page of a plan set must contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee(s) who prepared or who had direct supervision over the preparation of the work, and date of signature. Specifications that are prepared by or under the direct supervision of a licensee shall contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee and the date of signature. If the "specifications" prepared by a licensee are a portion of a bound specification document that contains specifications other than that of an engineering or land surveying nature, the licensee need only seal/stamp that portion or portions of the documents for which the licensee is responsible." It shall not be required to have each page of "specifications" (calculations) to be stamped and signed; Front page only will be sufficient. (WAC 196-23-010 & 196-23-020) (BUILDING REVIEW NOTES) 1. The scope of work on the application does not match the scope of work on the plans. Also, the plan set provided had duplicate sheets TMO.01S, TMO.01 and TMO.02. Please clarify and provide the plans sheets the match the scope of work or indicate if the new units are included in this scope of work. For the new RTU's, provide the weight comparison with the new units and should there be an increase in the weight, provide an engineer's analysis of the roof system sufficient to support the additional weight. 2. Provide the manufacturers installation manual with specifications for the new units. Note: In response to these corrections for this permit -plan -review, other corrections may be needed. Please address the comments above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that two (2) sets of revised plan pages, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a 'Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 If you have any questions, I can be reached at 206-431-3655. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No. M17-0078 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington. 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 PERMIT COOED COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: M17-0078 DATE: 06/26/17 PROJECT NAME: SOUND MENTAL HEALTH SITE ADDRESS: 6400 SOUTHCENTER BLVD Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # Revision # before Permit Issued Deferred Submittal # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: 1v) Km (0 Building Division Public Works 111 Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator El PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ❑ (no approval/review required) DATE: 06/27/17 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved DUE DATE: 07/25/17 ❑ Approved with Conditions Corrections Required (corrections entered in Reviews) Notation: Denied (ie: Zoning Issues) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping ❑ PW 0 Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: M17-0078 DATE: ; 06/08/17 PROJECT NAME: SOUND MENTAL HEALTH SITE ADDRESS: 6400 SOUTHCENTER BLVD X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Revision # before Permit Issued Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: 4S Covwz Building Division Ill Public Works El Aux (9.-tQ-r Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator n PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ❑ (no approval/review required) DATE: 06/13/17 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Approved with Conditions Corrections Required (corrections entered in Reviews) Denied (ie: Zoning Issues) DUE DATE: 07/11/17 Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only (_ s� CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: L9 i2O1 Departments issued corrections: Bldg (Fire 0 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: b- a 3- h Plan Check/Permit Number: Of1 lel D O I q) Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner ❑ Deferred Submittal # Project Name: 1,---k-1\k-CirL, f Y' i koi Project Address: ..9-L‘,00 el UP nn (�Dr[� Contact Person:��_ C'pl Phone Number: d� `l1Q\ L( Summary of Revision: RECEIN ED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 23 2017 PERMIT CENTER Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision includin da e��visr Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: ❑ Entered in TRAKiT on W9'ermit Center\Tempi ates\Forms\Revision Submittal Form doc Revised: August 2015 MACDONALD/MILLER FAC SOL Washington State Department of Labor & Industries Page 1 of 3 Home Espafiol Contact Search L&I H A-Z:[nd x Help My L&I Safety & Health Claims & Insurance Workplace Rights MACDONALD/MILLER FAC SOL INC Owner or tradesperson Principals SIMONDS, DERRICK R, PRESIDENT WEBSTER, MARK E, VICE PRESIDENT GEBHARDT, STEPHANIE WETTACH, TREASURER NOEL, STEPHANIE W, MEMBER SIGMUND, FREDRIC, PRESIDENT (End: 01/04/2011) LOVELY, STEVE C, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 01/04/2011) HACK, RICHARD, SECRETARY (End: 01/04/2011) KOPET, TYLER, TREASURER (End: 01/04/2011) TURLEY, DOUGLAS, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER (End: 01/04/2011) TURLEY, DOUGLAS, CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER (End: 01/04/2011) GOUGH, DAVID ANTHONY, DIRECTOR (End: 08/29/2014) Doing business as MACDONALD/MILLER FAC SOL INC WA UBI No. 602 254 260 PO BOX 47983 SEATTLE, WA 98106 206-768-4180 KING County Business type Corporation Governing persons FREDRIC J SIGMUND STEVE C LOVELY; TYLER C KOPET; License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor License specialties GENERAL License no. MACDOFS980RU Effective — expiration Active. Meets current requirements. Trades & Licensing Help us improve https://secure.lni.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=602254260&LIC=MACDOFS980RU&SAW= 7/5/2017 MACDONALD/MILLER FAC S•INC 12/31/2002— 01/04/2019 Bond ........... LIBERTY MUTUAL INS CO Bond account no. 023006951 $12,000.00 Received by L&I Effective date 12/31/2002 12/11/2002 Expiration date Until Canceled Insurance Liberty Mutual Ins Co Policy no. TB7.661-066178-033 $2,000,000.00 Received by L&I Effective date 10/24/2016 12/31/2013 Expiration date 12/31/2017 Insurance history Savings No savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. Lawsuits against the bond or savings No lawsuits against the bond or savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. L&I Tax debts .......................... No L&I tax debts are recorded for this contractor license during the previous 6 year period, but some debts may be recorded by other agencies. License Violations No license violations during the previous 6 year period. Workers' comp Do you know if the business has employees? If so, verify the business is up-to-date on workers' comp premiums. L&I Account ID Account is current. 252,457-05 Doing business as MACDONALD MILLER FACILITY Estimated workers reported Quarter 1 of Year 2017 "Greater than 100 Workers" L&I account contact T4 / MELVINA RAMSDELL (360)902-4814 - Email: RAMM235@Ini.wa.gov Public Works Strikes and Debarments Verify the contractor is eligible to perform work on public works projects. Contractor Strikes .................. _............................. No strikes have been issued against this contractor. Contractors not allowed to bid No debarments have been issued against this contractor. Workplace safety and health Check for any past safety and health violations found on jobsites this business was responsible for. Inspection results date 08/24/2015 Inspection no. 317936840 Location 14360 SE Eastgate Way Bellevue, WA 98007 Inspection results date 08/04/2015 Inspection no. 317937121 Violations No violations Page 2 of 3 Help us improve https://secure.lni.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=602254260&LIC=MACDOFS980RU&SAW= 7/5/2017 J:\7217\2092 Sound Mental Health Phase 2 0 N 0 0 0 ABBV FULL NAME REVIATIO ABBV FULL NAME ABBV FULL NAME A AC AFF AL BDD BOB BOD BOTT BTU BTUH BWG BWR C CAP CC CFM CHWR CHWS COMB CONN CWR CWS DB DIFF DMPR DN EC EGC EER ELEV EMS COMPRESSED AIR LINE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ALUMINUM BACKDRAFT DAMPER BOTTOM OF BEAM BOTTOM OF DUCT BOTTOM BRITISH THERMAL UNITS BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR BOTTOM WALL GRILLE BOTTOM WALL REGISTER CONDENSATE CAPACITY CONTROLS CONTRACTOR CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CHILLED WATER RETURN CHILLED WATER SUPPLY COMBUSTION CONNECT CONDENSER WATER RETURN CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY DUCT BOARD DIFFUSER DAMPER DOWN ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EGGCRATE ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO ELEVATION ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ESP EXH EXTR FAC FD FLA FOB FOT FSD G GALV GC GPM GR GWB HG HP HWR HWS ID INT LIQ M -M MBH MC MCA MD MIN MT MUA NOM EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE EXHAUST EXTRACTOR FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR FIRE DAMPER FULL LOAD AMPS FLAT ON BOTTOM FLAT ON TOP FIRE SMOKE DAMPER GAS LINE GALVANIZED GENERAL CONTRACTOR GALLONS PER MINUTE GRILLE GYPSUM WALL BOARD HOT GAS LINE HORSE POWER HOT WATER RETURN HOT WATER SUPPLY INSIDE DIMENSION INTERLOCK LIQUID LINE MACDONALD-MILLER ONE THOUSAND BTUH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MOTORIZED DAMPER MINIMUM MOUNT MAKE-UP AIR NOMINAL OSA OBD OD RA REG REQ'D RIO SA SCD SD SL SM SP SS SSSC STL SUC SUSP T'STAT TC TOD TOS TV TWG TWR TYP UNO VD VFD 0 OUTSIDE AIR OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER OUTSIDE DIMENSION RETURN AIR REGISTER (GRILLE WITH DAMPER) REQUIRED ROUGH IN ONLY SUPPLY AIR SMOKE CONTROL DAMPER SMOKE DAMPER SOUND LINING SHEET METAL STATIC PRESSURE START/STOP SOLID STATE SPEED CONTROLLER STEEL SUCTION LINE SUSPENDED THERMOSTAT TEMPERATURE CONTROL TOP OF DUCT TOP OF STEEL TURN VANES TOP WALL GRILLE TOP WALL REGISTER TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VOLUME DAMPER VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VOLTAGE PHASE & DUCT DIAMETER DUCT LEEI DESCRIPTION BARE SHEETMETAL SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 14x12 ROUND SHEETMETAL WRAPPED W/ INSULATION (2") SYMBOL 120W SOUNDLINE SHEETMETAL (1" LINING) 14x12SL CLEANROOM QUALITY DUCTWORK 14x12C SHEETMETAL WRAPPED W/ INSULATION (2") 14x12W BARE ROUND SHEETMETAL 120 BARE FLAT OVAL SHEETMETAL 14x120 FLAT OVAL FLAT SHEETMETAL W/ INSULATION (2") 14x 120W EXPOSED QUALITY SHEETMETAL EXAMPLE OF NEW 14x12Q DUCTBOARD (1" FIBERGLASS) 14x12DB 14x12 EXAMPLE OF NOT IN CONTRACT (NIC) 14x12 EXAMPLE OF DEMO FLEX DUCT �nrvtnr- EXAMPLE OF EXISTING 14X12 FLEX CONNECTOR AHU-1, AHU-3: ROOFTOP AHU SERVES: OFFICE AREAS SCHEDULE: MON - FRI 6:00 AM - 6:00 PM, SAT 8:00 AM - 2:00 PM, SUN OFF (ADJUSTABLE) DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE SETPOINT: 55°F WITH RESET TO 62°F (56°F AT 80°F OSA TEMP, 62°F AT 50°F OSA TEMP, ADJUSTABLE) DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE SETPOINT: 1.5" WITH RESET TO 1.0" BASED ON CRITICAL ZONE FIRE ALARM CONNECTION: YES FIRE ALARM SEQUENCE: SHUT DOWN DURING A FIRE ALARM. SEQUENCE (VAV COOLING & ECONOMIZER): SUPPLY FAN: SUPPLY FAN SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING NORMAL MODE. DURING UNOCCUPIED MODE, THE SUPPLY FAN SHALL BE OFF. VFD SHALL MODULATE FAN SPEED TO MAINTAIN DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE SETPOINT COOLING: UNIT SHALL MODULATE COMPRESSORS AND OFF TO MAINTAIN DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. ON OSA DAMPER: NORMAL MODE: THE OSA AND RETURN DAMPERS SHALL MODULATE LINEARLY ACCORDING TO OSA DAMPER RESET SCHEDULE. TWO OSA DAMPER POSITIONS SHALL BE DETERMINED DURING BALANCING, ONE POSITION AT MINIMUM FAN SPEED (1810 CFM), AND ONE POSITION AT MAXIMUM FAN SPEED (1510 CFM). DURING NORMAL OPERATION, THE OSA AND RELIEF DAMPERS SHALL MODULE LINEARLY BETWEEN THE TWO POSITIONS, BASED ON FAN SPEED ECONOMIZER MODE: DURING ECONOMIZER MODE, THE OSA AND RELIEF DAMPERS SHALL MODULATE TO MAINTAIN DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE SETPOINT, ACCORD:NG TO THE DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE RESET SCHEDULE. TYPICAL PARALLEL FAN -POWERED VAV TERMINAL UNITS SERVES: OFFICE AREAS SCHEDULE: OCCUPIED HOURS SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT: 70°F HEATING, 75°F COOLING (OCCUPIED); 60°F HEATING, 85°F COOLING (UNOCCUPIED) SEQUENCE (SINGLE DUCT FAN -POWERED VAV WITH HEAT): COOLING: THE PRIMARY AIR VALVE SHALL MODULATE BETWEEN MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM AIRFLOW TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE. WHEN SPACE TEMPERATURE IS 2°F ABOVE COOLING SETPOINT, THE VALVE SHALL BE AT MAXIMUM AIRFLOW. WHEN SPACE TEMPERATURE IS 2°F BELOW SETPOINT, THE VALVE SHALL BE AT MINIMUM AIRFLOW. WHEN SPACE TEMPERATURE FALLS 2°F BELOW SETPOINT, THE RETURN FAN AND ELECTRIC HEATER SHALL STAGE ON TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE. DURING DEADBAND, THE PRIMARY AIR VALVE SHALL MAINTAIN THE COOLING MINIMUM AIRFLOW SETPOINT. RETURN FAN SHALL BE OFF. HEATING: DEADBAND: RETURN FAN: DURING OCCUPIED HOURS, THE FAN SHALL BE OFF DURING PERIODS OF DEADBAND OR COOLING DEMAND. THE FAN SHALL TURN ON DURING A CALL =0R HEATING. DURING UNOCCUPIED HOURS, THE SUPPLY FAN SHALL BE OFF (EXCEPT FOR DURING MORNING WARMUP AS NOTED BLEOW) SEQUENCE DURING MORNING WARMUP: PRIMARY AIR VALVE SHALL BE CLOSED. FAN SHALL BE ON. ELECTRIC HEATER SHALL BE ON UNTIL SPACE IS BROUGHT UP TO OCCUPIED TEMPERATURE. DEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION (DCV) ADDED SEQUENCE FOR VAV BOXES WITH OCCUPANCY SENSORS (SEE SCHEDULE FOR BOX NUMBERS) OCCUPANCY: THE PRIMARY AIR VALVE SHALL BE CLOSED WHEN OCCUPANCY SENSOR DETECTS SPACE HAS BEEN UNOCCUPIED FOR A DURATION OF 5 MINUTES. WHEN SPACE IS OCCUPIED, PRIMARY AIR VALVE SHALL BE AT SCHEDULED MINIMUN VALVE POSITION FOR MIN AIRFLOW COOLING DEMAND SHALL OVERRIDE DEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION AND OPEN PRIMARY AIR VALVE TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE. EF -1: GENERAL EXHAUST FAN SERVES: CORE RESTROOMS, TENANT RESTROOMS, AND GENERAL EXHAUST SCHEDULE: OCCUPIED HOURS SEQUENCE: EXISTING CONTROLS AND SEQUENCE TO REMAIN. FAN SHALL OPERATE AT DESIGN SPEED TO DELIVER SCHEDULED AIRFLOW DURING OCCUPIED HOURS. FAN SHALL BE OFF DURING UNOCCUPIED HOURS. EF -101: RESTROOM EXHAUST BOOSTER FAN SERVES: TENANT RESTROOMS SCHEDULE: OCCUPIED HOURS SEQUENCE: EXISTING CONTROLS AND SEQUENCE TO REMAIN. FAN SHALL BE INTERLOCKED WITH EF -1 TO DELIVER SCHEDULED AIRFLOW DURING OCCUPIED HOURS. CKAGED ELEC/ELEC AIR CONDITIONING SCHEDU UNIT NO. MFG & MODEL NO. NOM TONS 69 HEAT SUPPLY FAN RETURN FAN KW STG CFM ESP TSP HP CFM ESP HP 24666 3 38 48860 675 3 OA CFM 3999 TOTAL MBH SENS MBH EAT DB EAT WB LAT DB LAT WB COOLING STAGES EER ELECTRICAL IEER VOLT/PH MOCP WT MCA LBS 46913 390 9289 NOTES DEMO AC -1 TRANE SXHLF60 60 21500 1.5 3.37 40 20000 0.5 20 3900 695 520 77.0 64.0 55.6 53.1 4 10.7 15.2 46013 225 186.55 I 10805 NEW, 1, 3-14 AC -2 AS-3 AC-3 TRANE SAHA4004 TRANE SXHLF30 40 16000 2.5 25 8000 0.5 3 3000 460/3 145 8100 EXISTING, 2, 3 38 2.5 5 7080 65 3 4868 30 12000 1.0 2.55 15 11000 0.5 1800 342 267 77.0 64.0 57.1 54.5 2 10.2 468f3 13.8 460/3 84 5460 100 80.65 5965 DEMO NEW, 1, 3.13 NOTES: 1. POWER WIRING AND DISCONNECT BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 2. SMOKE DETECTOR LOCATED IN SUPPLY PLENUM, INTEGRATED ALL SD'S TO SHUT DOWN UNITS AND MAIN CENTRAL AIR SYSTEM. POWER TO SD'S BY EC SD'S CONTACTORS FOR SHUT DOWN CONTROLS BY MC 3. HIGH EFFICIENCY MOTOR AND VFD FOR VAV CONTROL. 4. 0-100% OSA ECONOMIZER WITH DRY BULB CONTROL. 5. 2" SPRING ISOLATORS ON SUPPLY AND RETURN FANS 6. 65K AMP SCCR 7. ULTRA LOW LEAK OUTSIDE AIR, RELIEF, AND RETURN DAMPERS 8. BACNET COMMUNICATION INTERFACE MODULE 9. INTELLIPAK REPLACEMENT UNIT 10. MERV 8 FILTERS 11. INSTALL ON EXISTING CURB PER STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS. 12. RECONNECT TO EXISTING RETURN AIR SMOKE DETECTOR OR INSTALL NEW AS REQURIED BY CODE. 13. ECONOMIZER FAULT DETECTION AND DIAGNOSTICS (FDD) PER WSEC C403.2.4.7 14. HOT GAS BYPASS PROVIDED ON 1 OF THE 4 COOLING STAGES. Site Location outhcenter Blvd Tukwila Pkwy VICINITY MAP NO SCALE 1. THESE PLANS ARE SCHEMATIC AND DO NOT SHOW EXACT ROUTING OR EVERY OFFSET WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES AND IS TO VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. 2. MATERIALS, METHODS, AND INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE 2015 EDITIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE, INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE, INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE AND STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. 3. DUCT CONSTRUCTION AND HANGING SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 6 OF THE 2015 IMC AND WITH CURRENT SMACNA STANDARDS. EARTHQUAKE BRACE ALL DUCTS 28" DIA AND LARGER WHICH ARE SUSPENDED MORE THAN 12" BELOW STRUCTURAL SYSTEM. 4. JOINTS OF MEDIUM AND HIGH VELOCITY DUCT SYSTEMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH GASKETS OR LISTED MASTIC TYPE DUCT SEALANT. 5. DUCTS SHALL BE INSULATED AS INDICATED ON PLANS, PER 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE, COMMERCIAL PROVISIONS - DUCT WRAP, WHERE INDICATED, SHALL BE 0.75 LB CU FT FIBERGLASS DUCT INSULATION WITH A FACTORY / C ORY APPLIED REINFORCED ALUM. FOIL VAPOR BARRIER. - SOUND LINING, WHERE INDICATED, SHALL BE 1" 1.5 LB/CU FT FIBERGLASS DUCT LINING COATED TO PREVENT FIBER EROSION AT VELOCITIES UP TO 6000 FPM. - DUCT BOARD, WHERE INDICATED, SHALL BE 1" RIGID FRK FACED El 475 FIBERGLASS DUCT BOARD SYSTEM, UL 181 LISTED AS A CLASS 1 AIR DUCT. - SUPPLY DUCT WHICH CONVEYS SUPPLY AIR AT TEMPERATURES LESS THAN 55 DEG F OR GREATER THAN 105 DEG F WHEN LOCATED IN CONDITIONED SPACE SHALL BE INSULATED WITH A MINIMUM OF R-3.3 , WHEN LOCATED IN UNCONDITIONED SPACE R-6 AND WHEN LOCATED OUTSIDE THE BUILDING R-8 (CLIMATE ZONE 4) OR R-12 (CLIMATE ZONE 5) PER WSEC C403.2.8.2. - OUTSIDE AIR DUCT INSULATION SHALL MATCH BUILDING ENVELOPE INSULATION VALUES UNLESS SERVING INDIVIDUAL SUPPLY AIR UNITS WITH LESS THAN 2800 CFM OF TOTAL SUPPLY AIR CAPACITY, PROVIDED THESE ARE INSULATED TO R-7 MINIMUM PER WSEC C403.2.8.1. 6. FLEX DUCTS SHALL CONSIST OF A REINFORCED VAPOR BARRIER, 1 1/2" FIBERGLASS INSULATION, AND NON -PERFORATED INTERIOR LINER WITH WIRE HELIX. DUCT SHALL BE A UL 181 LISTED CLASS 1 AIR DUCT. FLEX DUCTS SHALL ONLY BE USED WHERE SHOWN AND SHALL NOT EXCEED 12' IN LENGTH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 7. PROVIDE EARTHQUAKE RESTRAINT FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1613 OF THE 2015 IBC. 8. PROVIDE FIRE DAMPERS, SMOKE DAMPERS AND FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS AND AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 717.5 OF THE 2015 IBC. PROVIDE CEILING FIRE DAMPERS WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS AND AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 717.6.2.1 OF THE 2015 IBC. INSTALL FIRE DAMPERS SMOKE DAMPERS AND FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS, THE TERMS OF THEIR LISTING, AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CODE. 9. PIPING PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED WALLS OR FLOORS SHALL BE SLEEVED AND FIRE STOPPED WITH LISTED MATERIALS SO AS TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY AND RATING OF THE FLOOR OR WALL. 10. PROVIDE RETURN DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN OF ALL NEW HEATING, COOLING, OR VENTILATION EQUIPMENT MOVING IN EXCESS OF 2000 CFM IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 606 OF THE 2015 IMC. POWER AND INTERLOCK WIRING WITH THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. BAS TO MONITOR FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL AND SHUT DOWN ALL FAN TERMINAL UNITS DURING ANY BUILDING FIRE ALARM EVENT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH IMC 606.2.2. 11. HVAC EQUIPMENT, VALVES AND DAMPERS SHALL BE LOCATED IN EASILY ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. UNLESS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, REQUIRED ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. MINIMUM ACCESS DOOR SIZE FOR VALVES AND DAMPERS TO BE 18" X 18". 12. HEAT TRACING OF PIPING, WHERE INDICATED, SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE THE HEAT TRACE POWER WIRING WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 13. MOTORS STARTERS NOT LISTED AS BEING PROVIDED IN THE HVAC EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES ARE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 14. WITHIN 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE, RECORD DRAWINGS OF THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION TO BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING OWNER. RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE AS A MINIMUM THE LOCATION AND PERFORMANCE DATA ON EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT, GENERAL CONFIGURATION OF DUCT AND PIPE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, INCLUDING SIZES, AND THE TERMINAL AIR AND WATER DESIGN FLOW RATES. 15. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS TO BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING OWNER THAT INCLUDE: SUBMITTAL DATA, NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF AT LEAST ONE SERVICE AGENCY, HVAC CONTROLS SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND CALIBRATION INFORMATION AND A COMPLETE OPERATIONAL NARRATIVE FOR EACH SYSTEM. 16. COMMISSIONING IS REQUIRED ON THIS PROJECT IN ACCORD WITH WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE (WSEC), COMMERCIAL PROVISIONS AND SECTION C408. 17. A COMPLETE REPORT OF TEST PROCEDURES AND RESULTS SHALL BE PREPARED AND FILED WITH THE OWNER 18. SHAFT WALLS CONSTRUCTED TO SUPPORT AIR MOVEMENT FOR RETURN AIR SYSTEMS AND STAIR & ELEVATOR PRESSSURIZATION SYSTEMS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: A. SHAFTS (RATED FOR MAXIMIUM 2" WC) SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO WITHSTAND 15 PSF LOADING WITH A DEFLECTION OF L/360 (UNO). B. SHAFTS SHALL BE SEALED SUBSTANTIALLY AIR -TIGHT USING THE CRITERIA FROM THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE: 1. SECTION 715.6 FIRE RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEMS IN SMOKE BARRIERS: LEAKAGE SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 CFM PER LINEAR FOOT OF JOINT AT 0.3" WC. 2. SECTION 909.5 SMOKE BARRIER CONSTRUCTION FOR INTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAYS AND EXIT PASSAGEWAYS: MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE AREA PER SHAFT SHALL NOT EXCEED (0.00035 SF/SF) C. STAIR AND ELEVATOR PRESSURIZATION SHAFTS SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED DURING COMMISIONING. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE MODIFCATIONS TO INSTALLATION UNTIL SHAFT IS IN COMPLIANCE. 19. DAMPERS USED FOR OUTDOOR AIR INTAKE, EXHAUST, OR RELIEF SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MAXIMUM LEAKAGE RATES AT 1" W.G. (PER AMCA STANDARD 500D): MOTORIZED DAMPERS: 4 CFM/S.F. GRAVITY DAMPERS: 20CFM/S.F. (40 CFM/S.F. FOR DAMPERS SMALLER THAN 24" IN EITHER DIMENSION). 20. OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE, EXHAUST, AND RELIEF DAMPERS SERVING CONDITIONED SPACES MUST BE MOTORIZED (FAIL CLOSED) PER WSEC, COMMERCIAL PROVISIONS, SECTION C403.2.4.3 EXCEPT AS ALLOWED BY WSEC. ti 0 APN# 000320-003 LEGAL DESCRIPTION: GILLIAM W H -D C # 40 BEG 1336.78 FT W AND 1501.5 FT N OF SE COR OF SEC 23-23-4 TH E 250 FT TH S 325.5 FT TO N LN OF CO RD # 622 TH WLY ALG SD N LN TO PT S OF BEG TH N TO BEG LESS CO RD TITLE PROJECT ENGINEER ACCOUNT MANAGER PRODUCTION MANAGER SHEET METAL SUPERINTENDENT CSP AIR BALANCE FOREMAN CSP REFRIGERATION FOREMAN GENL PROJ MANAGER NAME GEORGE GRAHAM BROCK LEE MIKE REICHERT NATHAN WAAGEN STEVE BAKER TIM ANDERSON DAVE GOVER COMPANY MACDONALD MILLER MACDONALD MILLER MACDONALD MILLER MACDONALD MILLER MACDONALD MILLER MACDONALD MILLER UNIMARK PHONE NUMBER 206-768-4288 206-768-3838 206-768-4216 206-786-8157 206-768-3824 206-768-4168 206-315-3715 EMAIL GEORGE.GRAHAM@MACMILLER.COM BROCK.LEE@MACMILLER.COM MIKE.REICHERT@MACM I LLER.COM NATHAN.WAAGEN@MACM I LLER.COM STEVE. BAKER@MACM ILLER.COM TIM.ANDERSON@MACMILLER.COM DAVIDG @UNIMARKCG.COM NAME TITLE NAME TITLE TM0.01 SCHEDULES - HVAC TMO.OS SITE PLAN TM2.03 TM3.01 ROOF PLAN - HVAC ELEVATIONS - HVAC REVISIONS No change, sh?►I he made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila &I iding Division. will require a new plan submittal I ^`.' ;,^n2I plan reviow fees REPLACE (1) EXISTING 30 TON PACKAGED RTU WITH NEW. REPLACE (1) EXISTING 60 TON PACKAGED RTU WITH NEW. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 27 2017 IBJ City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CORRE LTR# TION 0 co 0) LCL 0 0 2 O z 11F . C3PY Permit Rio. f 0 F' la ieviow ti; ::•provEl i'3 subject to errors and oniimlo e. p '•val of coils niodon documents does not Ellthali23 e ; dation of any adopted code or ordinance. Rec .[ t a roved Field Copy and condit" 13 is acknowlodood: By:1LLk1)E4 Date: 1 ` 5 - City of Tukwila F BUILDING DIVISIOI' 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 ISI N O O N 0 0 F- L+J 0_ 1 l< CV W CV 0 O In 0 W 0 w 0 REVISIONS: SEPA ti + T �( I QUIT i,� 0 Mcchui.:cal CL Elec'tr;cai 1 02/Plumbing 0/Gas Piping City of I ukkviia BU!Lpic•s W W CtC/) C z 0 Ct 0 0 W C) z 0 J J ZZjm WWF L- Z o L7�Q 00(:8)- ENGINEER: Oo ENGINEER: G GRAHAM CHECKED BY: B GEZON CAD: D LAMBERT DRAWING NUMFFR: C-2" T:+ _. 72172092-00 LAST REVISED: 04-07-17 DATE PLOTTED: 04-07-17 ISSUE DATE: 04-07-17 SHEET NUMBEkt TM0.01 RECEIVED CITY OF T UKWILA JUN232017 PERIVMIT CENTER S T� 0 SCALE UA ID ai °V.��� d> -TM (0 .macmiller.com 1 N W _I J QQ W LlJ _J J < I- I- 0 ZZ w wm oo°< Zz=DDP_ 000 Cn v / i-- ENGINEER: G GRAHAM CHECKED BY: B GEZON NI N 0 0 WA Lic No: MACDOFS980RU UJ 0 REVISIONS: Lu 0 REVISIONS: z 0 0 Ct 1- z 0 0 0 U_ 0 w '(/) ( LAST REVISED: 04-07-17 DATE PLOTTED: 04-07-17 CAD: ISSUE DATE: D LAMBERT 04-07-17 DRAWING NUMBER: 0-2129-72172092-00 SHEET NUMBER: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANC APPROVED JUN 2 7 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISIO • CITY OF TUKWILA 01S ■r't i /��... yVy. JUN 2 3 2017 PERMIT CENTER EF -2 XI I AC -3 AC -2 EF -1 EXISTING MECHANICAL SCREEN 0 O 0 O 0 AC -1 EXISTING MECHANICAL SCREEN KEYED NOTES 0 DEMO EXISTING AC -3 (30 TON TRANE RTU) WITH NEW. RECONNECT TO EXISTING SUPPLY DUCTWORK. INSTALL ON EXISTING CURB PER CALCULATIONS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO TO EXISTING POWER. DEMO EXISTING AC -1 (60 TON TRANE RTU) WITH NEW. RECONNECT TO EXISTING SUPPLY DUCTWORK. INSTALL ON EXISTING CURB PER CALCULATIONS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO TO EXISTING POWER. 17 AND REPLACE AND RETURN STRUCTURAL RECONNECT AND REPLACE AND RETURN STRUCTURAL RECONNECT REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANC APPROVED JUN 27 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDI G I IVISIO O 0 U qs 0 0 o r -- r -- co ti < O X O co O O C • p) N • CC') Q O (0 i p • N 0ai O [7:r-- .macmiller.com 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ISI N. O I O P 0 W a_ �1 N 0 0 0 W 0 MACDOFS980RU z REVISIONS: W 0 REVISIONS: z 0 U z 0 U 0 LL 0 LU 0) ENGINEER: LAST REVISED: G GRAHAM 04-07-17 CHECKED BY: B GEZON DATE PLOTTED: 04-07-17 CAD: ISSUE DATE: D LAMBERT 04-07-17 DRAWING NUMBER: 0-2129-72172092-00 SHEET NUMBER: TM2.03 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN'2 PERMIT CENTER J:\7217\2092 Sound Mental Health Phase 2 Friday. April 07. 2017 9:06:04 n AC -1 EF -1 AC -2 AC -3 EXISTING MEHANICAL SCREEN EF -2 11' 11 z7 EXTERIOR SOUTH ELEVATION TM3.01 1/8" = 1'-0" 2 EXTERIOR EAST ELEVATION TM3.01 1/8" = 1'-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANC APPROVED JUN 27 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISIO .— o 0 U CCS O r - CO O < N � X N U) LL CD O ca 2 g iv N 0 r O .macmiller.com 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I 1 1 �I r O I O 1 1 1 l< N vJ 0 1 N O O W 0 LiJ WA Lic No: MACDOFS980RU ENGINEER: G GRAHAM CHECKED BY: B GEZON CAD: D LAMBERT w 0 REVISIONS: LA 0 REVISIONS: z 0 U F- C/) Z 0 U LL 0 LL w Cn (/) LAST REVISED: 04-07-17 DATE PLOTTED: 04-07-17 ISSUE DATE: 04-07-17 DRAWING NUMBER: C-2129-72172092-00 SHEET NUMBER: TM3.01 iVED ciTY OF T UKWIL . JUN 2 3 2017 PERMIT CENTER 1 EXISTING MECHANICAL SC EEN AC -2 \ ! 8'—g" I AC -1 w I AC -3 EF -1 EF -22 N 7 8'-8y" 2 EXTERIOR EAST ELEVATION TM3.01 1/8" = 1'-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANC APPROVED JUN 27 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISIO .— o 0 U CCS O r - CO O < N � X N U) LL CD O ca 2 g iv N 0 r O .macmiller.com 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I 1 1 �I r O I O 1 1 1 l< N vJ 0 1 N O O W 0 LiJ WA Lic No: MACDOFS980RU ENGINEER: G GRAHAM CHECKED BY: B GEZON CAD: D LAMBERT w 0 REVISIONS: LA 0 REVISIONS: z 0 U F- C/) Z 0 U LL 0 LL w Cn (/) LAST REVISED: 04-07-17 DATE PLOTTED: 04-07-17 ISSUE DATE: 04-07-17 DRAWING NUMBER: C-2129-72172092-00 SHEET NUMBER: TM3.01 iVED ciTY OF T UKWIL . JUN 2 3 2017 PERMIT CENTER VERIFY 4x12 & 4x16 AT END OF CURB VERIFY OR ADD 2x6 BLOCKING BENEATH CURB Project Name: Tukwila Sound Mental Health Mechanical Unit Project #: 17011-0069 By: PL Date: 5/19/2017 818 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 1 Seattle, WA 1 98101 (206) 332-1900 Structural Sketch: PLAN ROOF REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 2 7 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEiVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 232017 PERMIT CENTER